A handbook of the Swahili language, as spoken at Zanzibar

% ^. miiitv*

A HANDBOOK

OF THE

SWAHILI LANGUAGE,

AS SPOKEN AT

ZANZIBAR.

EDITED FOR THE UNIVERSITIES' MISSION TO
CENTRAL AFRICA

BY

The late EDWARD STEERE, LL.D.,

MISSIONARY BISHOP FOR CENTRAL AFRICA.

FOURTH EDITION, REVISED AND ENLARGED BY

A. C. MADAN, M.A.,

SENIOR STUDENT AND FORMERLY TUTOR OF CH. CH. OXFORD.

LONDON:

SOCIETY FOR PROMOTING CHRISTIAN KNOWLEDGE

NORTHUMBERLAND AVENUE, W.C. ;

43, VUEEN VICTORIA STREET, E-C
1894.

PEEFACE TO THE FIKST EDITION.

There is probably no African language so widely known
as the Swabili. It is understood along the coasts of
Madagascar and Arabia, it is spoken by the Seedees in
India, and is the trade language of a very large part of
Central or Intertropical Africa. Zanzibar traders pene-
trate sometimes even to the western side of the conti-
nent, and they are in the constant habit of traversino-
more than half of it with their supplies of Indian and
European goods. Throughout this immense district
any one really familiar with the Swahili language will
generally be able to find some one who can understand
him, and serve as an interpreter.

This consideration makes it a point of the greatest
importance to our Central African Mission that Swahili
Bhould be thoroughly examined and well learnt. For
if the members of the Mission can go forth from Zan-
zibar, or, still better, can leave England already well
acquainted with this language, and provided with
books and translations adapted to their wants, the}'
will carry with them a key that can unlock the secrets
of an immense variety of strange dialects, whose very
names are as yet unknown to us. For they will not

iv fueface.

onl}'" be able at once to communicate witb new tribes,
but in mastering this really simple and far from
difficult language tbey will have learnt how to set
about learning and writing all others of the same class,
since they agree with Swahili in all the chief respects
in which it differs from our European tongues.

The work, then, which is here begun is not to be
regarded as though its utility were confined to the
islands and the narrow strip of coast of which this
language is the vernacukir, but much rather as the
broad foundation on which our labours in the far inte-
rior must for many years be built up. As there is no
way by which those inner lands are so ordinarily or can
be so easily reached as from Zanzibar and the coast
dependent on it, so neither is there any way by which
we can make ourselves so readily intelligible, or by
'which the Gospel can be preached so soon or so well as
by means of the language of Zanzibar and its dependen-
cies, to which this work is intended as an introduction
— a language which, through its Arabic relations, has
a hold on revealed religion, and even on European
thought, while, through its negro structure, it is
exactly fitted to serve as an interpreter of that re-
ligion and those thoughts to men who have not yet
even heard of their existence.

When Bishop Tozer arrived in Zanzibar at the end of
August 1864, the only guides we had to the language
were the grammar and vocabulary of Dr. Krapf, and his
translation of part of the Book of Common Prayer.
During Bishop Tozer's visit to Mombas in November,
he made a copy of a revised vocabulary belonging to

FREFACE. V

tlie Eev. J. Eebmann. However, although one cannot
estimate too highly the diligence and linguistic ability
displayed by Dr. Krapf and the patient sagacity of Mr.
Eebmann, we soon found that, owing partly to the fact
of their collections having been made in the dialect of
Mombas, and still more to the confused and inexact
style of spelling adopted unfortunately by both, their
works were of scarcely any use to a mere beginner.

I soon after procured copies of the manuscript voca-
bularies collected by Mr. Witt and Mr. Schultz, then
representing the firm of O'Swald and Co. in Zanzibar,
and with such help as I could procure from any quarter,
I began in July 1865 to print the first pages of my col-
lections for a " Handbook of Swahili as Spoken in
Zanzibar." When I had proceeded as far as page 33, I
made the acquaintance of Hamis wa Tani and of his
son Mohammed, both of them well acquainted with
English and French, and of pure Swahili extraction.
To the disinterested kindness of Mohammed, who,
while confined to his house by sickness, allowed me to
spend every Saturday morning in questioning him
about his language, I owe all that is best in my know-
ledge of African tongues. With his help and revision I
completed the list of substantives, and found my way
through the intricacies of the adjectives and pronouns.
Of how much importance an accurate guide in these
matters would be may be seen from the " Table of
Concords," first printed in Zanzibar, in a form sug-
gested by Bishop Tozer, and now reprinted as part
of this volume.

Mohammed's sickness increasing about the time that

vi PREFACE.

I had begun to print the conjugation of the verb, I was
unable to continue my visits, and completed the " Col-
lections " from Dr. Krapf, with the help of the voca-
bulary collected by the late Baron von der Decken
and Dr. Kersten, and of that collected by the Eev.
Thomas Wakefield of the United Methodist Free
Churches' Mission, both of which I was kindly allowed
to copy.

After Mohammed's partial recovery I continued my
visits to him, and went through the verbs, making first
a list of useful EngKsh verbs from a dictionary, and
entering all the words contained in the collections of
which I had copies. I thus checked and supplemented
what others had already done, and obtained a tolerably
complete insight into that branch of the vocabulary.
Before I could get much beyond this, Mohammed was
so far recovered as to be able to sail for Bombay. I
have always much pleasure in acknowledging how
much I owe to him.

Meanwhile I had begun my collection of short tales
in Swahili, the first of which were printed in Zanzibar
with an interlinear version, under the title of " Speci-
mens of Swahili," in March 1866, and reprinted in
an early number of " Mission Life." I also began to
use my Swahili to a practical purpose by making the
collections for a handbook of the Shambala language,
the first draft of which was completed in May 1866.
These collections were made with a view to the mission
since commenced in that country by the Rev. C. A.
Alington ; they were revised by the help of another
teacher, and printed in Zanzibar in the j^ear 1867.

PREFACE. rtt

Finding the Swahili tales most valuable as well to
myself as to those who were studying with me, I pro-
ceeded to print a further collection, with the title
" Hadithi za Kiunguja" in Swahili only. For the tales
then printed I was mainly indebted to Hamis wa Kayi,
a very intelligent young Swahili, who always compre-
hended better what a foreigner wanted to know, ami
explained more clearly what was difficult, than any one
else I met with while in Zanzibar.

At the same period I had begun and carried on from
time to time the investigation of the Yao or Achowa
language, one peculiarly interesting to us, as that of
nearly all the released slaves under Bishop Mackenzie's
charge, and as having now supplanted the Mang'anja
in the country where our Mission was originally settled.
From this study I first gained a definite notion of the
wonderful effect the letter n has in African languages,
and so came to understand the origin of several appa-
rent irregularities in Swahili.

I had begun even before Mohammed bin Khamis left
Zanzibar to make some essays in translation, the best of
which are embodied in a pamphlet printed in Zanzibar,
with the title " Translations in Swahili : " it was com-
pleted in January 1867.

I was then getting help from many quarters, and on
explaining to some of our native friends our wish to
make a complete translation of the Bible into their
language, one of them. Sheikh *Abd al 'Aziz, kindly
volunteered to translate for me the Arabic Psalter into
the best and purest Swahili. I found, before long, that
not only did his numerous avocations prevent any rapid

viii PREFACE.

progress, but that his language was too learned to suit
exactly our purpose in making the version ; it did not
therefore proceed further than the Sixteenth Psalm. 1
printed these as at once a memorial of his kindness
and a specimen of what one of the most learned men
in Zanzibar considers the most classical form of his
language.

I cannot but mention at the same time the name of
Sheikh Mohammed bin Ali, a man of the greatest
research, to whose kindness I was indebted for a copy,
made by his own hand, of some very famous Swahili
poetry, with an interlinear Arabic version ; he also
revised for me a paraphrase of it in modern language,
for which I was chiefly indebted (as for much other
help) to Hassan bin Yusuf, whose interest in our doc-
trines and teachings has always been most marked.
The verses and translation are both printed in the
" Swahili Tales."

At the end of 1867 I printed a translation of Bishop
Forbes' little primary catechism, chosen as being the
shortest and clearest I could find to begin upon.
Though very imperfect, I am glad to think that it
has been found of use.

When I had completed the Yao collections, I went on
to the Nyamwezi language, as being that of the largest
and most central tribe with which there is constant and
tolerably safe communication.

In November 1867 I lost, by the sadly sudden deaths
of the Eev. G. E. Drayton and his wife, most useful
helpers, who were beginning to be able to give me sub-
stantial assistance. Their places were, however, well

PREFACE. in

siippKed by the Bev. AV. and Mrs. Lea, wlio arrived
opportunely just before the time of our bereavement.
I was then engaged in preparing the translations of
St. Matthew's Gospel and of the Psalms, as well as in
beginning to put in order the materials for the present
work. To Mr. Lea I was indebted, amongst other
things, for the first version of the 119th Psalm, and to
Mrs. Lea for the arrangement of the Swahili-Engiish
Vocabulary. The last thing I printed in Zanzibar was
a translation of the Easter and Advent Hymns, and of
Adeste Fideles, which I had the pleasure of hearing
the girls of the Mission Orphanage sing most sweetly
to the old tunes just before I left.

I ought also to mention that, having been often under
great obligations to the French Eomanist Mission, I
had the pleasure of printing for them a Catechism in
French and Swahili, which was indirectly valuable to
me as showing how the great truths we have in
common were rendered by a perfectly independent
student of the language. I know not how sufficiently
to regret that the excellent compiler, Pere Etienne
Baur, should have been content to use the jargon (for
it is nothing better) commonly employed by Indians
and Europeans, and should have adopted an ortho-
graphy adapted only to a French pronunciation.

Only three weeks before leaving I had the advan-
tage of consulting two large manuscript dictionaries
compiled by Dr. Krapf, and brought to Zanzibar by
the Eev. E. L. Pennell. I was able to examine about
half the Swahili-Engiish volume, with the assistance
of Hamis wa Kayi, enough to enrich materially my

X PREFACE.

previous collections, and to show how far even now
1 fall short of my first predecessor in the work of
examining and elucidating the languages of Eastern
Africa. There remains for some future time or other
hand * the examination of the rest of Dr. Krapf 's
dictionary, as well as the collation of what will no
doubt deserve to be the standard Swahili lexicon, on
which the Eev. John Eebmann has been for nearly a
quarter of a century labouring unweariedly. Even
then there will remain many dialectic variations, and
many old and poetical words and inflections, so that
for many years one who loves such studies might find
employment in this one language.

Since my arrival in England, at the end of November
1868, I have been able to superintend the printing of
the Gospel of St. Matthew in Swahili, liberally under-
taken by the Bible Society, of translations of the
Church Catechism and of their Scriptural Eeading
Lessons out of the Old Testament, kindly undertaken
by the Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge.
For the Central African Mission I have carried through
the press this work and the collection of Swahili
Stories with an English version, published by Messrs.
Bell and Sons, of which those previously printed at
Zanzibar form a small part, and besides these a number
of small pamphlets, including translations of the Books
of Euth and Jonah, and some slight specimens of the
Gindo, Zaramo, and Ngazidja languages. There remain
the Psalms, which the Bible Society has promised to
print for us, and the collections in the Yao and Nyam-
wezi languages, all which I should like to get through

PREFACE. xi

the press in the course of this year. I wish there were
a chance of the Eev. John Eebmann's Swahili version
of St. Luke's Gospel, of which I have seen a large part,
being printed at the same time.

This handbook is arranged on the principle of sup-
plying w^ith each portion of it such rules as are re-
quired for the practical use of that portion. In the
first part, after some introductory observations. Sub-
stantives, Adjectives, Pronouns, and Verbs have each
a separate section, containing first the rules which
govern their inflection and employment, and then an
alphabetical list of the Swahili equivalents of our
English words belonging to each part of speech. For
the mere finding of words one general alphabet would
perhaps have been more convenient ; but as the object
of this work is not merely to tell what the Swahili
words are, but also how to employ them correctly, it
seems better so to group them as to bring the rules of
grammar and the words which they control into as
close a connection with one another as possible. The
Editor has done what most readers would have had to
do — sort out first the word and then the grammatical
rules which must be observed in using it. The minor
parts of speech are indexed together to avoid a multi-
plicity of alphabets, except the Interjections, which
cannot be said to have exact equivalents in any other
language. The part ends with a section on the forma-
tion of words, which may be of use where the other
alphabets fail to give a satisfactory rendering, and
may also be useful as a guide in turning Swahili into
English, in the case of the many words which igno-

xii PREFACE.

ranee or some oversiglit in preparing tlie second part
may have caused to be omitted. The rales and hints
prefixed to the second part are intended to enable any-
one who sees or hears a Swahili word to ascertain the
material part of it, so as to be able to use the dictionary
which follows. It is evident that there must be great
difficulties at first in either using or arranging an
alphabetical list of words which may begin with, in
some cases, nine or ten different letters, according to
the grammatical position they hold in each case.
However, the difficulty is greater in appearance than
in practice.

The Appendices contain some curious or useful
matter which could not well find a place in the body
of the work. The first contains a specimen of a curious
kind of enigmatical way of writing and speaking called
Kinyume. The second gives a specimen of the forms
used in letter- writing, both in prose and verse. The
third is part of a Swahili tale, with all the prefixes
separated and the grammatical forms explained, in-
tended as a guide and introduction to the art of
reading, and through that of writing the language.
The fourth Appendix consists of a small collection of
phrases, some of them such as are wanted in ordinary
conversation, some of them useful in illustrating the
idiom or peculiar constructions used by natives. This
collection might have been very much increased had
it not been carefully confined to phrases actually met
with in conversation with persons reputed to speak
correctly.

FBEFACE. xiii

The name of the language — Swahili — is beyond all
doubt a modified form of the Arabic Sawahil, the plural
of Sahil, a coast. The natives themselves jestingly
derive it from Sawa Mia, which a Zanzibar interpreter
would explain as " All same cheat."

Little Stee'ping, May 1870.

C ^- )

ADVEKTISEMENT TO SECOND EDITION.

The First Edition having been at the last sold out
with unexpected rapidity, I have not been able to add
so much as I should have wished to this. The chief
novelty is the omission of what I called the second
class of Substantives, which proved to be only the most
common instance of the general rule, that Substantives
of any and every form denoting animate beings are
constructed with Adjectives and Pronouns in the forms
proper to the first class. Some words have been added
to the Vocabularies and a few mistakes corrected.

During the last four years the work of translation
and collection has been going steadily forward, Swahili
preaching has been going on, and some Elementary
School-books printed in Zanzibar for our vernacular
schools. The great work of evangelizing Africa seems
to grow in magnitude the more one understands what
is required for it ; but our hopes still grow with the
growth of our knowledge.

Edwabd StEEPwE,

XiOndoTif January 1875.

ADVEETISEMENT TO THIED EDITION.

This Edition may be taken to represent substantially
the final form whicli the Handbook assumed in the
hands of its compiler, the late Bishop Steere. No
estimate can be attempted here of his services to
philology in general, and the student of African
languages in particular, stiJl less of their bearing on
the spread of Christianity in Central Africa. What-
ever the relative purity of the dialects of Mombasa and
Zanzibar, and however great the debt Bishop Steere
undoubtedly owed to his distinguished predecessor in
their study, Dr. Krapf, the broad fact remains that
Bishop Steere took the language as he found it spoken
in the capital city of the East Coast, reduced its rules
to so lucid and popular a form as not only to make it
accessible, but easy to all students, and finally made a
great advance towards stereotyping its forms and ex-
tending its use by embodying it in copious writings
and translations.

Some of the last hours of his life were apparently
spent in preparing this Handbook for a new edition.
Those who were familiar with the many cares and
anxieties then pressing on him, will not be surprised
that there were signs of haste and pressure in his

h

xviii PREFACE,

revision. With Part I., however, lie seems to have
been satisfied. The corrections of the text were few
and unimportant, and though the Lists of Words might
have been largely added to, he seems to have preferred
leaving them as ' they were, in view of the strictly
practical purpose of the whole book.

With Part II. (the Swahili-EngHsh Vocabulary, &c.)
the case is rather different. With the aid of various
members of the Mission, the Bishop had made some-
what large collections in order to expand and complete
it. Probably from the pressure of work before alluded
to, he had only prepared a selection of them for this
Edition. It has been thought better, however, to in-
corporate all the words found in his notes and added
with his approval. But it must be remembered that
the Bishop never regarded Part II. as ranking as a
Dictionary, even in embryo, but rather as a tolerably
full list of words to serve as a useful companion to
Part I. Even with this reservation, there remain
many traces of imperfection in arrangement, spelling,
and interpretation of words, which would doubtless
have been removed if he had been allowed time to pass
the whole list under revision finally.

This final revision no one is in a position adequately
to supply. Minor corrections and additions have been
cautiously and sparingly made. One Appendix (No. Y.),
likely to subserve the practical aim of the whole, has
been added, with the Ven. Archdeacon Hodgson's ap-
proval. There still remain among the Bishop's notes
some miscellaneous specimens of Swahili verses, pro-
verlis, riddles. <fcc., which mio-ht have formed another.

PREFACE, xix

It is thouglit best, however, to reserve them, and leave
the whole book, as far as possible, as the Bishop left it.
Subsequent editors may find something to add. They
probably will not find much to alter.

A. C. M.

P.S. — Dr. Krapf 8 great Dictionary of the Swahili
Language, in its printed form, was in the Bishop's
hands too short a time to allow of his making any use
of it for this Edition of the Handbook.

Zanzibar, Chridmas^ 1882.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

PART I.

PAGP

Introduction 1

The Alphabet 8

Substantives : —

Grammatical rules 16

List of Substantives 24

Adjectives : —

Grammatical rules 83

Irregular Adjectives 86

Comparison of Adjectives 87

Numerals 89

List of Adjectives 94

Pronouns : —

Personal Pronouns 102

Possessive Pronouns 109

Eeflective Pronouns 112

Demonstrative Pronouns 113

Eelative Pronouns 117

Interrogatives, &c. l'-2

Verbs : —

Conjugation 125

Irregular Verbs 149

Auxiliary Verbs 155

Derivative Verbs ... 157

List of Verbs ... 165

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Adverbs, Prepositions, and Conjunctions

List of Adverbs, &c.

Interjections

Formation of Words ...

Table of Noun Prefixes in nine languages
Table of the Preposition -a in four languages

PAGB

209
212
221

226

28-1:

235

PART IL

Preliminary Observations , ,.. 239

Swahili-English Vocabulary 245

Appendices : —

I. Specimens of Knyume 425

II. Specimens of Swahili Correspondence 427

III. Part of a Swahili Tale, with the Prefixes marked

and explained 431

IV. Usnful and Idiomatic Phrases 443

V. On Money, Weights and measures in Zanzibar „, 455

SWAHILI HANDBOOK.

PAET I.

The Swaliili language is spoken by the mixed race
of Arabs and Negroes who inhabit the Eastern Coast
of Africa, especially in that part which lies between
Lamoo and the neighbouring towns on the north, and
Cape Delgado on the south.

It is classified by Dr. Bleek as one of the Zangian
genus of the middle branch of the Bantu languages.
That is to say, it belongs to one of the subdivisions of
that great family of Negro languages, which carries on
the work of grammatical inflexion by means of changes
at the beginning of the word, similar to that whereby
in Kafir, umuntu, a man, becomes in the plural dbantu,
people. All these languages divide their nouns into a
number of classes, which are distinguished by theii
first syllable, and bring their adjectives, pronouns, and
verbs into relation with substantives by the use oi
corresponding changes in their first syllables. None
of these classes denote sex in any way. Dr. Bleek, in
his comparative grammar of South African languages,
enumerates eighteen prefixes which are found in one
or other of the languages of this family ; but it must

2 8WAEILI HANDBOOK.

be remembered that he reckons by the form of the
prefix only, so that the singular and plural forms of
most words count as two, while the same form will
sometimes answer to two or more forms in the other
number. Dr. Block's arrangement is the most conve-
nient for his purpose, which is the comparison of the
formatives used in different languages ; but I have not
followed it in this work, because I think that for practical
purposes such a classification should be used as will
enable the learner who sees or hears the noun in the
singular at once to put it into the plural. Prefixes
may be counted up separately ; but in practice we have
to do with nouns, not with prefixes, and a noun cannot
be put into a different class when it becomes plural
or singular without great risk of confusion. Thus in
Fredoux' Sechuana grammar, 4 and 6 are the plurals
of 3, 10 and 6 are the plurals of 11, and 6 alone is the
plural of 5 and 14. Can this be a olear arrangement ?

I have very little doubt that Dr. Bleek is right in
regarding these classes as substantially the same with
the genders in most of the European languages, which
are even now only sex-denoting to a veiy limited
extent. There is a distinction in Swahili as to words
which denote living heings, called by Dr. Krapf, not
very happily, a masculine gender, though it has no
relation to sex, but to life only.

It is very puzzling to a beginner, accustomed to
languages which change at the end, to find the be-
ginnings of words so very uncertain. Thus he hears
that ngema means good ; but when he begins to apply

INTRODUCTION. 3

his knowledge he finds that natives use for the English
word good, not only ngema, but micema, wema, mema^
njema, jenia, pema, cJiema, vyema, and hwema. Again,
yangu means my, but he will hear also, wangu, zangu,
changu, vyangu, langu, pangu, hwangu, and mwangu. It is
necessary therefore to get at the very first a firm hold
of the fact that in Swahili it is the end, and not the be-
ginning of a word, which is its substantial and unchang-
ing part. The beginning of the word when taken to
pieces denotes its number, time, and agreements.

The " Table of Concords " prefixed to the section on
Adjectives, shows at one view the variables of the
language ; and when that has been mastered, the diffi-
culties for an English student will be over. The
various forms will be explained, and the nicer distinc-
tions mentioned in the grammatical parts of the book.
In the preliminary observations prefixed to the second
part will be found an account of all the changes which
may occur at the end of a word, changes which in
practice are very soon mastered, relating as they chiefly
do to a few points in the conjugation of the verb.

There is a broken kind of Swahili in use among
foreigners, Indian as well as European, which serves
for very many purposes, though it is of course utterly
useless when one has to speak with exactness, or on
subjects not immediately connected with the ordinary
afiairs of life and commerce. Its rules may be briefly
laid down as follows : — If you are in doubt about how
to make a plural, prefix ma, or use nyingi, i.e. many.
In conjugating the verb, always put the subject

B 2

4 SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

before and the object after it, for the present tens©
prefix na-, for the past wa-, for the future ta-. For rto
or not^ use hakuna. It is wonderful how intelligible
you can make yourself by these few rules ; but it is
just as wonderful what absurd broken stuff can be
made to do duty for English.

Let any one, however, who really wishes to speak
the language get the Table of Concords well into his
head, by any means he finds best for the purpose, and
he will have no need to resort to broken and incorrect
ways of talking.

Swahili, like all languages of the same family, is
very rich in Verbs, and poor in Adjectives and Prepo-
sitions. There is nothing corresponding to the English
Article, the word when standing alone implying the
indefinite article, while the definite article can in many
cases be expressed by the use and arrangement of the
Pronouns, but still must often be left unexpressed.
Though the Verb is etymologically the most important
part of speech, it is the Substantive which determines
the form of all the variable syllables. The Substan-
tive will therefore be first considered, and next the
Adjective, which very closely resembles it. The Pro-
nouns will come next, as it is by their help that the
Verb is conjugated, then the Verb itself, and after that
the minor parts of speech. Adverbs, Prepositions, Con-
junctions, and, last of all, the Interjections. A sketch
of the grammar of each part of speech, which aims at
being sufficient for ordinary and practical purposes, is
first given, and after that a list of words belonging to

INTRODUCTION. 5

tliat part of speech, thus forming a combined grammar
and English-Swahili dictionary. The second part con-
sists of a Swahili-Engiish vocabulary, and so completes
the work.

The Swahili language has been hitherto but litclo
written by those who speak it, and they know and use
only the purely Arabic alphabet. There are copies of
religious and secular verses, and possibly other works,
composed in the old or poetical dialect, which is not
now, and I believe never was, thoroughly understood
by the mass of the people. The modem dialect is used
in letters; but they have always a string of Arabic
compliments at the beginning, and Arabic words and
phrases freely interspersed throughout.

Any one who tries to read a letter or a poem written
in Arabic characters, will at once see why it is impos-
sible to adopt them as the standard Swahili alphabet.
It is absolutely necessary to have a good idea of what
you are to read before you can read at all. The reason
is that Swahili has five vowels, Arabic only three, and
of Swahili consonants the Arabic supplies no means of
writing ch, g, p, or v, nor can consecutive consonants be
written without shocking Arabic notions of propriety.
Thus the Swahili are driven to write the ba for p and
for mh as well as for h ; the gJiain for g, ng, and ng\ as
well as for gh ; the fa for v and mv, as well as for /;
the ya for ny as well as for y ; the shin for ch as well as
for sh ; and to omit altogether the n before cZ, y, y, and z.
Initial vowels and consecutive vowels are only to be
expressed by Jiemzas or 'ains. In. the first piece of

6 8WAEILI HANDBOOK.

written Swahili I ever possessed (the Story of tlie Ox
and the Ass) the words ng^omhe and punda were written
ghihe and huda. It will be easily seen how imperfect
and ambiguous a means of writing Swahili the Arabic
character must be. An instance occurred while I was
in Zanzibar of a letter written from Kilwa with the
account of a fight, in which it was said that one of
the principal men, ameJciifa, had died, or amevuJca, had
got away, and which it was no one could certainly
tell ; the last two consonants were fa and qaf, with
three dots over them. If two of the dots belonged
to the first letter, the man was dead ; if two belonged
to the next letter, he was alive : but the dots were
so equally placed that no one could tell how to divide
them. If the Arabic had possessed a v, there could
have been no mistake. It would no doubt be possible
to express Swahili sounds by using letters with addi-
tional dots and affixing arbitrary sounds to the letters
of prolongation, as is done in Persian and Hindi, but
the result would puzzle a genuine Swahili and could
never be quite satisfactory in any respect.

There seems to be no difficulty in writing Swahili
in Eoman characters, there being no sound which does
not 80 nearly occur in some European language that
the proper way of writing it can readily be fixed upon,
and illustrated by an example. When this is the case
there is no need to look for anything further. I think
those who tiy to settle the alphabets of new languages
are too apt to forget how essential simplicity is to a
really good alphabet. If the Eoman alphabet can be

JNTRODUCTIOK 7

made to distinguisli all the sounds used in that lan-
guage, it does all for it that it does for any. To at-
tempt to distinguish the sounds used in that language,
from the sounds used in another, or to mark all the
varieties of tone which occur in speaking, is always
useless and embarrassing, and not one man in a thou-
sand has sufficient accuracy of ear to do it properly.
It is practically easier to learn to attach a new
sound to a known letter, than to learn a new sound
and a new letter too, especially when the new letter
has to be printed and written, and the learner is en-
tangled in a maze of italics and letters with a point
below and a point above, or a line through them, or
some Greek letter which has not the sound one gives it
in Greek, or some new invention which will fit well
neither into printing nor writing, and looks at its ease
neither as a capital nor a small letter. It generally
happens that the sounds of a language, though not
identical with those of another, correspond with them
sufficiently to make the corresponding letters appro-
priate symbols. Thus an English and a French t are
not identical; but which nation would or ought to
submit always to put a dot somewhere about its t to
show that it is not the t which it never will want to
use, and never did, and could not pronounce, if it met
with it ? Or, to take a stronger instance, ought Ger-
mans, Englishmen, and Spaniards always to cross the
tails of their y's, or print them in italics, or deform their
books with new symbols, merely because they do not
pronounce their /s as Frenchmen do theirs?

SWAEILI EANDBOOK,

THE ALPHABET.

The Vowels are to be pronounced as in Italian, the
Consonants as in English.

A = a in father,

B = & in hare.

Ch= cli in cherry. Italian c before i or e.

J) = din do. D occurs very frequently in the Mombas dialect

where j is used in that of Zanzibar.
E = ai in chair.
F = / in fine. German v.
G = g in gate, never soft as in genius.
H = hin hat.
I = ee in feet.
J = j ia joy. Sometimes more like dy or di in cordial. French

di, German dj, Italian gi.
K — hin kalendar.

L = Z in long. L and r are generally treated as the same letter.
M = m in man.
N = w in no.

O = o in hoy, more like au than the common English a.
P = p in 'paint.
K = r in raise. An English, not a Scotch, Irish, German, or

French r. See L.
S = 8 in Bun. German ss. It is never pronounced like a 2 or

the English s in arise. S and sh are commonly used for

one another indiscriminately.
T = < in ten. T frequently occurs in the dialect of Mombas

where ch is used in that of Zanzibar.

TEE ALPEABET. 9

U = 00 in tool.

V = v in very. German lo.

W = 10 in xoin. French ou. It is merely a u pronounced as a
consonant.

Y = j^ in yonder. German j. It is merely an i pronounced as a

consonant. Y is frequently used in the Lamoo dialect
where j occurs in that of Zanzibar.
Z = 2 in zany. German s. Z frequently occurs in the dialect of
Lamoo where v is used in that of Zanzibar.

There are several sounds introdnced from the Arabic
which do not occur in purely African words.

Gh = the Arabic gliain ; it is a guttural g, resembling
the Dutch g. It may be obtained by pro-
nouncing a g (as nearly as it can be done)
with the mouth wide open. Most Europeans
imagine, the first time they hear it, that
there is an r sound after the g, but this is a
mistake.

Kh = the Arabic TcTia ; it is a very rough form of the
German ch, the Spanish j, or the Scotch ch in
loch. It resembles the sound made in trying
to raise something in the throat. It may
always be replaced in SwahiK by a simple ^,
but never by a h.

Th = the four Arabic letters tlia, thai, ihod, and thah.
The first of these is the English th in think,
the second that in they. The third and fourth
are thicker varieties of the second sound. In
Swahili they may all be replaced by a z. No
attempt is ever made to distinguish the last
three letters; but as the first is generally

10 SWAHILI HANDBOOK.

marked in pronunciation, it is in the first
part of this handbook marked by printing
the th in italics wherever it is to be pro-
nounced as in the English word tJiink. The
sound of the English th in that occurs in
some Swahili as a dialectic variation for z.
In vulgar Swahili z is not merely put for
the Arabic th, but th is also put for the
Arabic z, as wathiri for waziri, a vizir.

There are several compound consonantal sounds
tv^iich require notice.

Ch, a very common sound, representing what is
sometimes a t and sometimes Jci — in other
dialects. C is not required for any other
sound, as it can be always represented by k
when hard, and by s when soft. It would
probably be an improvement always to write
the ch sound by a simple c.

Gn, see ng'.

Kw represents the sound of qu in queer.

M frequently stands for mu, in which cases it is pro-
nounced with a half-suppressed u sound
before it, and is even capable of bearing the
accent of the word, as in mtu, a person, where
the stress of voice is on the w, which has a
dull nasal semivowel sound, not quite urn.
Where m occurs before any consonant except
b or w, it must have this semivowel sound.

TEE ALPHABET. H

M, standing for mu, has generally its semi-
vowel sound before u. Before a or e it
becomes raw, and before o it frequently loses
the u altogether, and is pronounced as a
simple m.

N has frequently a nasal semivowel sound, a half-
suppressed i being suggested by it. N has
always this semivowel sound where it is
immediately followed by c7i, /, A, w, n, or s.

Is'y has the sound of the Spanish w, the French and
Italian gn, the Portuguese rih, and the English
ni in companion, only a little thicker and
more nasal.

Ng' is a peculiar African sound, much resembling
the -ng which occurs at the end of many
English words. If we could divide longing
thus, lo-nging, without at all altering the
pronunciation, it would come very near
the African sound, which is never a final,
because all Swahili syllables must end in a
vowel. Some prefer to write this sound gn-,
as it resembles the sound given by Germans
and others to those letters when they occur
as initial letters in Greek. This sound must
be distinguished from the common sound of
ng-, in which the g distinctly passes on to
the following vowel, as in the English word
engage; in ng'- both sounds are heard, but
neither passes on to the vowel.

Sh is the Arabic shin, the English sh, the French ch.

12 SWAEILI HANDBOOK,

the German sch. Sh and s are commonly
treated as identical.

P, T, K, and possibly some other letters, have occa-
sionally an explosive or aspirated sound,
such as an Irishman will often give them.
This explosive sound makes no change in
the letter, but is an addition to it, probably
always marking a suppressed n. Thus iipepo
is a ivind, with both ^)'s smooth as in English ;
but the plural, which should regularly be
npejpo, is p'ej)o, with a strong explosive sound
attached to the first letter. This explosive
sound may be marked by an apostrophe ; it
is, however, very seldom necessary to the
Bense of a word, and is noticeably smoothed
down or omitted by the more refined and
Arabized Swahili.

There are other niceties of pronunciation which a
fine ear may distinguish; but as they are
by no means essential, and are seldom noticed
by the natives themselves, it is not worth
while her© to examine them particularly.

As a rule, the vowels are all pronounced distin'ctly,
and do not form diphthongs. When, however, a for-
mative particle ending in -a is placed before a word
beginning with e- or i-, the two letters coalesce into a
long e sound. It is not, however, even in such a case
as this, always incorrect to pronounce the two vowels
distinctly, though it is not usually done. The instances

THE ALPHABET. 13

of and rules for this union of sound will be found
where the several prefixes which give occasion to it
are dealt with.

When two vowels come together at the end of a
word, they are often to the ear one syllable, and have
the sound of a diphthong; they are really, however,
two syllables of which the former bears the accent.
This is at once apparent in the Merima dialect, in
which an I is put between the vowels. Thus hufaa, to
be of use, which sounds as if written hufd, is in the
Merima dialect hufala. The shifting of the accent
sometimes shows that the vowels are really separate.
Thus a common fruit tree is called mzamharau, in which
word the last two vowels apparently unite into a
sound like that in the English word how ; but when -ni
is added, making Mzambarauni, at the zamhardu tree —
the name of one of the quarters of Zanzibar — the u is
quite separated from the a, and the last two syllables
are pronounced like the English -oony.

It may be assumed in all cases in which two vowels
come together that an I has been omitted between
them, and will appear in some modification of the word
or in its derivatives.

The shifting of the accent above referred to takes
place in obedience to the universal rule in Swahili,
that the main accent of the word is always put upon
the last syllable but one, a rule which often changes
the sound of a word so materially as to baffle a beginner
in his endeavour to seize and retain it. The syllable
-ni is the chief disturber of accents ; and words which

14 SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

end in it may be always suspected of being plural
imperatives if they are verbs, or of being in what is
known as the locative case if they are nouns. There
are only a very few words which end in -ni in their
simple forms.

The formation or division of syllables is so closely
connected with the powers of the letters, that this wdll
be a proper place to mention it. The rule is that all
Swahili syllables end in a vowel, and that the vowel
must be preceded only by a single consonant, or by
one preceded by n or m, or followed by lo or y.

There are a few half-assimilated Arabic words in
which double consonants occur ; but there is a strong
tendency in all such cases to drop one of the consonants
and attach the other to the vowel which follows them.

W can be placed after all the other consonants,
simple and compound, except perhaps F
and Y,

Y can follow F, N, and V.

These two letters are used in the formation of Verbs,
-w- being the sign of the passive, and -y- being used to
give a transitive meaning. In several cases -fy- stands
for -py- ; -py- occurs in one word only, ^mpya, new.

N can be placed before D, G, J, Y, and Z.

M can be placed before B, and perhaps Ch and V.

M in these instances represents an n- used as a sub-
stantival and adjectival prefix. Used in this way, n
before h becomes m ; before I or r it changes the Z or r
into c?, making nd- instead of nl- or nr- ; before w it
changes into wi, and the w becomes &, making mh-

THE ALPHABET. 15

instead of nw-. It is curious that w can be made to
follow n without any change, but that n cannot be put
before w. Before k, p, and t, the n is dropped, and
they become A;', jp\ and t' ; before the other letters ch,
/", A, 7w, n, and s, it is merely dropped.

The resulting syllables are not always easy of pro-
nunciation to a European, as, for instance, nywa in hu-
nywa, to drink, nor is it very easy to pronounce ngu oi
nda ; but to a native such sounds present no difficulty,
whilst he can scarcely pronounce such a word as hlack.

Instances of the division of syllables will be found
in the specimen of Kinyume, which forms Appendix I.
Kinyume is made by taking the last syllable from the
end of a word and putting it at the beginning, so that
each instance is a specimen of the native idea as to
what letters belong to the final syllable. Some Swahili
are very ready at understanding and speaking this
enigmatical dialect.

At the head of each letter in the second part will
be found some observations on its use and pronun-
ciation.

16 SWAHILI HANDBOOK.

SUBSTANTIVES.

Swaliili nouns have two numbers, singular and plural,
(v^hicli are distinguished by their initial letters. Upon
the forms of the Substantives depend the forms of all
Adjectives, Pronouns, and Verbs governing or governed
by them. It is, therefore, necessary to divide them
into so many classes as there are different forms either
of Substantives or of dependent words, in order to be
able to lay down rules for the correct formation of
sentences. For this purpose Swahili Substantives may
be conveniently divided into eight classes.

I. Those beginning with Jf-, 'Jf-, Mu-, or Mw-, in
the singular, and which denote living beings. They
make their plural by changing M- &c. into Wa-.

Mtu, a man ; watu, people.

The singular prefix represents in all its forms the
syllable Mu-, which is itself very rarely heard. Before
a consonant it is almost always pronounced as a semi-
vowel m, with the u sound before rather than after it.
Before a and e the u becomes a consonant, and the
prefix appears as mw-. Before o and u the u is very

SUBSTANTIVES. 17

frequently dropped, and the m alone is heard. The

pn^.fix is treated as a distinct syllable when followed

by a consonant, but very rarely so when followed by

a vowel.

Mchawi, a wizard ; wacJiaivi, wizards.

Mjusl, a lizard ; wajusi, lizards.

Mwana, a son ; tcaana, sons.

Mwoga, or moga, a coward ; waoga, cowards.

Muumishi, or mumishij a cupper ; waumisM, cuppers.

When the plural prefix wa- is placed before a word
beginning with a-, the two a's run together, and are
seldom distinguishable by the ear alone. When wa- is
placed before a word beginning with e- or {-, the -a
flows into the other vowel and produces a long e sound.

Mwenzi, a companion ; u'enzi, companions.
Mtvivi, a thief; ivevi, thieves.

II. Substantives beginning with M-, 'M-, Mu-, or

Mw-, which do not denote living or animate beings.
They make their plural by changing M- &c. into Mi-.
Mti, a tree ; miti, trees.

The same observations apply to the singular prefix
in this class as in Class I.

Mfupa, a bone ; mifupa, bones.
Mwanzo, a beginning ; mianzo, beginnings,
Micemhe, a mango tree ; miembe, mango trees.
Mioiba, a thorn ; miiba, or miba, thorns.
Moto, a fire ; mioto, fires.

The names of trees belong to this class.

III. Those which do not change to form the plural.

Nyumha, a house ; nyiimba, houses.

18 SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

The simple description of nouns of this class is that
they begin with n, followed by some other consonant.
It is probable that Ni- is the ground form of the prefix
of this class, since it always appears as ny- before a
vowel. The singular powers and antipathies of the
letter n- very much affect the distinctness of this class
of nouns. As n must be dropped before ch, f, h, k, p, «,
or /, nouns beginning with those letters may belong to
this class ;* and as n becomes m before 6, v, and i«,
nouns beginning with mh or mv may belong to it. There
is a further complication in Swahili, arising from the
fact that foreign words, except only foreign names of
persons and offices, whatever their first letters, are
correctly placed in this class. The popular instinct,
however, refuses this rule, and in the vulgar dialect
classes foreign words according to their initial letters,
regarding the first syllable as a mere prefix, and treat-
ing it accordingly (see also p. 20). In some cases words
are handled in this way even in polite Swahili ; thus the
Arabic Kitahu, a book, is very often made plural by
treating the hi- as a prefix, and saying Vitahu, for books.

Kamba, a rope ; kamha, ropes.
Mhegu, a seed ; mbegu, seeds.
Nyumha, a house ; nyumba, houses.
Meza, a table ; meza, tables.
Bunduki, a gun ; hunduki, guns.
Ndizi, a banana ; ndizi, bananas.
Njia, a road ; njia, roads.

• There is nothing to show whetlier nouns beginning with these
letters belong to this class or to the fifth ; but it is always safest in
cases of doubt to treat them as belonging to this class, unless some
gpecial largeness is intended to be intimated concerning them.

SUBSTANTIVES. 19

IV. Those which begin with Ki- before a consonant
or Ch- before a vowel. They form their plural by-
changing Ki- into Vi' and Ch- into Vy-.

Kitu, a thing ; vitu, things.
Chombo^ a vessel ; vyortibo, vessels.

Substantives are made diminutives by being brought
into this class.

Mlinm, a mountain ; Kilima, a hill.
Bweta, a box ; kibweta, a little box.

If the word stripped of all prefixes is a monosyllable,
y»- must first be prefixed.

Mti. a tree ; hijiti, a shrub.

Mwiho, a spoon ; kijiko, a little spoon.

Words beginning with Ki- may be turned into
diminutives by inserting -ji- after the prefix.

Kitwa, a head ; kijiiica, a little head.

Kiboko, a hippopotamus ; kijiboko, a little hippopotamus.

In regard to animals, the use of the diminutive has
a depreciating effect.

Mbuzi, a goat ; hibuzi, a poor little goat

V. Those which make their plural by prefixing two-.

Kasha, a chest ; makasha, chests.

Nouns are generally brought into this class by re-
jecting all prefix in the singular. If, however, the
word itself begins with a vowel, j- is prefixed ; if it be
a monosyllable, ji- is prefixed. The J- oiji- is regularly

C 2

20 SWAHILI HANDBOOK.

omitted in the plural, but may be retained to avoid
ambiguity, where the regular word would have re-
sembled one formed from another root.

Jamho, an aifair ; mamho, affairs.

Jicho, an eye ; macho, eyes.

Jomho, a large vessel ; majombo, large vessels.

If the word b^gin with i- or e-, the -a of the plural
prefix coalesces with it and forms a long -e-; this
distinguishes dissyllables with j- prefixed from mono-
syllables with, ji- prefixed.

Jino, a tooth ; meno (not mano), teeth.

Foreign names of persons and offices belong to this
class.

Waziri, a vizir ; mawaziri, vizirs.

In the vulgar dialect of Zanzibar all foreign words
which have a first syllable that cannot be treated as a
jDrefix, are made to belong to this class, and ma- is
prefixed to form the plural (see p. 18).

Anything which is to be marked as peculiarly large
or important is so described by bringing the word into
this class.

MJvJio, a bag ; fulco, a very large bag.

Mtu, a man ; jitu, a very large man.

Nyumba, a house ; juniba, a large house.

If a word is already in this class, it may be described
as larger by prefixing ji-.

Matanga, sails ; majitanga, great sails.

SUBSTANTIVES. 21

Maji, water, JSIafuta, oil, and other nouns in that
form are treated as plurals of this class.

VI. Those which begin with Z7- in the singular.
They make their plural by changing TJ- into Ny- before
a vowel, or N- before a consonant.

TJimho, a song; nyimho, songs.

Udevu, a hair of the beard ; ndevu, hairs of the beard.

This class is not a large one ; Dut the formation of
its plural is full of apparent irregularities produced by
the letter n.

1. All nouns of this class, which are in the singular
dissyllables only, retain the it- in the plural, and are
treated as beginning with a vowel.

Ufa, a crack ; nyufa, cracks.
UsOf a face ; nyuso, faces.

2. Words in which the U- is followed by d, g^j, or 2.
take N- in place of U-.

3. Words in which the U- is followed by I or r, take
JV-, but change the Z or r into d,

Ulimi, a tongue ; ndimi, tongues.

4. Words in which the U- is followed by h, v, or ic,

take n-, but change it into m-, and their first letter is

always h.

Uhau, a plank ; mhau, planks.

Uwingu, a heaven ; mhingu^ the heavens.

5. Words in which the U- is followed by Jc, jj or t.

22 SWAHILI HANDBOOK.

drop tlae TJ-, and give an explosive sound to tlie first

letter.

TJyepo, a wind ; 'p^e'po^ winds.

6. Words in which the U- is followed by ch, /, A, n,
or s, merely drop the TJ-.

U/unguo, a key ; fungtto, keys.

Nouns of this class are so few in Swahili that it is
scarcely worth while to notice these distinctions ; they
are, however, important as explaining what would
otherwise seem anomalies, and represent influences
which have a much larger field in other African
languages.

Abstract nouns generally belong to this class.

VII. The one word Mahali, place or places, which
requires special forms in all adjectives and pronouns.

VIII. The Infinitives of Verbs used as Substantives.
All Infinitives may be so used, and answer to the
English Verbal Substantives in -ing,

Kufa, to die = dying.
Kwiba, to steal = stealing.

All Substantives of both numbers may be put into
what may be called the locative case by adding ni.
This case has three great varieties of meaning, which
are marked by difi'erences in all dependent pronouns.

1. In, within, to or from within.

2. At, by, near,

3. To, from, at (of places far off).

SUBSTANTIVES. 23

Nyumhani mwangu, in my house.
Nyumhani pangu^ near my house.
Nyumhani hicangu, to my house.

Mtoni, by the river.

Njiani, on the road.

Vyomboni, in the vessela,

Kiticani, on the head.

Mhinguni, in heaven.

KuanguJcanif in falling,

♦

The possessive case is expressed by the use of the
Preposition -a, which see. The objective or accusative
is the same as the subjective or nominative.

In the following list of Substantives the plural form
is given in all caseo in which, if commonly used, it is
not the same as the singular.

24

SWAEILI HANDBOOK,

LIST OF SUBSTANTIVES

The letters in parentheses denote the several dialects : (A.) Kiamu, that of
Lamoo ; (M.) Kimvita, that of Mombas ; (Mer.) Kimerima, that of the main-
land opposite Zanzibar ; (N.) Kingozi, the poetical dialect ; (Ar.) Arabic,

A what-is-it, a thing the name of
which you do not know or can-
not recall, dude, x>l. madude.

Such-a-one, a person whose name is
not known or is immaterial,
fullani.

Abasement, unenyekeo.
Abhorrence, machukio.
Ability, uwezo.
Abridgment, muhtasari.
Abscess, tumbasi, nasur.
Abundance, wingi, ungi (M.), mari-

thawa.
Abyssinian, Habeshia, pi. Maba-

besbia.
Acceptance, ukubali.
Accident, tukio, pi. matukio.
Accounts, besabu.

Account book, daftari.
Accusation, matuvumu.
Accusation (before a judge), msbta-

ka, ])l- misbtaka.
Ache, maumivu, ucbungu.
Action, kitendo, pi. vitendo, amali.
Addition (in arithmetic) ^ jumla.

Address (of a letter), anwani.
Adornment, kipambo, pi. vipambo,

pambo, pi. mapambo.
Adultery, zaai, uzini, uzinzi.
Advantage (profit), fayida.
Adversity, mateso, sbidda.
Advice, sbauri, pi. mashuuri.
Adze, slioka la bapa, sezo.
Affair, jambo.

Affairs, mambo, sbugbuli, uli-
mweugu.
Affection, mapenzi, mapendo.

Mutual affection, inapendana
Affliction, teso, pi. mateso.
Age, umri.

Old age, uzee.

Extreme old age, ukongwe.

Equal in age, hirimu moja.

Former ages, zamani za kale.
Agent, wakili, pi. mawakili.
Agreement, maagano, makatibu,

mwafaka, mapatano, sbarti.
Aim, ebababa.
Air, bawa, hewa, upepo.

For change of air, kubadili bawa.
Almond, lozi, pi. malozi.
Alms, sadaka.

SUBSTANTIVES.

25

Aloes, subiri, shibiri.

Aloes ivood, uudi.

Altar, mathbah, inathab.iliu.

Alum, shabbu.

Ambergris, ambari.

Amulet, talasimu, pi. matalasimu.

Amusement, mazumgumzo, mao-

ngezi.
Ancestors, babu, wazee.
Anchor, nanga, baura.
Ancle (see Anklets), kiwiko cha

mguu, ito la guu (A.).
Angel, malaika.
Anger, hasira, gbathabu.
Angle, pembe.
Angoxa, Ngoje.
Animal, nyama.

The young of a domestic animal,
ndama.

A young she-animal that has not
yet home, mtainba,^Z. mitamba.

Native animals. See under their
several names : —

Buku, a very large hind of rat.

Toi, a kind of wild goat.

Buga (?).

Ndezi (?).

Xjiri (?).
Anklets {see Ancle), mtali, pi. mitali,

furungu, pi. mafurungu.
Ansii-er, majibu, jawabu.
Antelo'pes. See Gazelle.

Bara, Heleohagus arundinaceus.

Dondoro, Dyker's antelope.

Koru, icater buck.

Kuguni, haartebeest.

Mpofu, pi. Wapofu, eland.

Nyumbo, wildebeest.

Pardhara.

Kulungu.
Antimony, wanja y^a. manga.
4?i<s,chungu,tiingu(M.,,sisiiiiizi(?).

Siafu, a large Thrown kind.

Maji a moto, a yellow kind ivhich
lives in trees.

Wliite ants, mchwa.

Ants in their flying stage, kiimbi-
kumbi.

Anthill, kisugulu, pi. visugulu.
Anus, mkunda, fupa.
Anvil, fuawe.
Ape, nyani.

Apostle, mtume, pi. mitume.
Appearance, umbo, pZ. maumbo.
Arab, Mwarabu. pi. "Waarabu.
Arab from Shelter, Mshihiri, pi.

Washihiri.
Arab from the Persian Gulf, Mslie-
mali, pi. Washemali, Tende
balua.
Arabia, Arabuni, Manga.
Arabic, Kiarabu.
Arbitrator, mpatanishi.
Arch, tao, pi. matao.
Areca nut, popoo. See Betd.
Arithmetic, hesabu.

Addition, jumla.

Subtraction, baki.

Multiplication, tharuba.

Division, mkasama.

Proportion, or division of profits.
Arm, mkono, pi. mikono. [uirari.

Under the arm, kwapani
Armpit, kwapa, pi. makwapa.

Perspiration of the armpit,

Arrangements, madaraka.
Arrival, kifiko, kikomo.
Arrogance, gbururi.
Arrow, mshale, pi. mishale, chembe,

pi. vyembe (N.).
Arrowroot, uwanga, kanji.
Artery, vein or nerve^ mshipa, p}.

inisbipa.

26

SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

Artifice, kitimbi, pi. vitinibi.
Ascriptions of praise, ta;biih.
Ashes, jifu, pi. inajifu, ivu, pL

maivu (M.).
Ass, punda.
Assafcetida, mvuje.
Assembly, jamaa, jumaa, makutano,

makusanyiko.
Place of assembly, makusanyiko.
Asthma, pumu.

Astonishment, mataajabn, msnngao.
Astrologer, mnajimu. pi. wanajimu.
Astronomy, falaki, falak.
Attachment, wambiso.
Auction, mnada, pi. minada.
Auctioneer, dalali.
Auiit, sbangazi, pi. mashangazi.
Authority, nguvu, mamluka, hu-

kmnu.
Avarice, choyo, bakhili, tamaa.
Aid, uiiia, pi. nyuma.
Awning, chandalua.
Axe, shoka, pi. mashoka.

B.

Baby, mtoto mchanga, kitoto

kichanga, mabiika.
Bach, maun go, mgongo.

Bach of the head and nech, ki-

shogo.
Bachhone, uti wa maungo.
Badness, ubaya, uovu.
Bag, mfuko, j^^- mifuko, fuko, pi.
mafuko, kifuko, pi. vifuko.
Mkrba, pi. mikoba, a scrip.
Kiljcgoshi, pi. vibogoshi, o small

bag made of shin.
Matting bags.
Kikapu or Cldkapu, pi. vikapu.
Kapu, pi. makapu, very large.
Kanda, pjl. makanda, long and
narrow, broadest at tht bottom.

Junia, used for rice, &c., gunia.
Kigunni, used for dates, sugar,

&c.
Kifumbo, pi. vifumbo, very large
used for cloves.
Baggage, vyombo.
Bail, lazima.

Bait, chambo, pi. vyambo.
Bahing place for pottery, &c., joko.
Balances, niizani.
Baldness, upaa.
A shaved pla/ie on the head, kipaa,
pi. vipaa.
Ball, tufe.

India-rubber hall, mpira, pi.

mipira.
Any small round thing, donge, pi.
madonge.
Ballast, farumi.
Bamboo, 'mwanzi, pi. miwanzi.
Bananas, ndizi.

Banana tree, mgomba, pi. mi-

Bunchlets of fruit, tana, pi.

matana.
The fruit stalk, mkungu, pi. mi-
kungu.
Band {stripe), utepe, pi. tepe.
Band (of soldiers, &c.), kikosi, pL

vikosi.
Bandage, utambaa, pi. tambaa.
Bangles. See Anklets.
Bank (of earth, sand, &c.), fungu,
pi. mafungu.
Bank of a river, kando.
The opposite bank, ng'ambo.
Baobab. See Calabash.
Barber, kinyozi, pi. vinyozi.
Bargain, mwafaka, maafikano.
Bargaining, ubazazi.
Bark of a tree, gume {hard), ganda
(soft).

SUBSTANTIVES.

27

Barley, sliairi (Ar.).

Barque (a ship), merikebu ya mili-

ngote miwili na nuss.
Barrel, pipa, pi. mapipa.
Basin, bakuli, pi. mabakulL
A small hasin, kibaba.
A brass hasin, tasa, pi. matasa.
See Bawl.
Basket. See Bag.
Chikapu, pi. vikapn.
Pakacha, pi. mapakacha, made
of cocoa-nut leaves plaited to-
gether.
Dohani, a very tall narrow hashet
made of slips of wood supple-
mented hy cocoa-nut leaves.
Tunga, a round open hasket.
Ungo, pi. maungo, or uteo, pi.
teo (M.), a round flat basket
used for sifting.
Kiteo, pi. viteo, a very small one.
Kunguto, pi. makunguto, a

basket used as a colander.
Jamanda, j9?. majamanda, a round
basket of thick work, with a
raised lid.
Bat, popo.

Batchelor, msijana (?).
Bdth, birika, chakogea.
Bath room, choo, pi. vyoo. See

Privy.
Public baths, bamami.
Battle, mapigano.
Battlements, menomeno.
Bay, gbubba.
Beach, pwani, mpwa (M.).
Beads, ushanga, pi. s-baiiga.

Kondavi, pi. makondavi, a large

kind worn by women,
(rosary), tasbiih.
Beak, mdomo wa ndege.
A parrot's beak, mbaDgo.

Beam, mti, pi. miti, boriti, mbixnili,

pi. mihimili.
Beans, kuuude.

Chooko, a very small green kind.
Fiwe, grow on a climbing plant

icith a white flotcer.
Baazi, grow on a bush someihing
like a laburnum.
Beard, ndevu, madevu.

One hair of the beard, udevn.
TJie imperial, the tuft of hair on
the lower lip, kinwa mcbuzi,
kionda mtuzi (M.).
Beast, nyama.
Beauty, uzuri.

A beauty, kizuri, pi. vizuri, baiba.
Bed (for planting sweet potatoes),

tuta, pi. matuta.
Bedding, matandiko.
Bedstead, Mtanda, pi. vitanda.
The legs, tendegu, pi. matendegn.
TJie side pieces, mfumbati, pi.

mifumbati.
The end pieces, kitakizo, pi. vita-

kizo.
The head, mchago.
The space underneath^ mvungu
kitanda.
Bee, nyuki.
Beehive (a hollow piece of wood),

mzinga, pi. mizinga.
Beggar, mwombaji, pi. waombaji.
Begging, maomvi.
Beginning, mwanzo, pi. mianzo.
Start in speaking or doing, fell,
pi. mafeli.
Behaviour, mwenendo.

Good behaviour, kutenda vema.
17? behaviour, kutenda vibaya.
Bell, kengele.

Njuga, a small bell worn as an
ornament, a dog hell.

28

SWAHILI HANDBOOK.

Bellowing, kivumi, vumi.
Bellows, mifuo, mivukuto.
Belly, matumbo.
Bend, pindo.

The arm stiffened in a bent form,
kigoslio cha mkono.
Bemhatooha bay, Mjanga.
Betel leaf, tambuu. It is chewed
with areca nut, lime, and to-
bacco folded up in it, and gives
its name to the ichole.
Beverage, kinywaji, pi. viny waji.
Bhang, bangi.

Biceps muscle, tafu ya mkono.
Bier, jeneza, jenaiza.
Bifurcation, panda.
Bile, nyongo.
Biliousness, safura (Ar.), marungu

(M. .
Bill. See Beak
(account), hesabu, barua.
Bill of sale, ankra.
(chopper), raundu, pZ. miundu ;
upamba, pi. pamba.
Bird, ndege, nyuni (M.).

Young of birds, kiuda, pi. ma-

kinda.
Birds of the air, ndege za anga.
Bird of ill omen, korofi, mkorofi.
Native birds.
Pugi, a very small hind of dove.
Korongo, crane.
Mbango, a bird with a hoohed

beak.
Ninga, a green dove.
Zawaridi, a Java sparrow.
Mbayuwayu, a swallow.
Bundi, an oicl.

Luanga — pungu — tendawala C?).
Birth, uzazi, uvyazi, kizazi, kivyazi.
Biscuit, biskwiti.

A very thin kind, kaki.

Bishop, askafu (Ar.).

A chess bishop, khumi.
Bit (a horse's), lijamu.
Bitterness, uchungu, nkali.
Blabber of secrets, payo, pi. mapayo.
Blacksmith, mfua chuma, pi. wafua

chuma, mhunzi (Mer.), pi

wabunzi.
Blackwood, sesemi.
Bladder, kibofu, pi, vibofu.
Blade, kengea.

Blade of grass, uchipuka, pi. cbi-

puka.
Blame, matuvunm.
Blanket, bushuti.
Blemish, ila, kipunguo.
Blessing, baraka, mbaraka, pi. mi-

baraka.
Blindness, upofu (loss of sight),

chongo (loss of one eye).
Blinders (used for camels when

grinding in mills), jamanda (of

basket work), kidoto (of cloth).
Blister, lengelenge, pi. malenge-

lenge.
A vesicular eruption of the skin.
Block. See Pulley. [uwati.

A block to dry skull caps ixpton,

faroma.
Blood, damn.

Blood-vessel, msbipa, pi. misbipa.
Blotch, waa, pi. mawaa.
Blowing and bellowing noise (often

made with a drum), vmni.
Blue vitriol, mrututu.
Board, ubau, pi. mbau.

Piece of board, kibau, pi. vibau.
Boat, masbua.
Body, mwili, pi. miili.

The human trunk, kiwiliwili.

A dead body, mayiti.

The body of soldiers, &c., jamiL

SUBSTANTIVES.

29

Boil, jipn, pi. majipu-

Bomb, kombora.

Bombay, Mombee.

Bone, mfupa, pi. mifupa, fapa, pi.

mafupa {vtry large).
Booh, chuo, pi. vyuo, kitabu, pi.
vitabu.
A sacred book, msabafu, pi. misa-

hafu.
An account book, daftari.
Booty, mateka, nyara.
Border (boundary), mpaka, pi. mi-
paka.
An edging icoven on to a piece of
cloth, taraza.
Bother, uthia, huja.
Bottle, chupa, pi. machupa, tupa
(M.), pi. matupa.
A long-necked bottle for sprinkling

scents, mrasbi, pi. mirashi.
A little bottle, a phial, kitupa, pi.
vitupa.
Bottom, chini.
Bough, kitawi, pi. vitawi.
Boundary, mpaka, pi. mipaka.
Bow, upindi, pi. pindi, uta, pi.

mata, or nyuta.
Bowl {wooden), fua. See Basin.
Bowsprit, mlingote wa maji.
Box, bweta, pi. mabweta, ndusi,
kisanduku, pi. visanduku.
Small, kibweta, pi. vibweta.
Large, kasba, pi. makasha, san-

duku.
Small metal box, kijaluba, pi.

vijaluba.
Small, long-shaped metal box, often
used to keep betel in, kijamanda,
pi. vijamanda.
Small paper box, kibumba, pi.
vibumba.
Boy, kijana, pi vijana.

Bracelet, kekee (flat).

Kikuku, pi. vikuku (round).
Kingaja, pi. vingaja (of beads).
'BsiUSigiii(ornamented with points).
Timbi.
Braid, kigwe, pi. vigwe.
Brains, bongo, mabongo.
Bran, chachu, makapi.
Husks of rice, kumvi.
Branch, tawi, pi. matawi, utanzu,

pi. tanzu.
Brand (apiece of wood partly burnt),

kinga, pi. vinga.
Brass, shaba, nuhas (Ar.).
Brass wire, mazoka (?).
Bravery, ushujaa, utha,hiti.
Brawler, mgomvi, pi. wagomvi.
Bread (loaf or cake), inkate.
Breadth, upana.
Break. See Crack, Notch.
Breakfast, cbakula cha subui,
kifungua kanwa, cba mslia
kanwa.
Breaking loind (upward), kiungulia,
pi. viungulia.
(downward), ^QX£i}o2i., pi. majamba,
Biasbuzi.
Breast, kifua, kidari, mtima.

Breasts, maziwa, sing. ziwa.
Breath, pumzi, nafusi, roho.
Bribe, rushwa.
Bride, bibi harusi.
Bridegroom, bwana barusi.
Bridle, batamu (halter, reins, &c.\

lijamu (bit).
Brink, ukingo, mzingo.
Brook, kijito, pi. vijito.
Broom, ufagio, pi. fagio.
Brother, ndugu, ndugu mume,
kaka (Kihadimu).
Foster brother, ndiigii kunyonya.
Brother-in-law, shemcgi.

30

SWAHILI HANDBOOK.

Husband's brother, mwamua.
Wife's brother, wifi.
Brow, kikomo cha uso, kipaji.
Bruise, vilio la damu, alama ya

pigo.
Brush (see Broom), burushi.
Brushwood, koko, makoko.
Bubble, povu, ^l. mapovu.
Bucket, ndoo.
BucMer, ngao.
Buffalo, nyati.
Bug, kunguni.
Building, jengo, pi. majengo.
Building materials, majengo.
Firm and good building, mtomo.
Bull, fahali,!??. mafahali, ng'oinbe

mume or ndume.
Bullet, poopoo, risasi ya bunduki.
Bulloch, maksai.

Bunch, tawi, pi. matawi, kitawi, pi.
vitawi, kichala, pi. vidiala.
The bunch is said to be of the
tree and not of the fruit.
Tawi la mtende, a bunch of dates.
Kichala cha mzabibu, a bunch of
grapes. See Bananas.
Bundle, peto, pi. mapeto, mzigo, pi.
mizigo.
In a clothf bimdo, furushi, ki-

furushi.
Of straw, mwenge, pi. mienge.
Of sticks, titi, pi. matiti.
Buoy, chilezo, pi. vilezo, tnlezo, pi.

milezo.
Burden, mzigo, pi. mizigo.
Burial-place, mazishi, maziko.
Burier (i.e. a special friend), mzishi,

pi. wazishi.
Bush, kijiti, pi. vijiti.

Bushes, koko, pi. makoko.
BuHness, shughuli, kazi.
Urgent business, amara.

A complicated business, visa

vingi.
His business, amri yake.
I have no business, &c., sina amri,
&c.
Butter, siagi.

Clarified butter (ghee), samlL
Buttermilk, mtindi.
Butterfly, kipepeo, pi. vipepeo.
Buttocks, tako, pi. matako.
Button, kifungo, pi. vifungo.
Button loop, kitanzi, pi. vitanzi.
Button by which the wooden clogs
are held on, msuruake, pi. mi-
suruake.
Buyer, mnunuzi, pi. wanunuzi.

C.

Cabin (side), kipenu.

Cable, amara.

Caffre corn, mtama.

Cage, kizimbi, pi. vizimbi, tundu,

pi. matmidu.
Cake, mkate, pi. mikate.
Cake of mtama meal, mkate wa

mofu.
Cake of tobacco, mkate wa tu-

mbako.
Bumunda, pi. mabiimunda, a sort

of dumpling or soft cake.
Kitumbua, pi. vitumbua, a cake

made like a fritter.
Ladu, a round ball made of

semsem seed, spice, and sugar.
Kinyunya, pi. vinyunya, a little
cake made to try the quality of
the flour.
Calabash, buyu, pi. mabuyu.
Inner part of the calabash fruity

ubuyu.
Calabash used to draw water,
kibuyu, vibuyu.

SUBSTANTIVES.

31

Calabash tree or haohdb, mbuyu,
pi. mibuyu.

A pumpkin shell used to hold
liquids, dundu, pi. madundu.
CflZamtYy,masaibu, msiba,^}?. misiba.
Calico. See Cloth.

Fine, bafta.
Calf, ndama, ndama wa ng'ombe.
Call {calling), mwito, pi. ruiito.

(a cry), ukelele, iikeini.

Kikorombwe, a signal cry.
Calm, shwali.
Calumha root, kaomwa.
Camel, ngamia.
Camelopard, twiga.
Camphor, karafumayiti, kafuri.
Candle, tawafa, meshinaa.
Candlestick, kinara, pi. vinara.
Cannabis Indica, bangi.
Cannon, mzinga, pi. iiiiziuga.
Canoe, galawa (with outriggers ,
mtumbwi, pi. mitumbwi (with-
out outriggers), hori, pi. mahori
(with raised head and stern).
Canter, mghad (of a horse).

Thelth {of an ass).
Cap, kofia.

A cap block, faroma.

A gun-cap, fataki.
Capacity, kadri.
Cape (headland), rasi.
Captaiih, nakhotha, naoza, kapitani.
Caravan, msafara, pi. misafara.

Caravan porter, mpagazi, pi. wa-
pagazi.
Carcase, mzoga, pi. mizoga.
Cards (playing), kaiata.
Cardamoms, iliki.
Care, tunza, pi. matunza.

(caution), hathari.
Cargo, shehena.
Carpenter, sermala, pi. masermala.

Carpet, zulia.
Carriage, gari, pi. magari.
A gun carriage, gurudumo la

mzinga.
Cartridge, kiass cha bunduki.
Carving, naksh, nakishi.
Case or paper box, kibumba, pi.

vibumba.
Cashew nut, korosbo, pi. makorosho
Immature nut, dunge.
Cashew apple, bibo, pi. mabibo,

kanju (M.), pi. makanju.
Cashew nut tree, mbibo, pi. mibibo,

mkanju (M.), pi. mikanju.
Cask, pipa, pi. mapipa.
Casket, kijaiuanda, pi. vijamanda.
Cassava, muhogo.
A piece of the dried root, kopa, pi.

makopa.
Castle, geieza, ngome.

A chess castle, fil (Ar. elephant).
Castor oil, mafuta ya mbarikit,

mafuta ya nyonyo (?), mafuta

ya mbono (?).
Castor oil plant, mbarika, pi. mi-

barika, mbono (?), pi. mibouo.
Cat, paka.
Catamite, haniti, hawa, hawara,

shoga (A.).
Cattle, ng'ombe, nyaraa.

Cattle fold, zizi, 2>l- mazizi.
Caudle made on the occasion of a

birth, of rice, sugar, and spice,

and given to visitors, fuka.
Caulking, khalfati.
Cause, sababu, kisa, asili, maana.
Cautery and the marks of it, pis' o.
Caution, hathari. [_pl. mapisho.
Cave, paaiigo, pi. mapaango.
Censer, a small vessel to burn inrenfe

in, chetezo, pi. vyetezo. mkebe,

pi, mikebe.

32

SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

Centipede^ taandu.
Certainty, yakini, kite.
Chaff, kapi, pi. makapL
(0/ rice), kumvi.

(bran and crushed grains), wishwa.
Chain, mkufu, pi. mikufu, mnyo-

roro, pi. minyororo, silesile,
Door chain, riza.
Chair, kiti, pi. viti.
Chalk, chaki.

Chameleon, kinyonga, pi. vinyonga,
Chance, nasibu. [lumbwi (?).

Chandelier, thurea.
Change or changing, geuzi, pi.

mageuzi.
Chapter, sura, bah.
Character, sifa.
Characters, herufu.
Charcoal, makaa ya tniti.
Charm (talisman), talasimu, pi. ma-

talasimu.
Chatter, upiizi.
Chatterer, mpuzi, pi, wapuzi.
Cheat, ayari, mjanja, pi,, wajanja.

A great cheat, patiala.
Cheek (the part over the cheek-hone),

kitefute, pi. vitefute.
(The part over the teeth), chafu,

pi. machafu, tavu (A.), pi.
Cheese, jibini. [matavu.

Che$s^ sataranji.
Chest {of men), kifua, pi. vifua.
(of animals or men), kidari.
(a large box), kasha, pi. makasha,

sanduku.
Chicken, faranga, pi, mafaranga,

kifaranga, pi. vifaranga.
Chief, mfalme, pi. wafalme, jumbe,

pi. majumbe, munyi.
Chieftainship, ujumbe.
Child, mtoto, pi. watoto, kitoto, pl^

vitoto, rawana, pi. waana^

A child tvhich cuts its upper teeth

first, and is therefore considered

unlu'ky, kigego, pi. vigego.
Childhood, utoto.
Chimney, dohaan.
Chin, kidevu, pi. videvu, kievu

(A.), pi. vievu.
Ornament hanging from the veil

below the chin, jebu, pi. ma-

jebu.
Chisel, patasi, chembeu.
Juba, a mortice cMsel.
Uma, a small chisel.
Choice, hiari, Myari, ikhtiari, na-

tbari.
Your choice, upendavyo (as you

like).
Cholera, tauni, wabba, kipindu-

pindu.
Church, kanisa, pi. makauisa.
Cinders, makaa.
Cinnabar, zangefuri.
Cinnamon, mdalasini.
Cipher (figure of nought), sifuru,

zifuri.
Circle of a man's affairs, &c., uli-

mwengu wake.
Circumcision, tobara, kumbi

(Mer.) (?).
Circumference, kivimba, mzingo.
Circumstances, mambo.

A circumstance, jambo.
Cistern, birika.

Citron, balungi, pi. mabalungi.
Civet, zabadi.
Civet cat, I'ungo, ngawa (a larget

animal than the fungo).
Civilization, ungwana.
Civilized people, wangwana.
Clamp for burning lime, tanun.
Clap of thunder, radi.
Claret, divai.

SUBSTANTIVES.

88

Class for study, darasa.
Claw, ukucha, p?. kucha.

(of a crab), gando, pi. magando.
Clay (?), udongo.
Clearness, weupe.
ClerJi, karani.
Clergyman, padre or padiri, pi. ma-

padixi, khatibu.
Cleverness, hekima.
Climate, tabia.
Clock, saa.

Wliat o'clock is it ? Saa ngapi ?
According to the native reckon-
ing, noon and midnight are at
the sixth hour, saa a sita; six
o^clock is saa a f/ienashara.
Clod, pumba, pi. mapumba.
Cloth (icoollen), joho.
{Cotton), nguo.

(American sheeting), amerikano.
(Blue calico), kauiki.
Cloth of gold, zari.
A loin cloth of about tico yards,

shuka, doti.
A loin cloth with a coloured border,

kikoi, pi. vikoi.
A turban doth, kitambi, pi. vi-

tambi.
A icoman's cloth, kisuto, pi. vi-

suto.
A cloth twisted info a kind of rope
used as a girdle, and to make
the turbans nwrn by the Hindis,
ukumbuu, pi. kumbuu.
Clothes, nguo, miguo, mavazi, mavao.
Cloud, wiugu, p)l- mawingu.
Rain cloud, ghubari, pA. maghu-

bari.
Broken scattered clouds, mavu-
ndevunde.
Cloreii, garofuu, karofuu.
Fruit-stalks, kikonyo,pZ. vikonyo.

Club, rungTi.

Coals, niakaa.

Coast, pwani.

Coat, joho (a long open coat of

broadcloth worn by the Arabs).
Cob of Indian corn, gunzi, pi. ma-

gunzi.
Cock,}ogoo,pl. majogoo, jogoi, jimbi.
A young cockerel, not yet able to

crow, pora.
A cock's comb, upanga.
A cock's wattles, ndefu.
Cockles, kombe za pwani (?).
Cockroach, mende, mukalalao (Ma-

lagazy).
Cocoa-nut, nazi.

Cocoa-nut tree, mnazi, pi. minazi.
Heart of the groicing shoot, used as

salad, &c., kichilema, sliaha.
Cloth-like envelope of young leaves^

kilifu.
Leaf, kuti, pZ. makuti.
Midrib of leaf, uchukuti, jfjZ.

chukuti.
Leaflets, ukuti, pi. kuti.
Leaf plaited for making fences,

makuti ya kumba.
Half leaf plaited together, makuti

ya pande.
Leaflets made up for thatching,

makuti ya viungo.
Fart of a leaf plaited into a
basket, pakacha, pi. raapakaeha.
Woody flower sheath, kuram.
Bunch of nuts, tawi la mnazi.
Floicer and first forming of nuts,

upunga, pi. punga.

Small nuts, kidaka, pi. vidaka.

Half -grown nut, kitale, pi. vitale.

Full-grown nut before the nutty

part is formed, dafu, pi.

madafu. In this stage the shell

34

SWAEILI HANDBOOK,

is perfectly full of the milk or

juice (maji), and the nuts are

often gathered for drinhing.
Half -ripe nut, when the nutty part

is formed and the milk begins to

wabble in the shell, koroma, pi.

makoroma.
Ripe nut, nazi.
A nut which has grown fidl of a

white spongy substance icithout

any hollow or milk, joya, pi.

majoya.
A nut which has dried in the shell

so as to rattle in it without

f)eing spoilt, mbata.
The fibrous case of the nut, cocoa-

md fibre, makumbi.
Cocoa-nut fibre thoroughly cleaned,

usumba.
A stick stuck in the ground to rip

off the fibre, kifuo, pi. vifuo.
The shell, kifuu, pi. vifuu, ki-

fufu (M.).
Instrument for so-aping the fresh

nut for cooking, mbuzi ya ku-

kunia nazi.
Oily juice squeezed out of the

scraped cocoa-nut, tui.
A small bag to squeeze out the tui

in, kifumbu, pi. vifumbu.
The scraped nut after the tui has

been pressed out, chicha.
Copra,the nut dried and ready to be

pressed in the oil mill, nazi kavu.
Cocoa-nut oil, mafuta ya nazi.
Coffee, kahawa, {plant) nibuni.
Goff'ee berries, buni.
Coffee pot, mdila, pi. midila.
Coin (a coin), sarafu. See Dollar,

Rupee, &c.
Colander (in basket ivork), Ivunguto,

pi. liiukunguto.

Cold, baridi.

Baricli and upepo are often used
to mean wind or cold indiffer-
ently.
Cold in the head, mafua.
I have a cold in the head, siwezi
kamasi.
Collar-bone, mtulinga,|)L mitulinga.
Colour, rangi.

Colours are generally described by
reference to some known sub-
stance : rangi ya kahawa, coffee
colour, brown ; rangi ya majani,
leaf colour, green; rangi ya
makuti, colour of the dry cocoa-
nut leaves, grey.
Comb, kitana, pi. vitana, shannu,
pi. mashanuu (a large wooden
comb).
A cock's comb, upanga.
Comfort, faraja.
Comforter, mfariji, pi. wafariji.
Coming (arrival), kifiko, pi. vifiko.
{Mode of coming), majilio.
Coming down or out from, mshuko,
pi. mishuko.
Command, amri.

Commander, jemadari, pi. majema-
dari, mkuu wa asikari.
Second in command, akida.
Commission, agizo, pi. maagizo.
Comoro Islands, jMasiwa.
Great Comoro, Ngazidja.
Comoro men, Waugazidja.
Johanna, Anzwaui.
Mayotte, Maotwe.
Mohilla, Moalli.
Companion, mwenzi, pi. wenzi.
Company, jamaa.
Compass (mariner's), dira.
Completeness, itzima, ukamilifu,
utimilifu.

SUBSTANTIVES,

35

Compliments, salaamu.
Composition (of a word), rakibyueo.
Cmnposition for a murder, money

paid to save ones life, dia.
Concealment, maficho.
Conclusion, mwisbo, hatima.
Concubine, suria, pi. masuria.

Born of a concubine, suriyama.
Condition (state), hali, jawabu.
(A thing necessarily implied)^

kanuni,
Confidence, matumaini
Confidential servant, msiri, j??. wasiri.
Conscience, tbamiri, moyo.
Conspiracy, mapatano, mwafaka.
Constipation, kufunga choo.
Constitution, tabia.
Contentment, urathi.
Continent, merima.
Co'atinuance, maisha.
Contract, maagano, sharti.
Conversation, mazumgumzo, mao-

ngezi, usemi.
Convert, mwongofu, pi. waongofu.
Cooh, mpishi, pi. wapishi.
Cooked grain, especially rice, wall.
Cooking pot {metal), sufuria, pi.

masufuxia, kisufmia, pi. visu-

furia.
(earthen), nyungu, chungu, pi.

vyungu. mkuRgu, pi. mikungii.
(o pot to cook meat in ivith fat, to

hraze meat in), kaango, pi. ma-

kaango, ukaango, kikaango, pi.

vikaango.
A pot lid, mkungu wa kufunikia.
Three stones to set a pot on over

the fire, mafiga, sing, figa,

mafya, sing, jifya.
Cross pieces put in to keep the

meat from touching the bottom of

the pot and burning, nyalio.

Coolie, hamali, pi. mahamali
Copal, sandarusi.
Copper, sbaba, sufui'ia.
Coral (red), marijani ya fetbaluka
(marijani alone does not always
mean the true red coral).
Fresh coral for building, cut from
below high-water mark, matii
mbawi.
Cord, ugwe, ukambaa (M.), pi.

kambaa, kigwe, pi. vigwe.
Cork, kizibo, pi. vizibo.
Corn, nafaka (formerly used as
money).
Muhindi, Indian corn.
Mtama, millet (the most common

grain).
Mwere, very small grains growing
in an upright head something
like the flower of the bulrush.
Wimbi.
Kimanga.
Carrier, pembe.

Corner of a cloth, tamvTia, uta-
mvua.
Corpse, mzoga, pi. mizoga, mayiti.
Corpulence, unene.
Corruption, uovu, kioza.
Cosmetics.
Dalia, a yellow composition,
Yasi, a yellow powder from India,
Liwa, a fragrant wood from

Madagascar.
Kipaji.
Cotton, pamba.
Couch, kitanda, pi. vitanda.
Cough, kikohozi.
Council, baraza, diwani.
Councillor, diwani, pi. madiwani.
Counsel, shauri.
Countenance, uso, pi. nyuso.
Country, inclii, nti (M.). The narnea

D 2

36

SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

of countries are made from the
name of the people hy means of
the prefix U-.
Uuyika, the country of the Wa-

nyika.
Ugala, the country of the "Wagala.
Uzungu, the country of the Wa-

zungu, Europe.
In the country, masliamba.
A country dialect, lugha ya ki-
mashamba.
Courage, us-hujaa, uthahit, moyo.
Course (of a ship), majira.
Courtesy, jamala, adabu.
Courtyard (enclosure^ ua, pi. nyna,
uanda or uanja.
Court within a house, behewa,kati.
Cousin, mjukuu, pi. wajukuu.
Covenant, maagano, sharti.
Cover (a lid), kifmiiko.

A dish cover made of straw and
often profusely ornamented^
kawa»
A hooTc cover, jalada.
Covetousness, tamaa, bakhili.
Cow, ng'ombe mke, pi. ng'ombe

wake.
Coward, mwoga, pi. waoga.
Cowardice, uoga.
Cowry, kauri, kete.
Crah. kaa.

Crack, ufa, pi. nyufa.
Cramp, kiharusi.

A cramp, gango, pi. magango.
Crayfish, kamba.
Cream, siagi.
Creed, imani.
Creek, hori.

Crest, sbungi (used also for a icay
of dressing the hair in two large
masses).
Crew, baharia.

Crime, taksiri.

Crocodile, mamba, mbnlu (?).

Crook, kota.

Crookedness, kombo.

A crooked thing, kikombo.
Cross, msalaba, pi. misalaba.
Cross roads, njia panda.
Crossing place, kivuko, pi. vivuko.
Croiv, kunguru.

Crowbar, mtaimbo, pi. mitaimbo.
Crowd, kundi, pi. makundi, ma-
kutano, matangamano, umaati.
Croicn, taji.

Crown of the head, upaa, utosi.
Crumbs, vidogo, sing, kidogo.
Crutch for oars, kilete, pi. vilete.
Cry, kilio, pi. vilio, ukelele, pi.
kelele, ukemi.
(^for help), yowe.
( of joy), hoiboi, kigelegele.
Cucximber, tango, pi. mataiigo.
Cubit (from the tip of the middle
finger to the point of the elbow),
thiraa, mkono, pi. mikono.
(Jrom the point of the elbow to the
knuckles when the fist is closed)^
tbiraa konde.
Cultivation, kilimo.
Cultivator, mkulima, pi. wakulima.
Cunning, cherevu, werevu.
Cup, kikombe, pi. vikombe.
Cupboard, sanduku.
Cupper, mumishi, pi. wamnishi
Cupping horn, chuku.
Curiosity (rarity ^, kioja, pi. vioja,

bedaya, tunu.
Curlew, sululu, kipila.
Current, mkondo wa maji.
Curry, mcbuzi, mtuzi (M.).
A small seed used in making it,

bizari.
An acid thing put into it, kiungo.

SUBSTANTIVES.

87

Curse, laana, i^l. malaana.
Curtain, pazia, pi. mapazia.
Curve, kizingo.
Cushion, mto, pi. mito.

A large cushion, takla, pi. ma-
takia.
Cuaturd apple, topetope, mstofele,

konokono, matomoko.
Custom, desturi, mathehebu, ada.
Custom-house, fortha.
Customs' duties, ashur.
Cut, a short cut, njia ya kukata.
Cutting (breaking off), kato, pi.

makato.
Cuttle-fish, pweza.

Arms of the cuttle-fish, mnyiriri,
pi. minyiriri.
Cutwater of a dhow, hanamu.
Cypjher. See Cipjher.
Cynibals, matoazi, sing. toazL

Dagger, jambia (the curved dagger
generally v:orn).

Damascus, Sl.am.

Dance, mchezo, pi. michezo.
Names of dances, guugu, msapata,
hanzua, kitanga cha pepo,
soma.

Dandy, malidadi.

Mtongozi, pi. watongozi, a man
who dresses himself up) to attract
women.

Danger, hatari, kbofu, kicho.

Darkness, kiza, giza (these are only
tico ivays of pronouncing the
same word, hut the first is some-
times treated as though the ki-
were a prefix and it belonged to
the fourth class, xchile the second
is taken as belonging to the fifth ;
it is jprobably, however, most

correct to refer them both to the

fourth).
Dark saying, fumbo, pi. mafumbo,

maneno ya fuinba.
Darling, kipendi, ^Z. vipendi.
Dates, tende.

Date-tree, mtende, pi. mitende.
Daughter, binti, mtoto mke, mwaua,

kijana.
Daughter-in-law, mkwe, pi. wa-

kwe.
Dawn, alfajiri, kucha.
Day (of twenty-four hours, reckoned

from sunset to sunset), sikn.
(time of daylight), mchana, mtana

(M.).
All day, mchana kutwa.
Day labourer, kibarua, pi. vibarua

(so called from the ticket given

to workpeople, which they give

up again when paid).
Daylight, mcliaua, mtaua (11.).
Dazzle, kiwi.
Deal (icood), sunobari.
Death, kufa (dying), mauti, ufu,

mafu.
Debt, deni.
Deceit, hila, madanganya, udanga-

nifu, hadaa, uwongo.
Deck, sitatia, dari.
Deep ivater, kilindi, pi. vilindi.

Great depths, lindo, pi. malindo.
Defect, upuugufu, ila, kombo, ki-

puDguo, pi. vipunguo.
Deficiency, kipunguo, upungufu.
Defilement, ujusi.
Deliverance, wokovu.
Demand in marriage, poso, pi.

maposo.
Dependant, mfuasi, pi. wafuasi.
Depth, kweuda, chini, uketo.
Derision, mzaha, thihaka.

38

SWAEILl HANDBOOK.

Design^ kusudi, jil. makusudi, nia.
Descent, msliuko, jjL mishuko.
Desert^ wangwa, jangwa, -pi. ma-

jangwa.
Desolation, ukiwa.
Destruction, kubaribika, kupotea.
Destructiveness, Tibaribivu, upotevu.
Detachment (of soldiers, &c.), kikosi,

pi. vikosi.
Device, bila, sbauri, pi. masbauri.
Devil, sbetani, pi. mashetani.
Devotee, mtaowa, pi. wataowa.
Dew, umande.

Dhow {native craft), chombo, pi.
vyombo ; when very Zar^e, jombo,
pi. majombo.

Kinds of dhows : —

Dau, p)^- madau, a small open
vessel sharp at the stern,ivith a square
matting sail. They belong to the
original inhabitants of Zanzibar,
ayid are chiefly employed in bringing
fireicood to the town.

Mtepe, pi. mitepe, a large open
vessel sharp at the stern, with a large
square matting sail ; the proio is
made to resemble a camels head, and
is ornamented with painting and
little streamers. The planhs are
sewn together. There is always a
ichite pennon at the masthead. These
vessels belong chiefly to Lamoo, and
the country near it.

Betela, the common dhow of Zan-
zilmr : it has a square stern, ivith a
low poop and a head much like those
of European boats.

Bagala, pZ. mabdgala, large dhows
ivitli very high square sterns and tall
poops, and long projecting prows.
The Indian dhows are mostly of this
class: tliey have very often a small

second mast rising from the poop
(mlingote wa kalmi).

Gbangi, they resemble the Ba-
galas except in not being so high in
the poop or so long in the prow.

Batili, a low vessel with a long
projecting prow, a sharp stem, and
high rudder-head. They have often
a flying poop and a second mast.
They belong to the piratical Arabs
from the Persian Gulf.

Bedeni, a dhow with a sharp stern
and high rudder-head, and a per-
pendicular cutwater ; there is often a
piece of board attached to it, making
a kind of head ; when this is absent
the vessel is an Awesia. Beiens
may easily be distinguished among
other dhows by their masts being
upright ; in all other dhows the masts
incline forward. They belong to the
coast of Arabia^ especially that on the
Lidian Ocean.

Dhow sail, duumi.

Prow, gubeti.

Poop, sbetri.

Quarter galleries, makanadili.

Joists of deck, darumeti.

Chunam for bottom, debeni.

Place for stoiving things likely to
be soon wanted, feuli.
Dialect, maneno, lugba.

Dialects andlanguages are usually
expressed by prefixing ki- to the
name of the place or people.

Kiunguja {for Maneno ya Kiu-
nguja ;, the dialect of Zanzibar
(Unguja).

Kimvita, the dialect of Mombas
(Mvita).

Kiamu, the dialect of Lamoo
(Amu).

SUBSTANTIVES.

39

Kigunya, the dialect of Siici, &c.
Kiarabu, Arabic.
Kigala, the Galla language.
Kimasliamba, a country dialect.
Kishenzi, the talk of some uncivil-
ized nation.
Kiungwana, a civilized language.
Kizungu, the languages spoken by
Europeans.
Diamond, almasi.
Diarrhoea, tumbo la knenenda.
Diet, maakuli.
Difference, tofanti, sivimoja.
Difficulty, shidda, ugumu, mashata.
Dinner (mid-day), chakula cha

mchana.
Direction (bidding), fundisho, pi.
mafundisbo, agizo, pi. maagizo.
Dirt, t'aka.

Disease, marathi, uweli, ugonjwa.
Disfigurement, lemaa.
Disgrace, aibu, ari, fetheba.
Disgust, macbukio.
Dish, sabani, kombe, pi. makombe,
mkungu wa kulia, buugu,
kitunga, pi. vitunga (the first
is the usual word for European
dishes).
An earthen dish to bake cakes on^
waya.
Disorder (confusion), fujo. See

Disease.
Display, wonyesbo.
Disposal, amri.

To put at his disposal, knmwamria.
Dispute, masbiudano, tofauti.
Disquiet, fatbaa.
Dissipation, asherati, washerati,

usberati.
Distortion (by disease), lemaa.
Distress, sbidda, tbulli, utbia, msiba,
masbaka.

District of a tovm, mta, pi. mita.
For the districts of Zanzibar see
Part II., p. 330.
Disturbance (riot), fitina.

(trouble), kero.
Ditch, bandaki, sbimo, pi. masbimo.
Divine service, ibada ya Muungu.
Division (arithmetical), mkasama.
Divorce, talaka.
Dock for ships, gudi.
Doctrine, elimu, ilm, matbhab.
Document, kbati.
Dog, mbwa.

Very large, jibwa, pi. majibwa.
Bize, a wild hunting dog.
Mbwa wa koko, the houseless dogs
outside Zanzibar.
Doll, mtoto wa bandia.
Dollar, reale, rea.

Spanish Pillar dollar, reale ya

mizinga.
Black dollars, reale ya Sham.
American 20-dollar piece, reale ya

tbababu.
French silver 5-franc piece, reale

ya kifransa.
For the parts of a dollar see in the
section on Adjectives tinder
Numerals— fractions, p. 93.
Dome, zege.

Dominion, mamlaka, hukumu.
Donkey, punda.

Donkey from the mainland, kio-
ngwe, pi. viongwe.
Door, ml&ngo, pi. milango (vidgarly^
mwaugo, pi. miango).
Leaf of door, ubau, pi. mbau.
Centre piece, mfaa.
Door-keeper, mgoja miango.
Door chain, riza.

Door frame, top and bottom pieces,
kizingiti, pi. viziugitL

40

SWAHILI HANDBOOK,

Side pieces, tnwimo, miimo.
Outer heading, upapi.
Dotage, mapiswa.
Doubt, shaka, pi. mashaka, tashwi-

shi, waswas.
Dove, hua. See Pigeon & Birds.
Dowry, paid hy the husband to the

teife^s friends, mahari.
Dragon-fly, kerini2:'ende.
Dragon's blood, maziwa (or macho),

ya watu wawili.
Dream, nJoto.
Dregs, chembe.
Dress, nguo, mavazi, mavao, nvao.

Slaves and, very poor men wear
generally an nguo only, that is, a
loin cloth of white or blue calico.
Women wear a kisuto, or long cloth
of blue, or printed, or coloured calico
trrapped tightly round the body
immediately under the arms, and on
the head an ukaya, a piece of blue
calico with two long ends ; it has a
string passing under the chin, to ichich
a silver ornament, jebu, is attached.
Well-dressed men icear a loin cloth
with a coloured border, kikoi, a long
shirt-Wee garment in white calico,
kanzu, a shawl, amazu, twisted
round the waist, a icaistcoat, kisibao,
and a long loose coat, jolio. On their
Jihads they wear a red or white sJcidl-
cap, kofia, and tivisted round it a
turban, kilemba. Their feet are
slipped into sandals, viatu.

^Vomen wear trousers, soruali, a
kanzu of coloured materials and a
kona {cap) adorned with gold and
spangles, or more commonly a silk
hai^lcerchief, dusamali, folded and
fastened on the head so as to hide the
hair. Tliey also icear sometimes a

kisibao {embroidered icaistcoat), and
nearly always a mash, barakoa
Wfien they go out they throw over all
a large square of black silh, lebwani.
On their feet they carry wooden clogs
held by a button (msuruake) grasped
between the toes.
Dressing of calico, dondo.
Drill, keke. The iron is called

kekee ; the wood it is fixed in,

msukano ; the handle in which it

turns, jivu ; and the boio, uta.
Drink, kinwa {or kiny wa), pi. vinwa,

kinwaji, ^Z. vinwaji.
Drinker, mnywa, pi. wanywa
Dripping {fat cooked out of meat\

uto wa nyama.
Drop, tone, pi. matone, kitone, pi.

vitone.
Droppings (dung), mavi.
Dropsy, istiska.

Drowsiness, leppe, leppe za uzingizi.
Drum, ngoma.

Chapuo, a small drum.
Ktimbwaya, a drum upon feet.
Msondo, a very tall drum, beaten

on special occasions.
The skin of a drum, or anything

stretched like it very tightly, ki-

wambo, pi. viwambo.
Drunkard, mlevi, pi. walevi.
Duck, bata, pi. niabata,
Duryan, finessi la kizungu.
Dust, vumbi, pi. (much dust) ma-

vumbL
Dust and sand on a road, tifutifu.
Duties. See Customs.

Duties of one's position, kiwango,

pi. viwango.
Dwarf, kibeti, pi. vibeti.
Dicelling, makao, makazi, makani,
Dye, laugL [masikaui.

SUBSTANTIVES.

41

Mkasiri, o tree whose harh is used
to dye fisMug-nets and lines
blacJi.

Ungamo, a yellow dye used to dye
matting.
Dysentery, tumbo la kuhara damu.

E.

Eagerness (excessive haste), pupa.
Eagle (?) koho, firkomba, tai, pu-
ngu, kipanga (all these tcords
seem to denote some large bird of
prey).
Ear, sikio, pi. masikio.
Hole pierced in the lower lobe of

the ear, ndewe.
Ear ornaments, a large round
ornament in the lower lobe,
jassi, pi. majassi.
Ornaments in the upper part of
the ear, if dangling, kipuli, pi.
vipuli ; if shaped like a stud,
kipini, pi. vipini.
Ear-ring, pete ya masikio.
Ear of corn, suke, pi. masuke.
See Bunch, Cob.
Earnest money, arabuni, stakabathi.
Earth, inchi, udongo.

77te earth, inchi, ulimwengu,
Ease, raba. [dunia.

After pain, faraja.
East u'ind, matlaa.
Eaves, rachilizi, pi. micbilizi.
Eavesdropper, dukizi (or duzi), pi.

madukizi.
El)ony, mpingo.
Echo, mwangwi.
Edge (of a precipice), ukingo.
(Of a piece of cloth), pindo, pi.
mapindo.
Edging icoven into a piece of cloth,
taraza.

Efort, juhudi, bidii.

Effudon 'of blood), vilio (la damu),

pi. mavilio.
Egg, yayi, pi mayayi.

White of egg, ute wa yayi.
Yolk of an egg, kiini cha yayi.
Eggshell, ganda la yayi.
Empty eggshell, kaka.
Egypt, Misri, Masri, Massara.
Elbow, kisigino, pi. visigino, kivi,

pi. vivi.
Elder, mzee, pi. wazee, sbeki, pi.

mashekd.
Elegance, jamala.
Elepliant, tembo, ndovu.
Elephantiasis (leprosy), jethamu.

{Barbadoes leg), teeude.
Embarrassment, matata, uthia, ma-

shaka.
Embroidery, almaria.
(stitching), darizi.
(piping), kigwe, pi. vigwe,
Embroilment, matata.
Emetic, tapisbo,2>Z. matapisho, dawa

la kutapika.
Employment, kazi, utumwa.
Emidation, bidii.
Encampment (of a caravan), kituo,

pi. vituo.
Enclosure, uanja, ua, pi. nyua.
Enclosure made by a fence of
cocoa-nut leaves, ua wa nia-
kuti.
Enclosure made by a fence of

mtama stalks, ua wa mabua.
Enclosure with a stone fence,
kitalu, pi. vitalu.
End, mwisho, pi. miisho (finishing),
hatima, kikomo, pi. vikomo
(leaving off),
of a journey, kifiko, pi. vifiko,
of a piece of cloth, mialamu.

42

SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

End or corners of a turhan cloth, &c.,

tamvua, kishungi, pi. visliungi.
Enemy, adui, pi. adui or maadui.
Engagement, shugliuli, utumwa.
Enigma, kitendawili, pi. vitenda-

wili.
Enmity, wadui, adawa, khusuma.
Entrails, matumbo.
Entrance^ kuingia, pakuingilia,

mlango.
Envy, hasidi, kijicho, kijito (M.).
Epilepsy, kifafa.
Equal [in age), hirimu, marika.
Equivalent, badala.
Error, kosa, makosa.
Eructation, kiungulia, pi. viungtilia.
Escape, wokovu, kuokoka.

(other course), buddi.
Esteem, mapendo, maafikano.
Estimate, maafikano.
Eternity, milele.
Eunuch, tawashi, maksai.
Euphorbia, mtupa, pi. mitupa.
Europe, Ulaya, Wilaya, Uznngu.
European (or any one loearing a

European dress), Mzuugu, pi.

Wazungu.
Eve, Hawa.
Evening, jioni.
Event {startling), shani.
Evil, uovu.

Exaltation, utukufu, athama.
Example, njfano, pi. mifano.
Excrement, mavi.
Expense, gbarama.
Extinguisher, mzima (a person), pi.

wazima, kizima (a thing), pi.

vizima.
Eye, jiclio, pL macho, jito (M.), pi.

mato.
Loss of an eye, chongo.
Eyebrow, nyushi, nshi (A.).

Eyelash or Eyelid, kope.
A stye in the eye, chochea.

F.

Fable, ngano.
Face, uso, pi. nyuso.
Faeces, mavi.
Faggot, tita, pi. matita.
Faith, imani.
Fall, maanguko.
Falsehood, uwongo.
Familiarity, mazoezo.
Family, jaraaa, ndugu.
Famine, njaa, ndaa (M.).
Fan, upepeo pi. pepeo, pepeo, pi.
mapepeo, kipepeo, pi. vipepeo.
Fare, naiili.
Fast, funga.

Fasting month, Ramathani.
Fat, sbaliamu, mafuta.

A piece of fat^ kipande kilicho-
nona.

Fat cooked out of meaty uto wa
nyama.
Fate, ajali.
Father, baba.

In speaking of one^s own father it
is polite to call Mm bwana.

Stepfather, baba wa kambo.

Father-in-law, mkwe. pi. wakwe.
Fathom, pima, pi. mapima.
Fatigue, utufu, ulegevu.
Failing, kinono, pi. vinono.
Fault, batiya, kosa, pi. makosa.
Favour, upendeleo.

A favour, fathili.
Favourite, kipendi, pi. vipendi,

mpenzi, pi. wapenzi.
Fear, khofu, uoga, kitisho, pL

vitisbo, kicho, pi. vicho.
Feast, karamu.

Feast day, siku kuu.

SUBSTANTIVES.

43

Feather, unyoa, pZ. nyoa, nyoa (or
nyoja.% pi. manyoya.
A toing feather, ubawa,pZ. mbawa.

Feeder, mlishi, pi. walishi.

Fellow-servant, mjoli, pi. wajoli.

Fence, ua, pi. nyua.

Stone fence, kitalu, ^Z. vitalu.

Fenugreeli, watu.

Ferry, kiviiko, p\. vivuko.

Fetters, pingu.

Fever, lioma.

SicelUng of the glands of the groin

followed by fever, mtoki.
Dengue fever, kidinga popo.

Field, koonde, pi. makoonde, mgu-
nda (Yao).

Field labourer, mtuliina, pi. watu-
lima.

Fierceness, ukalL

Fig, tini.

Fig-tree, mtini, pi. mitini.

Fight, mapigano.

Figure of speech, mfano wa maneno.

Filagree icorh, temsi.

File, tupa.

Fillet, utepe, pi. tepe.

Filth, uchavu, janaba.

Fin, pezi, pi. mapezi.

Fine for a murder, dia.

Fineness, uzuri.

Finger, kidule, pi. vidole, kidole cha
mkono, chanda {^l.),pl. yyanda.

Fire, moto, pi. mioto.

Pieces of wood to get fire by twist-
ing, upekecho.
Firewood, kuni, one piece, ukuni.
A half-burnt piece of firewood,

kinga, pi. vinga.
Tlie act of pushing the icood further
into the fire, or an instrument for
doing so,kichocLeo,kitoteo (M.).

Fireplace, jiko, pi. meko, meko,

pi. mieko, hence Patchen, jikoni,
mekoni.
Three stones to set a pot over the
fire upon, jifya, pi. mafya, figa,
pi. mafiga. Jifya is the icord
most used in the town, figa that
used in the country.
Firefly, kimurimuri, pi. vimurimuri,

kimetimeti, pi. vimetimeti.
Firmament, anga (?).
Firmness, usimeme, nthahiti, (in

building) mtomo.
Fish, samaki.

Dagaa, very small, small fry.
Njombo, barred with black and

yellow.
Taa, a very large fiat fish.
Pono, a fish said to be nearly

always asleep.
Other hinds, Chafi, Chang^a,
Chewa, Kungu, Mchiimbuluri!,
jMkizo, Mwewe, Mzia, Nguni,
Nguva, Panzi, Pungii. The
varieties of fish are exceedingly
numerous.
Cliinusi, a kind of fish or evil
spirit never seen, but which is
supposed to seize men and hold
them under water until they are
droicned.
Fish-trap, dema, lema, ema.
Fish poison from a species of
Euphorbia, utiipa.
Fisherman, mvuvi, 2>l- wavuvi.
Fist, konde, pi. makonde.
Fits, kifufa.
Flag, bandera.
Flat (of a sword, &c.), bapa.
Flatterer, msifu, pi. wasifu, msifu-
mno.
Self-flatterer, mwajisifuni.
Flattery, kusifu.

44

SWAEILI EANDBOOK.

Flavour^ lutlitha, taniu.

Flax, katani, kitaui.

Flea, kiroboto, 'pl. viroboto.

Flesh, nyama.

Fleshiness, mnofu.

Flint gun, bunduki ya gumegume.

Flood, gharika.

Floor, chini.

Chunammed floor, sakafu.
Upper floor or roof, deri.
Mower, ua, pl. maua.
Flue, vumbi, pl. {much) mavumbi.

A flue, dohaan.
Flute, filimbi, pl. mafilimbi.
Fly, iiizi, pl. mainzi.
Foam, povu.

Fog, umande, kungu, shemali.
Fold (of cloth), upindo.

Cattle-fold, zizi, pl. mazizi.
Foliage, majani.

Follower, mfuasi, pl. wafuasi, cho-
kora, pl. raacliokora (a hanger-
on).
Folly, upumbafu.
Fondness, mahaba.
Food, chakula, mukuli (Ar.), kande
(Mer.).
Food saved from an evening meal
to he eaten in the morning, wuli
wa niwikuu, bariyo (A.).
Bokoboko, a dish made of wheat

and meat.
Bumbwi, rice flour pounded up

tcith cocoa-nut.
Pilao, an Indian pillaw.
Birinzi.
Fool, mpumbafu, pl. wapumbafu.
Foot, mguu, pl. miguu, guu, j:>Z.
maguu, mjiguu, pl. mijiguu
(large), kijiguu, jjZ. vijiguu
(small).
Footprint, uayo, pl. nyayo.

Footing — fo make him pay his foot^
ing, kumsliika bukali.

Forbidden thing, haraniu, marufuku.

Force, nguvu.

Ford, kivuko, pl. vivuko.

Forehead, paji la uso.
Brow, kikomo cha uso.

Foreigner, mgeni, pl. wageni, mja
na maji, pl. waja na maji (from
over seas).

Forelock, panja.

Foreskin, govi mbo.

Forest, mwitu, msitu.

Fork, kiuma, pl. viuma.

Forking of a road, tree, &c., panda.

Form {outward shape), umbo, pl.
maumbo.

Fort, gereza, ngome, busuni.

Fortune, bahati, nasibu.

Fortune-teller{by means of diagrams),
mpiga ramli, pl. wapiga ramli.

Foster brother or sister, ndugu
kuuyonya.

Foundation, msingi or msinji, pl.
misingi.

Fowls, k'uku.

Fo.x, mbwelia.

Fraud, hadaa, madanganya.

Freedom {from, slavery) huru, {per-
mission) ruksa, ruliusa.

Freight, nauli.

Friday, Jumaa.

Friend, rafiki,jpL rafiki or marafiki,
sahibu, jjZ. as'ljabu, ^ho>Ia
{amongst women, and in Zanzi-
bar only. See Catamite).

Fright, khofu, woga.
(a start), kituko.

Fringe, matamvua.

Frog, chula, pl. vyula.

Fruit, tuiida, pl. matunda, zao, pl,
•mazao.

SUBSTANTIVES.

45

Bungu, pi. mabungu, about the
size of a medlar, with a thick
russet skin.
Mazu, a hind of banana.
Zambarau, like a large damson.
Chokoclioko, a red prickly skin,
a large kernel, and white pidp.
Kunazi, something like a sloe.
Kitoria, pi. vitoria. — Koma, pi.
makoma. — Fuu, pi. mafuu.
— Mtofaa.
Fruit which drops prematurely,

pooza, pi. mapooza.
Fruit-stalk, (of cloves) kikonyo,
pi. vikonyo, (of bananas) mku-
ngu, pi. mikungu.
Frying-pan, (metal) tawa, pi.
malawa, (earthen) kaango, pi.
makaango.
Fugitive, mkimbizi, pi. wakimbizi.
Fume, azma, fukizo.
Fun, mchezo, mzaha.
Funeral, kuzikani.
Furnace (for melting metal), kalibu.
Furniture, pambo la nyumba,
vyombo.

G.
Gain, fayida.
Gait, mwendo.
Galago, komba.
Galbanum, ubani.
Gall, safura.

Galla, Mgala, pi. "Wagala.
Game, (produce of hunting) mawi-
ndo, (amusement) mchezo, ma-
cbezo.
B^to, played on a board with thirty-

tico holes in it.
Muliyandimu, a game in which
one holds down his head, some
other knocks it, and he guesses
who struck him.

Tiabu, played hy throwing up
sticks, &c., and watching their
fall.
Dama, played on a board like

chess.
Tasa, a game of touch.
Tinge, a game consisting in follow-
ing the movements of a leader.

Garden, bustani, sbaniba.

Gate, mlango, pi. milango.

Gate of Paradise, kilango cha
jab a.

Gazelle, paa.

General, jemadari, pi. majemadari.

Generation, kizazi, pi. vizazi.

Generosity, ukarimu.

Genius, Jini, pi. Majini.

G^e7iiZe?na«,mng wana, jpZ. -wangwana.

Gentleness, upole.

Georgian woman, Jorjiya.

Gettings, pato, pi. mapato.

Ghee, samli.

Ghost, kivuli, pi. vivuli.

Ghoul, zimwi, pi. mazimwi.

Giddiness, masua, mbasua, kizu-
nguzungu.

Gift, zawadi (a keepsake), tunu (a
choice thing), basbishi (largess),
ada (customary gift), kilemba
(gift on the completion of a work
or to the bride^s father)^ wapo.

Ginger, tangawizi.

Giraffe, twiga.

Girder, mbimili, pi. mihimili.

Girdle, msbipi, pi. mishipi, masombo
(of cloth), maazrimu (a shawl),
kibobwe, pi. vibobwe (a piece
of cloth tied round the body
during hard ivork).

Girl, kijana, pi. vijana.
Slave girl, kijakazi, pi. vijakazL

Girth, kivimba.

46

SWAHILI HANDBOOK.

Gizzard, firi^si.

Gladness, furaha.
Glance, natliiri.
Glare, anga.
Glass, kioo.

Looking-glass, kioo, pi. vioo.

Drinking -glass, bilauri.
Glitter, kimeta.
Glory, sifa, fakhari, utukufu.
Glue (or gum), embwe.
Glutton, mlafi, pi. walafi.
Goat, mbuzi.

A strong he-goat, bebera (Ar.).
Go-between, kijumbe, ^^Z. vijumbe.
GOD, MUUNGU, pi miungu.
Goitre, tezi.
Gold, thaliabu.
Goldsmith, mfua thahabu, pi. wafua

thahabu.
Good luck, ghanima, jaha.
Goodness, wema.

Goods, mali ^possessions'), vyombo

(utensils), bithaa (merchandise).

Goose, bata la Bukini, pi. mabata

ya Bukini.
Gonorrhoea, kisunono.
Gourd. See Pumpkin.
Gouty jongo.

Governor, wali, liwali, pi. maliwali.
Government, serkali, daulati.

An official, mtu wa serkali.
Grain. See Corn.

Cleaned grain, mchele.

Cooked grain, wali.

Grains of com, punje, chembe.
Grandchild, mjukwi, pi. wajukuu.

Great-grandcluld, kijukuu, pi.
vijukuu, kitukuu, pi. vitukuu,
kilembwe, pi. vilembwe.

Great-great-grandchild,kmmg'mak,
pi. viningina.
Grandfather, babu.

Grandmother, bibu

Great- grandmother, mzaa bibi.
Grammar, saruf.
Grapes, zabibu.
Gratitude, shukrani.
Grass, nyasi, majani, nyika.

grass cut for fodder, ukoka.
Grasshopper, panzi, pi. mapanzi.
Grave, kaburi, pi. makabm-i.

In the grave, ajter death, ahera,
kuziniu.
Greatness, ukubwa, ukuii, utukufu.
Greediness, choyo, rolio, tamaa.
Greij hairs, mvi.
Gridiron, uma wa kuokea nyama,

pi. nyuma za kuokea nyama.
Grief, sikitiko, kasarani, msiba,
huzuni, hamu, simauzi.

(for a loss), majonzi.
Grime (on a pot), masizi.
Grit (small stones), chaugarawi.
Groom, mchunga, pi. wacbunga,

mtunga (M.), pi. watunga.
Ground, chini, inchi.
Ground nuts, mjugu nyasa, (a hard

round kind) mjugu mawe.
Grudging person, hiaua.
Gruel, uji.

Guard, mlinzi, pi. walinzi.
Guava, mpera, pi. mapera.

Guava-tree, mpera, pi. mipera.
Guest, mgeni, pi. wageni.
Guide, rubani, kiongozi,pZ. viongozi,

mkuu genzi.
Guitar, kinanda, pi. vinanda
Guinea fowl, kanga.

(a crested kind), kororo.
Gum (birdlime, &c.), ulimbo.

Gum [of the teeth), ufizi, pi. fizi.

Gum Arabic, haba, sumugh.

Gum Amini or Copal, sandarusi.
Gun, bunduki.

SUBSTANTIVES.

47

FJirii (7«r?,biindiiki ya gmnegume.

Gun-harrel, kasiba.

Nipple, kifa, pi. vifa.

Gun-cap, fataki.

Gun-lock, mtambo, pi. mitambo.

(cannon), mzinga, pi. mizinga.

Gun-carriage, gurudumo la
mzinga.
Gunpowder, baruti.
GiU, tumbo, pi. matumbo.

H.

H. The guttural Arabic h, ha ngoe.
The softer Arabic h, he mdawari.
Habits, mazoezo, mathehebu.
Hxmorrhoids, bawasir.
Haft, mpini, pi. mipini, kipini, pi.

vipini.
Hair, nyele {or nwele), sing, unyele.
(of the beard), ndevu, sing, udevu.
(of the body, especially of the

pubes), mavuzi, sing. vuzi.
(of the eyebrow), nyushi, sing.

unyushi.
(of the eyelash), kope, sing, ukope.
(of the hand and arm), malaika,

sing, laika.
(of an animal), singa.
Straight hair, nyele za singa.
Woolly hair, nyele za kipilipili.
Half, nusu.

A half orange, cocoa-nut, c&c.kizio,
pi. vizio.
Halyards, henza.

Ropes passing through the pulley
of the halyards, jarari.
Hammer, nyuudo.

Hand (or arm and hand), mkono,
pi. mikono.
Palm of the hand, kitanga cha
mkono, pi. vitanga vya mikono.
Front of the hand, kofi, pi. makofi.

Inside of the fingers, kikofi, pi.
vikofi.
Handful {that will lie on the hand),
ukufi, p)l- kufi.
(that which will lie on the two

hands), chopa, pi. machopa.
(that can be grasped in the hand),
konzi, pi. makonzi.
Handkerchief, leso.
Focket handkerchief, leso ya ku-
futia kamasi.
Handle (like a knife-handle), mpini,
pi. mipini, kipini, pi. vipini.
(projecting like that of a sauce-
pan), kono, mkono, pi. mikonct.
(bowed like that of a bucket),
utambo, pi. tambo.
Handwriting, khati, mwandiko.
Hanger-on, chokora, pi. machokora.
Happiness, furaha, fiirahani, raha.
Harbour, bandari, buudari.
Hardness, ugnmu.
Hare. See Rabbit.
Harm, mathara.
Harness, matandiko.
Harp, kinubi, pi. vinubi.
Harpoon, chusa, pi. vyusa.
Harvest, mavuno.
Haste, haraka, hima.
Hat, chapeo.

Hatchet, kishoka, pi. vishoka, kitoka
(M.), pi. vitoka, upamba, pi.
pamba.
Hatred, machnkio, buothu.
Hawk, mwewe.
Haicker, dalali.

Head, kitwa (or kichwa), pi.
vitwa.
A little head, kijitwa, pi. vijitwa.
Head of a ship, omo.
Head winds, pepo za omo.
Head cloth worn by ivomen. ukaya

48

SWAEILI HANDBOOK

(of blue calico), dusamali (0/

silk).
Headship, ujumbe.
Healing things, mapoza.
Health, uzima, afia, hali {state).
Heap, fungu, pi mafungu,

chungu.
. of stones, boma. pi. maboma.
of wood and sticks, biwi, pi.

mabiwi, kichaka, pi. vichaka.
of earth, kisugulu, pi. visugiilu.
(a raised bed), tuta, jjL matiita.
Heart, moyo, pi. mioyo, or nyoyo,

mtima, pi. mitima.
Heat, moto, hari (sweat), harara

(prickly heat).
Heaven, mbingti, sing, uwingu,

samawati (Ar.)-
Heaviness {iveight), uzito.

(sorrow), hamu.
Hedge, ua, pi. nyua.
Hedge made in the sea for taking

fish, uzio, pi. nyuzio.
Heel, kifundo (or kisigino) cha

mguu.
Heifer, mtaniba^ pi. mitamba.
Heir, mrithi, pi. vfSinthi.
Help, msaada.
Hem, upindo.

Hemp. See Cannabis Indica.
Hempen rope, kamba ulayiti.
Hen, k'uku.

Laying hen, koo, pi. makoo.
Hen, full grown, but that has not

yet laid, t'embe.
Henna, liina.

Herd, kundi, pi. makundi.
Herdsman, mchunga, pi. wachimga,

mtunga (M.), pi. watunga.
Hero, shujaa, pi. mashujaa, faliali,

pi. mafahali.
Heroism, ushujaa.

Hesitation, msangao.

(in speaking), kubabaika.

Hickup, kwikwe.

Hidden thing, fumbo, pi. mafumbo.

Hide, ngozi.

Hill, kilima, pi. vilima.

A rocky hill, jabali, pi. maja-
bali.

Hilt, kipini, pi. vipini.

Hindrance, kizuizo, kizuio, kizuizi.
It is said that Dr. Krapf, being
on one occasion delayed from
day to day, in obedience to
superior orders, said to those
who delayed him: — Keslio oa
keslio ni madanganya, ao ni
makatazanya. " To-morrow
and to-morrow is deceiving or
forbidding ;" to ichich they re-
plied : — Si madanganya wala
8i makatazanya, ni raazuiza-
nya. " It is not deceiving, and
it is not forbidding, it is delay-
ing."

Hinge, patta, bawaba.

Hip, nyonga (?), tokono (A.).

Hippopotamus, kiboko, pi. vibf-ko,'
tomondo.

Hire, taja, ijara, ujira.

History, hadithi.

Hoarseness, kupwewa na sanii.

Hoe, jembe [or gembe), pi. ma-
jembe.

Hoeing-up time, mapalilo.

Hold (of a ship), ngama.

Hole, tundu, pi. matundu.

(through anything), kipenyo, pi.

vipenyo.
(dibbled for seeds or plants), ko-

rongo, pU makorongo.
Hole to give light and air, mwa-
ngaza, pi. miangaza.

SUBSTANTIVES

49

Hole in the lower lobe oj the ear,
ndewe.
Holiness, utakatifu, matakatifu.
Hollow (of a tree), mvungu.
Hollowness, uvurungu.
Home, kwangu, kwako, kwake,
kwetu, kwenu, kwao, according
to the person whose home it is.
1 have some at home, iko kwaugu.
Honey, asali ya nyuki.
Honour, lieshima, ukarimu, utu-

kufu.
Hoof, ukwato, pi. kwato, kwata.
Hook (fish-hook), doana.

(used to steady work with),
kulabu.
Hope, matumaini.
Hordeolum, cliokea.
Horn, pembe, pi. pembe or ma-
pembe.
An antelope's horn used as a
trumpet, baragumu. See

Musical Instruments.
Horse, farasi, fras.
Host (army or multitude), jeshi, pi.
majeshi.
Host (entertainer), mwenyeji, pi.
wenyeji.
Hostility, wadui, adawa.
Hour, saa.
House, nyumba.
(large), jumba, pi. majumba.
(small), kijumba, pi. vijumba.
Household of slaves, kijoli.
Hum, mavumi.
Humility, unenyekeo.
Hump (of an ox), nundu.

{of a humpback), kigongo.
Hunger, iijaa, ndaa (M.).
Hundred, mia.

Two hundred, miteen.
Hunter, mwinda, pi. wawinda.

Hurry, haraka.

Husband, mume, pi. waiime.

Husk, ganda, pi. magauda.

Husk and bran of rice, kumvi.

Husk of the cocoa-nut, makumbi.
Hut, kibanda, pi. vibanda.
Hysena, fisi, pisi.

Spotted hysena, kingubwa.
Hydrocele, mshipa, pumbo, kito-

nga (?)
Hypocrite, mnafiki, pi. wanafiki.

I.

Ibo, Wibo.

Idiot, hayawani.

Idleness, uvivu.

Idolater, kafiri. pi. makafiri.

Ignorance, ujinga.

Image, sanamu.

Imperial. See Beard.

Imprecation, apizo, pi. maapizo.

Imprisonment, kifuugo.

Incense, buhmi, ubani, uvumha,

uudi. See Censer.
Income, pato.
Independence, iipweke.
Indian (heathen), Banyani, pi. IMa-

banyani.
Indian {Maliommedan), Muhindi,

pi. Waliiudi,
Indian rubber, mpira.
Indian corn, muhindi. See Maize.
Infection, kuambukiza.
Infidel, kafiri, pi. makafiri.
Infirmity, uthaifu.
Information, habari.
Ingenuity, uyuzi, umaheli.
Inheritance, \xr\th\.
Inheritor, mxiihi, pi. warii/ii.
Ink, vrino.

Inkstand, kidau cha wino.
Inlaid work, njumu.

50

SWAEILI HANDBOOK,

Innovation, mzuzi, pi. mizuzi.
Innovator, mzushi, pi. wazushi.
Insect, mdudu, jjI- wadudu.

Paange, gadfly.

Manyiga, hornet.

Dudu vule, a boring hornet.

Bunzi, pl. mabunzi, a stinging

fly-

Vunja jimgo, a mantis.
Boroshoa, a long-shaped black

insect found in dust-heaps.
Insolence (^self-sufficiency), kinaya.
Instruction, mafundisho.
Instruments (nautical), vipande vya

kupimia.
Insult, tukano, pl. matukano.
Intellect, akili {generally treated as

a plural noun of Class III.).
Intention, nia, kasidi.
Interpretation, tafsiri.
Interpreter, mkalimani, pl. wakali-

mani, posoro.
Intestines, matumbo.

Small intestines, change.
Interruption, kizuizo, pl. vizuizo.
Intoxicating thing, kileo, pl. viko.
Intoxication, kileo, kulewa.
Intruder, kizushi, pl. vizushi, fisadi

(one icho enters a house without

laivful purpose).
Invalid, mgonjvfa, pl. wagonjwa.
Iron, chuma.

A piece of iron, chuma, pl. vyuma.
Iron bar, mtaimbo, pl. mitaimbo.
Island, kisiwa, pl. vi&iwa.
Itch, upele, pele.
Itching, mnyeo.
Jvory, pembe.

a large tusk, buri.

J.

Jachal, mbwa wa luwitu.

Jachfruit, finesi, 'pl. mafinesi,

Jackfruit tret, mfinesi, pl. mi-
finesi.
Jar {for carrying waier), intungi,
pl. mitungi.

Jar (large), kasiki.
Jasmine, jasmini.
Jaiv, taya.
Jealousy, uwivu.

Jealous anger, gheiri.

To weep for jealousy, kulia ngoa
Jewel, johari.
Jin, jini, pl. majini.
Johanna, Anzwani.
Joint, kiungo, pl. viungo.

(in a cane), fundo, pl. mafundo.

(piece between two joints in a
cane), pingili.
Joist, boriti.
Joke, ubishi.
Journey, safari, mwendo.

Two days^ journey, mwendo wa
siku mbili.
Joy, furaha.

Judge, kathi, pl. makathi, mwa-
muzi, pl, waamuzi, mwamua,
pl. waamua.
Judgment, hukumn, maamuzi.
Jug, kopo, pl. makopo.
Juice, maji.
Justice, haki.

K.

Ktel, mkuku, ntako ' Mer.).
Kernel, kisa, pl. visa.
Kettle, kanderinya.
Key, ufanguo, pl. fungua
Kick, teke, pl. mateke.
Kidney, nso, figo (M.).
Kind, namna, ginsi, aina.

Kind, sort or style is expressed by
ki. prefixed to the place, thing^

SUBSTANTIVES.

51

or people. Kihindi, the Indian
sort. Kizimgu, the European
sort.
Viatu vya Kihindi, shoes like

those worn by the Indians.
Viazi vya ELizungu, sweet potatoes
oftheEuropean sort,i.e. potatoes.
Mavazi ya kifaume, robes of the
Mngly sort, royal robes.
Kindness, wema.

Ecery kindness, killa jambo la

wema.
A kindness, fathili.
Kindred, ndugu, jamaa.

Utani, the belonging to a kindred

race.
Mtani, pi. watani, a person of a
kindred race.
King, mfalme, pi. wafalme, malki,
maliki.
CJcess king, shah.
Kingdom, ufalme, ufalume, nfaume,

milld, mulki.
Kinsman, ndugu, jamaa. See

Kindred.
Kiss, busu.

Kitchen, jikoni, mekoni.
Kite (bird), mwewe.

(toy), tiara.
Knee, gote, pi. magote, ondo, pi.

maondo (A.).
Knife, kisu, pi. visu.
(large), jisu, pi. majisu.
Kotama, a curved knife used in

getting palm wine.
Shembea, a kind of curved knife.
Knight (chess), frasi.
Knot, fundo, pi. mafundo.
Knoicingness, ujuvi, ujuzi, werevu.
Knowledge, maarifa, elimu, hekima.
Koran, korani, furakanu, msahafu.
It is divided into thirty juzuu,

which together make a khitima
nzjma.

Labour, kazi.

Labour pains, utungu.
Lac (100,000), lakki.
Ladder, ngazi.

Ladle made out of a cocoa-r? m/, kata,
pi. makata (deep, used to dip
up water with) ; upawa, pi.
pawa (shallow, used for gravy,
curry, &c.).
Lady, bibi, mvrana mke wa kiu-
ngwana.
Lady of the house, mwana.
Ladylove, mchumba.
Lake, ziwa la maji, pi. maziwa.
Lamoo, Amu.
Lamp, taa.

Larnpstand, a piece of wood icith

tico flat pieces projecting at

right angles on which the lamp

is placed, mwango, pi. miango.

Lampwick, utambi, pi. tambi.

Land, inchi, nti ''M.).

Landing-place, diko, pi. madiko,

liko, pi. maliko.
Language, lugha, maneno. TJce
language of a place or nation
is expressed by the use of the
prefix ki-. Maneno ya Kiu-
nguja or Kiunguja,f7itJ languag(
of Zanzibar. Kinyamwezi, the
language of the Nyamwezi
tribe. See Dialect.
Filthy and insulting language,
matukano.
Languor, utepeteva.
Lantern, fanusi, kandili, pi. ma-
j kaudili.

1 Lappet, kishungi,^?. vishungi.

E 2

52

SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

Largess, takarima, Lashishi. |

Lathe, keezo.

Laugh, cheko,^Z. macheko, kicheko,

pi. vicheko.
Law, slieria, hukurnn.
Lead, risasi, rusasi.

{for sounding), bildi.
Leader, kiongozi, pi. viongozi.
Leaf {of a tree), jaui, pi. majani.
(of a cocoa-nut tree^, kuti, pi.

makuti.
Leaf (of a hooh), ukurasa, pi.
kurasa.
Lean-to, kipenn, pi. vipenu.
Learning, elimu.

A man of learning, mwana wa
chuoni.
Leather, ngozi, ngovi.
Leave, mksa, ruhusa.

To tahe leave, kuaga.
Leaven, chachu, kamira.
Lee side, upande wa cliini.
Leech, mruba, pi. miruba, mdudu

afyonzaye damu.
Lefthandedness, shoto.
Leg (or foot), mgu.u,pl. miguu.
(of a native bedstead), tendegu,

pi. matendegu.
Loss of the use of the legs, kitewe,
kiwete.
Leg ring. See Anhlet.
Legend, hadithi.
Leisure (private time), faragha,

makini.
Lemon, limao, pi. malimao.
Length, mefu.
Leopard, chui, tui (M.).
Leprosy, ukoma, balanga, jethamu,

matana.
Letter, -svaraka, pi. nyaraka, barua,
kbati.
Letter (of the alphabet), henifu.

Lever, mvukuto, pi. mivukuto.
Liar, mwongo, pi. wawongo.
Liberality, ukarimu.
Licentiousness, washerati.
Licorice, sus.
Lid, kifumko,pZ. vifuniko, kibia, pL

vibia, mkungu wa kufunikia.
Lie, wongo, u won go.
Life, uzima (health), maisha (con-
tinuance), roho (soul).
Light, nuru, weupe, mwanga, pi.
mianga, anga, pi. maanga
(glare).
Lighthole, mwangaza, pi. mia-

ngaza.
Lights (of an animal), yavuyavu.
Lightning, umeme.
Like (similar thing), kifani, pL

vifani.
Likeness, mfano, pi. mifano, kifano

pi. vifano, sanamu, sura.
Lime, chokaa.

Lime (fruit), dimu.
Sweet lime, dimu tamu.
Limit, mpaka, pi. mipaka (boun-
dary), kinga (block), upoo
(what cannot be surpassed).
Line, mstari, pi. mistari (drawn),
safu (roic), ugwe (cord), sliairi
{line of verse).
Linen, kitani.
Lining of a kanzu round the throat,

kaba.
Lion, simba.
Lip, mdomo, mlomo, or mwomo, pi.

midomo, milomo, or miomo.
Lip-ring, ndonya.
Liquid, maji, kiowevu.
Lisp, kitembe.
Litter (carried by four men),

macbeva.
Little pieces, vidogo, sing, kidogo.

SUBSTANTIVES,

53

Liver, ini, pi. maini.
Lizard, mjusi, pi. wajusi.
Large water lizard, kenge.
Kinds of lizards, mgurugum, pi.

waguruguru — gorong'ondwa —

kiuma mbuzi— mjumbakaka —

mjisikafiri.
Load; mzigo, pi. mizigo.
Loaf, mkate, pi. mikate.
Loan, maazimo, karatha.
Lock, kitasa, pi. vitasa (60a; lock),

komeo or gomeo (a native

wooden lock), kufuli,^Z. maku-

fuli {padlock).
Locust, mzige, pi. wazige, nzige.
Log, gogo, pi. magogo.

(nautical), batli.
Loin cloth, nguo, doti, kikoi, pi.

vikoi (with a striped border).
Loins, kiiino, pi. viuno.
Longing, uchu, tamaa, hawa.
Look, nathari.

Looking-glass, kioo, pi. vioo.
Loop, kitanzi, pi. vitanzi.

Loops to haul up a boat by,

kishwara.
Loss, hasara.
Jjots, kura.
Louse, chawa, tawa.
Love, shauko, mapenzi, habba,

mahabu, pendo, mapendo.
Luck, bahati, nasibu.

Messenger of ill luck, korofi.
Lukewarmness, uvuguvugu.
Lumbrici, change.
Lump, fun go, pi. mafungo, fumba,

pi. mafumba.
Lump [as in flour), kidonge, pi.

vidonge, vumbu, pi. mavumbu.
Lump (of meat), chinyango.
Lunacy, kichaa, soda.
Lunatic, mwenyi kichaa.

Lungs, pafu, pumu, yavuyavu (of

an animal).
Lust, hawa.

M.

Mace {spice), basbasi.

Machine, samaui, mtambo, pi. mi-

tambo.
Madagascar, Buki, Bukini.
Madness, wazimo, mahoka (country

dialect).
Magadoxa, IMkuchyo.
Magic, uchawi (black magic).

uganga (loliite magic).
Maggot (funza).
Magnesia (sulphate of), chumvi ya

haluli.
Maiden, mwana mwali.
Maize (plant), muhiudi.
half-groicn, matindi.
(corn), mahindi.
(corn cob), gunzi, 2)1. magunzi.
(young cob), ngara.
(parched corn), mbisi.
Majesty, enzi, ezi.
Malice, uovu.
Man (person), mtu, pjl. watu.

(male), mwanamume, pi. waa-

naume.
(human being), mwana Adamii,

bin Adamu (Ar.).
A very large man, jitu, pi. majitu.
A young man whose beard is
beginning to appear, mvulana,
pi. wavulana.
Man of the world, mtu mwerevu.
Mango, embe, embe (M.), pi. ma-
embe. Embe za dodo, large
mangoes.
Mango-tree, mwembe, pi. miembe.
Mangouste, mchiro, pi. wachiro.
Mangrove, mkoko, pi. mikoko.

54

SWAHILI HANDBOOK.

Manner, ginsi.

An elegant manner, madaha.
Manners, destuii, matliehebu.

Good manners, adabu, tasfida.
3/anfzs, vuDJa jungo.
Manure, samadi.
Manuscript, mwandiko, pi. mia-

ndiko.
Mark, alama.

Marks made hy dragging anything

along, mkokoto, pi. mikokoto.
Tribal mark, nemba. See Spot,
Blotch.
Market, soko, pi, masoko.
Marriage, ndoa, mikaba.
(the ceremony), liarusi.
(intermarriage), kuoana.
Marrow, bongo.
Martyr, shabidi, pi. mashabidi.
Mask, barakoa.
Mason, mwasbi, pi. waashi.

Mason's trowel, mwiko, pi. miiko.
Mass, the mass of, jamii ya.
Mast, mlingote, pi. milingote,
mgote, pi. migote.
Small mizen-mast, mlingote wa
kalmi or galmi.
Master {of a house, or of slaves),
bwana.
Master {of a school), mwalimu, pi.

waalimu.
Masters son, bwana mdogo.
Master workman, fundi.
One's own master, mweza mwe-
nyewe.
Mat (coarse matting), jamvl, pi.
majamvi.
Sleeping mat, mkeka, j^Z. mikeka.
Sleeping mat made like a hag with

one side open, fumba.
Oval prayer mat, musala, pi. mi-
sala.

Bound mat on which food is laid

out, kitanga, pi. vitanga.
Strips of palm leaf for plaiting

fine mats, myaa, pi. miyaa.
Strips of palm leaf for plaiting

coarse mats, mwaa, pi. miwaa.
Narrow strips ready to he seicn
together to make coarse TnatSy
sbupatu, pi. masbupatu.
Strips for making fine mats,

iikiri, pi. kiri.
The thick edge of strips of

matting, ng'ong'o.
Busati, a sort of matting hrought
from Muscat.
Matchmaker, kijumbe, pi. vijumbe.
Matches, viberiti.
Matter (pus), usaba.

A matter, jambo, jawabu.
What is the matter ? Kuna nini?
What is the matter with you?
Una nini.
Mattress, godoro, pi. magodoro.
Mayotte, Maotwe.
Meal (food), cbakula.

First meal after a fast, futarL
Meal (flour), unga.
Meaning, maana.
Meanness, unyonge.
Means, njia.
Measles, cburuwa.

Measure, kadri, kiasi, cbeo, kipimo.
A measure, kipimo, pi. vipimo.
Measuring rod, line, &c., chenezo,

pi. vyenezo.

See Cubit, Fathom, Span, Weight.

The weights are used as measures

for such a capacity as would

contain that weight of millet

Bleat, nyama. [ (mtama).

Small pieces cooked on a skewer,

msbakiki, pi. misbakiki.

SUBSTANTIVES.

55

Pieces cool-'d on two parallel

8ticJis, subana.
Meatiness, mnofu.
Meddler, pingamizi.
Mediator {peace-ma'ker\,vcis,Q\ph\i\\d^,

pi. waselehisha, msululiislia,

pi. wasuluhisha, mpatanislii,

pil. wapatanislii.
Medicine, dawa, pi. dawa or madawa.
(inedical knowledge), utabibu,

uganga.
Medicine man, mganga, pi. wa-

ganga.
Meehness, upole.
Melancholy, huzuni, hamu.
Memorandum (written), kliati.
Memorial, kumbukumbu, uku-

mbusho.
Memory, ukumbuka, ufahamiL
Menstruation, heth.
Mention, kumbukumbiL
Merchandise, bithaa.
Merchant, mfanyi biashara, pL vra.-

fanyi biashara, tajiii, pi. ma-

tajiri (a rich man)y taf/ibiii,

bazazi (huckster).
Mercury, zebakh.
Mercy, rebema, huruma.
Merit, ajara.
Merka, Marika.
Message, maneno, habaii.
Messenger, mjumbe, pi. wajumbe,

mtume, pi. watume, tume.
Metal, madini
Middle, kati.

Middle of a piece of cloth, mjL
Midge, usubi.
Midnight, usiku saa a sita. kati ya

usiku, usiku wa manane.
Midwife, mzalisha, pi. wazalisha.
Mildew, kawa.
Milk, maziwa.

Curdled milk, maziwa mabivu.
Buttermilk, mtindi.
Mill, diuu, pi. viuu.
Steam mill, kinu cha moshi.
Oil mill, kinu clia kushindikia.
Hand mill, mawe ya kusagia
{this last only is used for grind-
ing corn. Kinu is properly a
wooden mortar, and the common
oil mills consist of a lever turned
in a mortar by camels).
Millipede, jongoo.
Millet, mtama.
fully formed hut unripe, mtama

tete.
Millet stalks, mabua, sing. bua.
kinds of millet, kibakuli, kipaje.
3Iind, moyo (heart), akili (wits).
Mine, madini. [nia (intention).

Mint (herb), nana, fidina (?>
Minute, dakika.

Miracle, m.v,- ujiza., pi. miujiza, ajabu.
Miscarriage, kuharibu mimba.
Mischief, matbara, uharabu.
Miser, bakhili, choyo.
Misery, shidda, tbulli.
Misfortune, msiba, pi. misiba, taabu.
Missile, kimwondo, pi. zimwondo
{used to mean shooting stars,
because said to be cast at the
Jins by the angels).
Missionary, mpeekwa, pi. wa-

peekwa.
Mist, kungu, umande, sbemali
Mistake, kosa, makosa.
Mistress (of slaves), bibi.

{of the house), ^wana. It is

reckoned good manners in

Zanzibar to speak of one's own

mother as mwana.

Mistress (kept woman), kinyumba.

Mistress ^sweetheart), mchumba.

56

SWAEILI HANDBOOK,

Mizen-mast, mlingote wa kalmi or

galmi.
Mockery, usimanga.
Moderation, kadri, kiasL
Modesty, haya.
Moliilla, Moalli.
Mole, fuko (?).
Monibas, Mvita.
Monday, Juma a tatu.
Money, fetha.
Monfia, Mafya.
MonJcey, kima.

Tumbili, a small light-coloured

monkey.
Ngedere, a small black monkey.
Mbega, 'pl. wabega, a black
monkey with long ivhite hair on
the shoulders.
Monsoon [northerly winds), musimi.
Month, mwezi, pl. mie?!.

The months of the Arab year are
determined by the sight of the
moon, or by the lapse of thirty
full days. The months practi-
cally begin from the end of the
fasting month, and are called
Mfunguo wa mosi, — wa pili, —
wa tatu, — wa'nne, — wa tano, —
wa sita, — wa saba, — wa uane,
— wa kenda, Eajabu, Shaabani,
Ramatbani. See Time.
A month of less than thirty days,

mwezi mpungufu.
A m.onth of thirty full days, mwe-
zi mwangamu.
Monthly pay, mshaara.
Moon, mwezi.

Moonblindness, kiwi.
Moonlight, bala mwezi.
Morning, subui, assubui, ussubui.

Morning air, umande.
Morocco, Magharibi.

Morsel, kidogo, pl. vidogo.
Mortar for pounding and cleaning
grain, &c., kinu, pl. vinu.
Mortar for throwing shells, ko-

mbora.
Builder^s mortar, chokaa.
Platters used as mortar boards,
cliano, pl. vyano.
Mosque, meskiti, moskiti, mesjid.
Mosquito, imbu.
Moth, noondo.

Mother, mama. It is polite in Zan-
zibar to speak of one^s own
mother as mwana.
Step-mother, mama wa kambo.
Mother-in-law, mkwe, pl. w^akwe.
Mould, kalibu.

(mouldiness), ukungu, kawa.
Mound (of earth), kisugulu, pl. vi-
sugulu.
Mound {of stones), boma, pl. ma-
boma.
Mountain, mlima, pl. milima.
Mourning (grief), msiba.

To make a formal mourning,

kukaa matanga.
To finish a formal mourning^

kuondoa matanga.
To live very privately during
mourning for a husband, ku-
kalia eda.
The feast with ivhich a mourning
concludes, hitimu.
3Ioustache, muomo, 2>l- miomo.
Mouth, kinwa, pl. vinwa, kanwa, pl.

makanwa.
Mucus (from the nose), kamasi.

(from the vagina), utoko.
Mud, tope ; much mud, matope.

Muddiness in water, vumbi.
Mule, nyumbu, bagliala. [riiba.

Multiplication (arithmetical), tha-

SUBSTANTIVES.

57

Multitude, makutaiio, kundi, pi.
umkundi, jeshi, pi. majeshi,
umaati.
Mummy, mumyani.
Mungoose, mcliiro, pi. wachiro.
Murderer, muuwaji, pi. wauwaji.
Muscle, tafu.

Mushroom, kioga, pi. vioga.
Music, ngoma.

Musical Instruments. See Drum.
Baragumu, a spiral antelope*s

horn'used as a trumpet.
Kayamba, a sort of rattle.
Kinanda, pi. vinanda, a stringed
instrument, used of European
instruments generally.
Kinubi, a harp.
Matoazi, sing, toazi, cymbals.
Mbui, a buffalo's horn played by

beating.
Paanda, a trumpet.
Upato, a plate of copper sounded

by beating.
Vugo, a large horn sounded by

beating.
Zeze, a three-stringed lute.
Zomari, a sort of clarionet.
Musk, mesiki, meski.
Mussel {shellfish), kijogoo, jpZ. vijo-

goo, kome, pi. makome.
Mustard, kharadali.
Myriad, kikwi, pi. vikwi or zikwi.
Myrrhf manemane.

N.
Nail {finger), l^kucha, pi. kucha.

(iron), msomari, pi. misomari.
Name, jina, pi. majina.

What is your name ? Jina lako
nani?
Namesake, somo, pi. masomo.
Nape of the neck, ukosi, kikosi.

Napkin, kitambaa, pi. vitambaa.
Table napkin, kitambaa cha
meza.
Narcotic, kileo, pi. vileo.
Nation, taifa, pi. mataifa.
Native, mzalia, pi. wazalia, kizao,

pi. vizao, kivyao, pi. vivyao.
Nature, asili, labia.
Nautical instruments, vipande vya

kupimia.
Navel, kitovu, pi. vitovu.
Necessaries (especially as supplied
by God^s providence), riziki,
ziriki (M.).
(usefid things), vifaa.
Necessity, farathi, lazima, ukwasefu.
Neck, shin go, pi. mashingo. See

Back, Nape.
Need, uhtaji, kutaka, matakwa.
Needle, sindano.
Neighbour, jirani.
Neighbourhood, upande wa, ki-

yambo (?).
Nest, tundu, pi. matundu.

(a laying place), kiota, pi. viota.
Net, mshipi, p)l- mishipi.

used to take gazelles, &c., wavu,

pi. nyavu, chavu, p/. vyavu.
Stake net, hedge made in the sea,

uzio, pi. nyuzio.
Bound casting net, kimia, pi.

vimia.
Seine made of European cordage,

jarifa (or jarife), pi. majarifa.
Seine made of cocoa-nut fibre,

juya, pi. majuya.
Fish trap made of basket work,
dema.
Nettle, kiwavi, pi. viwavi (used also
iV^ews, habari. [of sea-nettles).

Night, usiku.

All night, usiku kucha.

58

8WAEILI HANDBOOK,

Four whole nights, siku nne usiku

kucha.
Four days and mghts, siku nne
mcliana na usiku.
Nightmare, jinamisi.
Nipple, chuchu ya ziwa, titi,
bubu (A.).
ef a gun, kifa, pi. vifa.
Nohody, si mtu.

There is nobody, hapana {or
hakuna) mtu.
Noise, sauti.
of voices, kelele, pi. makelele,

uthia.
See Bellow, Hoar, Hum, Cry.
Nonsense, upuzi, puo.
Noon, athuuri, jua kitwani.
Noose, tanzi, pi. nmtanzi.
North, kibula, kaskazini.

Northerly winds, kaskazi.
Nose, pua, yl. pua or mapua.

Nose ornament shaped like a stud,

kipini, pi. vipini.
Nose ring, azama.
Nostril, tundu ya pua, 'mwauzi wa

pua (?).
Notch, a place where a triangular

piece is hrolcen out, peugo.
Note, barua, khati.
Number, hesabu, kiwango.
Nurce, yaya (dry nurse), 'mlezi, pi.
walezi (of a child), muguzi, pi.
wauguzi (of a sick person).
Nut, kokwa, pi. makokwa. See

Ground, Casheiv, cfcc.
Nutmeg, kungumauga.

O.

Oar, kasia, pi. makasia.

Oath, uapo, pi. nyapo, kiapo, pi.

viapo, yamini.
Obedience, mutia.

Objections, makindano, makaiazo.
Occupation, shughuli.
(Esophagus, umio.
Offering, sadaka (gift), thabihu

(sacrifice), kafara (a sacrifice to

avert calamity ; it is buried or

thrown away).
Officer, akida, mkuu wa asikari.
Officiousness, futhuli, ufuthuli,
Offspring, mzao, pi. wazao. [ujuvi.
Oil, mafuta.

Castor-oil, mafuta ya mt)arika.
Semsem-oil, mafuta ya uta.
Ointment, marliamu.
Old age, uzee, ukongwe (extreme).
Old person, mzee, pi. wazee, ki-

kongwe, pi. vikongwe (ex-
tremely old).
Omelette, kiwanda, kimanda.
Omen, fali.
Omnipresence, eneo la Muungu (the

spread of God).
Onion, kitunguu, pi. vitunguu.
Open place, kiwanja, pi. viwanja,

wangwa, wanda.
piece of waste ground in a town,

uga.
Opinion, wasia.
Opium, afyuni.
Opportunity, nafasi.
Ophthalmia, weli wa macho.
Orange, chungwa, pi. machungwa,

chungwa la kizungu, danzi la

kizungu.
Bitter or wild oranges, danzi, pi.

madanzi.
Mandarin oranges, kangaja.
(a larger sort), cheuza, clienza za

kiajjemi.
Order. See Command.

{regularity, or a regular order),

taratibu.

SUBSTANTIVES,

59

Ordeal, kiapn, pi. viapo.
Origin, asili, cbimbuko, mwanzo.
Ornament, pambo, jpl. mapambo,
kipambo, pi. vipambo.
Dalia, o yellow cosmetic.
Ndonya, lip-ring worn by the

Nyassa women.
Sarafu, a small gold plate worn

on the forehead.
Sliangwi, an ornament worn

between the shoulders.
Urembo, black lines painted upon

the face.
Uzuri, cosmetic applications.
Vidani, collars of gold or silver.
See Anklets, Bracelets^ Ear^ Nose.
Orphan, yatima.
Os coccygis, kifundugm
Ostrich, buni.
Otto of roses, bal waradL
Outlet, pakutokea.
Outrigger (of canoes), matengo.
Outskirts of a town, kiunga.
Oven, tanuu, tanuru.
Over-looker, msimamizi, pi. wasi-
mamizi, mwangalizi, pi. waa-
ngalizi.
Owl, bundi
Owner, mwenyewe.
Ox, ng'ombe or gnombe, maksai.
Oyster, cheza, kome (?), pi. ma-
kome, kombe za pwaiii.

P.

Pace, mwendo.

Package, packet, or parcel, robota,

gora (of cloth), peto, pi. ma-

peto.
Small packet, kipeto, pi. vipeto.
Pad of grass, &c., used to carry a

load on the head upon, generally

twisted into a ring, kata.

Pad used as a saddle for donkeys,
khorj.
Paddle, kafi, pi. makafi.
Padlock, kufuli.
Pail, udoo.

Pain, maumivu, uchungu, kuuma.
Paint, rangi.

Pair, jozi, jura, jeuzi, jauzi.
Palace, jumba.
Palanquin, machera.
Palate, kaaka, kaa ]a kinwa.
Palisading, zizi, kizizi.
Palm of the hand, kitanga cha
mkono, ^Z. vitanga vya mikono.
A sail-maker's palm, dofra', pi.
madofra.
Palm-tree. See Cocoa-nut, Date.
Leaf-stem of a palm-tree, upongoe,

pi. pongoe.
Mkoche, has an edible fruit.
Mlala, hyphasne, branching palm.
Mvuma, bo7-assus palm.
Palm-oil tree, mchikiclii, pi. michi-
kichi.
its fruit, cbikicbi, pi macbikichi.
the small nuts contained in the
fruit, kichikichi, pi. vicLikichi.
Palm-wine, tembo.
Spirit made from palm-wine,

zarambo.
Palm-wine syrup, asali ya tembo.
Palmar abscess, kaka.
Palpitation of the heart, kiherehere

cba moyo.
Panniers, shoi, shogL
Pap, ubabwa.
Papaw, papayi, pi. mapapayi.

Papaw-tree, mpapayi, pi. mipa-
Paper, karatasi. [payi.

Parable, metbili, methali, mtano,

pi. mifano.
Paradise, peponi.

60

SWAEILI HANDBOOK,

Gate of paradise, kilango cha

jaha.
Paralysis, kipooza, tiwo (?).
Paralytic, mwenyi kupooza.
Parched maize, mbisi.
Pardon, arathi, musama, masameho,

liisa.
Parent, mzaa, pi. wazaa, mzazi, pi.

wazazi, mzee, pi. wazee.
Part, fungu, pi. mafungu, sehemu,

upande, pi. paude, kisma.
Partner, msliarika, pi. washarika.
Partnership, usharika.
Partridge, kwale (?).

Kering'ende, the red-legged par-
tridge.
Party (faction), aria.
Pass, or passport, cheti, pi. vyeti.
Passage (by), pito, pi. kipito.
(through), kipenyo, pi. vipenyo.
A very narrow passage, kicbo-

choro, pi. vichoclioro.
Patch (in cloth), kiraka, pi. viraka

(in planMng), hasho.
Path, njia, pito, pi. mapito.
Patience, saburi, subiri, uvumilivu,

utulivu.
Pattern, namna.

(to work from) tielezo, pi. vielezo.
Pauper, kibapara, pi. vibapara (an

insulting epithet).
Pawn (chess), kitunda, pi. vitunda.
Pay, ijara, njia, faritha, mshabara

(monthly).
Pea, dengu {they are not grown in

Zanzibar, but are brought dry

from India).
A small pea-like bean^ chooko,

chiroko.
Peace, amani, salamu.
Peace-maker, mpatanlshi, msele-

hisha, msuluhisha.

Peacock, tausi.

Peak, kilele, pi. vilelo.

Pearl, lulu.

Pebble (very small), mbwe.

{or small piece of stone), kokoto,
pi. makokoto.
Peel, ganda, pi. maganda.
Peg, change, pi. vyaugo.
Pelvis, tokoni.
Pen, kalamu.

Beed pen, kalamu ya 'mwanzi.
Penis, mbo.
People, watu.

People of this world, walimwengu.

Other people's, -a watu.

People like us, kina sisi.

Abdailah*s people, kina Abdallah.
Pepper, pilipili manga.

Bed pepper, pilipili hoho.
Percussion cap, fataki.
Perfection, ukamilifu, utimilivu.
Perfumes, manukato.
Period (or point of time), kipindi,

pi. vipindi.
Perjury, aziir, zuli.
Permission, ruksa, ruhusa.
Persia, Ajjemi.

Persian Gulf, Babari il 'alL
Person, mtu.

A grown person, mtu mzima. See
Old, &c.
Perspiration, bari, jasho.
Pestilence, tauui, wabba.
Pestle, mchi (or mti), pi. micbi,

mtwango, pi. mitwango.
Phantom, kivuli, pi. vivulL
Phlegm, belgbamu.
Phthisis, ukohozi.
Physic, dawa, pi. dawa or madawa.
Physician, tabibu, mtabibu, pi.
watabibu, mganga. pi. wa-
gauga.

SUBSTANTIVES.

61

Pice, pesa. p2. pesa or mapesa.

Pickle, acliari.

Picture, taswtra, sura, sauamu.

Piece, kipande, pZ. vipaude.

Piece of Madagascar grass cloth,

ramba, pi. maramba.
Piece let in hy way of patch (in
planking), basho. See Firewood.

Pig, nguruwe, nguuwe.
Jivi, a wild hog.

Pigeon, njiwa, udiwa (^L).
Tame pigeon, njiwa manga.
Wild pigeon, njiwa wa mwitu.

Pile of sticks, (fee, for burning, biwi,
pi. mabiwi.

Piles (hemorrhoids), bawasir.

Pilgrimage, haj.

Pill, kidonge, pi. vidonge.

Pillar, nguzo.

Pillow, mto, pi. mito.

Wooden head rest, msamilo, pi.
misamilo.

Pilot, rubani.

Pimple, kipele, pi. vipele, upele, pi.
pele {large), kiwe, ^Z. viwe {o,
small hind).

Pincers, koleo.

Pine-apple, nanasi, pi. mauanasi.

Pinna {shellfish), kaya,^Z. makaya,
panga, ^Z. mapauga.

Pipe (icater), nelli.
(clarionet), zomari.
(tobacco), kiko, pi. viko. The
native pipe consists of a bowl
(bora), a stem (digali) leading
from the bowl into a small vessel
of water, ichich last is properly
the kiko ; the stem from the kiko
to the mouth is the sbilamu.
The bubbling of the water ichen
it is being smoked is the malic
ya kiko.

Piping, kigwe, pi. vigwe.

Pirate, baramia.

Pistol, bastola.

Pit, shimo, pi. mashimo.

Pitch or Tary lamL

Pity, huruma.

Place, mabali, pahali.

Place may often be expressed by

the prefix pa-.
Panyamavu, a quiet place.
Pakutokea, a place to go out at.
Panginepo, elsewhere.
or by the use of penyi.
Penyi mti, the place where the

tree is, or was.
An open place, kiwanja, pi.

viwanja.
A clear space in a town, uga.
A place where offerings are made
to propitiate spirits supposed to
haunt it, mzimu, ^Z. mizimu.
Plague, tauni.
Plain, u wand a.
Plan, sbauri, pi. mashauri.
Plane, randa.
Plank, ubau, pi. mbau.
Planking, mbau.

A pkuik laid over the body before

the earth is filled in, kiuuza, pi.

Plant, mbegu, mbeyu. [viunzM,

A young plant, mcbe, pi. miciie,

cbipukizi, pi. vipukizi.
Upupu, cowitch.
Mbaruti, a thistle-like plant with

a yellow flower.
Nyinyoro, a bulbous plant throw-
ing up a head of redfloicers.
Yungiyungi, the blue water-lily.
Afu, the loild jasmine.
Kirukia, a parasite on fruit trees.
Mpuagati, a kind of cactus.
Plantains, ndizi.

62

8WAEILI HANDBOOK.

Flantation, shamba, pi. masliamba.
Plate, kisabani, pi. visahani.

A plate of metal, bamba, pi. ma-
bamba.
Platter of wood, chano, pi. vyano.
Pleasure, anasa, furaba.

Pleasing things, mapendezi.
Pledge, rahani, amani, kabathi.
Vleiades, kilimia.
Plenty, wingi, ungi (M.), mari-

thawa.
Plumb-line (a stone hung by a strip

of banana leaf), timazi.
Plug, nguruzi, zibo, pi. mazibo.
Plummet, cbubwi.
Pocket, mfuko, pi. mifuko.

Pocket-handkerchief, ieso.
Poem, masbairi, uteiizi {religious).
Poet, mtunga mashairi, pi. watunga

masbairi.
Poetry , masbairi.

One line of poetry, shairi.
Point, ncba.
Poison, sumu, ucbungu.

Fish poison, utupa.
Pole, mti, pi. miti.
for carrying burdens on, mpiko,

pi. mipiko.
for propelling a canoe, upondo,^?.
pondo.
Politeness, adabu.
7 Pomegranate, kamamanga.
"f Fomeloe, furungu, pi. mafurungu.

f^ond, ziwa, pi. maziwa.
! Pool, ziwa, pZ. maziwa.
* Pool left by the retiring tide,
kidimbwi, pi. vidimbwi.
Poop, sbetri.
Poor free man, maskini ya Muu-

ngu.
Porcupine, nungu.
Pores, uweleo, matokeo ya bari.

Porpoise, pomboo.

Porridge, ugali, uji, fuka, hasida.

Porter, See Doorkeeper,
{carrier), bamali, pi. mahamalL
(in a caravan), mpagazi, pi. wa-
pagazi.

Port Durnford, Burikao.

Position in the world, cheo, kiwa

DgO.

Possessions, mali, milki.
Possessor, mwenyewe.

Possessor of, dc, mwenyi, &c., pi,
wenyi, &c.
Post, mti, pi. miti.

Bearing post, mbimili, pi. mibi-
mili.
Posterity, wazao.
Pot. See Cooking-pot, Censer.

A lobster-pot, dema.
Potash (nitrate of), sbura.
Potatoes, viazi vya kizungu.

Sweet potatoes, viazi, sing, kiazi.
Raised beds for planting viazi,
tuta, pi. matuta.
Potsherd (broken piece of pottery or
glass), kigai, pi. vigai, gai, pi.
magai (a large piece), kige-
renyeuza, pi. vigerenyenza (a
very small piece, a splinter).
Potter, mfinangi, pi. wafinangi, mfi-
nyanzi, wafinyanzi.
A place to bake potter's work, ]6k.o.
Poultry, k'uku.
Poverty, umasikini.
Powder, unga.

Gunpowder, barati.
Power, uwezo, nguvu, mamlaka, enzi.
Practice, mtaala, mazoezo.
Praise, sifa, bamdi.
Prattle, vijineno.
Prayer (worship), ibada.
(entreaty), kuomba.

SUBSTANTIVES.

63

(pie prescribed forms), sala. TTie
regular Mohammedan times of
prayer are, Magaiibi, directly
after sunset ; Esha, an hour or
two later ; Alfajiri, before sun-
rise ; Athuuri, at noon ; Alasiri,
about half-way between noon
and sunset.

Preacher, mwenyi kukhutubu, or
kuayithi.

Precept, mafundisho.

Pregnancy, mimba.

Present {see Gift), zawadi.

Customary present, ada, kilemba.
Customary presents at a wedding :
to the bride's father, mahaii,
kilemba ; to the bride* s mother,
mkaja, ubeleko ; to the bride's
kungu, kiosba migim, kifunua
mlango; to the bride herself,
kipa mkono.

Press or Pressure, sbinikizo.

Prey, mawindo.

Price, kima, ^Tiamani.

Prickly heat, vipele vya bahara.
A medicament for it, liwa.

Pride, kibmi.

Priest, kahini, pi. makabini (used
in the sense of soothsayer).
{Christian), kasisi, padre or pa-
diri, pi. mapadiri.

Prison, kifungo, gereza.

Privacy, favagba.

Privy, cboo.

Proceeds, pato, pi. mapato.

Produce (fruit, seed, &g.), zao, pi.
mazao.

Profit, fayida, gbanima.

Progeny, mzao, pi. wazao.

Progress, kiendeleo.

Prohibition, makatazo.

Promise, abadi, wabadi.

Promissory note, awala.
Pronunciation, mata mko.
Prop, mbimili, pi. miiiimili, mate-
gemeo.
A prop to keep a vessel upright
when left by the tide, gadi.
Property, mali, milki.
Prophet, nabii, mtume, pi. mitiime.
Prosecution, mstaki, pi. mistaki.
Proselyte, mwongofu, pi. waongofu.
Prostitute, kababa, pi. makababa.
Protection, bami, bamaya.

Under British protection, fi ba-
mayat al Ingrez (Ar.).
Proverb, mfano wa maneuo.
Provision, madaraka.
Provisions, vjakula.
Provocation, ekerabi.
Prow, gubeti.

of a small vessel, kikono, pi

vikouo.
(head), omo.
Prudence, busara, fikira.
Pulley, kapi, ^Z. makapi, gofia.
Pulpit, munbara.
Pump, bomba.
Pumpkin, boga, pi. maboga.
plant, mboga, pi. miboga.
shell used to carry liquids in

dundu, pi. madundu.
Mumunye, pi. mamumuuye,

sort of vegetable marrow.
Tango, pi. matango, eaten raw

like cucumber.
Kitoma, pi. vitoma, a sma

round sort.
Tikiti, pi. matikiti, a round k nd
of water-melon.
Punch, keke.

Purchaser, mnunuzi, pi. wanunuzi.
Purgative, dawa la kiibara.
Purity, raasafi, utakatifu.

64

SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

kusudi, pi. makiisudi,
kasidi, nia.
Purse, kifuko cha kntilia fetha.
Push in the cheek, mdukuo.
Putridity, kioi:a.
Puttij, chaki.
Python, chatu.

Quail, tombo, tomboroko.
Quality, tabia, ginsi, jisi, aina.
Quantity, kiasi, kadiri, cheo

(rneasurement).
Quarrel, mateto, tofauti, uazar,

ugomvi.
Quarrelsomeness, ugomvi.
Quarter, robo.

Three-quarters of a dollar, kassa
robo.

Quarter of a town, mta, pi. mita.
Queen, malkia.

{_chess), kishi.
Question, maulizo, s-wali.
Quieting thing, kitulizo,_pZ. vitulizo.
Quietness, utulivu, makini, kimya.
Quiver, podo.

R.

Rahhit, sungura, kisungura, pi.
visungura, kitungule, pi. vitu-
ngule, kititi.
Race, mashindano.
Rafter, boriti (/or a stone roof),
kombamoyo, pi. makomba-
moyo ifor a thatched roof),
pao, pi. mapao {very thin).
Bag, kitambaa, pi. vitambaa,

utambaa, pi. tambaa.
Rain, mvua.
Rain cloud, ghubari, pi. maghu-
Rainy season, masika. [bari.

Lesser rains, mvua ya mwaka.

Rainbow, upindi ^va mvua, kisiki

cha mvua (M.).
Rammer for heating roofs, kipande,

pi. vipande.
Rampart, boma, sera.
Rank, daraja, cheo.
Ransom, kombozi, pi. makombnzi,

ukomboo, ukombozi, fidia,

ufidiwa, ukombolewa.
Rarity, t'unu, hedaya.
Rash (small pimples), vipele.
Bat, panya.

a very large kind, buku.
Rations, posho.
Rawness {of meat, &c.), ubichi.

(dulness), ujinga.
Razor, wembe.

Reason, maana, sababu, huja, akili.
Reasoning, huja.
Rebellion, maasi.
Recess, kidaka, pi. vidaka, kishu-

baka, pi. vishubaka (a pigeon-

hole).
Wall at the hack of a recess, raff.
Recommendation, maagizo.
Rectitude, adili.

Bed coral, marijani ya fethaluka.
Red Sea, Bahari ya Sham.
Redeemer, mkumbozi, j:»Z. wako-

mbozi.
Beed, unyasi, pi. nyasi, "mwanzi, pi.

miwanzi.
Reference, maregeo.
Refuge, makimbilio.
Regret, majutio.
Regularity, kaida.
Reign, ezi, enzi.
Rein, kigwe, pi. vigwe.
Rejoicing, furaha, ^hangwi.
Relations {relatives), akral.a, ndugu,

jamaa.
A near relative, karibu.

SUBSTANTIVES,

65

Belaxation (loosening), ulegevu.

Religion, dini, dua.

Relish {something to he eaten with

rice or porridge), kitoweo.
Remainder, msazo, masazo, mabakia,
Remedy, dawa, niapoza. [baki.

Reminder, ukumbubho.
Remission (of sins), maghofira, ma-

ondoleo.
Remnant, mabakia.
Rent, ijara.

Eepentance, toba, majuto.
Representative, -wakili.
Reproaches, matayo.
Reprobate, baa, pi. mabaa.
Eeptile (?).

Kenge, a monitor (?), a very large

slender lizard.
P'ili, a large snake.
CLatu, a python.
See Snake, Crocodile, &c.
Request, haja, matakwa.
Residue. See Remainder.
A little left in ayar,t&c.,kisliinda.
pi. visMnda.
Resin, ulimbo.

Respiration, kutanafusi, kiishusha
Rest, raha, piunziko. [piimzi.

Resting-place, pumzikio, kituo, ptl.

zituo or vituo.
Restlessness, fatbaa.
Resurrection, ufufuo, ufufulio, ki-
yania (the general resurrection).
Resuscitation, (actively) kufufua,
kuhr.isba, (neuter) kufufuka,
kiihiiika.
Retainer, mfuasi, pi. wafuasi.
Ttetaliation kasasi, kisasi.
Return, maregeo, marejeo kuja

zao, &c.
Revenge majilipa.
Reverence, uneByekeo.

Reviling, masbutumu, mashutumio,
matayo.
Revival. See Resuscitation.
Reward, ijara, ujira, majazo, thai'
wabu (especially from God).
Reicard for finding a lost thing,
kiokosi, pi. viokosi.
Rheumatism, baridiyabis, uweli wa

Yiungo.
Rhinoceros, kifaru, pi. vifaru, pea.
Rib, iibatiu, pi. mbavu, kiwavu

cbana (A.).
Rice, growing, or yet in tlce husk,
mpunga.
cleaned from the husk, mcbele.
cooked, wali.
watery, and imperfectly cooked

mashendea.
cooked so that the grains are
dry and separate, pukute ya
wali.
scorched in the cooking iikoko,

utandu (A.).
left from overnigld to be eaten in

the morning, wali wa mwikuii.
Kinds of rice, sena, bungala,
sbindauo, garofuu, kapwai, ki-
fungo, madevu, mwanga, sifaia,
ucbiikwi.
Riches, mail, utajiri, ukwasi,
Rich man, tajiri, pi. matajiri, mwe-
nyi mali, mkwasi, p>l- wak^Ya&i.
Ridicule, mzaba, tbihaka.
Right, haki, wajib, adili.
Righteousness, haki.
Rind, ganda, pi. maganda.
Rind of a lemon, &c., after the
inside has been squeezed or
extracted, kaka.
Ring, pete, pi. pete or mapete.
Rings on the scabbard of a sword,
iicc. ukoa, pi. koa.

SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

Ring where the hlade enters the

haft, noleo, pi. manoleo.
Ear-rinrf, pete ya masikio.
Ring-ivorm, ehoa.
Eipple, viwimbi.
Rishy in trading, juku.
River, mio, pi. mito.
Road, njia.

Roar, ngurnmo, vumi.
Robber, mnyang'anyi, pi. wanya-
ng'anyi, haramia.
People who wander about at night,
robbing and committing violence^
mrungura, mpakacha.
Rock, mwamba, pi. miamba.

A small rock, kijamba, pi. yi-

jamba.
in the sea, kipwa, pi. vipwa.
Rftlling of a ship, mramma.
Roof, dari, sakafu (stone roof or
floor), paa, pi. mapaa (thatched
roof). The thatched roofs con-
sist generally of a front and
back slope, kipaa cha mbele and
kipaa clia nyuma, and hips for
the ends, which are carried up
under and within the main
slopes ; these hips are called
visusi, sing, kisusi.
A lean-to, kipeuu, pi. vipenu.
The roof over a watching-place in
the fields, duugu, pi. madungu.
Rook (chess), fil.
Room (space), nafasi.

(apartment), chumba, pi. vyumba.
tJkumbi, hall or porch ; it is icithin
a stone house, but outside an
earthen one.
Sebule or sebula, parlour, recep-
tion room.
Orfa, drofa, or ghdrofa, an tipper

Ghala, a dark room on the ground-
floor, a store-room.
Root, shina, pi. mashina.
Rootlets, mizizi, mizi (M.).
Rope, kamba, ngole (Mer.).

Hempen rope, kamba, ulayiti.
Rosary (Mohammedan beads), tas-

biih.
Rose, waradi, waridi.

Otto of roses, hal waradi.
Rose-water, marashi mawaridi.
Rose apple, darabi, pi. madarabi.
Roundness, mviringo.
Row (line), safu.
Row (noise), uthia, kero.
Royalty, kifaume, ufaume.
Rubbish (from old buildings), fusi,
kifusi.
(small articles), takataka.
Rudder, shikio, sakani, msukani, pi.

misukani, usukani,^?. sukatii.
Ruddle, used by carpenters to mark

out their work, ngeu.
Rudeness, safihi.
Ruin or Ruins, maanguko.
Runaway (from a master, home, &c.),
mtoro, pi. watoro.
(from a fight, (fee), mkimbizi, pi.
wakimbizi.
Rupee, rupia.
Rupia or any similar skin disease,

buba.
Rust, kutu.
Rustling, mtakaso.

S.

Sabre, kitara, pi. vitara.

Sacrifice, sadaka (an offering), fidia
(giving up), thabibu (sacrific-
ing), mathabuba (the victim)^
kafara (aw animal or thing
offered but not eaten).

SUBSTANTIVES.

67

Saddle, kiti cha frasi, matandiko,
seruji (an Arab saddle), khorj
(the pad used for a donJtey).
Sadness (see Grief), rammii.
Safety, salamu, salama.
Saffron, zafarani.
Sail, tanga, pi. matanga.

Dhow-sail, duumi.

Sail-cloth, kitali.
Sailor, baliaria.
Saint, 'walli.
Sake, ajili, iiiija, maana.

For my saJce, unipendavyo (as you
love me).
Sale (auction), mnada.
Salesman, dalali.
Saliva, mate.

Salt, chumvi, munyo (A.).
Saltpetre, shura.
Salute (fired), mizinga ya salamu.

(salutation), salamu.
Salvation, wokovu, suudi, njema.
Salver, sinia, pi. masinia.
Sanction, ithini.
Sayid, mchanga, mtanga (M.).
Sandals, viatu, sing, kiatu, viatu
vya ngozi.

strap of a sandal, gidam.
Sandalwood, liwa(?).
Sandfly, usubi.
Sap, maji.

Saturday, Juma a mosi.
Saucepan, sufuria.
Saviour, mwokozi, pi. waokozi.
Savour, luththa, tamu.
Scab, kigaga, pi. vigaga.
Scabbard, ala, pi. nyala.

The metal rings on a scabbard,
ukoa, pi. koa.
Scaffold (for building), jukwari.
Scales (of a fish), magamba, mamba
(31).

; Scales (balances), raizani.

Scale pans, vitanga vya mizani.
Scar, kovu, pi. makovu.
Scarf (often worn round the waist),

deuli.
Scent, harufu, manuka, nukato. pi.

manukato, meski, marashi (a

scent for sprinkling).
Tibu, a hind of scent.
See Rose, Ambergris, Aloes icood.
School, chuoni.
Scissors, makasi.
Scoop. See Ladle.
Score (20), korja.
Scorn, tharau, thihaka.
Scorpion, nge.
Scraps left after eating, makombo,

sing, kombo.
Scrape (slide), para.
Scratch, mtai, pi. mitai.
Scream, kiowe, pi. viowe (cry for

help), kigelegele, pi. vigelegele

(a trilling scream raised a» a

<^ry of joy).
Screw, parafujo.
Scrip, mkoba, pi. mikoba.
Scrofulous and gangrenous sores,

mti.
Scrotum, pmnbo, mapumbu.
Scull, kitwa, pi. vitwa, fovn or

bupuru la kitwa.
Scum, povu, mapovu.
Sea, babari.
A sea, mawimbi, wimbi.
A seaman, mwana maji.
One from beyond seas, mja na

majL
Seaweed, mwanL
Seal, muhuri.
Seam, mshono, pi. raishono, baud

(tacked), upindo (a hem).
Season, wakati.

F 2

68

SWAHILI HANDBOOK.

The principal seasons in Zanzibar
are: — Musimi, the time of the
northerly winds (kazkazi), that
is, December, Januarij, and
February. For March, April,
and May, the rainy season,
masika; after that, the cold
time, kipupwe ; then, about the
end of August, demani, or
mwaka. The southerly winds
(kusi) begin to drop in October,
and in the intervals between
them and the northerly winds
come the times of easterly and
westerly winds, malelezi or tanga
mbili.

Seasoning. See Relish.

Seat, kikao, makazi.

The stone or earth seat near a
door, baraza, kibaraza.

Secrecy, siri, faragha.

Secrets, mambo ya siri.

Secretary, mwandisbi,^Z. waandishi,
khatibu, karani.
Secretary of State, waziri, pi.
mawaziri.

Sect, matbhab, mathehebu.

Sediment, masbapo.

Seed, mbegu, mbeyu.

Seedling, mche, pi. micbe.

Self, moyo, nafsi, nafusi.

Self-content, kinaya.

Semen, sbabawa, manni.

Semsem, ufuta.

Semsem oil, mafuta ya uta.
What is left after the oil has been
pressed out, sbudu.

Senna, sanamaki.

Sense, akili.

Sentinel, mngoja, pi. wangoja.

Servant, mtumisbi, pi. watumisbi,
mtumwa, vl. waUimwa, iioker.

One who serves at table, mwa-

ndikaji, pi. waandikaji.

In a shamba there are generally

three chief servants. 1. Msi-

mamizi, generally a free man.

2. Nokoa, the chief slave. 3.

Kadamu, the second head slave.

Service, utumwa, budumu, bidima.

Setting-out, things set out or the place

for them, maandiko.
Shaddock, furungu, pi. mafurungu.
Shade, uvuli, vuli, mvuli, mvili,

kivuli, kitua.
Shadow, kivuli, pi. vivuli.
Shame (disgrace), aibu.
(modesty), baya.
(a thing causing confusion), ari,

fetbeba, bezaya.
having no shame, rajanja, pi.
wajanja.
Shape, kiasi, kalibu, namna.
Share, fungu, pi. mafungu, semebu.

kisma.
Sharing, usbarika.
SliarTc, papa.
Sharpness, ukali.
Shaving (of wood), usafi.
Shawl, sbali.

v)orn round the waist, mabazamu.
Sheaf, or bundle of cut rice, mganda,

pi. miganda.
Sheath, uo, pi. mauo, ala, pi. nyala.
Sheave (of a pulley), roda, koradani.
Shed, banda, pi. mabauda, kibanda,

pi. vibanda.
Sheep, kondoo.
Sheet, sbuka.

of a sail, demani.
of a book, gombo, pi. magombo.
of paper, ukurasa,pZ. kurasa.
Shelf, kibau, pi. vibau.
in a recess, rufuf.

SUBSTANTIVES.

G9

Suso, pi. masuso, a kind of hang-
ing shelf.
Shell (sea shells\sheWe, pi. mashelle.
(husk), ganda, pi. maganda.
(empty shell), fuvu, pi. mafuvu,
bupuru, pi. mabupuru, kaka.
Shepherd, nilishi, pi. walishi, mchu-

nga.,pl. ^Yachunga.
SJierd. See Potsherd.
Shield, ngao.

Shin, muundi wa guu (A.).
Ship, merikebu, marikabu, jahasi.
3Ian-of-icar, manowari, merikebu

ya mizinga.
Merchant ship, merikequ ya taja,
Steam ship, merikebu ya dohaan,

merikebu ya moshi.
Ship belonging to the government,

merikebu ya serkali.
Full-rigged ship, merikebu ya

railingote mitatu.
Barque, merikebu ya milingote

miwili na nuss.
Native craft, chombo, pi. vyombo.
Shirt, kanzu.
Shivering, kitapo, kutetema, ku-

tetemeka.
Shoal (hank), fungu, pi. mafungu.
Sliock, shindo.

Shoe, kiatu cha kizungu or cha

kihindi, pi. viatu vya kizungu.

Shoemaker, mshoni viatu, pi. wa-

shoui viatu.
Shoot, chipukizi, uchipuka, pi.
chipuka.
A pointed shoot like that contain-
ing a spike of flower, kilele, pi.
vilele.
Shop, duka, pi. maduka.

Shops icith icarerooms, bokhari.
Sliot (small), marisaa.
Shot-helt, beti.

Shoulder, bega, ^jZ. mabega, fuzi, pL
mafuzi (A.).
Shoulder-blade, kombe la mkono.
Shout, ukelele, pi. kelele, kelele, pi.

makelele.
Shower, manyunyo.
Showing, wonyesho.
Shrewdness, werevu.
Shroud, saanda.
Shrub, kijiti, pi. vijiti.
See Thorn.

Mwango, pi. miwaugo (?).
Sick person, mgonjwa,pL magonjwa,

mweli, pi. waweli.
Sickness, ugonjwa, uweli, marathi.
Side, upande, pi. pande.

Side of tlie body, mbavu, mata-

mbavu.
The oflier side of a river, &r.,
ngambo.
Siege, mazingiwa.
Sieve, kiyamba.
Siftings of rice after pounding,

wishwa.
Sighing, kuugua.
Sign, dalili.
Signal, ishara.

Ukonyezo, pi. konyezo, a sign

made by raising the eyebrows.
Kikorombwe, a kind of signal cry.
Silence, nyamavu, kimya
Silk, hariri.
Silliness, niapiswa, puo.

Silly talk, upuzi.
Silver, fetha.
Silversmith, mfua fetha, pi. wafua

fetha.
Simpleton, mjinga, ^Z. wajiuga.
Sin, thambi, pi. thambi or ma-

thambi, makosa, taksiri.
Singleness, upweke.
Sip, funda (?).

70

SWAHILI HANDBOOK.

Sir ! Bwana !

Sister, umbu, pi. maumbu, ndugu,
ndugu nike.
As a term of endearment, dada.
Foster-sister, ndugu kunyonya.
Sister-in-law, shemegi.
Sitter, nikaa,^3L wakaa.
Sitting, kikao, yl. vikao, kitako, pi.

vitako.
Size, ukuu, ukubwa, kiasi, kadiri,

clieo.
Skeleton, mzoga (?)
Skilful workman, mstadi, pi. wa-

stadL
Skilled or master-workman, fundi.
Skin, ngozi.
Sky, uwingu.
Slackness, ulegevu.
Slander, masingizio, fitiua (sowing

of discord).
Slaughter-house, matindo.
Slave, mtumwa, pi. watumwa, mu-
hadimu,pZ. wahadimu, mtwana,
pi. watwana.
A slave boy, kitwana, pi. vitwana.
A slave girl, kijakazi, pi. vijakazi.
A slave woman, mjakazi, pi. wa-

jakazi.
A concubine slave, suria, pi. ma-

suria.
A slave horn in the house or

country, mzalia, pi. -wazalia.
A runaway slave, mtoro, pi. wa-

toro.
A fellow slave, mjoli, p)l- wajoli.
A household of slaves, kijoli, pi.

vijoli.
Piece of land allotted to a slave
for his own use, koonde, pi.
makoonde.
Slavery, utumvra.
Sleep, uzingizi, zingizi

Sleeping place, malalo.

Things to sleep upon, malazi.
Sleeve, mkono, pi. mikono.
Sling, kombeo, pi. makombeo.
Slip of a tree, &c., mcbe, pi. miche.

A slip which has put forth leaves,
mche uliochanua.

One ichich has made a new shoot,
mche uliocbipuka.
Slipperiness, utelezL
Sloth, uvivu.
Slovenliness, fujofujo.
Smallness, udogo.
Small-pox, ndui.
Smell, harufu, manuka, azma.
Smith (worker in metal), mfua, pi.

wafua. See Blacksmith, &c.
Smoke, moshi, pi. mioslii.
Snail, koa, pi. makoa, konokono.
Snake, nyoka, joka, pi. majoka
(large).

Chatu, python.

P'ili, cohra (?).
Snare, sliabuka.
Sneezing, chafya.
Snoring, kukoroma.
Snuff, tumbako ya kunuka, or

kunusa.
Snuff-box, tabakelo.
Soap, sabuui.
Soda, magadi.
Solder, lihamu.
Soldier, asikari.

Sole {of the foot), uayo, pi. nyao.
Solitude, upekee, ukiwa.
Somauli Coast, Banada.
Somebody, mtu.

Some one else's, -a mwenyewe.

Child of somebody, i.e., of respect-
able parents, mtoto wa watu,
mwana wa watu.
Somersault, kitwangomba.

SUBSTANTIVES.

71

Son, mwana, pi. waana, kijana,
mtoto mume.
Wadi Mohammed, Mohammed's

son.
Bin Abdallali (Ar.), Ahclallah's

son.
Haraisi wa Tani, Hamisi the son

of Tani {Othman i.
Son-in-law, mkwe, pi. wakwe.
Song, uimbo, pi. nyimbo.
Soot, kaa moshi, makaa ya mosM.
Soothing thing, kitulizo, pi. vitulizo.
Soothsayer, kahini, pi. makahini.
Sore, donda, pi. madonda, kidonda,
pi. viJonda, jeraha.
Sares in the leg, nyungunyungu,
mti.
Sorrow, kasarani, huzuni, sikitiko,
matukio.
Sorrow for a loss, majonzi.
Sorrow for something done, ma-

jutio.
Excessive sorrow, jitimai.
Sort (hind), ginsi, namna, aina.
The sort is often expressed by
the prefix ki-. Kizungu, the
European sort, Mfaume, the
hingly sort.
Soul, roho.
Sound, sauti.
Soundness, uzima.
Source, asili, chimbtiko.
Soiith, kusini, suheli.
Southerly wind, kusi.
Sovereign, mwenyi ezi, mwenyi
inchi, mwenyi mji.
(coin), robo Ingrezi.
Sovereignty, ezi. enzi.
Space, nafasi.
(of time), muda.
(open space), uwanda, uga.
Spade, jembe la kizungu.

Span, futuri, sliibiri, sliibri.

Spangles, puluki.

Sparh, checLi, pi. machechi

Sparkle, kimeta.

Speaker, mneni, pi. waneni, msemi,
pi. ■wasemi, msemaji, pi. wa-
semaji.

Speaking, kusema, kunema.

A dark obscure way of speaking,

kilinge cba maneno.
Ail enigmatical way of speaking,
in which the last syllable is
taken from the end, and made
to begin the word, kiuyume,
kinyuma. (See Appendix I.)

Spear, fumo, pi. mafumo (flat-
bladed) mkuke, pi. miknke,
(three-edged) sagai, pi. masagai.

Spectacles, miwani.

Speech (speaking), kunena.
(oration), mataguso, milumbe.

Spider, buibui.

Spinal column, uti wa maungo.

Spirits, mvinyo.
Evil spirit, pepo.
Kinds of spirits, jini, pi. majini,
milboi, mahoka, dungumaro,
kitamiri, kizuu, kizuka, koikoi,
mwana maua, &c.

Spit, uma, pi. nyuma.

Spittle, mate.

Spoil, mateka.

Spleen, wengo.

Splint, gango, pi. magango, banzi,
pi. mabanzi.

Splinter (of wood), kibanzi, pi.
vibanzL
(of glass or earthenware), kige--
renyenza, pi. vigerenyenza.

Spoon, mwiko, pi. miiko, kijiko, pi.
vijiko a tea-spoon), mkaiashe,
pi. mikamshe (a wooden spoon).

il

SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

Sp'irt, mchezo. mzaha.

^2^01, waa, ^:)Z. mawaa, kij)aku, pi.

vipaku.
Spout ( from a roof), kopo la

nyumba, marizabu.
Sprain, kuteuka.
Spread, eneo.

Spreading a meal, maandiko.
Spring, mtambo, pi. mitambo,

of water, chemchem, jicho la maji.
SprinMe, manyunyo.
Sprinkler {for scents), mrashi, pi.

mirashi.
Spur of a cock, kipi, kipia, pZ. vipia.
Spy, mpelelezi, pi. wapelelezi,

mtumbiiizi (A.).
Square, mrabba.
Squint, Doakengeza.
Stable, banda la frasi, faja la frasi.
Staff, gongo, pi. magougo, mkongo-

jo, pi. inikongojo.
Stagnation, vilio, pi. mavilio.
Stain, waa, pi. mawaa.
Stairs, daraja, ngazi.
Upstairs, juu, darini.-
Down-stairs, chini.
Stalks, of mtama, bua, pi. mabua.
of a kind of millet cheiced like

sugar-cane, kota, pZ. makota.
of cloves, &c., kikonyo,2?Z. vikonyo.
>S^toZZ keeper, mcburuzi, pi. wa-

churuzi.
Stammering, kigugumizi.
Stamp, muhuri, chapa.
Staple, pete, p)l- mapete, tumbuu.
Star, iiyota.

Falling stars, nyota zikishiika.
Shooting stars, kimwoudo, pi.
vimwondo.
Starch, kanji, dondo.
Start (fright), kituko.

{beginning), fell, pi. mafeli.

Startling thing, mzungu, pi. mi-
zungu,
A thing to frighten people, kinya-
go, pi. vinyago.
State, hali.
Statue, sanamu.
Stealing, kwiba.
Steam, mvuke.

A steamship, merikebu ya moshi.
Steel, feleji, pua.
Steelyard, mizani.
Steersman, msliiki sbiki,o.
Stem of a tree, sliina, pi. mashina.

of mtama, bua, pi. mabua.
Step {stepping), batua.

{of stone, &c.), daraja.
Step-father, baba "wa kambo.

Step-mother, mama wa kambo.
/Sieu'arcZ, msimamizi, j3Z. wasimamizi.
Stick, fimbo, ufito, pi. fito {thin),
bakora (a walking-stick with a
handle bent at right angles).
A short heavy stick, kibarango,
pi. vibarango, mpweke, pi. mi-
pweke.
A staff, gongo, pi. magougo,
mkongojo, pi. mikongojo {an
old mail's staff).
Stillness, kimya.

Stirrup, kikuku cha kupandia frasi.
Stocks {for the feet), mkatale.
Stomach, tumbo.

Pit of the stomach, chembe cha
moyo (A.).
Stone, jiwe, pi. mawe or majiwe.
A stone house, nyumba ya mawe.
Small stones or pieces of stone,

kokoto, pi. makokoto.
Very small stones, not larger than

an egg, mbwe.
Very small grit, cbangarawi.
Fresh coral, matumbawi.

SUBSTANTIVES.

73

Precious stones, kito, pi. vito,
johari.

Stones of fruit, kokwa, pi. ma-
kokwa.
Stooping, kiinamizi.
Stop (end), kikomo, kinga.

{stopping), kizuizo, kizuizi, kizuio.
Stoppage in the nose or icind-plpe,
mafua.

(stagnation), vilio, pi. mavilio.
Stopper, zibo, pi. mazibo, kizibo, pi.

vizibo.
Store (put hy), akiba.

Store-room, ghala.
Storm, tharuba, tufauu.
Story, hadithi, habari. See Tale.
Stoutness, unene.
Strainer, kunguto, pi. makunguto

(of basJcet-work).
Straits (distress), shidda.

(narrow seas), kilango cha babari.
Stratids of a cord, meno, ncba.
Stranger, mgeni, pi. wagenL
Strap, ukanda.
Stratagem, hila.
Stream, mto, pi. mito, kijito, pi.

vijito.
Strength, nguvu.
String, ugwe, uzi, katani.

String of heads, kigwe, pi. vigwe.
String-course, usbi.
Strip. See Mat.
Stripe (line), uzi, pi. nyuzi, mfuo,

pi. mifuo, utepe, pi. tepe.
Study, mtaala.
Stumble, kwao, pi. makwao.
Stumhling-Uock, kwao, pi. makwao.
Stump, shin a, pi. mashina.
Stupor, kurukwa na akili.
Stye in the eye, chokea.
Style (of writing), dibaji, a good
style.

Subject, rayia.

Substance, asili.

Subtlety, busara, werevu.

Subtraction (arithmetical), baki.

Suburbs, kiunga.

Sugar, sukari.

Sugar-cane, mua, pi. miwa.

Suit of clothes, kisua.

Sulpihate of copper, mrututu.
of magnesia, cbumvi ya haluli.

Sulphur, kiberiti.

Sultanship, usultani.

Sum, jurala.

Summary, muhtasari.

Summit, kilele, pi. vilele (used of
any sharp-pointed top or peak,
of the centre shoot of a cocoa-
nut tree as icell as of the peak
of a mountain).

Sun, jua, pi. majua.

The coming out of the sun after
rain, kianga.

Sunday, Juma a pilL

Sundries, takataka.

Sunset, maghaiibi, mangaribi

Supercargo, karani.

Superciliousness, kitongoton go.

Superintendent, mwangalizi, pi. wa-
angalizi, msiniamizi, pi. waoi-
mamizi.

Supper, cbakula cha jioni.

Suppuration, kutunga.

Surety, mthamini, thamin, thamana,
lazima.

Surf, mawimbi.

Swallow (bird), barawai, mbili-
wili (?), mbayuwayu (A.).

Sweat, hari, jasho, vukuto.

Sweetheart, mcbumba.

Sweet lime, dimu tamu.

Sweetness, tamu.

Sweet potatoes, viazi, sing, kiazi

74

SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

Swindler, thalimu.
Sioing, pembea.
Swine, nguruwe, nguuwe.
Sioitch, ufito, pi. fito.
Sword, upanga, pi. panga.

curved sword, kitara, pi. vitara.
straight two-edged sword without

any guard, upauga wa feleji.
with a small cross hilt, upanga

wa imani.
Syphilis, sekeneko. kijaraha cha

mboni, tego (a virulent hind

supposed to he the result of a

charm).
Syria, Sham.
Syrup, asali.

T.

Table, meza.

Table-cloth, nguo ya meza.

Table - napkin, kitambaa cha
meza.
Tack of a sail, goshi.
Tacking {sewing), bandi.
Tail, mkia, pi. mikia.
Tailor, mshoni, pi. washoni.
Taking aicay, maondoleo.
Tale, hadithi, kisa, iigano.
Tale-bearer, mzuzi.
Talipes, kupinda ua mguu.
Talk, usemi,

Silly talk, upuzi.
Talker, msemaji, pi. wasemaji.
Tamarind, ukwaju.

Tamarind tree, mkwaju, pi, mi-
Tangle, matata. [kvvaju.
Tap, bilula.
Tajje, utepe, pi. tepe.
Tar, lami.

Tartar on the teeth, ukoga.
Taste, tumu, tamu, luththa, nyonda,
maondi, maonji. I

Taster, mwonja, pi. waonja, mwo-

nda (M.), pi- waonda, kionja,

pi. viouja, kiouda (M.^, pi.

vionda.
Tea, cljayi, cha.
Teacher, mwalimu, pi. waalimu,

mkufunzi, pi. wakufunzi.
Teaching, mafundisbo, elimu.
Teak, tnsaji.

Teapot, bull, pi. mabuli.
Tear, chozi, pi. machozi, tozi (M.),

pi. matozi.
Teazing, thihaka.
Tediousness, uchovu.
Telescope, durabiui.
Temper, tabia.

Temperance, tawassuf, kadiri.
Temple, hekalu (a great thing, the

temple at Jerusalem), bauiya

(a building, the temple at

Mecca).
Temptation, majaribu, nyonda.
Ten, kumi, pi. makumi.

a decade, mwongo, pi. miongo.
Tent, khema, hema.
Testicles, mapumbu, tamboa.
Testimony, ushahidi.
Thanks, sbukuru, usbukura, salamu,

ahsanta, marahaba.
Thatch, makuti (of cocoa-nut leaves).
Thin sticks used to tie the makuti

to, upau, pi. pan
See Cocoa-nut.
Theft, uizi.
Thicket, kicbaka, pi. vichaka, koko,

pi. makoko.
Thickness, uuene.
Tliief, mwivi, pi. wevi, mwibaji, j)?.

webaji.
Thieving, kwiba, uizi, wibaji.
Thigh, upaja, pi. paja, paja, pi. ma-

paja.

SUBSTANTIVES.

75

Thimhle, subana.
Saihnaker's palm, dofra, pi. ma-
dofra.
Thing, kitu, pi. vitu (a thing of the
senses), neno, jambo, mambo
(things of the intellect).
I have do)ie nothing, sikufanya

neno.
I see nothing, sioni kitu.
A hind thing, jambo la wema.
Strange things, mambo mageni.
Third {a third part), theluth.
Thirst, kin.

Thorn, mwiba, pi. miiba or miba.
Mchongoma, pi. michongoma, o

thorny shrub used for hedges.
Mkwamba, pi. mikwamba, a
thorny shrub.
Thought, wazo, pi. mawazo, fikara,

thamiri, nia.
Thousand, elfu, pi. elfu or alafu.
a thousand or myriad, kikwi, pi.

zikwi or vikwi.
a hundred thousand, lakki.
Thread, uzi, pi. nyuzl, katanL
Threat, wogofya, tisho.
Throat, koo, pi. makoo.
Thumb, kidole cha gumba.
Thunder, radi (near), ngnrumo

(distant).
Thursday, Alhamisi.
TirJcet, kibarua, pi. vibarua.
TicJding or tingling, mnyeo, kiuye-

iiyefu.
Tichs, papasi {in houses], kupe {on

cattle).
Tide, maji kujaa na kupwa.
Spring tides, bamvua.
Neap tides, maji mafu.
Tiller, kana, gaua.

Tiller ropes, mijiari, sing, mjiari.
Timber^ miti, mibau.

Time, wakati, wakti, majira.
(sufficient), natasi.
(hour), saa.
{leisure), faragha.
(first, &c.), mara.
(fixed term), mohulla.
Times (age), zamani.
Space of time, muda.
Period of time, kipindL
A short time, kitambo.
Times, in multiplication, fi.

Six times eight, sita fi tlie-
manya.

Divisions of Time.

Til ere are two years in nse in
Zanzibar; that which is most com-
monly heard of is the Arab year of
twelve lunar months. It cannot be
more than about 355 days long, and
lias therefore no correspondence to
the seasons. The months are de-
termined by the sight of the new
moon, or by the expiration of thirty
days since the beginning of the
previous month. It happens some-
times that some of the coast towns
will begin their months a day before
or after what was taken as its first
day in Zanzibar. A gun is usually
fired from one of the ships when
the month begins. Practically the
Ramathan is treated as the first
montlj, and tlie rest are reckoned
from it; the word by which they
are denoted seems to mean not
fasting, as though the Ramathan
being the month of fasting, the rest
were the first, second, third, &c.,
of not fasting, until the months of
Rajah and Shaaban, wliich have
both a special religious character

76 •

SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

The following are the names of the
Arab months, with their Swahili
equivalents :

Aeab.

Moharram.

Safr.

Eabia al aowal.

Rabia al akhr.

Jemad al aowal.

Jemad al akhr.

Eajab.

Shaaban.

Eamathan,

Shaowal.

Th'il ka'ada.

Th'il hajjah.

Swahili.

Mfunguo a 'nne.
Mfunguo a tano.
Mfunguo a sita.
Mfunguo a saba.
Mfunguo a nane.
Mfunguo a kenda.
Rajabu.
Shaabani.
Ramatbani,
Mfunguo a mosi.
Mfunguo a pill.
Mfunguo a tatu.

The two great Mohammedan
feasts are held on the first of
Shaowal, when every one gives pre-
sents, and on the tenth of Th'il
hajjah, when every one is supposed
to slaughter some animal and feast
the poor.

The other year in use among the
Swahili is the Nautical and Agri-
cultural year ; it is roughly a solar
year, having 365 days. It is
reckoned to begin from the Sihu a
mwaTca (answering to the Persian
Nairuz), which now occurs towards
the end of August. The last day
of the old year is called Kigunzi,
and the days are reckoned by
decades, called miongo, sing, mwo-
ngo. Thus — Mwongo wa mia con-
sists of the days between 90 and
100. Mwongo wanyapi 9 asks which
decade it is. The SiJcu a mwaka is
kept as a great day, and formerly
had a number of special observances
connected with it. In the night or

early in the morning every one used
to bathe in the sea ; the women are
particularly careful to do so. TliL-y
afterwards fill a large pot with
grain and pulse, and cook them.
About noon they serve out to all
friends who come ; all the fires are
extinguished with water and lighted
again by rubbing wood. Formerly
no inquiry was made as to any one
killed or hurt on this day, and it is
still the custom to go armed and
to be on the guard against private
enemies. It used to be a favourite
amusement to throw any Indians
that could be caught into the sea,
and otherwise ill-use them, until
the British Government interfered
for their protection. The year is
called after the day of the week on
which it began ; thus, in 1865 it
began on Thursday and was
MwaJca Alhaniisi ; in 1866 on
Friday, and was Mivaha Juma, and
so on.

The seasons will be found briefly
mentioned under that word.

The week has been reconstructed
on the Arab week, retaining only
the Arab names of two days, Alha-
misi and Juma (Thursday and
Friday), which answer to our Satur-
day and Sunday for Mohammedan
religious purposes, and are the days
which slaves in the country are
generally allowed for their own
recreation or profit. Juma is so
named from the assembly held on
that day for public worship; the
Arab names of the rest are merely
those used by English Quakers,
first, second, third, &c.

SUBSTANTIVES.

English. Arabic. Swahili.

Sunday. Al ahad. Juma a pili.

Monday. Ath tteneen. Juma a tatu.

Tuesday. Ath theluih. Juma a 'nne.

Wednesday. At robua'. Juma a tano.

Thursday. Al kbamis. Alhamisi.

Friday. Juma'. Juma.

Saturday. As sabt. Juma a mosi.

The day begins at sunset ; to-night
therefore in the mouth of a Swahili
means what an Englishman would
call last night. As the days are of
a very nearly uniform length there
is little practical incorrectness in
taking sunset as six o'clock in the
evening and reckoning the night
first and then the day from it, hour
by hour. Thus, seven, eight, and
nine are the first, second, and third
of the night (saa a hiuanza, a ^nli,
a tatu ya usiku). Midnight is the
sixth hour, saa a sita. Five in the
morning is the eleventh hour of the
night, saa a edhashara. Nine
o'clock in the morning is the third
hour of the day, saa a tatu. Twelve
at noon is the sixth hour, saa a sita,
and four and five the tenth and
eleventh hours, saa a Jcumi, saa a
edhashara. Sunset is determined
by observation, and a gun is fired,
and tha Sultan's flag hauled dox^Ti
to mark it. Dming the Bamathan a
gun is fired at half-past two in tlie
morning to warn every one of the
approach of morning, that they may
get their cooking and eating over
oefore dawn. This gun-fire is called
daahuu.

There is another way of marking
the time by reference chiefly to the
hours of prayer (see Frayer) ; the
following are the chief points

Magaribi, sunset.

Mslmko wa magaribi (coming out

jrom sunset prayers), about

half -past six.
Esha or Isha, from half-past six

to eight.
Mshuko wa esha, ahout half-an-

hour later.
Nuss ya usiku, midnight.
Karibu na alfajiri, between three

and four in the morning.
Alfajiri mkuu. rising of the morn-
ing star, about four.
Alfajiri mdogo, dawn.
Assubui, the morning, i.e., after

sunrise.
Mchana, the day from asoubui to

jioni.
Mafungulia ng'ombe (letting out

of cattle), about 8 a.m.
Mafungulia ng'ombe makuu, is

earlier, mafungulia ng'ombe

madogo, is later than eight

o'clock.
Jua kitwani, noon.
Athuuri or Azuuri, noon, and

thence till three o'clock.
Awali athuuri, between twelve and

one.
Alasu-i, about half -past three, or

from three to five.
Alasiri kasiri, about five, or thence

to half -past.
Jioni, evening, from about five o»

half -past till sunset.

Tin, bati.

Tiv ncha, nta (BI.).
Tithes, 2aka.
Tobacco, tumbako
To-day, leo.

78

SWAHILI HANDBOOK.

Toe, kidole, pi. vidole, kidole cha

mguu.
Token, dalili, buruhani.
Tomh, kaburi, pi. makaburL
To-morrow, kesho.

the day after, kesho kutwa.

the day after that, mtondo.

after that, mtondo goo.
Tongrs, koleo, pi. makoleo.
Tongue, ulimi, pi. ndimi.

A piece of cloth, &c., to lie under
an opening, lisani.
Tool, samani.

Carpenter's tool for marhing lines,
mahati.
Tooth, jino, pi. meno.

cuspids, chonge.

Dirt on the teeth, ukoga.

He has lost a front tooth, ana
pengo.

Tooth stick or brush, msuaki, pi.
misuaki.
Top, juu.

{the toy), pia.
Torpor, utepetefu.
Tortoise, kobe.
Total, jumla.

Towel, kitambaa cha kufutia uso, &c.
Toiver, mnara, pA. minara.
Town, mji, pi. mijL
Trace, dalili
Track, nyayo.
Trade, biashara.
Trader, mfanyi biaishara.
Traitor, khaini.
Trap, mtego, 2^. mitego.

(with a spring), mtambo, pi. mi-
tambo.
Traveller, msafiri, pi. wasafirL
Tray, sinia, pi. masinia.
Treacle, asali ya mua.
Treasure, hazina, kanzi, khazaua.

Treatment, mwamale.
Tree, mti, pi. miti.

Mkadi, Pandanus.

Mtomondo, Barringtonia,

lSltondoo,Calophyllumino2yhyUnm.
Trench, handaki.

Trench for laying in foundations,
msinji, msingi.
Trial, majaribu.
Tribe, kabila, taifa, pi. mataifa.

(taifa is larger than kabila).

Of what tribe are you ? Mtu gani
wee?
Trick, Mia, cherevu, madanganya.
Trot, mashindo (of a horse), matiti

(of an ass).
Trouble, taabu, uthia.
Trousers, soruali.

Trowel (mason's), mvdko, pi. naiiko.
Trumpet, paanda.

Trunk, shina, pi, mashina, jiti, pZ,
majiti.

(cut down), gogo, pi. magogo.

(the human trunk), kiwiliwilL
Truth, kweli.

A truth teller, msemi kweli
Trying, maonji, majaribu.
Tub, pip a, pi. mapipa.
Tuesday, Juma a nne.
Turban, kilemba, pi. vilcmba.

A turban cloth, utambi, pi. tambi

ends of turban cloth, utamvua, pi.
tamvua, kishungi.
Turkey, bata la mzinga, pi. mabata

ya mzinga.
Turmeric, manjano.
Turn, zamu, pi. mazamu.

By turns, kwa zamu.
Turner, mkereza, pi. wakereza.
Turnery, zikerezwazo.
Turtle, kasa.

Hawkshead turtle, from ichich

SUBSTANTIVES.

79

tortoisesheU is oUaincd, ng'a-

mba, guauiba.
Turtle dove, hua..
Twin, pacha.
Twist, pindi, pi. mapindi.
Type {for printing j, cLapa, jpZ. ma-

chapa.

U.

Udder, kiwele.
Ulcers, donda ndugu.
Umbrella, mwavuli, -pi. miaviili.
Native umbrella, dapo, pi. ma-

dapo.
Uncleanness, janaba, uchavu.
Uncle, mjomba, pi. wajomba, baba

mdogo (mother's brother)^ atnu

(father's brother).
Undergrowth, magugiL
Understanding, akili (pi.).
Underwood, makoko.
Unity, umoja.
Universe, ulimwengu.
Uproar, fujo,kelele, makelele, uthia,

kero.
Urine, mkojo.
Use, kutumia, kufaa.

(Jiabit), raazoezo.
Useful things, vifaa.
Usurer, mlariba, pi. walariba.
Usury, iriba.
Utensils, vyombo.
Uterus, mji.
Uvula, kimio.

V.

Vagabond, ban a kwao (homeless).

Vagina, kuma.

Valley, boonde, pi, boonde or ma-

boonde.
Value, kima, tha,ma.m. kadiii, kiasi,

upataji, uthani.

What is it worth ? Chapataje ?
Vapour, mvuke, fukizo.
Vapour bath, mvuke.
Vault, or vaulted place, kuba, kubba.
Vegetables, mboga.
Dcdoki, pi. madodoki, a long

many-angled seed pod.
Fijili or figili, a large white

radish.
Jimbi, pi. majimbi, a root very
much like a hyacinth root.
Vegetable marrow, mumunye, pi.

mamumunye.
Veil, utaji, shela.
Vengeaiice, kasasi.
Verses, masbairi.
Utenzi, religious verses.
Utumbuizo, verses sung at a dance.
Vesicular eruption on tJie shin,

uwati.
Vial, kitupa, pi. vitupa.
Vice, uovu, ufisadi, ufiski.
(the tool), jiiiwa, pi. majiliwa,
iriwa.
Vicegerent, kaimu, pi. makaimu,

nayibu, kalife.
Victim, mathabuha.
Victuals, vyakula.
Vigil, kesba, pi. makesha.
Village, mji, pi. miji, kijiji, pi. vijiji.
Vine, mzabibu, pi. mizabibu.
Vinegar, siki.
Violence, jeuli, nguvu.
Kwa nguvu, by violence.
Ana jeuri, he attacks people iootj-
tordy.
Virgin, bikiri, kizinda.
Viscera, matumbo.
Vizir, waziri, pi. mawaziri.
Vizir ship, u waziri.
Voice, sauti.
Vow, nathiri, nazirL

80

SWAHILI HANDBOOK.

Voyage, safari
Vulture, tai.

W.

Wages, ujiva.
monthly, mshaliara.
sailors', halasa.
Wailing, maombolezo.
Waidcoat, kisibau, pi. visibau.
sleeved, cha mkouo.
sleeveless, kisicho mkono or cha
yikapa.
Walk, mwendo.
A icalh, matembezi.
to go for a walk, kwenda tembea.
Wall, uknta, _2:»?. kuta, kikuta, pi.
vikuta, kitalu, pil. vitalu (0/ an
enclosure), kiyambaza (mud
and stud).
Wall-plate, mbati, mwamba, pi. mi-

amba.
Wahiut, jozi.
Wandering about, mzunguko, pi.

mizunguko.
Want, uhtaji, upungufu, kipiinguo.

{"poverty), shidda, umasikiui.
War, vita, kondo (Mer.).
Wareroom, gbala.

Warehouse and shop, bokhari,
bohari.
Warmth moto, uharara.

Luheicarmness, uvuguvugu.
Wart, chiinjua.
Washerman, dobi.
Waste, upotevu, Tiharibivn.
Waster, mpotevu, pi. wapotevu,

mubaribivu, pi. wabaribivu.
Watch, saa.

(vigil), kesha, pi. makesha.
(time or place of icatching), ki-

ugojo. pi. vingojo.
(icatching -place), Undo.

Water, maji.
Fresh icater, maji matamu, majI

ya pepo.
Water-closet, choo, chiro.
Water cooler (earthen lottle),
guduwia, gudulia, kuzi (a
larger kind icith handles and
spout).
Water jar, mtungi, pi. mitungi.
Water melon, battikh. See

Pumpkin.
Water skin, kiriba.
Wave, wimbi, pi. mawimbi.
Way, njia.

the shortest way, njia ya kukata.
Weakness, uthaifu.
Wealth, mali mengi, titajiri, tikwasi.
Weapon, selaha, 7iiata (weapons, i.e.,

lows and arrows).
Weather, wakati.

Weather side, upande goshini,
•upande wa juu.
Weaver, mfuma, pi. wafuma.
Wedding, harusi.
Wedge, kabari.
Wednesday, Juma a tano.
Weeds, magugu.
Kinds of weeds, kitawi, nidago,
gugu mwitu, mbarutL
TFeefc, jumaa.

Weight (see Measure), uthani.
How much does it weigh ? Yapata

kassi gani uthani wake ?
Native Weights :
Wakia, the weight of a silver

dollar, about one ounce.
Battel, sixteen wakia, about one

pound.
Kibaba, pi. vibaba, one rattel and

a half.
Mani, wo rattel and three-
quarters.

SUBSTANTIVES.

81

Pishi, four vibaba, or six rattel.
Frasila, thirty-five rattel, or twelve

mani.
Farra ya mti, seventy-two rattel,

or twelve pishi.
Well, kisima, pi. visima.
Weeping, kilio.
West, maghribi.

West wind, umande.
Wet, rataba, maji.
Whale, nyamgmni, ngumi.
Wheat, ngano.
Wheel, gurudumu, pi. maguru-

dumu.
Wheeled carriage, gari, pi. ma-

gari.
Wietstone, kinoo, pi vinoo.
Whip, mjeledi, pi. mijeledi.
A plaited thong carried by over-
lookers and schoolmasters, ka-

mbaa, kikoto (M.).
Whirhcind, kisusuli, pepo za cha-

mchela.
Whistling, msonyo, miunsi.
White ants, mcbwa.
White of egg, ute wa yayi.
Whiteness, weupe.
Whitening, chaki.
Whitlow, mdudu.
Wich of a lamp, utambi, pi.

tambi. :
of a candle, kope, pi. makope.
Widow, mjani, mjaani, mke aliofi-

wa na mumewe.
Width, upana.
Wife, mke, pi. wake, mtumke, pi.

watuwake, mwanamke, pi. wa-

anaake.
Wilderness, bara, nyika, unyika.
Wild people, wasbenzi.
Wild aninuds, nyatna za niwitu,

nyama mbwayi, uyama wakali.

Will (mind), moyo, nia, kusudi.

(testament), wasio.
Wind, upepo, much icind, pepo.
See Cold, Whirhcind, Storm, East

West.
Northerly Winds, which hloic from

December to March, kaskazi.
Southerly winds, which blow from

April to Novfmber, kusi.
Head icinds, pepo za omo (also

stern icinds).
Wind on the beam, matanga kati.
Winding, kizingo, pi. viziugo.

of a stream, maghuba.
Windlass, duara. [dirisha.

Window, dirisha, pi. dirisha or ma-
Wine, mvinyo (strong wine), divai
Wing, bawa, pi. mabawa. [(claret).
A icing feather, ubawa, pi. mbawa.
Wink, kupepesa.
Wire, masango, uzi wa madini.
Wire-draicer's plate, chamburo.
Wisdom, hekima, busara, akiii.
Wit, ujuvi (?).

Witch, mchawi, pi. wachawi.
Witchcraft, ucLawi.
One who uses witchcraft against
another, wanga.
Witness, shahidi, pi. masliahidi.

(testimony), ushahidi.
Wits, akili.

Wizard, mchawi, pi. wachawi.
Woe, msiba. See Grief.
Woman, mwanamke, pi. waanaake
or waanawake.
A young woman, kijana,pZ. vijana.
A young woman who has not yet
left her father's house, one wliose
breasts are not yet flattened,
mwaBamwali.
A slave icoman, mjakazi, pL wa-
See Person, Old, Slave. [J£*kazi.

82

SWAHILI HANDBOOK.

Womb, tumbo, matmnbo, mji.
Wonder, ajabu.

Wonders, mataajabu.
Wood, mti. See Fireicood, Timber.

A vjood, msitu wa miti.

A piece of wood, kijiti, pi. vijiti.

KlJTDS OF WOOD.

Finessi, the wood of the jack-fruit

tree ; it has a yellow colour.
Mche, a reddish wood much used

in Zanzibar.
Mkumavi, a red wood.
Msaji, teaJi.
Mtobwe, the wood of which the

best bakora are made.
Sesemi, Indian black wood.
Simbati, a kind of wood brought

from near Cape Delgado.
Sunobari, deal.
Wooden clogs, viatu vya mti.
The button which is grasped by
the toeSf msuruaki, pi. misu-
ruaki.
Woollen cloth, joho (broadcloth).
Tliich icoollen fabrics, blanketing,
bushuti.
Word, neno, pi. maneno.
Bad ivords, matukano.
Work, kazi.

Workman, mtenda kazi.
{skilled), fundi,

{skilful, a good hand), mstadi, pi.
wastadi.
Workshop, kiwanda, pi. viwanda,

kiwanja, pi. viwauja.
'^rld, ulimwengTi, dunia.
People of this world, walimwengn.
Worldly affairs, malimwengu.
Worm, nangonango, cbaugo,

mnio (?).
Worth, kima. See Value.
Wound, jeiaba, donda, pi. iiiadouda.

kionda, pi. vionda, kidonda, pi.

vidorida.
Wrath, gbathabu.
Wriggle, pindi, pi. mapindi.
Wrist, kiwiko cha mkono, kilimbili.
Writer, mwandislii, pi. waandishi,

akatabao, pi. wakatabao {icriter

of a letter).
Writings, maandiko, maandishi.
Writing-desk, dawati.
Wrong, thulumu, sivyo.

Y.

Yam, kiazi kikuu, i)l. viazi vikim.

A kind of yam like a hyacinth
root, jimbi, p)l. majimbi.
Yard {of a ship), foramali.

{an enclosure), uanda, uanja, ua.
Yawn, miayo. [pi. nyua.

Year {see Time), mwaka, pi. miaka.

Last year, mwaka jana.

The year before last, mwaka jiizL
Yesterday, jana.

The day before yesterday, juzi.
Yolk of an egg, kiini cha yayi.
Young of birds, kinda, pi. makinda.

See Chicken, d:c.
Youth, ujana, udogo,

A youth, kijaua, pi. vijana.

Z.

Zanzibar, Ungnja.

The language or dialect of Zanzi-
bar, Kiunguja. In Zanzibar,
Kiswahili is understood to mean
chiefly the language used on the
coast north of Mombas.
The original inhabitants of Zanzi-
bar, MubadimUj^Z. Wabadimu.
Their sultan is the Munyi
Zeal {effort), juhudi. [mkuu.

(jealousy), iiwivu.
Zebra, punda milia.

t of

nge in the t ;ed in the eight following Classes.

angmg m-
ing heingSf
3 the first
^ne vizir :

changing

ngi, many

I by changing ki- or ch- into vi-. Kitu
^any things : vyombo vingi, many dhows.
j moja, one chest : makasha mengi, many

it, the u- is omitted in the plural. If
r into ny-. Ukucha mmoja, one claw :
•nyimbo nyingi, many songs,
^ali pengi, many places,
^tu, our dying.

t

stantives. ^ronouns begin with k- ; if it expresses

G 2

Ca^jle of Concortis,

AdjectivcB and Pronouns are in Swahili made to agree with their Substantiv
with 1

by a

the first syllable. Swahili Substantives may be conveniently arranged in the eight following Classes.

I. Those which begin with m- and are the names of living beings. The plural is made by changing m-
into wa- Mtu innioja, one person : watu wengi, many people. The names of living beings,
whatever their form, may have their adjectives and pronouns in the forms proper to the first
class. Ng'ombe mmoja, one ox: ng'ombe wengi, many oxen. Waziri mmoja, one vizir:
mawaziri wengi, many vizirs.
II. Those which begin with m- and are not the names of living beings. The plural is made by changing
m- into mi-. Mti mraoja, one tree : miti miugi, many trees.
III. Those which do not change to form the plural. Nyumba mqja, one house : nyumba nyingi, many

IV. Those which begin with ki- or ch-. The plural is mad^ by changing ki- or oh- into vi-. Kitu
kimoja,onething:chombokimoja, one dhow. Vituvingi, many things: vyombovingi, many dhows.
V. Those which make their plural by prefixiug ma-. Kasha raoja, one chest : makasha mengi, many
chests.
VI. Those which begin with u-. If followed by a consonant, the u- is omitted in the plural. If
followed by a vowel, the plural is made by changing u- into ny-. Ukucha mmoja, one claw :
kucha nyingi, many claws. Uimbo mmoja, one song : nyimbo nyingi, many songa.
VII. The word mahali, place. Mahali pamoja, one place : mahali pengi, many places.
VIII. Verbs in the infinitive, used as Substantives. Kufa kwetu, our dying.

The Locative Case made by adding ■

requires special forms, which are the same for all Substantives. When it implies motion to or distance f re
being within, they begin with m- ; if nearness only, with p-.

the thing named, the Pronouns begin with k- ; if it expresses

Nyumba Nyusiba

Fine
Good
Bad

Eow mamj f

All

Of

My

Thy

His, Iter, Hi

Our

Your
Their

This & these

Tonder

That mentioned before

Which ?

Where is or are ?

wazuri
wema
wabaya

wangu
wako
, \sake

huyu
yule
huyo

yupi
jni wapi

hawa
wale
hao

8, dr. there ^neoi) yupo
„ „ (within) yumo

This I
Who<

he, dc. dec.
I- which

udiye
aliye, ;

ye'

'mbaya

wangu

wako

wake

wetu

wenu

wao

huo
upi

upo
uko
umo

ndio
uUo

mibaya
mingapi
yote

ya

yangu

yako

yake

yetu

yenu

yao

hii

ile
hiyo

ipi

ndiyo
iliyo

yo

nzun
njema
mbaya

yote

ya

yangu

yako

yake

yetu

yenu

yao

hii
ile
hiyo

ipi
i wapi

ipo
iko
imo

ndiyo
iliyo

yo

nzuri
njema
mbaya

ngapi

zote

zangu

zako

zake

hizi
zUe
hizo

zipi
zi wapi

ndizo
zilizo

Be, she, it, they
Him, it, them

kizuri
chema
kibaya

chote

cha

ohangu

chako

chake

ohetu

chenu

chao

kile
hicho

kipi
ki wapi

kipo
kiko
kimo

ndicho
kilicho
cho

ki- ch-
-ki-

vizun
vyema
vibaya

vingapi

vyote

vyangu

vyako

vyake

vyetu

vj^enu

vyao

hivi
vile
hivyo

vipo
viko
vimo

ndivyo
vilivyo
vyo

zun

jema
baya

lote

la

langu

lako

lake

letu

lenu

lao

hili
lile
hilo

lipi
li wapi

lipo
liko
limo

ndilo
lililo
lo

ya

yangu

yako

yake

yetu

yenu

yao

haya
yale

yapi
ya wapi

yapo
yako
yamo

ndiyo
yaliyo

yo
ya-

-ya-

wako
wake
wetu
wenu

huu
nle
huo

upi
u wapi

nzun

njema
mbaya

ngapi

zangu

zako

zake

zetu

zenu

zao

hizi
zile
hizo

zipi
zi wapi

ziko
zimo

Mahali

-NI («

pazuri

pema
pabaya

9

pa

pangu

pako

pake '

petu

penu

pao

hapa
pale
hapo

papi
pa wapi

ndipo
palipo
po

pa-
-pa-

kuzuri

kwema
kubaya

kwangapi

kwote

kwa

kwangu

kwako

kwake

kwetu

kwenu

kwao

ndiko
kuliko
kwo

kote

kwa

kwangu

kwako

kwake

kwetu

kwenu

kwao

huku
kule
huko

ndiko
ko

mwangu

mwako

mwake

mwetu

mwenu

rawao

humu

mle

humo

( S3 )

ADJECTIVES AND NUMERALS.

Adjectives.

Adjectives always follow the Substantives they

agree with.

Mtu micema^ a good man.

Regular Swahili Adjectives are made to agree with
the Substantives they qualify by prefixing to them the
initial syllables proper to the class of their Substan-
tives, in the singular or plural, as the case may be.
The minor rules laid down in regard to the prefixes of
Substantives are applicable to Adjectives and their
prefixes. The following instances will illustrate the
ordinary application of these rules :

Class I. M-tu 'm-haya, a bad man.

Wa-tu wa-haya, bad men.
M-tu mw-eupe, a white man.
Wa-tu w-eupe, white men.

Substantives of whatever class denoting living beings

may have their Adjectives in the forms proper to the

first class.

Mbuzi m-kuhwa, a large goat.

3Ibuzi wa-kuhwa, large goats
Mbuzi mic-ekundu, a red goat.
Mbuzi w-ekundu, red goats.

G 2

84 SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

Waziri rmcema, a good vizir.

Mawaziri wema, good vizirs.
Kijana mwema, a good youth.

Vijana wema, good youths.

Class II. M-ti m-zuri, a fine tree.

Mi-ti mi-zuri, fine trees.
M-ti mw-ema, a good tree.

Mi-ti mi-ema, or m-ema, good trees.
Class IIL Ny-umha n-zuri, a fine house.

Ny-umba n-zuri, fine houses.
Ny-umba ny-eupe, a white house.
Ny-umba ny-eupe, white houses.

Class IV. Ki-tu ki-refu, a long thing.

Vi-tu vi-refu, long things.
Ki-tu ch-epesi, a light thing.
Vi-tu vy-epesi, light things.

Class V. Kasha zito, a heavy chest.

Ma-kasha ma-zito, heavy chests.
Kasha j-ehundu, a red chest.

Ma-kasha m-ekundu, red chests.

Class VL U-imho m-zuri, a beautiful song.

Ny-imho n-zuri, beautiful songs.
U-hau m-refu, a long plank.
M-hau n-defu, long planks.

Class VII. Mahali pa-pana, a broad place, or broad places.
Mahali p-eusi, a black place, or black places.

Class VIII. Ku-fa ku-zuri, a fine death.

Ku-fa kw-ema, a good death.

It will be seen at once from the above examples lio-w
to make the Adjective agree with its Substantive in
ordinary cases. The following rules must be remem-
bered in order to avoid mistakes : —

1. Adjectives beginning with a vowel require pre-
fixes which end in a consonant, wherever possible, as
in the above instances, miveu^e, mwekundu, mwema,
chepesi, hicema.

ADJECTIVES AND NUMERALS. 85

2. Adjectives beginning with a vowel must have j-
prefixed when they are made to agree with nouns like
kasha, as in the instance given above of hasJia jekunduy
a red chest. Monosyllabic adjectives prefix ji, as in
kasha jipya, a new chest.

3. Prefixes ending in -a, when they are put before
adjectives beginning with e-, merge the a into the
first letter of the adjective, as in the instances, weupe,
wekundu, mekundu, peusi. This suppression of the a is
more noticeable in Adjectives than in Substantives,
and occurs even in the few Adjectives which begin
with -0- ; -a before i- coalesces with it and forms e.

Weusi = wa-eusi. Meupe = ma-eupe.

Pema = pa-ema. Mororo = ma-ororo.

Wengi — wa-ingi.

4. Adjectives beginning with a consonant are subject
to the same rules when n is to be prefixed as Substan-
tives of the third class and plurals of the sixth. The
rules are given at length under Class VI. of Substan-
tives. The following instances will show their appli-
cation to Adjectives :

Nyumba [ ndogo, ]ittle i

Mbau I ngeni, strange \ n prefixed,

Nyimbo I nzuri, fine )

ndefu, long — r becomes d.

mhovu, rotten — n becomes m,

mhili, two — nw becomes mh.

huhwa, great )

nene, thick

pana, broad

tamu, sweet

ehache, few

fu23i, short

► n suppressed.

86 SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

Besides tlie many apparent irregularities in tiiese
n formations, there are two or three really irregular
forms. These are ngema or njema (not nyema)^ good,
and 'mpya (not pya), new.

Adjectives beginning with a vowel are, like the cor-
responding Substantives, regularly formed by prefixing
ny-^ as in the instance given, nyeujpe, from -eupe, white.

Instances are given in the list of Adjectives where
there is likely to be any practical difficulty in knowing
what form to use.

-Ote^ all, and -enyi, or -inyi, having or with, are not
treated as Adjectives, but as Pronouns. Instances
illustrating their changes will be found under each.
On the other hand -ngapi, how many ? is treated as an
Adjective.

Irregular Adjectives.

Although Swahili is rich in Adjectives when com-
pared with other African languages of the same family,
it is very poor in comparison with English. The place
of the English Adjective is supplied —

1. By Arabic words which are used as Adjectives
but do not vary.

Rahisi, cheap. Laini, smooth.

2. By a verb expressing generally in the present
imperfect to become, and in the present perfect to bey
possessed of the quality denoted.

Fimho imenyoka, the stick is straight.

Flmho iUyonyoha, a straight stick.
Fimho imepotoka, the stick is crooked.

Fimho iliyopotoka, a crooked stick.
Mtungi umejaa, the jar is full.

Mtungi uliojaa, a full jar.

ADJECTIVES AND NUMERALS. Si

3. By a Substantive connected with, the tiling quali-

lied by the particle -a, of.

Mtu wa choyo, a greedy person.

Mtu wa dkili, a man of understanding, a wise man.

If it is wished to predicate the quality of any person
or thing, the verb huioa na, to have, must be used.

Ana clioyo, he is greedy.
Kina taka, it is dirty.

4. By the use of the word -enyi or -inyi, which may
be translated by having or with.

Mtu micenyi afia, a healthy person.
Kitu chenyi mviringo, a round thing,
Kamba zenyi nguvu, strong ropes.
E)iihe yenyi maji, a juicy mango.

When -enyi is followed by a Yerb in the Infinitive,
it answers to our participle in -ing.

Mwenyi hupenda, loving.

5. By the use of Adjectival Substantives which
change only to form the plural.

Eipofu, bhnd, or a blind person, pi. Vipofu, blind, or bUnd people.

Where in English a special stress is laid upon the
Adjective, in Swahili the relative is inserted.

Jiwe huhiva, a large stone.

Jiice lililo kuhica, a large stone, literally, a stone that is large.
Mtu wa haki, a just man.

Mtu aliye wa haki, a. just man.

The Comparison of Ad.jectives.

There are not, properly speaking, any degrees of
comparison in Swahili.

88 SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

The Comparative degree as it exists in Englisli is
represented in several ways.

1. By the use of kuliko, where there is, the idea heing
that when the two things are brought together one of
them is marked by the possession of the quality men-
tioned, whence it follows that it must possess it in a
more eminent degree than the other.

Saa Mi njema kuliko He, this watch is good (or the hest) where

that is, i.e., this watch is better than that.
Tamu kuliko asali, sweeter than honey.

2. By the use of zayidi ya, more than, or of punde, a
little more.

Unguja mji mkuhwa zayidi ya Mvita, Zanzibar is a large town
more than Mombas, i.e., Zanzibar is a larger town than
Mombas.

Kitu kirefu punde, somethiug a little longer.

3. By the use of hupita, to pass or surpass.

Salimu ampita Ahdallah, Salim is better than Abdallah.
Ndiyo tamu yapita asali, it is sweet, it passes honey, i.e., it is
sweeter than honey.

4. Comparison of one time with another may be ex-
pressed by the use of the Verbs kuzidi, to increase,
kupungua, to diminish.

Mti umezidi kuzaa, the tree has borne more fruit than it did
jDreviously.

The Superlative may be denoted by the use of the
Adjective in its simple form, in an absolute sense.

Mananasi mema ya wapi ? Where are the best pines ?

Ndiyo mema, these are the best.

Ni yupi alio mwema '? Who is the best of them ?

When this form is used of two only, it is more

ADJECTIVES AND NUMERALS.

:9

correctly Englished by the Comparative than by the
Superlative. So conversely where the Comparative
forms are so used as to apply to many or all, they
must be translated by Superlatives.

Saa Mi njema hulllco zote, this watch is the best of all.

All awapita wote, Ali surpasses them all, or, is the best of all.

Numerals.

There are two sets of numerals in use in Zanzibar ;
one is properly Swahili, the other Arabic, but in a
Swahiliized form.

The numbers from one to ten are as follows :

English.

Swahili.

Arabic.

One

Most

Wahid

Two

Fill

rheneen

Three

Taiu

Thelatha

Four

'Nne

'Aroha

Five

Tano

Hamsi

Six

Sita

Sita

Seven

Saba

Saba

Eight

Nane

Themanya

Nine

Kenda

Tissa or Tissia

Ten

Kumi

'Ashara

It will be seen that for six and seven there are only
the Arabic names. The other Arabic numbers under
ten are not very commonly used, but for numbers above
ten the Arabic are more used than the purer Swahili.

English.

S v.- A HILL

Arabic.

Eleven

Kumi na moja

Edashara

Twelve

Kumi na mbili

Thenashara

Thirteen

Kumi na tatu

Thelathatanhara

Fourteen

Kumi na 'nne

Arobatashara

Fifteen

Kumi na tano

Hamstashara

Sixteen

Kumi na sita

Sitashara

Seventeen

Kumi na saba

Sabata!<hara

90

SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

English.

SWAHILI.

Arabic.

Eighteen

Kumi na nane

Tl\iemanyatashara

Nineteen

Kumi na henda

Tissatashara

Twenty

Maliumi mawili

Asharini or Ishrin

Thirty

Makumi matatu

Thelathini

Forty

Mahumi manne

Arohaini

Fifty

Makumi matano

Hamsini

Sixty

Makumi sita

Setlini

Seventy

Makumi saha

Sahwini

Eighty

Makumi manane

Themanini

Ninety

Makumi henda

Tissaini

The intermediate numbers are expressed in tlie pure
Swahili by adding na moja, na mbili, &c. Thus forty-
one is maJcumi manne na moja ; forty-Jive is maJcumi manne
na tano, and so on. In the Arabic, the smaller number
precedes the larger. Twenty-one is wdhid u ishrin, forty-
five is khdmsi u arohain. The mode of counting most
usual in Zanzibar is to employ the Arabic names for
the larger numbers, but to follow the Swahili order,
thus —

Twenty-one •

, Asharini na moja

Twenty-two

Ai^harini na mhili

Twenty-three

Asharini na tatu

Twenty -four ,

Asharini na 'nne

Twenty-five

Asharini na tano

Twenty-six

Af-harini na sita

Twenty-seven

, Asharini na saba

Twenty-eight .

, Asharini na nane

Twenty-nine

Asharini na kenda

Thirty-one

, Thelathini na moja

&c. &c.

&G. &c.

There is no negro word in use for a hundred ; the
Arabic mia is universally employed, and for several
hundreds the numeral follows it, as mia tatu, three
hundred. If the Arabic numerals are used they pre-
cede the word mia, tlielatha mia = three hundred. The

ADJECTIVES AND NUMERALS. 91

Arabic dual miteen is very commonly used to express
two hundred.

There is a SwaMli word for a thousand, Mliwi, "but it
is very rarely used except in poetry. The common
word is the Arabic elfu. This is used in the same way
as mia ; thus, elfu tatu is three thousand, elfu tano, five
thousand, &c. The Arabic dual elfeen, two thousand,
is more common than elfu mhili. If the Arabic nu-
merals are employed the small number comes first, the
plural form aldf is employed, and the final of the small
number is heard, thus tJieldthat aldf is three thousand,
Jchdmset aldf five thousand, and so on.

Lakhi is used for ten thousand, and the word milyon
is known, but is rarely employed, and perhaps never
with exactitude.

Fungate occurs for seven, as denoting the days spent by
the bridegroom in his bride's company after marriage.

Mwongo, plur. miongo, occurs for a ten or a decade, in
reckoning the nautical year.

Both these words occur in cognate African languages
as cardinal numbers.

When used in enumerating actual things, and not
in mere arithmetical computation, six of the Swahili
numbers are treated as regular Adjectives, the other
four remaining unchanged. The following table will
ehow the forms proper to each class of Substantives.

Mtu

Mti

Ntumba

Kith

1. mmoja

mmoja

moja

kimoja

Wattj

Mm

Ntoiba

ViTU

2. wawili

miwili

mbili

viwili

3. waiatu

mitatu

tatu

vitatu

92

SWAHILI HANDBOOK.

Watu

MiTI

Nydmba

ViTU

4. wanne

minne

*nne

vinne

5. watano

niitano

tano

vitano

6. sita

sita

sita

sita

7. saba

saba

saba

saba

8. wanane

minane

nane

vinane

9. kenda

kenda

kenda

kenda

10 kumi

kiimi

kumi

kumi

Kasha

UlMBO

Mahali

KUFA

1. mqja

mmoja

pamoja

kumoja

Makasha

Nyimbo

Mahali

KUPA

2. mawili

mbili

pawili

kuwili

3. matatu

tatu

patatu

kutatu

4. manne

'nne

panne

kunne

5. matano

tano

patano

kutano

6. sita

sita

sita

sita

7. saba

saba

saba

saba

8. manane

nane

panane

kunane

9. keuda

kenda

kenda

kenda

10. kumi

kumi

kumi

kumi

The mimber always follows the Substantive.
One man, mtu mmoja.
If an adjective is employed, the numeral follows tlie
adjective, thus exactly reversing the English order.
Two good men, watu ivema wawili.

The Ordinal numbers are expressed by the use of the
variable particle -a. (See Prepositions.)

The third man, mtu wa tatu.
The fourth house, nyumha ya *nne.
The fifth chair, kiti cha tano.

The Ordinal numbers are :

First, -a mosi, or more com- Third, -a tatu.

monly -a liwanza.
Second, -a pili.

Fourth, -a 'nne.
Fifth, -a tano.

ADJECTIVES AND NUMERALS. 93

Sixth, -a sita. Tenth, -a kumi.

Seventh, -a sahcu &c. &c.

Eighth, -a nane. Last, -a rmcisho.
Ninth, -a henda.

Once, twice, &c., are denoted by the use of marra, or

maray a time.

Once, mora, moja.

The first time, mara ya kicanza.
Twice, mara mhili.

The second time, mara ya pili.
How many times ? Mara ngapi ?

Often, viara nyingi.

Fractions may be expressed by the use offungu, a

part, as

Fungu In thelathini, a thirtieth.

The only fractions in common use are the parts of a
dollar, which are thus expressed in forms borrowed
from the Arabic :

One-sixteenth — Nusg ya tliemuni.

One-eighth — Them2ini. or Themni, or Ze'mni.

Three-sixteenths — Themuni na nuss ya themuni.

One-fifth — Zerenge.

One-quarter — Roho.

Five-sixteenths — Roho na nuss ya i\iemuni.

Three-eighths — Roho na ihemuni.

Seven-sixteenths — Roho na ihemuni na nuss ya themuni.

O ne-h alf — Nuss.

Nine-sixteenths — Nuss na nuss ya themuni.

Five-eighths — Nuss na themuni.

Eleven-sixteenths — Nuss na themuni na nuss ya themuni.

Three-quarters — Kassa roho [i.e., a dollar less by a quaiterj.

Thirteen-sixteenths— Xassa roho na nuss ya themuni.

Seven-eighths — Kassa themuni.

Fifteen-sixteenths— .Kassa nuss ya themuni.

Numbers treated as Substantives make their plurals
by prefixing ma,- :

Makumi maioili, tvi-o tens, i.e.. twenty.
Mamoja pia, all ones, i.e., all the same.

94

SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

LIST OF ADJECTIVES.

Those words to which no hyphen is prefixed do not take any variable syllabi?.

A qualify for which one cannot find
a word, a sort of a, -nyanga-
lika.

Kitu kinyangalika gani? ^Vhat
sort of a kind of thing is this ?

Able, having ability for, or power
over, mweza.

Abortive {fruit, &c.), -pooza.

Active, -tendaji.

Adjacent.

Mpaka mmoja, having a common

boundary.
Kutangamana, to adjoin.

Alike, sawasawa, -moja.

Alive, hayi.

All, -ote, or -ot'e, varying as a pos-
sessive pronoun and not as an
adjective.
Class i. wote.

„ II. sing, mote, pi. yote.

»

in.

„

yote, „ zote.

J»

IV.

»>

chote, „ vyote.

»>

V.

n

lote, „ yote.

»»

VI.

„

wote, „ zote.

»

vn.

»

pote.

»

vni.

»»

kwote.

-ote has special forms after the
particles of time and place.
po pote, whensoever-
ko kote, whithersoever.
mo mote, whereinsoever.
Also after the first and second
persons plural.
sisi sote, we all.
ninyi nyote, you all.
Sote has the meaning of together.

tu sote, we are together.
Wote has the meaning of both,
sisi wote, both of us.

2. Pia, the whole, all of it or
them.

3. Jamii.

Jamil wa asikari, all the soldiers.
Almighty, mweza vyote.
Alternate, moja bado wa moja.
Ancient, -a kale, -a zamani, -a

kwanza.
Angular.

Kuwa na pembepembe, to have

corners.
Antique, -a kikale, of the old style.
Artful, -a vitimbi.
Aicake, macho.

He is aicake, yu macho.

LIST OF ADJECTIVES.

05

B.

Bad, -bay a, maJdng mbaya ^c^th
nouns lilie nyumba or nyimbo.
-ovu or -bovu, mahing mbovu
u-ith nouns like nyumba or
nj'imbo. -ovn expresses rather
corruptness than mere badness.
Utterly had, baa. pi. mabaa.
Good for very little, thaifu.
Bare, -tupu, maMng tupu with nouns
like nyumba or nyimbo.
Bareheaded, kitwa kiwazi.
Barren, of land, kame.
of animals, tasa.
of persons, si mzazi.
Beautiful, -zuri.
Bent, of persons, kibiongo, pi. vibi-

ongo.
Best, bora (pre-eminent).
Bitter, -cbungTi ( -tungu (M.)),
making uchungu with nouns
like nyumba, nyimbo, or kasha.
Dawa ucbungu, bitter medicine.
Tuuda uchungu, bitter fruit.
Black, -eusi. Sometimes forms occur
as if from -usi, such as wausi
for weusi, mausi /or meusi, and
viusi for vyeusi or veusi. It
makes nyeusi with nouns like
nyumba or nyimbo, and jeusi
with nouns like kasba.
Blind, kipofu, pi. vipofu.
Blue, samawi (sky colour).

ilaji a bahari (sea-water colour).
Blunt, -vivu (see Idle).

Kisu bakipati, the knife is blunt.
Bold, -jasiri, sbujaa, pi. mashujaa.
Breeding (of animals), koo.

Koo la mbuzi, a breeding goat.
Broad, -pan a, making pana with
nouns like nyumba or nyimbo.

Careless, -zembe.
Castrated, maksai.
Certain, yakini.

A certain man, mtu miaoja.
Cheap, rakbisi, rahisi.
Checkered, marakaraka.
Chief, bora, -knu. See Great.
Choice, -teule, aali.
A choice thing, bedaya, tunu,

hikaya.
Civilized, -ngwana, -a kiungwana

(of the civilized sort).
Clear, safi, fasibi, -eupe (see White).
Clear, kweu, mbayani, tbahiri

(manifest), -wazi (see Open).

-eupe (see Wliite).
Clever, bodari, mahiri, -a akili.
Clumsy, -zito (see Heavy).
Coloured, -enyi rangi.

Of one uniform colour, -takatifu.
Comic, -cbekesbaji, -testeshi.
Common, vivi bivi, zizi bizi, &c.,

yee kwa yee, &c. (see Pronouns),
A common thing, jazi.
Complete, kamili, -kamilifu, -timi-

livu.
Confident, -tumaini.
Confidential, -siri.
Consecrated, wakf.
Cool, wovisi.
Correct, sahibi, fasibi.
Countrified, -a kimajhamba.
Covetous, bakbili, -enyi choyo, -enyi

tamaa.
Crafty, -a hila, -erevu.
Crazy, mafuu.
Credible, mutaabir, -tabari.
Crooked, kombokombo, mshitbari.
Cross, -kali (see Fierce).

Cross roads, njia panda.
Cunning, -orevu, -a hila.

96

SWAHILI HANDBOOK.

D.

Damp, kimaji.
Daring, -jasiri.
Dark, -a giza (of darlcness), -eusi

(see Black).
Dead, -fu.

One whose mother is dead, j\ltu

aliofiwa Da mamaye.
Deaf, kiziwi, pi. viziwi.
Dear, ghali.
Deceased, mareliemu.
Deformed, kilema, pi. vilema.
Destructive, -harabu, -haribivu.
Devout, -taowa.
Different, -ingiue (see Other), mba-

limbali, ihtilafu.
Difficult, -gumu (see Hard), -zito

(see Heavy).
Disfigured by disease, -enyi lemaa.
Disobedient, aasi.
Distinct, mbalimbali.
Double, maradufu.
Dressed-up, -pambi.
Drunken, -levi.
Dry, -kavu, making kavu tcith nouns

like nyumba or nyimbo.
yabis.
Dull, -vivu. See Idle.
Dumb, bubu, pi. mabubu.

E.

Easy, -epesi. See Light.

Elder or Eldest, -kubwa. See Great.

Eloquent, -semaji, -semi.

Empty, -tupu. See Bare.

Equal, sawa, sawasawa,

Eternal, -a milele.

European, Ulayiti, -a Kizungu.

Even (level), sawasawa.

(not odd), kaniili.
Every, killa or kulla. It always
its substantive.

Killa mtu, every man.

Killa niendapo, whenever I gOf
or, every time I go.
Evident, thahiri, -wazi. See Open.
Extravagant, mubatharifu.

F.

Fat, -none.
Faithful, araini.
Feeble, thaifu.
Female, -ke.

On the female side, kukeni.
Few, haba, -chache, making chache

with nouns like nyumba or

nyimbo.
Fierce, -kali, making kali with 7wuns

like nyumba or nyimbo.
Filthy, -cliavu.
Final, tama.
Fine, -zuri.
Firm, imara (of things), thsibit (of

persons).
Fixed (certain), maalum.
Flat, sawasawa, pauapana.
Foolish, -pumbafu.
Foreign, -geni.
Forgetful, -sahau.
Forgiving, -samehe.
Former, -a kwauza.
Fortunate, beri, -enyi babati, -a

heri.
jPree, huru, -ngwana.
Fresh, -bichi. See Raic.

Fresh water, maji matamu, maji a

pepo.
Full, kujaa, to become full.
Full to the brink, fava, farafara.
Full of words, mwingi wa ma-

neno.
Full groiim, -pevu.
Future, mkabil.

LIST OF ADJECTIVES.

97

G. •

Generous, kariiau, -paji.

Gentle, -anana.

Glorious, -tukufu, -enyi fakhari.

Gluttonous, -lafi.

Good, -ema, maldng njema or ngenia
with nouns like uyumba or ny-
imbo, and }&in.Q, with nouns like
kasha.
The idea of goodness may be ex-
pressed hy the suffix -to.
Mauuka, smells.

Manukato, good smells.
Kuweka, to put.

Kuwekato, to put properly.

Greedy, -enyi roho, -enyi tauiaa,
-enyi choyo.

Great, bora, -kuu and -kubwa or
-kuba, making kuu and kubwa
with nouns like nyumba or
nyimbo. Kuu is used preferably
of moral or figurative greatness.
Kubwa, of physical size.
Great, ichen applied to anything
not material, is usually rendered
hy -ingi.

Green, uhanikiwiti, rangi ya majani.
{Fresh, or unripe), -bichi. See
Baw.

H.

Handsome, -zuri.

Handy, -a mkono.

A handbook, chuo cha mkono.

Happy, -a heri, furahani.

Hard, -gumu.

Having, icith, being with, or who or
which has or have, -enyi or
-inyi. It varies like a possessive
pronoun, as in the following
examples : —
Class I. INItu mwenyi {or mwi-
nyi) mali, a rich man.

Watu wenyi mali, richyeople.
Class II. Mti mwenyi {or mwi-
nyi) kuzaa, a tree in bearing.

Miti yeuyi {or yinyi) kuzaa,
trees in bearing.

III. Nyumba yenyi {or yinyi)
dirisha, a house with windows.

Nyumba zenyi {or ziayi)
dirislia, houses with windows.

IV. Kikapu cbenyi {or kiuyi)
ngTivu, a strong basket.

Yikapu vinyi nguvu, strong
baskets.

V. Neno lenyi kweli, a true word.

Mabakuli yenyi may ay i,
basins with eggs in them.

VI. Upiudi wenyi nguvu, a
strong bow.

Pindi zenyi nguvu, strong
bows.

VII. Mahali penyi mtende, the
place where the date-tree stands

Healthy {of persons), -enyi Lifia,-zima

{of places, &c.), -a alia.
Heavy, -zito.
High, -refu. See Long, -kub-^a

See Great.
Hollow, -a uvurungu, -wazi. See
Open.
A hollow stone, jiwe la uvu-
rungu.
It sounds hollow, panalia wazi.
The hollow or open space in or
under anything, mvuugu.
Holy, -takatitu.
Hot, -a moto.

I am hot, nina hari.
Hot-tempered, hararii.
Human, -a mwana Adarau, -a biaa-

damu, -a mtu.
Humble, -nenyekevu.
Humpbacked, -enyi kignngo.

98

SWAEILI HANDBOOK,

I.

Idle, -Tivu.

Ignorant {like a simpleton), -jinga.

Ill-o'mened, -korofi.

Ill-tempered, -kali. See Fierce.

Immature, -changa.

Infirm, tbaifu.

Ingenious, -juzi.

Inquisitive, -pekuzi, -jasusi, -pele-

lezi.
Insignificant (mean), -nyonge.

{unimportant), khafifu.
Insipid, -dufu.

J.

Jealous, -wivu.

Juicy, -enyi maji.

Just, sawa, -a baki, -enyi hakL

Kind, -ema. See Good.

(doing kindnesses), -fathilL
Knowing, -erevu, -juzi.

L.

Languid, -tepetevu, -chovtL
Large,.-kub-wa or -kuba. See Great

(xc ell-grown), -kuza.
Laii-ful, halali.

Lawful to you, balili yako.
Laying (of birds), koo, 'pi- makoo.

Koo la k'uku a laying heu.
Lazy. See Idle.
Lee, -a damalini, -a cbini.
Left (hand, (fee), -a kusboto, -a kuke.
Level, sawa, sawasawa.
Liberal, karimu, -paji.
''^dghi (not dark), -eupe. See White.

(not heavy), -epesi, making nyepesi
with nouns like nyumba or
nyimbo, and jepesi with nouns
like kasha.

(unimpoitant), khafifu.

Lined (of clothes), bitaua.

Little, -dogo, katiti (A.), -cbache
(few).
Little water, maji machacbe.
(Maji and other similar nouns
being treated as plurals, and
therefore requiring few and not
small as their adjective.)
Kidogo, pi. vidogo, is used as a
substantive for a little or a little
piece of anything.

Living, bayi, -zima.

Long, -refu, making ndefu with
nouns like nyumba or nyimbo.

Long-suffering, -vumilivu.

Lukewarm, -enyi uvuguvugu.

M.

Mad, -enyi wazimu, -enyi mahoka

(Country dialect).
Male, -ume, making mume or ndurae
(as from -lume) with nouns of
the second class.
On the male side, kuumeni.
Manifest, tbabiri, waziwazi, mba-

yani, -wazi. See Open.
Manly, -ume. See Male.
Bebera (a strong he-goat).
Fahali (a bull).
Many, -ingi or -ngi, making nyingi
with nouns like nyumba or
nyimbo, and jingi with nouns
like kasba.
Katbdwakatha.
Maternal (on the mother's side), -a
kukeni.
(motherly), -a mama.
Mean, -nyonge.
Merry, -cbekesbaji.
Middling, kadiri.
Mischievous, -barabu, -tundo-
j Moderate, kadiiL

LIST OF ADJECTIVES.

99

Much, -ingi (see ilfan?/), tele.
MurderovSy kiuwaji, nduli.

N.

NaJced, -tupu, uchi. S'ee Bare.

Narrow, -eml >amba, maldng ny emba-
mba with nouns like nyumba or
nyimbo, and jembamba with
nouns like kasha.

Necessary (unavoidable), lazim, fa-
rathi.
(indispensable), kanuni.

New, -pya, making 'mpya with nouns
like nyumba or nyimbo, jipya
with nouns like kasha, and
pipya with nouns of place.

Noble, bora, -kuu. See Great.

Notable, mashuhur, mashur.

Nice, -ema (see Good), -tamu. See

Nipping(pressing closely and tightly),
-kazo.

O.

Obedient, tayi, -tii.

Obligatory, farathi.

Obstinate^ -kaidi, -shindani, -shi-
pavu.

Odd (not even), witini.

Officious, -futhuli, -juvi.

Old (of things), -kukuu, making
kukuu with nouns like nyumba
or nyimbo. Kukuu implies
being worn out. Where mere
antiquity is to be expressed see
Ancient,
(of persons), -zee.
Extremely old, -kongwe.
How old is hef Umri wake
apataje ?

One-eyed, -enyi chongo.

-a pekee, peke yake, »S:c.
Open, -wazi.
Other, -ingine or -ngine.
Class I. Mgine or mwingiae.
wangine.

II. Mwingine or mgine.
mingine.

III. Nyingine (sing, and pi >

IV. Kingine or chingine.
vingine.

V. Jingine.
maiigine or mengine.

VI. Mwingine or mgine.
nyingine.

Vn. Pangine or pingiue.
(The) other, -a pili.
Other people's, -a watu.
Another person's, -a mwenyewe.
(not the same) is expressed hy

adding the relative particle (see

p. 117).
panginepo, elseivhere, other places.

P.

Paternal (on the father*8 side), -a
kuxmieni.

(fatherly), -a baba.
Patient, -stahimili, -Vumilivu.
Perfect, kamili, -kamilifu, -timilifu.
Perverse, -potoe, -tundu.
Plain (evident), thahiri, -wazi.
Pleasant, -tamu (see Sweet), -a ku-

pendeza.
Plenty, tele.
Polite, -a adabu.
Poor, masikini, fukara, fakiri.

wretchedly poor, thalili.

utterly destitute, hohe hahe.
Printed, -a chapa.
Profane, -najisi.
Pure, safi, fasihi, -takatifu.

H 2

J 00

SWAHILI HANDBOOK.

Q.

Quarrelsome, -gomvi.
Quick, -pesi.

Quiet, -tulivu (still), -nyamavu
{%ilent).

R.

Rare, nadira, -a tunu.

Baw, -bichi, making mbichi with

nouns like nyumba or nyimbo.

Bichi is used for raw, unripe,

underdone, fresh, or any state

which will or might change hy

keeping or cooking,
[inexperienced), -jinga. This word

is specially applied to newly

arrived slaves.
Beady, tayari.

(quick), -pesi, mahiri.
Bebellious, aasi.
Bed, -ekundu, making nyekundu

with nouns like nyumba or

nyimbo, and jekundu with

nouns like kasha.
Regular, -a kaida, taratibu.
Safu za kaida, regular rows.
Mtu taratibu, a person of regular

habits.
Bemarkable, mashuhur, mashur.
Bich, -enyi mail, -kwasi, tajiri, pi.

matajifi.
Hight (hand, (fee), -a kulia, -a

kuume, -a kuvuli.
Bipe, -bivu, making mbivu with

nouns like nyumba or nyimbo.

Bivu is used as the contradictory

of bichi. See Baw.
Rotten, -ovu or -bovn. See Bad.
Bough, kuparuza, to he rough and

grating.
Bound, -a mviringo.
Boyal, -a kifaume.

Safe, salama.
Same, moja, pi. mamnja.
Sanguine, -tumaini.
Satisfied or content, rathi.

Self-satisfied, -kinayi.
Savage, -kali (see Fierce), mbwai.

Very savage, nduli.
Second, -a pili.

A second in command, akida.
Secret, -a siri, ndani kwa ndani.
Separate, mbali.
Severe, -zito. See Heavy.
Shallow, [maji] haba, [maji] ma-
Sharp, -kali. See Fierce, [chache.
Short, -fupi, making fupi with nouns

like nyumba or nyimbo.
Shrewd, -erevu, -enyi busara.
Sick, -gonjwa, -weli.
Silent, -nyamavu.

A silent man, mtu wa kimya-
kimya.
Slim, -embamba. See Narrow.
Slender, -embamba. See Narrow.
Sleek, -nene. See Stout.
Slow, -vivu. See Idle.
Smooth, laini.

Soaked (with rain, (fee), chepechepe.

Soft, -ororo, making nyororo with

nouns like nyumba or nyimbo,

andpioro with nouns like kasha.

-anana, laini.

the soft, teketeke.
Solid, yabisi.
Some, baathi ya, akali ya.

Some — others — , wangine — wa-
ngine — .
Sound (healthy, living, entire), -ziina.
Sour, -kali. See Fierce.
Sjjotted, madoadoa, marakaraka.
Square, mrabba.
Steadfast, tMhit

LIST OF ADJECTIVES.

101

Steep, -a kusimama.

Still, -anana, -tulivu (quiet), -nya-

mavu (silent), -zizima (very

still water, (fee).
Stout (plump, thick), -nene.
Strange (foreign, surprising), -geni.
(startling), mzungu, pi. mizungu.
Strong, hotiari, -enyi nguvu, -mne.
Sweet, -tamu, making tarau with

nouns like nyumba or nyimbo.

Tall, -refu. See Long.

A very tall man, -tambo.
Thick, -nene.

Thick syrup, asali nzito. See

Heavy.
Thievish, kijivi, pZ. vijivi, mwibaji,

pi. webaji.
Thin, -embamba (see Narrow),-ej^esi.

See Light.
Tiresome, -choru.
True, -a kweli, hakika yako, &c. (it

is true of you, (fee), yakini

(certainly).
Trustworthy, amini.
Truthful, -a kweli, -neni kwelL

Uncivilized, -a kishenzi.

Uncultivated, -gugu.

Underdone (half -cooked), -bichi. See

Raw.
Unhealthy, -welL
Unlawful, haramu.
Unripe, -bichi. See Raw.
Usual, -zoea.

We are used to him, tuna mazoea

naye.

Vain, ana makuu, he is vain.
Valuable, -a i/iamani.
Vigilant, macho. See Awake.

W.

Wasteful, -potevu.
Watery, chelema.
Weak, thaifii.
Wealthy. See Rich,
Weary, -chovu.
Weather, -agoshini, -a juu.
Well. See Healthy.

Well done (cooked), -bivu. See

Ripe,
Wet, majimaji, rataba.
Wldte, -eupe, making nyeupe with

nouns like nyumba or nyimbo,

and jeupe with nouns like

kasha.
Very white is expressed hy putting

a strong accent on the last

syllable, and sometimes raising

the voice on it into a sort of

falsetto.
Whole, -zima. See Sound.

pia, pia yote, zote, &c.
Wide, -pana. See Broad.
Wild (of plants), -gugu.
(of animals), -a mwitu
Willing, -epesi, -pesi.
Worn out, -kukuu (of things), -ko-

ngwe (of persons). See Old.

Yelloio, rangi ya manjano.

Young (immature), -changa, making

mchanga with nouns like

nyumba or nyimbo.
Younger, youngest, -dogo.

102 SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

PEONOUNS^

Personal Pronouns.

The full forms of tlie Personal Pronouns are —

I, Mimi. We, Sisi or Swiswi.

Thou, Wewe. You, Nyinyi or Nwinyi,

He or she, Yeye. They, Wao.

The second and third persons singular are often con-
tracted into Wee and Yee. The second person singular
is always used where one person only is to be denoted.

There are no special forms for it and they when
referring to inanimate things. If any special emphasis
makes it necessary, the Demonstrative Pronouns
agreeing with the nouns referred to must be used.
Similarly, for lie or she and they, the Demonstrative
Pronouns proper to the first class may be used, when
any special emphasis is to be expressed.

The objective cases, me, thee, him, her, us, them, are
expressed by the same forms as those given above for
the subjective case, I, thou, &c.

The possessive case, of me, of thee, of him, &c., is

PBONOUXS. 103

generally expressed by the Possessive Pronouns (which
see, p. 109); there is thus no distinction between of me
and mine, of thee and thine, &c.

Habari zangu, my news, or news of me.

The Possessive Pronouns proper to animate beings
may be used of inanimate things also ; -ake, its, and
-aOy their, being used for of it and of them, in reference
to all nouns of whatever class they may be.

The possessive case may be regarded as an instance
of the Personal Pronouns in a special form subjoined to
the variable preposition -a, of.

The Preposition na, with or and, is commonly joined
with short forms of the Personal Pronoun to express
and or with me, and or with you, &g. &c.

Nami, and or with me. Nasi or Naswi, and or with us

Nawe, and or with you. Nanyi or Nanioi, and or with you.

Naye, and or with him or her. Nao, and or with them.

Nao, Nayo, Nacho, Nalo, Napa, Nao, Nayo, Nazo, Navyo, Napo,
Nako, and or with it. and or with them.

The above forms may be used for either the objective
or subjective cases after and. Nami = and I or and me,
Nawe = and thou or and thee, &c. &c.

It will be seen that in referring to animate beings
the latter half of the full form of the Personal Pronoun
is suffixed to the na-, and in referring to inanimate
things the syllable suffixed is that which denotes the
relative (see Relative Pronouns, p. 117), a syllable
which occurs also as the final syllable of those Demon-
strative Pronouns which refer to a thing mentioned
before.

Other Prepositions, that is to say, hwa and katika, are

104 SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

constructed with, the full form of the Personal Pronoun
referring to animate beings, and with the Demonstra-
tive Pronouns, where necessary, referring to inanimate
things. This rule distinguishes the preposition hwa,
for, by, &c., from the form of the variable -a required
by substantives of the eighth class and sometimes by the
case in -ni.

Kwa mimi, for me. Kwangu, of me or my, to my [house].

The prefixes used in conjugating the verb to mark
the subject and object may be regarded as shortened
forms of the Personal Pronouns. The objective and
subjective cases are denoted by slightly different forms.

It will be most convenient to take the prefixes de-
noting animate beings first, as they alone can be used
in the first and second person. The following are the
subjective or nominative forms : —

I, Ni- or N-. We, Tu- or Tw-.

Thou, U- or W-. You, 3Iu-, 'ill-, or Mw-.

He or she. A- (or Tu-). They, Fa-.

The rule for applying these prefixes is that the forms
ending with a vowel are used when they are to be im-
mediately followed by a consonant, and those ending
in a consonant are used before a vowel. In the third
person, both singular and plural, the vowel remains
unchanged before o or w, it coalesces with e and i
into an e, and merges into an a, so as to be no longer
distinguishable. Thus, where the verb or tense prefix
begins with a, the third person singular is apparently
without prefix and the third person plural is marked
only by a w-. Examples of and further observations on
these prefixes will be found under Verbs, as playing an

PRONOUNS. 105

important part in their conjugation. The form yu- is
but seldom used for the third person singular, and
very rarely with any but monosyllabic verbs.

The syllables which stand for the objective or accu-
sative case of the Personal Pronouns denoting animate
beings, when they are connected with Verbs, are —

Me, -ni- or -w-. Us, -tu- or -tw-.

Thee, -ku- or -hio-. You, -wa-.

Him or her, -m- or -mw-. Them, -ica-.

The same rules as above app^y to the use of forms
ending in a consonant before a vowel, and forms ending
in a vowel before a consonant.

As the forms proper to the first class of Nouns denote
animate beings, there remain seven classes denoting
inanimate things, each of which has its appropriate
subjective and objective pronominal forms when con-
joined with a verb. The subjective pronominal prefixes
are —

Class II.

sing.

U-

arW-

plur.

I-

or Y-.

„ III.

I-

„ Y-

}>

Zi-

„ Z-.

„ IV.

Ki-

„ Ch-

»>

Vi-

„ Vy-,

» V.

Li-

„L-

it

Ya-.

„ VL

U-

„ w.

tt

Zi-

„ Z-.

„ VIL

Pa-

„P-

i>

Pa-

» P-.

„ VIII.

Ku-

„ Kw-

„

Ku-

„ Kw-

Here also the forms ending in a vowel are used
before a consonant, and the forms ending in a conso-
nant are used before a vowel. Examples of their use
will be found in the sections on the conjugation of the
Verb.

Tliere, used as the subject of a verb, is expressed by
hi- or pa- employed as personal prefixes. Eu- is the
more indefinite of the two. One, they, or people used

106 SWAHILI HANDBOOK.

to denote what is customary, are expressed by the
prefix hu-.

The objective forms in reference to inanimate objects
are very similar to the subjectives.

Class II.

sing.

-u-

plur.

-i-.

» III.

j>

-i-

}}

-zi-.

„ IV.

-ki-

11

-vi-.

„ V.

-li-

»»

-ya-.

„ VI.

-u-

11

-zi-.

„ VII.

-pa-

11

-pa-.

„ vm.

-ku-

11

-ku-.

In these forms also w becomes w, and i y, before vowels.

The following examples will illustrate the use of the
objective syllables : they are parted off from the rest of
the word by hyphens. Instances are given of both
vowel and consonantal verbs.

Class I. A-ni-penda, he loves me.

A-n-amhia, he tells me.
A-ku-penda, he loves you.

A-kiv-amhia, he tells you.
Na-m-penda, I love him.

Na-mw-amhia, I tell him.
A-tu-penda, he loves us.

A-tw-mnhia, he tells us.
A-wa-penda, he loves you.

A-wa-amhia, he tells you.
A-wa-penda, he loves them.

A-wa-amhia, he tells them.
M II. A-u-penda, he likes it (mti, a tree).

A--'o-ona, he sees it.
A-i-penda, he likes them Qmiti, trees).

A-y-ona, he sees them.
y, III. A-i-penda^ he likes it (nyumba, a house).

A-y-ona, he sees it.
A-zi-penda, he likes them (nyvmha, houses).

A-zi-ona, he sees them.

PE0N0UN8. 107

Class TV. A-ld-penda, he likes it (JHtu, a thing).
A-Jci-ona, he sees it.
A-vi-penda, he likes them (vitu, things).
A-vi-ona, he sees them.
„ V. A-li-x)enda, he likes it (kasha, a chest).
A-li-ona, he sees it.
A-ya-penda, he likes them (makasha, chests).
A-ya-ona, he sees them.
ff VI. A-u-penda, he likes it (uimho, a song).
A-iv-ona, he sees it (ubau, a plank).
A-zi-penda, he likes them (nyimho, songs).
A-zi-ona, he sees them (mhaii, planks).
„ VII. A-pa-penda, he likes it or them (place or places).

A-pa-ona, he sees it or them.
„ VIII. A-ku-penda, he likes it {kwiba, stealing).
A-ku-ona, he sees it.

In all cases tlie Pronominal Syllable representing the
subject is the first prefix, and therefore the first syllable
of the word ; and the syllable representing the object
is the last of the prefixes and immediately precedes the

verb.

A-takapo-ku-ona, when he shall see yon.
Wa-Upoki-m-penda, when they loved him.
A-ki-kw-ita, if he calls you.

It is quite allowable for the sake of emphasis to use
the full forms of the Personal Pronouns as well as the
subjective and objective syllables.

Mimi nakupenda wewe, I love you.
We%ve wanipenda mimi, you love me.

When 80 used, however, a very strong emphasis is
put upon the persons loving and loved, and unless such
an emphasis is intended the full forms ought not to be
used. The above phrases might be better tran^ilated
by — For myself I love you the best; and, It is you
who love me.

108 SWAHILI HANDBOOK.

In poetical Swahili an objective suffix is used as well
as the objective prefix. The syllables used as a suffix
are the same as those given before with na (see p. 103).
The suffixes are not used in the dialect of Zanzibar.

U-ni-hifathi-mi, do thou preserve me. (Both the -ni- and the

-mi represent the object of the verb.)
A7ca-zi-angusha-zo, and he threw them down. (Both the -zi- and

the-zo represent the object of the verb.)
Na-wa-amhia-ni, I tell you.

The use of the objective prefix implies a reference to
some ascertained object : it is therefore properly used
wherever in English the object would be expressed by
a Pronoun. Where in English the object would not be
expressed by a Pronoun, the objective prefix has the
effect of a definite article, and its omission that of an
indefinite article.

Natdka hununua nyumha (no objective prefix being used), I want

to buy a house.
Natdka huinunua nyumha (the objective prefix -i- being used),

I want to buy the house.
Naona mtUy I see somebody.
Namwona mtUy I see the man.

Where a Demonstrative Pronoun is used with the
object, the objective prefix must always be used.

Nataka kuinunua nyumha Mi, I want to buy this house.
Namwona mtu yule, I see that man yonder.

The objective prefix is used where anything about
the person or thing is about to be stated.

Na-m-jua aliko [I know of him where he is], I know where he is.
Nali-m-thania amekufa [I thought of him, he had died], I thought

he was dead.
Aka-m-kata kitwa [and he cut of him the head], and he cut off

his head.

PBONOUNS. 109

Possessive Pronouns.

The Possessive Pronouns are always placed after the
Substantive denoting the thing possessed, and vary-
according to its Class and Number.

The unvarying parts of the Possessive Pronouns are :

My, -angu. Our, -etu.

Thy, -ako. Your, -enu.

His, her, or its, -ake. Their, -ao.

The same forms are used for its and their, of what-
ever class the thing possessing may be.

In many dialects of Swahili the form of the third
person singular is -akwe, and in some that of the second
is -ahwo.

The above forms may be used as enclitics, and fre-
quently are so with some common words, such as haba,
father, mama, mother, mwana, child, mwenzi, companion,
&c. When the final letter of the substantive is -a, -e,
or -2, it merges into the first letter of the possessive
suffix.

Micanangu, my child.

Mwenzangu, my companion,
Mwandko^ thy child.

Micenzako, thy companion.
Mwanahe, his or her child.

Micenzalce, his or her companion.
Micanetu, our child.

Micenzetu, our companion.
Micanenu, your child.

Mwenzenu, your companion.
Micanao, their child.

Mwenzao, their companion.

110 SWAHILI HANDBOOK.

The initial letters proper to each class of Substan-
tives are :

Class I. sing, w- plur. w-.

,, II- » w- „ y-.

„ III. „ y- „ Z-.

„ IV. „ ch- „ vy-,

Class V. sing. 1- plur. y-.

„ VI. „ w- „ Z-.

„ VII. „ p- „ P-.

„ VIII. „ kw- „ kw-.

Besides these forms proper to the several classes,
Substantives in the locative case in -ni require special
forms of the Possessive Pronouns according to the
meaning of the case. These forms are the same for
all Substantives, of whatever class or number they
may be.

1. When the case denotes being witJiin, or to, or from
within, the Possessive Pronouns must begin with mw-.

2. Where the case denotes mere nearness, and can be
translated at, by, or near, the Possessive Pronouns must
begin with p-.

3. For all other meanings the Possessive Pronouns
must begin with ho-.

The following instances will show how all these rules

are applied : —

Class I, Mtu wangu, my man.

Watu wdko, thy men.
Mhuzi waJce, his or her goat

Jifbuzi wetu, our goats.
Waziri wake, his vizir.
Mawaziri wake, his vizira.
„ II. Mti wenu, your tree.

Miti yao, their trees.
„ III. Nyumha yangu, my house.
Nyumbo zako, thy houses.
II IV. Kiti chake, his chair.

Viti vyetu, our chairs.
n V. Kasha lenu, your chest.

Makasha yao, their chests.

PRONOUNS. Ill

Class VI. TJimho wangu, my song.

Nyimbo zako, thy sougs.
„ VII. Mahali pake, his, her, ar its place or places.
», VIII. Kufa kicetu, our dying.

1. Nyuwhani micenu, in your house or houses.

2. Nyumhani pao, near their house or houses.

3. Nyumhani kwangu, to my house.

All the Possessive Pronouns will be found in the
Table of Concords (p. 82), arranged under the classes
to which they are appropriate. The Personal Pronouns
may be added to give emphasis.

Kisu changu mimi, my own knife.
Vyangu mimi, they are mine.

The Possessive Pronoun is used for the preposition
-a, of, where it is intended to mark particularly the
person whose the thing is.

Km cha sultani, the sultan's chair, or a sultan's chair.

Kiti chake sultani, the sultan's own chair, or this sultan's chair.

There is another and short enclitic form for the
Possessive Pronouns of the second and third persons
singular, which is much used with some common
words, such as miime, husband, mice, wife, ndugu, brother
or sister, &c. They consist of -o for the second person
and -e for the third, with the appropriate initial letters
for each class as given above (p. 110).

Mumewe, her husband.

Mkewo, or rakeo, thy wife.
Mwenziwe, his companion.

Jinalo, thy name.
Shogaye, her friend.

It will be seen from the above tables that there is
absolutely nothing to distinguish the singular and
plural of Substantives in the form of the third class

112 SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

which denote animate beings, when joined with Pos-
sessive Pronouns. It is probably for this reason, and
to avoid ambignity, that they are frequently treated as
ordinary Substantives of that class.

Ndugu yangu, my brother.

Nduguye or Ndugu yoke, his brother.
Nduguzo or Ndugu zaho, thy brothers.

Mbuzi zetu, our goats.

Possessive Pronouns are sometimes used in English
where Personal Pronouns are used in Swahili.

Waka-m-funga miJcono nyuma [and they tied him hands behind],

and they tied his hands behind him.
Ali-m-kata Jcitwa [he cut him head], he cut off his head.

After verbs of coming and going Possessive Pronouns
beginning with z- (or in other dialects with vy- or th-)
are used somewhat as — his way, &c., were used in old
English.

Amehwenda zake, he has gone away, or he has gone off.

Twende zetu, let us be going.

Wamekuja zao, they have come home, or they have come away.

Eeflective Pronouns.

The Swahili verb is made reflective by prefixing -ji-f
as if it were a pronoun in the objective form.

Na-ji-penda, I love myself.

Self may be translated by the Arabic word, nefsi,
nafsi, or nafusi ; or by the word moyo, a heart, plur.
mioyo or nyoyo.

Nafsi yangu, or moyo wangu, myself.
Nafsi zetu, or nyoyo zetu, ourselves.

PRONOUNS, 1V6

Itself, themselves, &c., may also be expressed by thc
word -enyewe with the proper prefix.

Class I. Mtu mwenyeice, the man himself.

Watu wenyeive, the people themselves.
Mhuzi mwenyeive, the goat itself.

Mhuzi wenyewe, the goats themselves.
Waziri mwenyeive, the vizir himself.
Mawaziri wenyeive, the vizirs themselves.
ft 11, Mti mwenyewe, the tree itself.

31iti yenyewe, the trees themselves.

III. Nyumha yenyewe, the house itself
Nyumba zenyewe, the houses themselves.

IV. Kitu chenyeice, the thing itself.
Vitu vyenyewe, the things themselves.

V, Kasha lenyewe, the chest itself.

Makasha yenyewe, the chests themselves.
VI. Uimho mwenyewe, the song itself.

Nyimho zenyewe, the songs themselves.
VII. Mahali penyeive, the place itself

Mwenyewe may be used for myself and thyself, as well
as for himself or herself

Wenyewe may be used for ourselves and yourselves, as
well as for themselves.

By myself, by ourselves, &c., are expressed by pehe
with the appropriate Possessive Pronoun.

Pehe yangu, by myself, or I only.
Pehe yetu, by ourselves, or we only.

Demonstrative Pronouns.

There are three Demonstrative Pronouns. 1 , denoting
objects at no great distance. 2, denoting objects pre-
viously mentioned. 3, denoting objects at a distance.
They have each forms proper to the several classes of
Substantives and to the three meanings of the case
in -m.

114 SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

1. This or that, these or those, of objects at no great
distance.

Class I. Mtu huyu, this man.

Watu Jiaica, these people.
Mbuzi huyu, this goat.

Mhuzi Jiawa, these goats.
Waziri huyu, this vizir.

Mawaziri hawa, these vizira,
„ II. MH huu, this tree.

Miti Mi, these trees.
„ III. Nyumha hizi, this house.

Nyumha hizi, these houses.
„ IV. Kitu hilii, this thing.

Vitu hivi, these things.
„ V. Kasha hili, this chest.

Mahasha haya, these chests.
„ VI. TJimbo huu, this song.

Nyimho hizi, these songs.
„ VII. Mahali hapa, this place.
„ VIII. Ku/a huliu, this dying.

1. Nyumhani humo (humu (?) ), here, in the house.

2. Nyumhani hapa, here, by the house.

3. Nyumhani huku, here, to the house.

It will be observed that the second syllable of each
of these Demonstratives is the pronominal syllable
given at p. 105, and that all begin with h-, followed by
the vowel of the pronominal syllable.

2. This or that, these or those, referring to something

mentioned before. Both the other forms can also be

used in this sense.

Class I. Mtu huyo, that man.

Watu hao, those people,
Mhuzi huyo, that gout.
Mhuzi hao, those goats.
31 II. Mti huo, that tree.

Miti hiyo, those trees.
;; III. Nyumha hiyo, that iiouse.

Nyuinba hizo, those lior.aee.

PBO NOUNS.

Class IV. Kitu hicho, that thing.

Vitu hivyo, those things.
ff V. Kasha hilo, that chest.

Mahasha hayo, those chests.
,) VI. Uimbo huo, that song.

Nyimbo hizo, those songs.
„ VII. Maliali liapo, that place or those places.
„ VIII. Kufa huTio, that dying.

1. Nyumhani humo, in that house.

2. Nyumhani hapo, by that house.

3. Nyumhani hulco, to that house.

3. That and those or yonder, referring to things at a
distance.

Class L Mtu yule^ yonder man.

Watu icale, those people,
Mbuzi yule, that goat.

Mhuzi wale, those goats.
Mti ule, that tree.

Miti lie, those trees.
Nyumba He, that house.

Nyumba zile, those houses.
Kitu Idle or c7iz7e, tlial tLiiig.

Vitu vile, those things.
Kasha Ule, that chest.

Mahasha yale, those chests.
Uimbo ule, that song.

Nyimbo zile, those songs.
Mahali pale, that place or those places.
7iu/a Z;M?e, that dying.
Nyumhani mle, in that house.
Nyumhani pale, by that house.
Nyumhani hule, to that house.

n.

III.

IV.

VI.

vn.

VIII.

1.

2.
3.

It will be seen tliat these last Pronouns are made
hj adding -le to the second syllable of the first set of
Demonstratives. Sometimes the whole of the first form
is retained, making huyule, hawale, huule. Mile, hizile,
hiMle, hivile, hilile, hayale, hajpale, hukule.

I 2

116 SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

An increase of distance is denoted by a stress on the

final syllable.

Mtu yule, that man yonder.
Yulee, that one further off.
Yuleee, that one still further.

The more stress is laid on the final syllable, and the
more the voice rises into a falsetto, so much the greater
is the distance denoted.

When the substantive is mentioned the demonstra-
tive always follows it.

The demonstratives are frequently doubled, and then
have the meaning of just this, that very, &c.

Palepdle, just there.

Mti uleule, that very tree.

Maneno yaleyale, just those words.

With the first set of demonstratives the final or true

pronominal syllable is doubled and prefixed to the usual

form.

Fapahapa, just here.

ViviMvi, just these things.
Zizihizi, those very, &c.
Kukuhuku, just to this place.

These forms are also used to denote that there is
nothing special about what is mentioned.
Zizihizi, just these and no more.

Huyo is often used when people are chasing a man
or an animal.

Muyo ! Huyo 1 = There he is ! There he is !

There are other forms which ought probably to be
regarded as demonstratives, as they have the force of.
This is it, and. This is not it.

PBO NOUNS.

117

ndisi, it is we.
ndinyi, it is you.
ndio, it is they.

ndiyo, these are they.

ndizo.

ndivyo,

ndiyo.

ndizo.

Class I. ndimi, it is I.

ndiwe, it is thou.
ndiye, it is he.

II. ndioy this is it.
IIL ndiyo.
TV. ndicho.
V. ndilo.
VI. ndio.
VII. ndipo.
„ VIII. ndiko.

ndimo, it is here, or it is there.

ndipo.

ndiko.

The negative is made by substituting si- for ndi.

Siye, it is not he. Sicho, &c. &c., this is not it.

Both forms may be used interrogatively.

Ndiye ? Is it he ? Siye ? Is it not he ?

Other demonstratives may be used with these for the
sake of greater emphasis or clearness.

Relative Pronouns.

The Relative Pronouns have special forms appropriate
to the several classes of Substantives and the three
meanings of the -ni case.

Class I. Who and Whom, sing, ye or yee, plur. o or wo.
„ II. Which, sing, o or wo, plur. yo.

„ III.
„ IV.
V.
„ VI.
„ VII.
„ VIII.

1. WJierein

2. Whereat

3. Whereto

yo

, zo.

cho

> vyo.

lo

, yo.

0 or wo

, zo.

po

, po.

ko

, ko.

mo

po

ko.

118 SWAHILI HANDBOOK.

These relatives occur most frequently in their
simple forms in connection with -ote, all.

yee yote, wo wote, whosoever or whomsoever.

too wote, yo yote, zo zote, clio chote, vyo vyote, lo lote,po pote, what'

soever.
vw mote, whereinsoever, inside everything.
po pote, wheresoever or whensoever.
ho Jiote, whithersoever or wheresoever.

When connected with the substantive verb, to be,
that verb is represented by the syllable -li-.

Class I. aliye, [he] who is. walio, [they] who are.

II. ulio, [it] which is. ihyo, [they] which are.

III. iliyo. ziUzo.

lY. kilicho. vilivyo.

V. lililo. yaliyo.

VI. ulio. ziUzo.

VII. palipo. palipo.

VIII. huliJco. huliko.

1. mulimo, wherein there is.

2. palipo, where there is.

3. huliko, where there is.

There is a disposition in Zanzibar to make -o the
general relative. Thus one very often hears alio for
aliye, Ulio for lililo, and ilio for iliyo.

When joined with the verb the syllable denoting the
relative follows the sign of the tense if there is one.

The relative may be joined with the verb to form the
present, or rather, an indefinite tense, without the use of
any sign of time whatever. It is made precisely as in
the examples given above of the use of the relative
with the verb, to be, only substituting the particular
verb for the syllable -li-.

[he] who loves, apendaye,
[they] who love, wapendao.

PRONOUNS. 119

[the tree] wliich falls, uangukao.

[trees] which grow, imeayo.
[the house] which falls, yangukayo.

[houses] which fall, ziangukazo.

Where the relative is the object of the verb the same
form maybe used, only introducing the objective prefix
proper to the substantive referred to, and changing the
personal prefix.

[fruit] whicli I love, niUpendalo. -li- and -lo- being the syllables
appropriate to tunda, a fruit, and other nouns of the Fitth
Class.

When taken to pieces the word is seen to be, wi-, I,
-li-, it, -penda-, love, -Zo, which.

Relatives are rarely used in Swahili with any tenses
except the present imperfect (the -na- tense), the past
perfect (the -li- tense), and a peculiar form of the future
(the -taJca- tense). The following instances will show
the way in which the relative is expressed with these
several tenses both as subject and object.

Class I. [the man] who is coming, ana-ije-Tcuja.

„ who came, ali-ye-huja.

„ who will come, ataha-ye-Jiuja.

„ whom he is striking, ana-ye-rapiga.

,, whom we loved, tuli-ye-mpenda.

[the men] who will beat us, icataTia-o-tupiga.

„ whom we will beat, tutaJca-o-icapiga.

[the ox] which is eating, ana-ye-kula.

„ which we shall eat, tutaka-ye-mla.

„ II. [the tree] which fell, uli-o-anguka.

,, which he cut down, ali-o-ukata.

[the trees] which were visible, ili-yo-onekana.

„ which we saw, tuli-yo-ionu.

„ III [the house] which fell down, ili-yo-anguka.

„ which I bought, nili-yo^inunua.

120

SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

Class III. [the houses] which fell down, zili-zo-anguka.
„ which I bought, mli-zo-zinunua.

„ IV. [the knife] which cut me, hili-dw-nikata.
„ which I took, nili-cho-hitwaa.

,, which I gave you, nili-cho-Tiupa.

[the knives] which fell down, vili-vyo-anguha.
,, which I gave you, nili-vyo-'kupa.

„ V. [the chest] which is unfastened, lili-lo-funguka.
„ which I unfastened, nili-lo-lifungua.

[the chests] which were carried, yali-yo-chukuUwa.
„ which they carried, wali-yo-yachukua.

„ VI. [the song] which pleased me, uli-o-nipendeza.
J, which I liked, nili-o^upenda.

[the letters, nyaraka] which I ^ioie,niU-zo-ziandilia.
„ which I sent to you, nili-zo-'kupelehea,

„ which reached me, zili-zo-niwasilia.

„ VII. [the place] which I live in, nina-po-paJcaa.
[the places] which I saw, nili-po-paona.

■ The particles of place and time, mo, po, JcOj are treated
as relative particles.

alimo, where he is (within).
alipo, where he is (if near).
aliko, where he is (far of£}.
anapohwenda, when he is going.
anakohwenda, whither he is going.
aUmokwenda, wherein he went.
alipokwenda, when he went.
alikokwenda, whither he went.

There is one ambiguity which cannot be avoided
where both subject and object are of the same class.
Aliyempiga may mean, who beat him, or, whom he beat ;
kilichokikata may mean, which cut it, or, which it cut,
supposing kisu, a knife, to be one substantive, and kitUy
a thing, to be the other.

The negative is combined with the relative by the

PRONOUNS. Vll

use of -si-. Tliere is but one negative tense, and it
embraces all times, past, present, and future.

asiye, [lie] who is not, who will not be, who was not.
usioanguha, [the tree] which falls not, which is not falling, which

did not fall, or, which will not fall.
nisichokupa, [the knife] which I did not give you, do not give

you, or, shall not give you.

"^Vliere tbe relative is used in Englisb with a prepo-
sition, the relative particle is sometimes joined with the
verb and also with the preposition ; but more commonl}-,
the force of the preposition being contained in that of
the Swahili verb, no special form is required. See
Derivative Yerbs, p. 157.

The man whom I went with, mtu nali-o-kicenda naye.
The man I went to, mtu nali-o-mwendea.
Where I came from, nili-po-toka.
Where I am going to, nina-Tco-Jcwenda.

As the Swahili has no proper word for to have, but
uses for it Jcuwa na, to be with, cases of double relatives
are very frequent where having is mentioned.

The knife I have, Msu nilicho nacho.
The houses you have, nyumha ulizo nazo.
The knife I had, Msu nilicliokuica nacho.
The houses you had, nyumha ulizokuwa nazo.

The relative is used in some cases in which it is not
employed in English.

Who went by ? Nani ali-ye-pita (who is he who passed) ?

He likes this fruit, tunda hili ndilo alipendalo (this fruit is it

which he likes).
The boy is going, kijana aendao.
Whosoever may come, yee yote atakayehuja.

There is another way of expressing the relative by

122 SWAHILI HANDBOOK,

nieaus of amhaye or ambaye Jcivamha, thougli not used
in Zanzibar. When it is employed the final syllable of
amhaye changes according to the rules given above,
making amhao, amhazo, amhacho, amhavyo, &c.

Sometimes an English relative can be expressed by
the use of mwenyi, &c., having.

The man whose house it is, mtu mwenyi nyumha.

Interrogative and other Pronouns.

There are four Interrogatives which are not variable.

Nanif Who? I Nini^ What?

Lini ? When ? j Ga7ii ? What sort ?

Gani always follows the substantive it is connected

with.

Mtu gani ? What man ? What sort of man ?
Kitu gani ? What thing ? Wliat sort of thing ?

What? is sometimes expressed by the syllable -ni
suffixed to a verb.

Atapatani9 What will he get?

Amefanyani ? What has he done ?

Kunani? What is there ? What is the matter?

Kina nini ? WJiat has it ? What is the matter with it ?

Wanani ? What have they ? What are they at ?

What o'clock is it ? is rendered by Saa ngajpi ? How
many hours ?

The interrogative Which? is expressed by -jpi pre-
ceded by the appropriate syllable, which is the same as
that used as the subjective personal prefix to verbs.
It always follows the noun it refers to.

PEO NOUNS.

Class I. TMii

cli [man] Yupi?

Lmen] Wapil

11. ,

[tree] Upi?

[trees] Ipi?

» III.

, [house] Ipi ?

[houses] Zipi?

„ IV. ,

, [thing] Kipi?

[things] Vipif

» V. ,

, [chest?] Lipi?

[chests] Yapi?

„ vi. ,

[song] Upi ?

[songs] Zipi?

„ vii. ,

, [place] Pain?

[places] Fapil

123

The Interrogative, if followed by a verb, requires a
relative with it.

Mtu yupi apendaye Jcwenda ? "Wliich. [or what] man likes to go ?
Nyumha ipi ihupendezayo ? Which house do you like ?

Nani ? who ? is also generally followed by a relative.

^ni aliopo mlangoni ? Who is at the door ?

It is, however, allowable to say nani yupo mlangoni,
which is a literal translation of the English.
The interrogative Where ? is wapi ? or aj)i 9

Wenda wapi ? Where are you going ?

When referring to a substantive icapi must always
be preceded by the syllable which is the proper sub-
jective personal prefix for that substantive. This prefix
very probably represents the substantive verb, and may
often be translated by is it ? or are tliey 1
Class

I. si

ig. Yu wapi ? plur

Wa wapi ?

11.

, U wapi ? „

I wapi ?

III.

, I wapi ? „

Zi wapi?

IV.

, Ki wapi ? „

Vi wapi ?

V.

, Li wapi ? „

Ya wapi ?

YI.

, U wapi ? „

Zi wapi ?

VII.

„ Pa wapi ? „

Pa wapi ?

A fuller form to represent where is it f or tchere are
they f is made by adding -ko to the personal prefix.
Yuho wapif Where is he ? Ziho wapi ? Where are they ?

124 SWAHILI HANDBOOK.

The noun referred to follows this interrogative.
I ivapi merikebu ? Where is the ship ?

How ? is expressed by the syllable -je suffixed to the
verb.
Nitakipataje f How shall I get it ?
Chalifanywaje ? How was it made ?
Ulipendaje^ ao kupika, ao hicJii ? How do you like it, cooked or

raw?
Asemaje ? [How does he talk ?] What does he say ?
TJrefu wake yapataje ? How long is it ?
Umri wake apataje ? How old is he ?
Kwenda chini kwake chapataje [kisima']9 How deep is it [a

well] ?

The use of hupata, to get, in these phrases must be
noticed. There is no direct way of attaching the hoio f
to the adjective ; they say therefore, " His age, how
gets he it?"

How many ? is expressed by -ngajpij which is treated

as an adjective.

How many people ? Watu wangapi ?
How many goats ? Mbuzi wangapi or ngapi f
How many trees ? Miti mingapi ?
How many houses ? Nyumha ngapi9
How many chairs ? Viti vingapi 9
How many chests ? Makasha mangapi ?
How many planks ? Mhau ngapi ?
How many places ? Mdhali pangapi ?

How ? is in some cases expressed by the use of other
phrases.

How long ago ? Tangu lini ? [since when ?]

How much? Kadri gani, or Kiassi gani^ [what quantity ?]

How often? Marra ngapi ? [how many times ?]

The exclamatory What ! is rendered by the inter-
rogative pronoun in -pi.

Furaha ipi ! What joy I

( 125 )

VEEBS.

Regular Swahili verbs always end in -a, as, Tcupenda,
to love, hu/piga, to beat.

Verbs derived from the Arabic may end in -e, -i, or -w,
as, kusamehe, to pardon, husajiri, to travel, huharihu, to
destroy. Verbs in this form do not change the final
vowel, where verbs in -a regularly do so.

The simplest form of the verb is used in Swahili,
as in English, for the second person singular of the
imperative.

Feudal Lovel Figal Strike!

Samehe! Pardon! Safiri ! Travel!

Haribu ! Destroy !

The second person plural imperative is made by
adding -ni. All the other tenses and moods are made
by prefixing syllables to the simple form, except that
verbs in -a change -a into -e in the present subjunctive,
and into -i in the present negative, and a -«;- is inserted
to mark the passive.

There is a negative as well as an affirmative con-
jugation, in which the tenses and persons are also dis-
tinguished by prefixes.

The various prefixes form in pronunciation or^ word

126 SWAHILI HANDBOOK.

with the verb, and when taken to pieces denote its
person, number, tense, mood, subject, and object.

Amekwambia = A-me-kw-ambia = He-has-you-tell = He has told

you.
Waliponipenda = Wa-li-po-ni-penda = They-did-when-me-love

= When they loved me.
Nitakachokupa = Ni-taka-cho-ku-pa = I-shall-which-you-give-to

= Which I shall give to you.
Ningalimwona = Ni-ngali-mw-ona = I-should-have-him-see = I

should have seen him.

The syllables used as prefixes have not the same
meaning standing separately as they have when com-
bined with the verb in their proper order; for this
reason, therefore, as well as to show the proper pro-
nunciation, they with the verb must all be written as
one word.

Lists of the several prefixes will be found at the end
of the preliminary observations to the second part of
this handbook (p. 237). The personal prefixes will be
found described under Pronouns (p. 104), and seen
arranged under their appropriate classes of Substantives
in the Table of Concords, p. 82.

Indefinite Tenses.

1. Customary actions are expressed by prefixing hu-
to the verb. In this form there is no distinction of
number, person, or time.

Hu-enda, one goes, they go, everybody goes, he used to go.
Hu-penda, one likes, they like, one would like.

2. The relative may be joined with the verb without
any sign of time. The personal prefix only is put
before the verb, and the relative sign suffixed to it.

VERBS,

127

Sing. Class I. Ni-penda-ije, [I] who love.

U-penda-ye, [tliou] who lovest.

A-penda-ye, [he] who loves.
„ n. U-anguha-o, which falls.

„ III. I-anguJ:a-yo,

„ IV, Ki-anguka-clio^

„ V. Li-anguka-lo,

„ VI. U-anguka-o,

„ VII. F-anguka-po, where falls.
„ Vni. Kw-anguka-ko, whither falls.

Flur, „ I. Tu-penda-o, [we] who love.

M-penda-o, [you] who love.
Wa-penda-o, [they] who love.
„ n. I-anguka-yo, or, Y-anguka-yo, which fall,

„ in. Zi-anguka-zo,

„ IV. Vy-anguka-vyo,

„ V. Y-anguka-yo,

„ VI. Zi-anguka-zo,

The relative may represent the object of the verb,
but in that case the objective sign (pp. 105-6) ought to
be inserted between the personal prefix and the verb.

Sing.

Plur.

Class I. Ni-m-penda-ye, [he or she] whom I love.
Ni-ku-penda-ye, [thou] „ „ „

Ni-wa-penda-o, [you or they] ,, „ „
II. Ni-u-peuda-o [it] which I love.
III. Ni-i-penda-yo,
rV. Ni-ki-penda-chOf
V. Ni-li-p>enda-lOy
VI. Ni-u-penda-o,
Vn. Ni-pa-penda-po,
VIII. Ni-ku-penda-ko,

n. Ni-i-penda-yo, [those] which I love.
III. Ki-zi-penda-zo,
rV. Ni-vl-penda-oyo,
V. Ni-ya-penda-yo,
VI. Ni-zi-penda-zo,

3. The negative form, expressing Who, or which does

128 SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

not, is made by the personal prefix, tlio syllable -ei-
[not] and the relative sign, followed by the verb.

Sing. Class I. Ni-si-ye-penda, [I] who love not.

U-si-ye-penda, [thou] who lovest not.

A-si-ye-penda, [he or she] who loves not
„ n. TJ-si-o-anguka, which falls not.

„ m. I-si-yo-anguJca,

„ rV. Ki-si-cho-angulca,

„ V. Li-si-lo-anguka,

„ VI. TJ-si-o-anguka^

„ VII. Pa-si-po-anguka, where falls not.

Ku-si-ko-anguka, whither falls not,

Mu-si-mo-anguka, wherein falls not.
Plur. „ I. Tu-si-o-penda, [we] who love not.

M-si-o-penda, [you].

Wa-si-o-penda, [they].
„ n. I-si-yo-anguka, which fall not.

„ in, Zi-si-zo-anguka,

„ rV. Vi-si-vyo-anguka,

„ V. Ya-si-yo-anguka,

„ VI. Zi-si-zo-anguka.

Where the relative is the object of the verb, it is

expressed as in the affirmative tenses, by the form of

the relative particle and the insertion of the objective

prefix.

Ni-si-zo-zi-penda, which I do not like.

This negative tense may be applied with equal pro-
priety to past, present, or future time, amounting in
effect to a negative of the relation at the time and under
the circumstances implied in the context.

The application of the relative to the definite affir-
mative tenses is explained under Pronouns (p. 119).

The difference between — which I like — and — I who
like it — is to be found in the form of the relative
particle.

VERBS. 129

INyumha] nili-yo-ipenda, [the house] which I liked.
nili-ye-ipenda, I who liked it

lEitu] niU-cho-ldpenda^ [the thing] which I liked,
nili-ye-Jiipenda, I who liked it.

Definite Tenses.

The important part of each tense is the tense prefix.
It is preceded by the personal sign of the subject, and
may be followed directly by the verb. If any signs of
relation are used they are suffixed to the tense prefix,
and the objective prefix (if any) must always imme-
diately precede the verb. The tense prefix is the same
for all persons and both numbers. The personal prefix
is the same for all tenses, except the slight changes
dependent upon the question whether the first letter of
the tense prefix is a vowel or not.

In order therefore to construct the proper form of
verb, it is necessary first to ascertain the proper personal
prefix, next the proper tense prefix, then the particles
of relation and objective prefix, if they are required,
and then to finish with the verb. Thus, to say, A house
has fallen down. A house is nyumba, a word of the third
class ; the proper personal prefix for a singular noun of
the third class is -^, the tense prefix for the present
perfect is -me-, the verb to fall is leu - anguha (the Jcu-
being the sign of the infinitive : we have therefore —

Nyumha imeanguka = a house has fallen down.

If we wished to say. Six houses have fallen down ; we
find that nyumha being of the third class keeps the same
form in the plural ; sita is six, and must follow its noun ;
the subjective prefix proper to plural nouns in the third

K

130 SWAEILI HANDBOOK,

class is zi-; the tense prefix and tlie verb remain the
same.

Nyumha sita zimeanguka, six houses have fallen down.

To take one more complicated example, I saw the
knife, which yon gave him. The personal prefix for
the first person is ni- or n-, the tense prefix of the past
perfect is -ali-, to see is Jcu-ona, knife is Icisu, a substantive
of the fourth class. As some particular knife is intended
we must use the objective prefix, and that for a singular
substantive of the fourth class is -hi-. As the tense
prefix begins with a vowel we must use the personal
prefix which ends in a consonant. We have therefore —

NaliJciona hisu = I saw the knife.

* Which you gave him.' The relative referring to a

singular noun of the fourth class is -cho-. It must

follow the tense prefix, which is -ali-^ as before, for the

past perfect. The sign of the second person singular

is u- or 10- ; the verb, to give to, is hu-joa. The object

of the verb is Jiim, the objective prefix for nouns of the

first class is -mu- or -m-. Putting these together we

have,

Which you gave him, walichompa.

And the whole sentence,

I saw the knife which you gave him, nalikiona Jcisu walichompa.

It must not be forgotten that Jcu- and pa- may be
used for there in an impersonal sense.

Kuliktiva or Palilcuim, there was or there were.
KnliaiJi'ga, S:c., and ti.cre struck, &c

VERBS,

131

Indicative Tenses. — Present.

There are in the language of Zanzibar two Presents,
one Indefinite and one Imperfect.

1. The Indefinite Present answers to our common
English present, I come, I love, &c. It is made by
prefixing -a- to the verb.

JV- y

' I love.

TT-

Thou lovest.

—

He or she

r-, r-, Ch; L-, TF-, P-, Kw-
Tw-

. a-penda <

loves.
It loves.

Mw-

We love.

W-

You love.

\Z.,Vy.,T.,Z. J

^ They love.

2. The Present Imperfect answers to our tense with
am, I am coming, I am loving, &o. It is made by pre-
fixing -na- to the verb.

I-,
Pa-
Tu-
'M-

Ku-

fl am

Thou art

He, she,

y na-penda \ or it is i. loving.

We are

You are

\ They are

Wa-, I-, Zi; Vi-, Ta-, Zv-

In the first person the ni- is often contracted into 'w-,
and sometimes altogether omitted. This tense used
after another verb may be translated by an English
present participle.,

Namwona^ or Nalimwona anahuja, I see him, or, I saw him

coming.

In the dialect of Mombas this -na- tense is used of
past time. In Zanzibar it is the more usual form of
the present.

K 2

132

8WAEILI HANDBOOK.

Present Perfect.

The Present Perfect is made by the prefix -me- : it
denotes an action complete at the time of speaking, and
therefore answers to the English tense with have.

Tne-penda

I have
Thou hast
He or she has
It has
We have
You have
iThey have

■ loved.

In verhs denoting a state or the possession of a
quality the present has the meaning of to enter upon,
to acquire, or to become, what the verb denotes. The
-me- tense must then be translated by to have, or to be,
&c. (p. 86).

Inajaa, it is getting full.

Imejaa, it is full.
Inapasuka, it is being torn.

Imepasuha, it is torn.
Inapotea, it is becoming lost.

Imepotea, it is lost.
Anavaa, he is putting on.

Amevaa, he has put on, therefore, he wears.

When the -me- tense occurs in a narrative, it denotes
an action complete at the time referred to, and must
generally be translated by had.

Nihamwona ameufungua mlango, and I saw that he had
unfastened the door.

The -me tense may sometimes be translated as a pas

VERBS.

133

participle, signifying a state arrived at at the time of
speaking or at the time referred to.

Yu hayi ao amekufa ? Is he alive or dead ?
Zalikuwa zimepotea, they were lost.

In this sense it may be used to form compound tenses,
somewhat as the past participle is in English.

In some dialects of Swahili the prefix is pronounced
-mor rather than -we-. See the end of Appendix II.

Past Perfect.

The Past Perfect tense is made by the prefix -li- or
-all- : it denotes an action complete in past time. It
must sometimes be translated in English by the tense
■vNdth had, but more commonly it represents the indefinite
past, which usually ends in -ed.

N- ^

W-

TT-, T-, Ch-, L-

P-, Kw-

) ali- \

Tw-

Mw

I '^

W-

Thou

r-, Z-, Vy, Y- J

He or she

penda It

loved.

m- 1

We

u-

You

A-

^They

Z7-, I-, Ki'

Li; Pa-, Eu-

li- .

Tu-

M-

Wa-

I-,Zi-, Vi; Ya-.

When it is

intendec

1 to deu

Ote the

iction as a

134

SWAHILI HANDBOOK.

continuous one, the syllable -hi- may be inserted after
the tense prefix.

N-ali-M-mpenda, I loved him [not once but continuously].
W-ali-pa'pendana, when they loved one another.
W-ali-po-hi-pendana, while they loved one another.

Narrative Past.

In telling a story it is usual to begin with one verb
in the -li- tense, and then to put all that follow in a
tense made by the prefijs -ha-. This tense includes in
itself the power of the conjunction and. It can never
properly stand at the beginning of a narrative, but no
other past tense can properly be used for any verb
except the first. It may occasionally be used after
another verb, where the time being indefinite would
in English be represented by a present.

m-

u-

'And I

A-

And thou

U-, I-, Ei-

And he or she

Li-, Pa-, Ku-

' Tia-penda

And it

Tu-

And we

M-

And you

Wa-

And they

I;Zi-, Vi; Ya-\

loved.

Niha- is frequently contracted into Ha-.

Hamwona = Nikamwona = And I saw him.

The -ha- of this tense is often pronounced -hi- in rapid
or careless talking.

VERBS.

135

Future.
The Future Tense is made by the prefix -ta-

m-

u-

'l shall

A-

Thou wilt

U-, I-, Ki-

He or she will

Li; Pa-, Ku-

ta-penda

It will

Tu-

We shall

M-

You will

Wa-

They wUl

I-, Zi; Vi; Ya-^

love.

In the first person the prefix Ni- is often omitted.
Tapenda = Nitapenda — I shall love.

When particles of relation are introduced the prefix
'ta- is very rarely used ; the tense prefix stands almost
always as -taka-.

Atdkayekujoy [he] who will come.

With particles of relation the difi'erence between the
present, indefinite, and future times is much more care-
fully observed in Swahili than in English.

Nilalapo, when I sleep, i.e., in the case of my sleeping.

Ninapolala, when I sleep, i.e., at the time when I am sleeping.

Nitakapolala, when I sleep, i.e., when I shall be sleeping.

Mtu aendaye, the man who goes (at any time).

Mtu anayekwenda, the man who is going (now).

Mtu atdkayekwenda, the man who goes (at some future time).

Thus, if it is intended to send a man somewhere and
pay him afterwards for his trouble, where it might be
said in English — Tell the man who goes that I will
pay him when he comes back — the Swahili verbs must
all be in the future, Micamhie yule ataJcayekwenda hwamba

136

SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

ataJcaporudi nitamlipia. Where it is tHe fact and not
the time, person, or thing, that is the important element
of the idea, it is better not to use the particles of rela-
tion, but to employ the -M- tense, which see.

Conditional Tenses.

There are four tenses which may be called Con-
ditional. The first, made with -hi-j expresses a state of
things as supposed to be existing. The second, made
with -japo-, expresses a state of things supposed as
possible. The other two refer to contingencies ; one of
them, made with -nge- or -^ga-, expresses what would
now be happening, and the contingency on which it
would depend regarded as existing; the other, made
with -ngali-, expresses what would have happened, and
the contingency on which it would have depended
regarded as no longer existing.

Actual Conditional or Participial Tense.

This tense is made with the prefix -Tci-, and may be
translated by the English present participle, or by as,
if, when, since, though, or any other words by which
the idea of a state of things can be introduced and con-
nected with the rest of the sentence.
Ni-

I lovinc

U'

I

A-

Thou

U-, J-, Ki-

He or she

Li-, Pa-, Ku-

ki-penda

It

Tu-

We

M-

You

Wa-

.They

I- Zi' Vi- Ya

VERBS. 137

Tlie prefix Niki- may be contracted into Si-.

Hifukuza - Nihifukuza = As I was driving.

Yiewed as a present participle, the -M- tense can be
nsed to form compound tenses, especially a past im-
perfect.

Alikuwa dkiogdlea, he was swimming about.

The following are a few examples of the use of this
tense : —

NitafuraM niJciJcuonay [seeing you I shall rejoice] I shall be

glad to see you.
AJcija Ahddllah mwamhia, [Abdallah coming, tell him] Tell

Abdallah when he comes.
Nikiica nacho, [I having it] If I have it — when I have it — if 1

should have it — in case of my having it — since I have it,
Alipotea aMzunguka Jcwa siku mbili, [He was lost wandering

for two days] He lost his way and wandered about for two

Majivuno yaMwa mengi, [Puffings up being many] Much self-
exaltation.

Cfpepo uJiiwa moto Jiutanua, [Air being hot] Air expands when
it becomes heated.

AMsema hu-eli, hasadiJcuci, [Telling the truth, he is not believed]
K he should tell the truth, he would not be believed.

In this instance the use of the -hi- tense and of the
negative present are both remarkable. It will be seen,
however, upon examination, that there is no real con-
tingency in such a sentence as this. It affirms a fact
in a state of things, not a contingency upon a supposed
state of things ; it is not his telling the truth which
prevents his being believed.

A corresponding past tense may be made by the -Zi-
tense with the relative particle -po-.

Wali;popenda, when they loved, being that they then Icved.

138

8WAEILI HANDBOOK.

ijapo-penda^ even if '

love.

Possible Conditional.
This tense is made by the prefix -japo-^ and puts a
case ; it generally implies that the case is an extreme
or unlikely one. It may be translated by even if.
Ni-
U-
A-
V-, J-, Ki-
Li-, Pa-, Kxir
Tw
M-
Wa-
I-, Zi-, F^-, Ya-

The prefix seems to be formed from huja, to come,

and -j9o, the particle denoting when or where ; so that

ujapo may be translated, When you come, and so with

the other persons ; this will give the force of the tense.

WajapoJcupiga, when they come to beating you, i.e., even if
they beat yon.

Japo with the personal signs may be used alone in
the sense of — even if.

Ujapo huJcioni, even if you do not see it.

Present Contingent.

This tense is formed by the prefix -nge- or -nga-, and

puts a condition and its results as present. It necessarily

implies that neither are in existence.

Ni- ^

I should, or if I did

Thou wouldest, or if thou

didst
He, she, or it would, or if \ Jq^q

he, she, or it did
We should, or if we did
You would, or if you did
. They would, or if they did )

u-

A-

U-, I-, Ei-

Li-, Pa-, Ku- ^ nge-penda (

Tw

M-

Wa-

I-, Zi-, Vi; Fa-

VERBS.

139

The -nga- form is used with monosyllabic verbs —
angawa — though he be, or he would be.

The two branches of the contingency cannot in
English be represented by the same tense, as they are
in Swahili. The pair would stand in English, (1) If I
did— (2) I should, &c. (1) If it were— (2) it would
be, &c. Or they might stand, (1) Though I did —
(2) yet I should, &c.

The second branch is sometimes represented in
English by a past tense ; sometimes both are.

Kama ungekuwa na ahili, mali yaTco ungedumu nayo, [If you
were with wits, your property you would continue with itj
If you were a man of understanding, your property would
be (or would have been) yours still.

Past Contingent.
This tense is made with the prefix -ngali-. It sup-
poses something at a past time, and concludes that
something else would then have happened, also at a
past time. It represents the English — If this had
happened, that would have happened. It supposes that
neither condition nor contingency did ever in fact
occur. In English a past tense is often used to express
a present contingency, but the Swahili seem to dis-
tinguish them more carefully.

Had I, or I should have
Hadst thou, or thou

wouldest have
Had he, she, or it, or he,
she, or it would have
ngali-penda j Had we, or we should ] loved,
have
Had you, or you would

have
Had they, or they would
have

u-

A-
J-, Ki-
; Pa-, Kip-

Tu-
rn-

Wa-
Zi; Vi; Ya-J

140 SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

There is always an accent on tlie personal prefix and

none on the tense prefix, thus ungalihuja, dngaliona^ &c.

Kama ungalihuwapo hapa, ndugu yangu angaliponay If you
had been here, my brother would have got well.

The Imperative.

It has been mentioned above that the simplest form

of the verb may be used for the Imperative as in

English. The fijial letter of verbs in -a is frequently

changed into e-. The plural is made by adding -ni.

Penda, or Pende^ love thou. Pendant, or Pendent, love ye.

Twaa, or Twos, take thou. Twaani, or Twaeni, take ye.

Sifu, praise thou. Sifuni, praise ye.

Fikiri, consider thou. Fikirini, consider ye.

The form ending in -e is the more commonly used in
Zanzibar. The other persons are supplied by the use
of the Subjunctive.

Ka- may be prefixed to the Imperative to connect it
with a preceding verb.

Kajijicheni, and hide yourselves.

The Subjunctive.
The Subjunctive is made by prefixing the personal
sign, and when the verb ends in -a changing that
letter into -e. It may be translated into a variety of
English forms. It may be used as an imperative or
jussive, and is the only form that can be so used in the
first and third persons.

Nipende, let me love.
When used with an interrogative it may be translated
— am I to — is he to, &c.

Ni/anyeje ? What am I to do ?

i^

VERBS,

141

It is tlie proper form to express purpose or object — that
I may, &c. — and must be used in many cases where in
1^ English the infinitive is employed.

Mwamhie dkusayidiey tell Mm to help you, or speak to hira
that he may help you.

Where no purpose is impKed the infinitive is used as
in English.

I want to sleep, natdka Jculala,

The* force of the conjunction and may be expressed
by inserting -lea- after the personal prefix. And is used
in English in many cases where the second action is
more or less the object with which the first is to be
done, as in — try and find, &c. In such cases -ha- must
not be used, but only the subjunctive in its simple
form.

mav love.

Verbs which end in -i, -e, or -w, keep the same final
letter in the subjunctive.

Ni-

U-

rl

A-, U-, J-

thou

Ki-, Li; Pa-

he or she

Ku-

, pende. That

it

Tu-

we

M-

you

Wa-,I-,Zi-

Jhey

Ft-, Ta-

The Infinitive,

The Infinitive is made in all cases by prefixing -ku.

Ku-penda, to love.
Ku-onay to see.

l^Z 8WAEILI HANDBOOK.

The -M- becomes -w- before a, e, and «, and often

disappears before o,

Kw-amhia, to telL
Kw-enda, to go.
Kw-isha, to finish.
K-oga, to bathe. .

The Infinitive may always be used to express the
action denoted by the verb.

Kwenda, going,

Kufa, dying.

Kupendana, mutual loving.

[There are two idiomatic uses of the Infijiitive Mood,
which are common, and may be mentioned here, the
one a logical, the other a grammatical, contrivance.

Any finite form of a verb may be preceded by the
infinitive of the same verb, the effect being rather to
particularize and give prominence to the idea conveyed
by the verb, than to emphasize the mode of an action.

Thus Jcufa utaJcufa, as to dying, you will die. Dying,
that is what will happen to you. Not, you will
certainly die.

Again, when any finite form of the verb, and espe-
cially a long form, would be closely followed by another
verb in the same form, connected with the former verb
by (at most) the simple copula * na,' the second verb
may be put in the infinitive mood. By this device the
cumbrous repetition of a series of personal and other
prefixes in a number of successive verbs is neatly
avoided.

Thus, " anayeahudiwa na kutuhuzwa" for anayetuhuzwa,
" who is worshipped and glorified." — A. C. M.J

VERBS. 143

Participles.

There are properly no Participles in SwaMli. The
present participle in -ing may be represented by the
-ana- tense of an incomplete action, by the -hi- tense
of a state of continued action, or by the use of the
relative.

The man sitting yonder, mtu akaaye kule.

The past participle may be represented by the -me-
tense of a completed action, or by the relative when
used adjectivally.

NimeJiiona kisu Tcilicliopotea, I have found the lost knife.

The Negative Conjugation.

All Swahili verbs may be employed with negative
prefixes to denote the reverse of their affirmative
meaning. It must be observed that the negative forms
do not simply deny the affirmative forms but rather
reverse them.

Napenda Tcwenda, I like going.
Nataha Jcwenda, I want to go.
Sipendi kicenda, I dislike going,
Sitaki kicenda, I want not to go.

In English I do not want is not so strong as I do not
like, but in Swahili sitald is stronger than sipendi.

The negative tenses are formed by negative personal
prefixes, which, except in the first person singular, are
made from the affirmative forms by prefixing lia-.

For the negative combined with the relative, see
p. 120.

144

SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

I

Thou

He or she

love not

pendi It

or

We

do uot love.

You

VThey J

Negative Present.
In this tense verbs ending in -a cliange fhat letter
into 'i ; other final letters remain unchanged.

Si-
Hu-
Ha-, Hau; Hai-
HaM-, Hall; Hajpa-
Sahu-

Hatu-
Ham-
Hawa-, Hai-, Hazi-
Havi; Haya-

This tense is a more general negative than the
English do not tense. It is used for both past and
future wherever the negative depends upon some cause
which is not affected by the time referred to.

The -i of si- in this and other tenses often disappears

before a vowel.

Sogopi, I do not fear.

Negative Past.
There is one negative form referring to past time
generally ; it is made by the negative prefixes followed
by -hu-

Si-

Hu-

I

Ea-, Hau-, Hai-

Thou

Hahi-, Hali-

He or she

did not love

Hapa-, Hakvr \ ]iu-penda \

It

or

Hatu-

We

have not lovfd.

Ham-

You

Hawa-, Hai-, Hazi-

.They

Havi; Haya'

In a few rare instances negative prefixes may be

[lowed by -me- or -li-.

Simehuica mwo

ngoi Hav

e I not becoE

ae a liar?

VERBS,

145

The not yet Tense.
There is a negative tense made by the use of the
negative prefixes followed by -ja-, which is a sort of
negative present perfect, denying the action up to the
time of speaking.

Si-

Hu' (I

Ha-, Hau-, Hai- Thou

Eaki-, Halt- He or she

Hapa-, Hahu- jja-penda I I^ ^^^ve not yet loved.

Hatu- We

Ham- You

Hawa-, Hai; Hazi- They

Havi-, Haya- J

The word hado is often used with this tense where

it is intended rather to imply that what has not yet

happened will some day come to pass.

Hajaja, he is not yet come, he is not come even now.
Hajaja hado, he is not come, at least not yet.

The -a- of -ja- coalesces with i and e into a long -e-

sound.

Hajesha = Hajaisha = He has not yet finished.

Negative Future.
The negative future is made from the affirmative
future by merely using negative instead of affirmative
personal prefixes.

Si-

Hu-
Ha-, Hau-, Hai-
HaM-, Hali-
Hapa-, Hahw-

Hatu-

Ham-
Hawa-, Hai; Hazi-
Havi-, Haya-

ta-penda

I shall not 1
Thou wilt not
He, she, or it

will not
We shall not
You will not
They will not

love.

146

SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

Conditional Tenses.

The case of not being or not doing is put by a tenwe

formed by tlie affirmative prefixes followed by -sipo- ;

it may be translated by tbe present participle with a

negative, or by as, if, when, though, since, or any other

word by which the case of not being, liaving, or doing,

may be introduced.

Ni-

U-

A-, U-, I-, Ki-

JA-y Pa-, Ku-

Tw

M-

Wa-, I-, Zi-, Vi-

Ya

This tense may be also used to translate an English
affirmative preceded by except or unless.

AsiiJojua, unless he knows.
Asi^okuwa Ahdalldh, except Abdallah.

sipo-penda (

not loving.

Contingent Tenses.
The negative contingent tenses, present and past,
are made from the affirmative forms by merely using
negative instead of affirmative personal prefixes.

Did I or I should "^

Si-

Hu-
Ha-. Hau-, Hai-
Haki-, Hali-
Bapa-, Baku- nge-penda \

Batu-

Bam-
Hawa-, Bai-, Hazi-
Havi-^ Baya-

Didst thou or

Thou

wouldest

Did he, she,

or it.

or He, she.

or it

would

Did we or

We

should

Did you or

you

would

Did they or

They

. would

.

not love.

VERBS.

147

Si-

Eu-
Ha-, Hau-, Hai-
HaJii-, Hali-
Hapa-, Hahu-

Eatu-

Eam-
Eaiva-, Eai-
Eazi; Eavi-
Eaya-

ngali-penda\

Had I or I should

have
Hadst thou or Thou

wouldest have
Had he, she, or it,

or He, she, or it

would have
Had we or We should

have
Had you or You

would have
Had they or They

would have

not loved.

Negative Imperative.

The negative imperative is made by the iTse of si
(not), with the affirmative forms.

Si penda, love not.
Si sifu, praise not.

Si pendent, love ye not.
Si sifuni, praise ye not.

The negative subjunctive is more often used in this
sense than the imperative form.

Negative Subjunctive.

The negative subjunctive is made from the affirma-
tive form by inserting -si- between the affirmative
personal prefix and the verb.

not love.

Ni- -s

U-

I may

A-, U-, J-

thou mayest

Ki; Li;

he, she, or

Fa-, Ku-

si-pende,

That

it may

Tu-

we may

M-

you may

Wa-, I-, Zi-

they may

F*-, Ya-

L 2

148 SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

The -i of -si- often disappears before a vowel.
asende, that he may not go.

The negative subjunctive may be Englished in
several different ways. It may be used as above of a
purpose not to do, or it may be used of a purpose to do
which fails.

Ahamtafuta asimwone, he looked for him, but did not see him
or, without seeing him.

This form is commonly used for the negative
imperative.

Nisende, let me not go. Usende, don't go.

A form of subjunctive connected with the not yet
tense is made by the use of -sije- with the affirmative
prefixes.

not have already
loved.

Ni-

U-

A-, U-, I-
Ki; Li-

I may

thou mayest
he, she, or it

Fa-, Ku-,
Tu-

sije-penda, That

may
we may

M-

Wa-, I-, Zi-
Vi; Va-

you may
they may

This tense may often be translated by before.
Utampata asijelala, you will catch him before he goes to sleep.

-sije with the personal prefixes may be used as a
complete word followed by the -Jca- tense.

Nisije nikafa, that I may not be already dead, or, that I may Dot
die before, &c.

VEBB8. 149

Negative Infinitive.

The negative infinitive is made by the use of hitoa
(to put out), often contracted into huto- and used as a
prefix.

Kutoa kupenda, or Eutopenda, not to love, or not loving, to
dislike, or disliking.

The Passive Voice.

The Passive is made from the Active by merely
inserting -w- before the final vowel.

Napenda, I love. Napendwa^ I am loved.

Sipendi, I do not love. Sipendwi, I am not loved.

Nimependa, I have loved. Nimependwa, I have been loved.

Kupenda^ to love. Kupendwa, to be loved.

Verbs ending in two vowels often use the passive of
their applied form. See pp. 151, 161.

The Passive is used in a sort of impersonal way to
denote what is intended to be done.

3Iaji yamekwenda kuletwa, some one has gone to get water.
Fesa zimekwenda kuvunjwa^ some one has gone to get pice in
exchange for silver.

Auxiliary and Irregular Verbs.

As the Auxiliary verbs are mostly also irregular, it
will be best to speak of their irregularities first, and
afterwards of their use in making compound tenses.

Monosyllabic verbs and most dissyllabic words be-
ginning with a vowel, retain the hu- of the infinitive
in those tenses in which the tense prefix ends in a

150 SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

syllable incapable of bearing the accent. These tense
jDrefixes are -na-, -ame-, -ali-, -ta-, -jajpo-^ -^^6-, -ngali-j
and -sije-. The other prefixes, -a-, -ha-, -hi-, -nga-, -hu-,
-ja-, -si-, are capable of bearing the accent, and the hu-
is not retained when they are used. The personal
signs, both subjective and objective, can bear the
accent, the relative signs cannot.

Thus, from huja, to come, we have : —

Naja, I come. NinaJcuja, I am coming.

Nikaja, and I came. Nimehuja, I have come.

NiMja, I coming. Nalikuja, I came,

Siji, I come not. Nitakuja, I shall come.

Sikuja, I did not come. Nijapokuja, even if I come.

Sijaja, I am not yet come. Ningekuja, I should come.

Nisije, let me not come. Ningalikiija, I should have come.

Nisijehuja, before I cor^e.

Nije, let me not come. Nisipokuja, when I come not.

Ajaye, he who comes. AUyehuja, he who came.
Nijaye, I who come.

It is shown that this irregularity depends upon the

power of certain syllables to support the accent by

the changes which occur when an objective prefix is

inserted.

Amekula, he has eaten.
Amemla, he has eaten him.

The verb hupa, to give to, is peculiar in always re-
quiring an objective prefix, and therefore never having
occasion to be irregular.

With dissyllables beginning with a vowel it is gene-
rally indifi'erent whether the hu- is retained or not.

Amekwisha or Ameisha, he has finished.
Amekwanza or Ameanza, he has begun.

VERBS, 151

Many verbs occur witli or without a to-, wliich seems

to be a relic of tbe -ku-.

Kuiva or Kuwiva, to ripen.
Kuaza or Kuwaza, to consider.

The word kuja, to come, stands alone in having an
irregular imperative.

Njoo, come. Njooni, come ye.

Monosyllabic verbs and some dissyllables make their
passives in a more or less irregular way. The follow-
ing is a list of the monosyllabic verbs with their
passives : —

Kucha, to fear. Kuchica, to be feared.

Kula, to eat. KuUica, to be eaten.

Kujiywa, to drink. Kunyweica, to be drunk.

Kupa, to give to. Kupaioa or Kupewa, to receive.

Kucha is used in the dialect of Lamoo for to fear, the
word used at Zanzibar being huogopa. Kucha means
at Zanzibar to rise (of the sun), and huchwa (or, in the
dialect of Mombas, hutwa^ means to set. The other
monosyllabic verbs, kufa, to die, Icuja, to come, Jcunya,
to fall like rain, huwa, to be, being neuters, do not
make a passive.

Two dissyllabic verbs make their passive by merely

adding -iva to the active form.

Kuua, to kill. Kuuaica, to be killed.

Kufua, to beat. Kufuawa, to be beaten.

Verbs ending in two vowels often insert an -I- in
making their passive. See under Applied Forms, pp.
158-159.

Kuzaa, to bear. Kuzaica or Kuzaliica, to be born.

KuJcomhoa, to ransom. Kuhomholewa, to be ransomed.

Kufungua, to open. Kujunguliwa, to be opened.

152 SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

The origin of this use lies probahly in the difficulty
of pronouncing distinctly the regular passive forms.
Verbs ending in -e make their passive in -ewa.

Kusamehe, to pardon. Kusamehewa, to be pardoned.

Verbs ending in -i make their passives in -iwa.

Kukiri, to confess. Kuhiriwa, to be confessed.

Verbs in -u generally make their passive in -iwa.

Kuhartbu, to destroy. Kuharibiwa, to be destroyed.

Where the -u is preceded by a vowel the passive is
made in -uliwa.

Kusahau, to forget. Kusdhauliwa, to be forgotten.

The verb huwa, to be, has several peculiarities. The
Present tense is very seldom used in its regular form.
For the Present tense ni (or, in the negative, si) may
be used for all persons and both numbers, or the per-
sonal prefix appropriate to the subject of the verb may
stand alone. Ni is apparently preferred where being
is the important part of the idea ; the personal prefix
is used where the being of that particular thing is
intended specially to be noticed. Tu (not A) is used
for he or she is.

Si hiceli, ni kusifu tu, it is not true, it is only flattery.
Tu, tayari, we are ready.

When joined with a relative the regular form has
the meaning of who may he.

Awaye yote, whoever it be.

Where no stress is intended to be laid on the heing^
the verb to be, when joined with a relative pronoun, is

VERBS. 153

represented by the syllable -li-. See Eelatives, p. 118.
Li is used, tbough but rarely, with tbe personal signs
to form a tense ■with the meaning — continuing to be.
A narative past is also fonned with it in the sense of —
I have continued to be.

Nili Jiali ya Jcuwajuu yahe, I being on his back,
Nikali nikipotea, and I go on wandering.

In many cases where the verb to he is used in English
merely to connect the parts of the sentence it is in
Swahili omitted altogether.

Kwa nini weye Ttutoa JcuoneJcana Mzi siku nyingi^ why [have]
you [been] invisible, i.e.. Why have you kept out of sight so
long?

Yupi mkuu icao^ who [is] their chief?

Nyama ya hifaro ngumu mno, rhinoceros meat [is] very tough.

The Present Perfect has the meaning of has become.

Manenoye yamekuwa uicongo, his words are become false.
The Past Perfect must be used to translate was and

were.

Nilipokuwa Sultani, when I was Sultan.

The English Jias or have been must be translated by
a present.

Nipo hapa siku nyingi, I have been here many days.
The Imperative is used with an i prefixed.
Iwe, be thou. Iweniy be ye.*

In the negative present and with relatives si is used
as ni and -li- are in the affirmative tense. The regular
forms are also used, though but rarely.

* The subjunctive forms uice, mice are commonly preferred in
Zanzibar.— A. C. M.

154 SWAHILI HANDBOOK.

The verb to he is used in English sometimes to
denote existence viewed as an ultimate fact, sometimes
to denote existence in place and time, sometimes to
denote existence as the possessor of certain qualities,
or the doer or sufferer of certain acts. In Swahili these
three uses are distinguished by the employment of
different forms.

The simple form of the verb is used only to denote
existence as the possessor of qualities, or the doer or
sufferer of acts.

Existence merely in place and time, whether the
place and time are in English expressed or no, is
denoted in Swahili by the addition to the verb of -po,
-mo, or -ho, as the case may be. See Relatives, p. 120.

He is at my liouse, Yuho kwangu.
He is here, Yupo liapa.
He is in the house, Yumo nyumhani.
When he was liere, AJipokuivajm hapa.
Where are they ? Ziho wapi ?

Existence viewed as a fact in itself is denoted by the
addition of na to the verb, being the same form as is
used for the verb to have. Na is joined to the personal
prefixes to make the present tense, in all other tenses
it is treated as a separate word, and has generally the
appropriate relative sign suffixed to it.

Kuna mtu, there is a man.
KuUkuwa na mtu, there was a man.
Zinazo, they are.
Zilikuwa nazo, they were.

In Swahili there is properly no verb to have. They
employ for it kuwa na, to be with.

YEBBS, 155

Nina, I have.
NaUkuwa na, I had.
Nitaliuwa na, I shall have.
Niwe na, that I may Lave.

Where the oLjective prefix would be used with an

ordinary verb, the appropriate relative particle must

be suffixed to the na as well as to the tense prefix,

Kinazo, I have them.
Aliyehuwa nazo, who had them.
Alizokuica nazo, which he had*

Auxiliary Verbs.

The Verbs used as Auxiliaries are, huica, to be, hitoa,
to take out, hija, to come, hvislia, to come to an end.

Can is represented by the appropriate tenses of

kuweza, to be able. Must is expressed by sharti, of

necessity, or by the negative tenses of huwa na huddij

to have an escape from.

Sina huddi, I must.

Asiwe na huddi, that he may be obliged.

After huwa na huddi either the infinitive or subjunc-
tive may be employed.

Ought may be represented by the tenses of Jcupasa, to

concem, or, to come to concern. Should is expressed

in the same way when it implies obligation, and by the

contingent tenses when it expresses a contingency.

Imenipasa Tcwenda, it concerns me to go, i.e., I onght to go.
Imenipasa nisende, it concerns me that I go not, i.e., I ought not
to go.

Kupasa is also used as follows : —

Haihunipasa mimi, it is no business of mine.
Imekupasani ? What have you to do with it ?
Amenipasa mimi, he is a connection of mine.

156 SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

May and miglit may be represented by Jcuweza wbere
they imply power, by halali, lawful, where they imply
lawfulness, and by the subjunctive where they imply a
purpose.

The use of Tcuja as an auxiliary has been mentioned
under the -japo-, ~ja-, and -sije- tenses, pp. 138, 145, 148.

Kutoa is used to convey a negation in cases where
the regular negative tenses cannot conveniently be
used.

With the infinitive it is frequently contracted into
-to-, and used as a mere formative.

Kutoa Jiiija, or Kuto'kuja, not to come.
Kutoa kupenda, or Kutopenda, not to love.

The meaning of these negative infinitives may be
given as, putting out coming, barring coming, coming
not happening. A transitive form may be made by the
use of hutoslia, to make to go out.

Kutosha humwuliza, to exclude asking him.

In many cases kutoa may be translated by, to forbear,
or, to neglect.

Ametoa huja, he has neglected coming, he has not come.
Nikitoa huja, if I forbear from coming, or, so long as I do not
come.

The negative tenses do not furnish a true present
perfect. The past, hahuja, is, he did not come; the
present, haji, implies rather that he never will, that
coming is not to be predicated of him at all. The
difference between nisipoJcuja and nikitoa kuja is repre-
sented in English by that between, if I come not, and,
while I come not. In all cases the use of toa connects

VERBS 157

tlie negation with the tense only ; the negative tenses
imply that the opposite of the verb might be affirmed.
KwisJia may often be translated by already.

Amekwisha huja, he has already come.
NimeJcwisha kula, I have done eating.

It is used to strengthen the present perfect, convey-
ing the meaning that something is not merely done,
but fully done and over.

A somewhat similar effect is produced on the present
by using katiJca kwisha,

Ni katika kwisha kula, I am finishing eating, I am just leaving
off, I have very nearly done.

Kuwa, to be, is used in Swahili very much as it is in
English, the -hi- and -me- tenses of the principal verb
being used as present and past participles.

NUi nikienday I continuing to be going.
Nikali nikienda, and I am still going.
Nikiwa nikienda, I being going, while going.
Nikiwa nimekwenda, I being gone, having gone.
Nikiwa nimekivisha kwenda, having already gone
Nalikuwa nikienda, I was going.
Nalikuwa nimekwenda, I was gone, I had gone.
Nalikuwa nimekwisha kwenda, I had already gone.
Nitakuwa nikienda, I shall be in the act of going.
Nitakuwa nimekwenda, I shall be gone.
Nitakuica nimekwisha kwenda, I shall have already gone.
Nitakuwa niliokioenda, I shall be who has gone, I shall have
gone, I shall have gone to or been at.

Kuwa na, to have, is not used as an auxiliary.

Derivative Verbs.

There are four derivative forms which may be con-
structed out of any Swahili verb, where in English

158 SWAHILI HANDBOOK.

we must use either anotlier verb or some compound
expression.

1. Wliat may be called tbe applied form is used in
cases where in English a preposition would be em-
ployed to connect the verb with its object. By the use
of this form verbs which have things for their objects
may be made to apply to persons.

This form is made by inserting i or e before the final
-a of the simple verb. I is used when the vowel of the
preceding syllable is a, ^, or u. E is used when the
vowel of the preceding syllable is e or o.

Kufanya, to make. Kufanyia, to make for.

Kuleta, to bring. Kuletea, to bring for.

Kusikitiha, to be sorry. Kusikitikia, to be sorry for, to pity

Kuoha, to bake. Kuokea, to bake for.

Kuanguka, to fall down. Kuangukia, to fall down to.

Where the simple verb ends in two vowels the sup-
pressed I appears in the applied form.

Kuzaa, to bear. Kuzalia, to bear to.

Kukwea, to climb. Kukwelea, to climb for.

Kusikia, to hear. Kusikilia, to listen to.

Kxikomhoa, to redeem. Kukombolea, to redeem for,

Kununua, to buy. KununuUa, to buy for.

The following is a list of the monosyllabic verbs
with their applied forms : —

Kucha, to fear. Kuchelea, to fear for.

Kufa, to die. Kufia, to die to.

Kuja, to come. Kujia, to come to.

Kula, to eat. Kulia, to eat with.

Kumja, to fall (like rain). Kunyea, to fall upon.

Kunywa, to drink. Kunywea, to drink with.

Kuwa, to be. Kuwia, to be to.

Kuza, to sell, makes Kuliza, to sell to.

VEBBS, 159

Kiipa, to give to, having already an applied meaning,
has no applied form. There is a difficulty in expressing
what would have been the meaning of the simple form.
Kutoa is used for to give, in the sense of parting with.
Such expressions as, which was given you, must be
rendered by a change of person — uliopewa^ which you
had given to you, or, which you received. Which he
gave me, is very commonly rendered niliopeica naije.

Verbs ending in -i and -u make their applied forms

in -ia.

Kufasiri, to explain, Kufasiria, to explain to.

Kuharibu, to destroy. Kuliarihia, to destroy for.

The great paucity of prepositions in Swahili brings
the applied forms of verbs into constant use. The
only difficulty in their application lies in the exact
discrimination of the meaning of the simple word.
Many Swahili verbs imply in their simple form what
can only be expressed in English by the use of a pre-
position. Whenever a really good dictionary shall have
been compiled it will supply all the necessary informa-
tion. The applied form may be rendered by inserting
any preposition which vdM suit the context. Thus,
knsJiuhudia is, to bear witness about, for, or against, as
the case may be, and Jcunenea^ which means to speak
about, may have to be translated by, to recommend, or
to decry, to scold, or to describe. The simple word
nena has in itself the force of to mention, so that it is
not necessary to use the applied form as a translation
of to speak of, where it means no more than to
mention.

Sometimes the shape of the word will be a useful

160 SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

reminder to foreigners of its exact meanino: : thus,
kupotea, which may be roughly translated to lose, is in
the shape of an applied form, and really is one, its
exact meaning being, to become lost to. If, therefore,
we want to say, I have lost my knife, the construction
must be altered into, my knife has become lost to me
(kisu chancju Jcimenipotea), the subject and object having
to change places.

Where in English a preposition connected with the
verb can stand by itself at the end of the sentence, the
applied form must be used in Swahili.

A knife to cut with, Msu cha Jcttjcatia.

Stones to grind wheat with, mawe ye Jcusagia ngano.

A place to come out at, maliali pa Jcutohea.

A bag to put money in, mfuko wa hutilia fetha.

In these sentences the use of the possessive particle
-a for the English to, denoting a purpose or employ-
ment, must be observed and remembered. This particle
turns what follows into a sort of adjective in this, as
in all other cases in which it is followed by a word
which is capable of denoting a quality. It is somewhat
like the English expressions, a man of sense, a huilding
of great solidity, &c.

When an applied form is followed by rrihali it conveys
the idea that as a consequence of the action denoted by
the simple verb something is put out of the way, or
got rid of.

Afile, or Ajie mbaJi, that he may die out of our way.
Tumwulie mhali, let us kill him and done with it.
Potelea mhali, perish out of my way = go and be hanged.

The passive of the applied form has a meaning which

VERBS. 161

it requires some attention to remember and apply
rightly, though it is strictly according to the rule that
the object of the active becomes the subject of the
passive voice.

Kuletea, to bring to. Kuhtewa, to have brought to one,

Kufanyia, to make for. Kufanyiwa, to have made for oiie.

It is often difficult in English to express this passive
without using an altogether different word. What
suggests- itself at first to an English ear, that the
passive of to bring to would be to he brought to, is wrong,
and must be carefully avoided. Sometimes a change
of prepositions will suffice to render the passive cor-
rectly ; hupa may be translated to present to, and then
kupewa is not to be presented to, but to be presented with.

Passives made in -liiva and -lewa are used as the
passives of both the simple and the applied form,
Kufunguliwa may be used as the passive of kufungua,
meaning, to be unfastened, or as the passive of hufun-
gulia, meaning then, to have unfastened for one. It
can never mean, to be unfastened for. If it is necessary
to express a passive in that form it must be done by
changing the construction.

A cry was made at him, dlipigiwa uJcelele [he had made at him

aery]
The door was opened for him, alifunguliwa mlango [he had

opened for him the door].

2. The Causative form is made by changing the final
•a into -sha or -za.

Kupungua, to grow less. Kupunguza, to make to grow Jess.
Kuzidi, to grow greater. Kuzidisha, to make greater.

1G2 SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

When the final -a is preceded hy a consonant the
general rule is to use the applied form as the basis of
the causative.

Kupenda, to like. Kupendeza, to please.

Kufanya, to make. Kufanyiza, to cause to make.

Kupanda, to go up. Kicpaudisha, to make to go up.

Verbs which end in the simple form in -ta end in
the causative form in -sa,

Kutakata, to be clean. KutaJcasa, to make clean.

Verbs which end in -ha may be turned into causa-
tives by changing -ka into -sha.

Kuivaka, to be on fire. Kuwashay to set on fire.

Kulainika, to be soft. Kulainisha, to make soft.

Kutolta, to go out. Kutosha, to make to go out.

Kushulca, to go down. Kushusha, to let down.

The causatives of verbs ending in -e, -«, or -u are
constructed on the applied form.

Kulcaribu, to come near. Kuliaribuha^ to make to come near.

3. The Neuter, or quasi passive form is made by
changing the final -a into -ha,

Kufungua, to unfasten. Kufunguka, to be unfastened.

Kiwkoa, to save. KuoJcoka, to be saved.

Where the final -a is preceded by a consonant the
neuter is constructed from the applied form.

Kuvunja, to break. Kuvunjiha, to be broken.

Kuhata, to cut. KnJcatika, to be cut.

VERBS. 163

Cansatives in -sha may be turned into neuters by
changing -sha into -ha.

Kustusha, to startle. KustuTca, to be startled.

Verbs in -e, -i, and -u, construct their neuters on the
applied forms.

Kusamehe, to forgive. KusameheJca, to be forgiven.

Kufasiri, to explain. Kufasirika, to be explained.

Kuliaribu, to destroy. Kuharihika, to be destroyed.

The -ha form is used (like the English passive) to
denote what is generally done or doable.

Kulika, to be eaten, or, to be eatable.

4. Eeciproeal forms are made by changing -a into
-ana.

Kupenda, to love. Kupendana, to love one another.
KupigUj to beat. Eupigana, to beat one another, to fight.

Verbs in -e, -i, and -u construct their reciprocals
upon the applied forms.

Kuharihu, to come near. Kuliarihiana, to come near to one
another.

The reciprocal form of the -ha foi-m may be translated
by to be to be, &c.

Kupafihana, to be to be got.

Kujulikana, to be to be known, to be knowable

Kuoekana, to be to be seen, to be visible.

The derived forms are conjugated and treated in
every way as though they were original words, and
other derived forms may be made froia them to any
extent that may be required.

M 2

164

SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

The applied form of an applied form generally sig-
nifies to do a thing to or for a person for a purpose.
Doubling the verb gives an idea of thoroughness.

Kukata, to cut.
Kutafuta, to seek.
KuclwfuM, to be in a mess.

KupasuJia, to be torn.

KukatilM, to be cut

Enl:ataTiata, to cut up.
Kutafutatafuta, to seek all about.
Kiichafukachafuha, to be all in a

mess.
Kiqjasukapasuha, to be torn to

shreds.
Kukatihakatikay to be all cut

about

( 165 )

LIST OF VEBBS.

As it is necessary to put to before the English Verb to make the Infinitive,
so it is necessary to prefix ku- to make the Infinitive in Swahili. Before
Monosyllabic Verbs the kxi- bears the accent, and is retained in several o'f
the tenses. See p. 149.

Abase, thili.

Ahhor, chukia.

be Able, weza.

Abolish, batili, tangua, ondosha.

Abound with, jaa.

Absorb, nwa, pass, nwewa.

Abstain from, epuka, epushwa {to

be kept from).
Abuse (by words), tukana.
Accept, kubali, takabali, pokea (re-
ceive).

he acceptable or accepted, kuba-
lika.
Accompany, fuatana na, andamana.

(part of the way), sindikiza, adi.
Accuse, tuhumu, shtaki.
Accustom, zoeza.

become accustom^, zoea.
Ache, uma.

My head aches, kitwa chauma or
kinaniuma.
Achnowledge, ungama, kubali, kirL
Acquiesce, nyamaa, rithia.
Acquit, acba.

be acquitted, toka.

Act, tenda.

Adapt, fanya.

Add to, ongeza, zidisha.

Add up, jumlisha.
Adjoin, tangamana.
Adjourn, akirisha.

stand over, akiri.
be Adjudged, fetiwa.
Adjure, apisba.
Admire, penda.

I admire him, ameni'^'^Tideza.
Admit, ingiza, acba kuiugia.
Adorn, pamba.

Adorn oneself, fanya uzurL
Adulterate, gbosbi.
commit Adultery, zini, zinga.
Advance, eudelea mbele.

Advance money to a trader, ko-
pesba,
be Adverse, gomba, teta.
Advise, pa shauri.
Adze, cbonga.
Affect to be, jifanya, jiona.
Afflict, tesa.

be Afraid, ogopa, cha (A.).
Agitate, siikasaka.

166

SWAEILI RAND BOOK.

Agree (come to an agreement), pat an a,
afikana, tuliliana, lekezanya,
tuzanya (A.),
(7)i3 mutually satisfied), rathiana.
(he alike), elekea, lingana.
Aim, twaa shabalia.
Alarm, ogofisha. ogofya, tisha.
be alarmed [ku-]wa na kliofu,
itigiwa Da khofu.
Alienate, farakisha.

he alienated, farakana.
Allege a defect in, umbua.
Allot amongst many, awaza.
Allow, acha, pa ruksa, ruhusu.
Alter, (neut.) badili, badilika, geuka.

(act.) geuza, badili.
Amaze, ajaabisha.

he amazed, tosliea.
Amend, fanyiza, tengeneza.

(of a person reforming), tulia.
Amuse, zumgumza.
Anchor, tia nanga.
A7iger, tia hasira, ghathabisha.
he Angry, [ku-]wa ua hasira, glia-

thabika.
he Angular, [ku-]wa na pembe-

pembe.
Announce, hubiri.
Annoy, sumbua, sumbusha, taa-

bisha, hatiki (A.).
Amiul, tangua, batili, ghairi.

be Annulled, tanguka.
Answer, jibu.

Answer when cdled, itika, itikia.
Anticipate for, onea.
he Anxious, taharuki, taabika.
make Anxious, taharakisha, taa-
bisha.
Apostatize (become an infidel), ku-

furu.
Appear, onekana (Ijecome visible),
tokea (coifie out to).

Apply oneself to, tenda.

Appoint, nasibu, aini, chagua o»

teua (select).
Approach, karibia, jongea.

Approach one another, karibiana.
Bring near, jongeza, karibi&ha.
Approve, kubali, penda, rathi.
Argue, jadiliana, shindana (dispute

together).
Arise, ondoka.
Arm, pa selaha.

Arm oneself, twaa selaha.
Arrange, panga, andika, pangisha,

ratibu, fanya.
be Arrogant, ghurika.
Arrive, fika, wasili.

arrive at one's destination, koma.
m,ake to arrive, fikisha, wasilisha.
reach a person, fikia, wasilia.
Ascend, paa, kwea, panda.
Ascertain, hakiki, uyuzi.
he ascertained, kinika.
he Ashamed, ona haya, tahayari.
make ashamed, tia haya, tahaya-
rislia.
Ask, uliza, iiza, saili.
Ask for, taka.

Make inquiries on behalf of any-
one, ulizia, iiuzia, sail i a.
Ask how one does, uliza hali.
Ask in marriage, posa.
Assemble, (act.) kusanya, kutanisha.
(neut.) kutana, kusanyika, kusa-
nyana.
Assent, kubali, itikiza, afikana, ra-
thiana.
Assert, sema.

He asserts that he saw a ship,

kamma aliona jahasi.
He asxerts that he walked on the
waU^r. kamma alikwenda mtoni
kwa mguu.

LIST OF VEBBS.

107

Astonish, ajabisha, taajabisha.

be astonished, tosliea, sliangaa,
taajabika, toshewa, btaajabu.
Astound, shangaza.
Atone for, setiri.

Attach, gandamia, gandamiza, am-
bisa.

be attached, ambatana (of things),
ambisana (of people).
Attack, shambulia.

Attach people wantonly, [ku-]wa
na jeuri.
Attend (wait upon), ngojea, fuata.

Attend to, sikia, pulika (A.), si-
kilia.

not to attend, ghafalika.

refuse to attend, jipurukusba.
be Audible, sikiliana, sikizana.
Avail, faa.
Avoid, epuka.

get out of the way of, epa.

be avoidable, epeka, epukika.
Avow, kubali.
Awake (neut.), amka.

waken (act), amsha.

B.

Backbite, cbongeleza.
Betray, khini.
Bake, oka.

(pottery), tomea, chomea.
Bale out water, vuta luaji, teka

maji.
Banish, fukuza (drive away), ondo-

sha (make to go aicay), haiuisha

or tamisha (M.) or gurisba (A.).

(to make to remove).
Bar (a door), pingia.
Bargain, fanya ubazazi.
Bark (like a dog), lia.
Barter, badili, awithL

Batter (bruise\ chiibuapbubna.
be battered {like an old coppet
pot), cbubukachubuka.
Bathe, oga.

Be, wa. See Irregular Verbs, p. 1 o2.
(to stay), kaa,
be on one's guard, [ku-]wa na

bathari.
be off one's guard, tagbafali.
Bear (fruit, children, &c.), zaa,
vyaa.
(carry), cbukua, bimili.
(toUrate), vumilia, stabimili.
bear icith another person, chuku-

liana.
Bear with me, niwie ratbi.
bear witness, sbubudu.

about, for or against, sbubiidia.
Beat, piga, puta, menya (Kiyao).
Beat up together, funda.
Beat to pieces, pouda.
Beat a roof or floor, pigilia.
be well beaten, putika.
be beaten upon (as a wreck by the

waves), fuawa.

See Conquer, Thresh.

Beckon to, pungia nguo.

The usual sign to beckon a person
to come is to icave a cloth up
and down.
Become (befitting), sulibi.
Nimekuwa, I am become.
Simekiiwa, am I not become.
The act of becoming is generally
expressed by the present tense of
the verb expressing the being in
the state or possessing the quality.
Become a fool, pumbazika.
Beg, omba, bembeleza.
(entreat), sihi, nasibi.
I beg of you, tafatliaL
Btgd. zaa.

168

SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

Brgin, anza.

Begin upon, anziliza,

Btgin a icorJc, maliki.
Behave, tenda.

Behave well, tenda vema.

Behave ill. tenda vibaya.

Behave like an invalid, jigo-
njweza.
Belch, ongulia.

Belch out, kokomoka.
Believe, sadiki.

Believe in, amiiii.
Bend, (act.) pinda, (neut.) pindana.

Bend round, (act.) peta, (neut.)
petatia, peteniana.

^end down,(act.) inamisha,(?ieM<.)
inama.
Benumb, faganza.
Bequeath, wasia, achia.
Besiege, husuru (Ar.).
Bet, shindania.
Beware, angalia, [ku-]wa na ha-

thari.
Bewilder, tekea.

Bewitch, fanyia uchawi, loga (Mer.).
Bicker, papuriana.
Bid. See Command.

Make a first hid, risimu.
Bind, funga.

Bind hooks, jelidi.

Bind oneself, fanya sharti.

Bind round (as when a stick is
sprung), ganga.
Bite, uma.
Blah, payuka.

Blame, laumu, tia hatiyani, nenae
(scold), patiliza (visit upon)^
karipia (call out at).
Blaze, waka.
Bleed, toka damu.

(copiously), churuzika damu, tu2a
damu (M.).

Bless, bariki (see Copulate), barikit^

jalia.
Blind, povua.

become blind, povuka.
Block, kingamisha, pinga.
Blossom,iosi maua (put forth flowers\

funuka (to open).
Blow (as the wind), vuma, vuvia.

(with the mouth), puzia, puliza.

(a horn, &c.), piga zomari, &c.

(the nose), futa kamasi.

(bellows), vukuta.
Bloio away, peperusha.
Blunder, kosa.
Blunt.

The knife is blunt, kisu hakipati,
kisu ni kivivu (A,).
Blurt out, kokomoka.
Blush, geuka (change colour).

put to the blush, hizika.
Boast, jisifu, jigamba, tamba.
Boil (bubble up), che'mka, tutuma.

cook by boiling, tokosa.

be cooked by boiling, tokota.

be well boiled, tokoseka.

boil over, furika.
Bore through, zua, pekecha (med
also of boring with talk).

with an awl, didimikia.
Border, pakana.
be Born, zawa, vyawa, zaliwa, vya-

liwa, pathiwa.
Borrow, azimwa, kirithi.
Bother, sumbua, hatika (A.).
Boio, (act.) inamisba, (neut.) inama.
Box the ears, piga kofi.
Braise, kaanga.
Bray (like an ass), lia

pound in a mortar, pen da.

clean corn by pounding, twanga.
Break, vunja, vunda (M.), (neut.)
vunjika, katika.

LIST OF VEBBS.

169

[Break'] through, toboa.

into fragments, setaseta.

by bending, ekua.
to be sprung, ekuka.

off the cobs of Indian com, goboa,
konyoa,

down the branches of a tree, kwa-
niia, pass, krwauyiika.

wind, Jamba, ongulia.
Breathe, pumua, puzia, tanafusi.

inspire, paaza, pumzi.

expire, shush a pumzi.

hard, kokota roho, tweta (panf).

breathe oneself (rest), pumzika.
Breed, zaa, lia (M.).
be Brilliant, ng'ara.
Bring, leta.

to or for, letea.

Bring up, lea.

Bring together, pambana.

Bring near, jougeza.

Bring to an agreement, pataui.slia.

Bring to life again, fufua, huisha.

Bring another! Na ije ngine !
Brighten (act.), katua

be bright, katuka (polished),ug' si,ra,
(glistening).
Bruise, chubua.

be bruised, chubuka.

(batter), chubuachubua.
Brush (clean), sugua.

Brush off, epua.
Bubble up, che'mka, tutuma.
Bud, chupuza (spring), chanua (put

forth leaves), mea (grow).
Build, jenga.

in stone, aka.

to point by putting in small
stones, tomea.

(ships), unda.
Bully, onea.
be a Burden to, lemea.

Burn, waka (to be on fire), teketea
(to be consumed), washa (to set
on fire), teketeza (to consume),
choma or chomea (to apply fire
to), onguza (to produce a feeling
of burning, to scorch).

Burrow, fukuafukiia.

Burst, pasuka, tumbuka.

Burst out, bubujika.

Burst into tears, bubujika ma-
chozi.

Bury, zika.

Buy, nunua, zabuni.
Purchase for, nunulia.
Buy back, komboa.

Buzz, like a bee, vuma.

C.
Cackle, like a hen, tetea.
Call, ita, nena, taja (name), amkua
(invite), lingana (A.).
Call out to, pigia ukelele, pigia

ukemi Qler,).
Call for help, piga yowe.
Call to prayers, athini.
become Callous, faganza.
Calm, tuliza.

be very calm, zizima.
Can (kuweza, to be able).
Siwezi, I cannot,
Xaweza, I can.
Canter (of a horse), kwenka kwa
mghad; (of a donkey) kwenu'a
krwa thelth.
Capitulate, selimu, sellim.
Care (take care), angalia [ku-]wa
na hathari.
take care of, tunza.
consider, waza, tafakari.
be careless, [ku]wa mzembe,
I don't care, iiaithuru, mamoja
pia.

170

SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

Carry, chukua.

for, chukiilia.

on a pole over the shoulder, chu-
kua mpikoni.

on the head or shoulders, pagaa.

a child on the hack, beba.

astride on the hip or hack, eleka.
in front or on the lap, pakata.

in a hundle or faggot, titika.

off as spoil, teka.

as cargo, pakia.

on freight, takabathi.
Carve wood, &c., kata nakshi,

chora (adorn with carving),

he carved, nakishiwa.
Cast, tupa.

upon or at, tupia.

a glance, tupa natbiri.

one's eyes, tupa macho.

(in a mould), ita.

off all shame, jipujua.

cast lots, piga or fanya kura.
Castrate, hasi.
Catch, daka, nyaka.

in a trap, nasa, tega.

fish, vua samaki.

put something to catch rain-water,
kinga mvua.

(see one who thinks himself unseen),
fathebi, gundua.

he in time to meet with, diriki.
Caulk, kalafati.
Cave in, pomoka.
Cease, koma.

make to cease, komesha.

talking, nyamaza.

(of pain), nyamaza.
Cense, fukiza (uudi, &c.).
he Certain about, kinika, tasawari.
Change, (act.) geusha, geuza, badili,
badilisha, (neut.) geuka, baJi-
lika.

he changeable, badilibadili, ba«

dilika.
change one^s mind about, gbairi.
change (a piece of money), vunja.
Charge (direct), agiza, sisitiza (M.).
Chase, win da, wiuga.

away, fukuza.
Chastise, atbibiL
Chatter, puza.

(of the teeth), tetemeka.
Cheapen, rakbisisha.
Cheat, danganya, hadaa, gbusubu.
he cheated, danganyika, hadaika.
Cheer, ondolea, huzuni.
Cheiv, tafuna.

Chirrup (as to a bird), fionya. Both
woid and thing are used in
Zanzibar to express contempt.
Choke (throttle), kaba, sama.

choke oneself with drink or spittle,

palia na mate, &c., &c.
irritate the throat, kereketa.
Choose, chagua, teua, khitari, penda,
toa (send).
as you choose, ikhtiari yako, upe-
nd a vyo.
Chop, chanja (cut up), chiuja or
(M.) tinda (cut), tema (slash),
chonga or tonga (cut to a point),
katakata (chop up small).
Circulate (intelligence), tangaza.
Circumcise, tahiri.
Claim, dai.

Cla}) the hands, piga makofi.
Clasp in the hand, shikana, kamara.
in the arms, kumbatia, kumba-
tiana.
Claw, papura.

Clean, takasa, fanya safi, safisha.
he clean, takata, safika, takasika.
clean corn by poxiuding, twaiiga.
clean a second time, pwaya.

LIST OF VERBS.

Ill

[Chaii] he quite clear of husks and
dirt, pwayika.

cotton, cloves, &c., chambiia.

cocoa-nuts from the husk, fua.

by scraping, paa.

cleanse hy ceremonial ablutions,
tohara.

clean out from within a shell,
komba.

clean out a man {get all his
money), komba.

be cleaned out (l)se all one's
money), kombekf..
Cleanse. See Clean.
Clear. See Clean.

the sky is clear,Mw'mgu. umetakata.

(riiake clear or plain), eleza, yuza,
fafauua, fafaimlia.

(be clear), elea, fafanuka, fafanu-
kia.

ground in a forest, fieka mwitu.
Cleave, (split), pasua, chensa.

cleave to, gandama, ambatana.
Click, alika, (act.) alisha.
Climb, panda, kwea.

a tree, paraga.
Cling, ambata.

together, guiana, ambatana, fu-
ngamana, shikamana.
Clip, kata.
Close the eyes, &c., fuinba.

the fist, fumbata.

a door, shindika.

a hook, funika.
Clothe, vika.
Coagulate, gandamana.
Coax into, shawi:<lii.
Cock (a gun), panza mtambo.
Coddle, engaenga.
Cohabit with, ingiliza.
Cold. See Cool.

be very cold, zizima.

I have a cold in the head, siwezi

kamasi.
Collect, kusanya, jamaa, (neut.) ku«

sauyika, kutaua.
Comb, chana, chaiiia.
Come, ja, imp. njoo, pi. njooni.
by, for, to, &c., jia.
to a person on a business, jilia.
(arrive), fika, wasili.
out, toka.
in, ingia.

upon (meet with), knta.
n-ear, karibu, karibia, jongea, fi-

kilia.
Come near ! or Come in ! Karib !
Come no further ! Koma usije !
close to, wasili, wasilia.
together. See Assemble,
to life again, fufuka, hui. buika.
to an 671(7, isha, koma, tekeza.
he fully come (of time), wadia.
come to light, funuka, fumbuka.
come to nothing (of plants, fruity

&c.), fifia, pooza.
come apart, katika.
come out in a rash, tutuka, tutu-

mka, tutusika.
Comfort, fariji, tulizia roho (calm

the soul), ondolea huzimi (tak6

away grief).
Phrases used hy way of comfort-
ing .—

Slmkuru Mimngu, thank God.

Hemdi Mimngu, praise God.

Itoe buzimi, put aicay sorrow.

Usiwe na huzuni, don't grieve,
be comforted, farajika, shukura

Muuugu, pendezewa, tawakaii

(trust in God and take courage),
be Comfortable, tengenea.

I cannot be comfortable in the

house, nyumba hainiweki.

172

SWAHILI HANDBOOK.

Command, a'mru, ambia (tell).
Commission, agiza. [amrisha.

Commit. See Adultery.
Compare, angalia kwamba ni sawa,
pambanisha (bring together),
pambanua (distinguish), linga-
nisha (match), fafanisha (make
like).
Compel, juburu, lazimisha.
Complete, timiza, timiliza, khati-
misha, maliza (finish),
complete one's education, hitimu.
he complete^ timia, timilia, isha
(end).
Comprehend. See Understand.
jua (know).
kutana (take in),
he comprehended in, ingia.
Conceal, setiri, ficha.

he concealed, stirika.
Concern, pasa.
Conciliate, patanisha.
Condemn, laani (damn).
Amefetiwa kuuawa, he was ad-
judged to he killed.
Imempasa kuuawa, he ought to he
killed.
Condescend, nenyekea.
Condole, iiaua (Join in a formal

mourning).
Conduct, peleka, leta, chukua.
Confess, kiri, ungama, lalama.
he Confident, turaaini.

have confidence, staamani.
Confide in, amini, tumania.
Confound, changanya (mix), batili
(annul),
he in Confusion, fathaika (of
persons), chafuka (of things).
Confuse, changanisha.
put into confusion, fatbehi,
hecome confused, fathaika.

Congeal, gandamana.
Congratulate, furahisha, shangilia.
Connect, fungamaua (tie together),

ungana, ungamana.
Conquer, shinda.
Consecrate, fanya wakf.
Consent, kubali, rithia, penda, ra-

thiana.
Consider, fikiri, tafakari, waza.
Console (see Comfort), tuliza, tulizia

roho.
Conspire, wafikana.
Construct, jenga, jenzi.
Consult, taka sbauri (ask advice),

fanya shaiiri (consult together).
Consume, la, teketeza (by fire),
he consumed, isha, lika, teketea

(hyfire).
Contain, chukua (contain as a hag

does rice),
he contained in, ingia, [ku-]\vamo,

'mna (it is contained in it).
Contend with, shindaua na, husumu.
Content, rithika.

he content, [ku-]wa rathi, kinayi
Continue, dumu, kaa, shinda (stay

at work, &c.).
make to continue, dumisha.
Contract, punguza (lessen), fupiza

(shorten), fanya ndogo (make

small), kaza (press together).
Contract, fanya sharti (make a con-
tract), fanya ubazazi (malce a

bargain).
Contradict, kanya wasa.
Control, a^/iabitisha, zuia.
Converse, zumgumza.
Convert, geuza, fanya.
Mwenyiezi Muungu amemwo-

ngoa, God has turned him from

Ms evil way.
to he converted, ongoka.

LIST OF VEEBS.

173

Convince, f^ubutisba, tumainisha.

become convinced, tumaini.
Cook, pika, audaa.

cook with fat, kaanga,

cook without fat, oka.

cook muhogo cut into small pieces,
pwaza.

to become cooked enough, iva.
Cool, (neut.) poa, poroa, (^act.) poza
(to cool by pouring backward
and forward), zimua (cool hot
water by pouring in cold).
Copulate, jami, tomba (vulgar).

for the first time, baviki.
Copy, nakili, fanya nakl.

copy from, twaa ya.
Correct, sahihi, sahihisha, rudi.
Correspond (write to one another),

andikiana.
Corrupt, haribu.

go bad, oza, haribika.
Cost, wakifu, simama.

cost to, wakifia, simamiei.
Cough, kohoa.

Count, hesabu, wanga (]\Ier.), ha-
Cover, fuuika, setiri. [zibu.

as with a flood, funizika.

cover, with leaves, put into embers,
&c.), vumbika.

be covered, stirika.
Covet, tamani.
Crack, tia ufa.

as the earth does in dry weather,
atuka.

become cracked, ufa.
Crash, fanya kishindo.
Craicl, tambaa.
be Crazy, zulu.
Crease, kunjia.

be creased, kunjika.
Create, umba.

be created, hulukiwa.

Creep, tambaa.

Crinlde up, finyana.

be Crooked, potoka, komboka.

Cross (lie across), pandana.

(cross a river), vuka, kweuda
ng'ainbo ya pili.

(cross a room), kwenda upande
wa pili.

get cross, vima.

be cross at having anything to do,
kimwa.
Crow, wika.

Crucify, sulibi, sulibisha.
Cruize, viiijari.

Crumble, (act.) fikicha, (neut.) fu-
Crush, seta, ponda. [jika.

crush and bruise one another,
pondekana.

crush up, setaseta.

crush in, (act.) bonyesha, (neut.)
bonyeka.
Cry, lia.

cry about, lilia.

cry out at, pigia, ukelele, karipia.

cry for help, piga yowe.

cry for mercy, lalama.
Cultivate, lima.
Cup, umika.
Curdle, gandamana.

curdled milk, maziwa mabiYU.
Cure, ponya, poza, ponyesha.

make better, fanya ashekali.

be cured, poa, pona.

cure fish, &c., ng'onda.
Curse, laaui, tukana.
Cut, kata.

cut obliquely, kata hanamu.

vut for, cut out for, katia.

cut up, chanja, chenga

cut to shreds, pasukapasuka.

be cut off from one another, ti-
ndikiana.

174

SWAHILI HANDBOOK.

Dab, chachaga.
Damage, baribu.
Damn, laani, laanisha.
Dance, cheza.

dance for joy, randa.
Dare, fftubutu, weza, jasirisha.
Darken, tia giza.
Darn, tililia.
Dash, cbupia.
Daub, paka.
Dawn.

kuna kweupe, to be grey dawn.

pambazuka or pambauka, become
ligld.
Dazzle, choma.

the eyes are dazzled, macho yame-
fanya kiwi.
Deal in (trade in), fanya biashara
ya, &c.

Deal cards, gawa karata.
Decay, haribika, oza.
Decease, faviki.
Deceive, danganya, padaa.

deceive by promises, ongofya.

be deceived, hadaika.
Decide, kata maneno.
Deck out, hamba.
Declare, thihirisba, yuza.
Decoy, patia or twalia kwa che-

revu.
Decrease, pungua, punguza, pu-

nguka.
Dedicate, fanya or wekea wakf.
Defeat, vunja, kimbiza (put to
flight).

to be defeated, vunjika, kimbia.
Defend, linda.

guard oneself, kinga.
Deflower, bikiri, vunja ungo.
Defraud, thalimu.
Deign, kubaii, nenyekea.

Delay, (neut.) kawia, kawa, fawiti

(act.) weka, kawisha.
be Delirious, papayuka.
Deliver, okoa, viia, toa.

be delivered, vuka, okoka.
Demand, taka.

demand in marriage, posa.
Demolish, vunja, haribu.
Deny, kana, kanisha.

deny to a person, nyima, hinl

(refuse), kataa.

deny all credence to, katalia.
Depart, ondoka, toka, enda zangu,
zako, &c.

Depart from me! Ondoka mbele
yangu !

depart from (be alienated from\
farakana.
Depend upon, [ku-]"wa na.

Kunaye, depending upon Mm.

fungamana na, be connected with.

fuata, be a dependant.

tuDgikwa, hang from.
Depose, uzulu, uzulia.
Depreciate (act), khashifu, umbua.
Deprive of, twalia.
Deride, cheka, chekea, kufuru,

fanyizia mzaha.
Descend, shuka.

Describe, andika, fafanulia (by liken-
ing), pambanulia (by distin'
Desert, acha, hujuru. \jguishing.
Deserve, stahili.

deserve ivell of, fathili.
Desire, taka, ipa, tamani (long for),

penda (like).
Desolate, vunja, haribu.
Despair, kata tamaa.
Despise, tweza, tharau (pass. Iha-

rauliwa), hakirisha.
Destroy, haribu, vunja.

be destroyed, haiibika, vunjika.

LIST OF VERBS.

175

Detain, kawislia, weka.

Deter, kataza, zuia.

Determine, yakinia, azimu, kaza.

determine a matter, kata maneno.
Devise, fanya shauri.
Die, fa, fakiri, ondoka katika uli-
mwengu, toweka (A.), tekeza.
make to die, fislia.
lose by death, fiwa na.
Dig, chimba.

dig out or away, chimbua.
fiiktia, cut a small hole fit to
receive a post.
Dignify, tukuza.

become dignified, or be raised to
dignity, tukuka.
Dilute, tia maji.
Dim, tia giza.

Diminish, (neut.) pungna, punguka,

tilifika, (^act.), punguza, tilifi-

Dip, chovya. [sha.

dip and leave in, choveka.
Direct, agiza {commission), ambia
(tell), amuru (order), fundisha
(instruct), vusha (put into the
right way).
Disagree, gombana, tetana.
Disappear, toweka.

(as a scar, &c.), fifia.
Disarrange, chafua.
Discharge from an obligation, feleti.
Discover, vumbua.
Discriminate, pambanua.
Disemboicel, tumbua, tumbuza.
Disgrace, aibislia, hizika.

be disgraced, aibika.
Disgust, chukiza.

be disgusted, chukiwa.
Dish up, pakua.

Tf7tew you idsh a meal to be served
you should say, not pakua, but
lete cLakula.

Dislocate, teuka.
Disquiet, fatljaisha.

be disquieted, fatliaika.
Dismiss, likiza, ondoa.
be dismissed, tolewa.
Disobey, asL

Disorder (put things in disorder),
chafua.
put an army in disorder, fathaislia.
be in disorder or dishabille, clia-

fuka.
be all in disorder, chafukachafuka.
Dissipate, tampanyatapauya.
Distinguish, pambanua.
Distort, popotoa.

Distress (put in low spirits), kefya-
kefya.
he in distress, thii.
Distribute, gawanya.
Disturb.

DonH disturb yourself! Starehe!
Disunite, farakislia.

be disunited, epukana, farakia-.ia.
acbana.
Dive, zama.
Divide, tenga, gawa, gawanya, kata,

hussu.
Divorce, acha, tokana, tangua udoa.
Do, fanya, tenda.

I have done nothing, sikufanyu

neno.
He has done nothing at all, haku-

fanya lo lote.
be done ar doable, tendeka.
do (be of use), faa.

It won't do, haifai.
do anything slowly and carefully,

kototeza.
do wanton violence, husudu, fanya

jeuri,
he done (finished), isba.
be done (coohtd), iva.

ITG

SWAHILl HANDBOOK.

Bote, piswa.
Double, rudufya.

Dovht, fdixxya. tashwishi [ku-]wa na
shaka.

There is no doubt, hapana shaka.
Doze, sinzia.

wake up suddenly from a doze,
zinduka, ziudukana.
Drag, kokota, burura (JwmI along).

drag out of one^s hand, chopoa,
kopoa.
Drain out, cliurukiza, churuzika.
Draw, vuta.

Draw water, teka maji.

Draw together, kunyata.

Draw near, karibu, karibia, kari-
biana.

Draw a line, piga mstari.

Draw out nails, &c., kongoa.

Draw breath, taiiafusi.

Draw in the breath, paaza pumzi.

Draw up the earth round growing
crops, palilia.

Draw the end of the loin cloth
between the legs and tuck it in,
piga uwinda.
Dread, ogopa, ogopa muo.
Dream, ota.
Dress, vika.

Dress in, vaa, jitia.

Dress up, pamba, jipotoa.

Dress ship, pamba inerikebu.

Dress vegetables for the market,
chambua.
Drift, chukuliwa.

Drink, nwa, or ny wa ; pass, nwewa.
Drip, tona.
Drive, ongoza (lead, conduct), cbu-

nga (as a shepherd), fukuza

(drive away), fukuzia (drive away

from), kimbizia (make to run

away from).

Drop (doivn), (neut.) anguka, (act.)
angusha.
into, (neut.) tumbukia, (act.) tiim-

bukiza.
(like leaves in autumn), pukutika.
(fall in drops), tona.
drop from, little by little, dondoka.
Drown (act.) tosa, (neut.) tota, fa

maji.
he Drunken, lewa.

Dry, (neut.) kauka, nyauka, (act.)
kausha.
become dry hy tvater leaving it,

pwa, pwea, pwewa.
be left high and dry, pweleka.
put out to dry, auika.
dry or cure fish, ng'onda.
Dupe, danganya.
Dust, futa vumbi.
Dwell, kaa, kaa kitako, keti (M.).
Dwindle, kunjana, pimguka, anga-

mia (go down in the world).
Dye, tia rangi.

kutona hina, to lay on henna so
as to dye the part red.

E.

Earn, pata.

Ease, fariji, sterehisha.
become easy, farajika.
Ease oneself, kunya.
Eat, la.

in, with, for, &c., lia.

be eaten or eatable, lika.

have eat&n enough, shiba.

eat at the expense of each one in

turn, la kikoa.
eat where each contributes some-
thing to the feast, la kwa ku-
chaiiga.
eat all the food away from others,
ima.

LIST OF VERBS.

Ill

Ametuirna, he has eaten it all up

before ice came,
overeat oneself, vimbiwa.
make a person eat too much,

vimbisha.
eat without hounds, papia.
eat over voraciously, la kwa pupa.
Ebb, pwa.
be Eclipsed, patwa.
Educate, funda, fundisba, alimisha,

adibu, or tia adabu (teach good

manners), lea (bring up).
Elongate, ongeza urefu.
Embalm, tia madawa asioze.
Embarh, panda (go on board), ta-

hassa (go on board with the

intention of sailing).
Embrace, pambaja, kumbatia, ku-

mbatiana.
Embroil, tia matata.
Emerge, zuka.

Employ, tuma (send about), tumia
■ (make use of), tumika (be

employed).
Empty out, mwaga, mwaya.
Enable, wezesba, jalia.
Encamp, tua (put down loads).
Encourage, tia moyo, ^/iMbutislia.
End, (neut.) isba, koma, (act.) mali-

za, komesha, kbatimisha.
Endow with, wekea wakf.
Endure, ishi (last), vumilia (bear

with), stabimili.
Enervate, tboofisha.
Engage, afikana, twaa, fanya sharti.
Engender, zaa, vyaa.
Enjoy, furahi, ona raba, furabiwa na.
Enlarge, ongcza, zidisba.
Enlist (act.), tia asikari.
be Enough, tosba, toshelea.
It is enough, bassi.
have had enough food, sbiba.

Enquire, uliza (ash), huji (enqu ?

fn/o), bakiki (make sttre about),

ulizia (enquire on account of).
Enrage, ghatbabisba.

be enraged, gbatbabika.
Enrich, pa utajiii.
Enslave, tia utumwanL
Ensnare, tega.
Entangle, tia matata.
Enter, ingia.
Entice, vuta kwa cberevu, twaa kwa

werevu.
Entreat, omba, sibi, nasibi.
Entrust, wekea amana, amini mtu

na kitu.
be equal to (an undertaking, &c.),

weza.
Equalize, sawanisba, sawazisba,

faiiya sawasawa, linganisba (by

measurement).
Erect, simikisba.
Err, kosa, kwenda bapa na bapa

(wander).
Escape, okoka (Jbe delivered), pona

(to get well), vuka (to get across),

kimbia (run away), fiatuka (to

escape as a spring, to get free).
Establish, tengezeka (?).
Estimate, kadiri, kisi.
Evaporate, nwewa.
Exalt, inua (lift), tukuza, atbiraisha.
be exalted (great), tukuka, athi-

mika.
Examine, onja (taste), tafiti, fatiislii,

sa}dli (by questions).
Exceed, pita.
Excel, pita.
Except, toa, tosba.
Exchange, ba lili.
Excite, tabarrakisba, fitini.

be excited, bangaika.
Excuse, utburu. samebe (pardon).
N

178

SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

Exercise, zoea.

exercise auihority over, hukumu.
Exert oneself, fanya juhudi, jitahidi.
E.rhort, onya, nabihisba.
Exorcise by music, &c., punga.
Expand, tanua, kunjua (unfold),

zidi (increase), I'unuka or

kunduka (become open).
Expect, ngoja, ngojea, tumaiui.
Expel, toa, fukuza.

expel an evil spirit by music, &c.,

punga pepo.
Expend upon, be at the expense of,

gbaiimia.
Explain, eleza, pambanua, fasiri,

tafsiri, fumbulia, pambanulia

(explain to), tambulisha (make

to recognise).
Explode, pasuka (burst), waka

(blaze).
Explore, fatiislii, jasisi, angalia.
Export, toa.
Express, tbahiri, baini.

(press out), kamua.
Extend, (act.) nyosha, (neut.) fika

(reach to), kunjuka, euea (be

spread over).
Exterminate, ng'oa pia yote (root up

utterly).
Extinguish, zima, zimia.

to go out, zimika.
Extort, pokonya.
Exiol, sifu.
Extricate from, toa na, namua

(Mer.).
Exult, furahi.

F.

Fade, fa, kaiika, fifia (pine away),
pukutika (wither and drop),
thoofika (groio weak and thin).

Fail, punguka.

Faint, zimia roho.
Fall, anguka.
fall like rain, nya.

cause rain to fall, nyesha,
fall into, tumbukia.
let fall into, tumbukiza.
fall flat on the ground, lala incliL
fall in (cave in), pomoka.
fall short, punguka, tindika (A,),
fall sick, ugua,
Falter, shangbaa, sita.
Fan, pepea.
Fancy, kumbuka, fikiri.

fancy oneself, jiona.
Fast, funga.
break a fast, or eat after a fa sty
futuru.
Fasten, funga.
Fatten (get fat), nona (of animals),

nenepa (of men).
Fatigue, chosha, taabisba.

be fatigued, choka, taabika.
Favour, pendelea.
Fear, ogopa, cha (A.), [kii-Jwa na
khofu.
be fearless, peketeka.
Feast, kerimu.
Feed, lis ha.

cause to be fed, lishisba.
put morsels into a friend's mouth,
rai.
Feel, ona (perceive), papasa (touch).
Feign, ji fanya.
Fell, kata.
Fence, fanya ua.
Fend off a boat, tanua mashua.
Ferment, cbacha.

Ferry over, vusha, vukisha, abirisha.
Fetch, leta.
Fight, pigana.
set on to fight, piganisha, pigani-
shaua.

LIST OF VERBS.

179

Fill, jaza.
fill in [a hole], fukia.
beconi* full, jaa. The passive is

used for heiny filled with some

extraneous substance. Mtungi

umejaa maji, the jar is full of

water, hut, maji yamejawa na

dudu, the water is full of

insects.
he half full (by remaining), shi-

nda, maji yashinda ya mtungi,

the jar is half full of water.
Jill up, jaliza.
fill with food, shibisha.
to be full, to have had enough,

sMba.
Find, ona, zumbua, vumbua, pata,

kuta.
be to be found, ziunbukana, pati-

kana.
find out in a trick, fathehi,

gundua.
he found out, fetheheka.
find fault with, tia liatiyani.
Finish, (act.) maliza, (neut.) isha,

koma.
finish off, tengeneza, tengeleza.
finish ajmirney, koma.
finish a scholar, bitimisha.
Fire (set on fire), tia moto, wasba

moto.
(apply fire to in any icay), choma.
a gun, &c., piga buuduki, &c.
Fish, vua samaki.

fii^h a spar, &c., ganga, tia gango.
Fit, faa (do well).
Ni kiassi changu kama nalika-

tiwa mimi, it fits as though it

had been made for me.
Fix, kaza.

fix the eyes upon, kodolea.
Flame, Avaka, toa ndimi za moto.

Flap, piga

maJce a sail flap by going too near
the wind, pigiza tauga.
Flash (lighten), piga umeme.
Flatten, tandaza.
Flatter, sifu, sifu mno, jipendekeza

(ingratiate oneself with).
Flavour, to get the right flavour
Flay, chuna, tuna (M.). [kolea^

lose the skin, chunika, tunika ( M. ).
Flee, kimbia.

he Flexible, pindana, [ku-]wa laini.
Flicker, sinzia.
Flinch, jikunja, ruka.
Fling, tupa.
Float, elea, ogolea.
Flog, piga.

J'ZoofZ, gharikisba,furika,tawanyika,
funikiza.

he flooded, gliariki.
Flourish, sitawi, fana, fanikiwa.

malie to flourish, sitawisha.
Flow, pita (flow by), toka (flow
out), bubujika (to burst and
bubble out).
Flower, toa mana.
Hurry, zulisha.
Flutter, papatika.
Fly, ruka.

fly off, punika.
Fold, kunja.

fold together, kimjana.

fold in the arms, kiunbatisL
Folloto, fuata, andama (M.).

follow a pattern, oleza.
become Foolish, pumbazika.
Forbid, gombeza, kataza.
Force (see Compjel), tia nguvu. la-
zimisba.

He was forced to ao, alikwenda
kwa nguvu.

Force open, pepefua.

xN 2

180

SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

Foretell, agua, ial3iri, bashiri.

How has this year been iwedicted
o/? Mwaka huu umeaguli-
waje ?
Forfeit, lazimishwa.

he forfeited hy, potea.
Forge iron, &c., fua chuma, &c.

weld on a new point or edge, tam-
buza.
Forget, sahau.

he forgotten, sahauliwa.
Forgive, samehe, acbilia, mwafa.

Forgive me, niwie ratbi.
Forsake, acha.

Fortify, tia boma {put a rampart).
Foster, lea, lisba.

Free {from slavery), weka or acba
burn.

{from prison), acba, fungiia.

he set free {from prison), tokana.
Freeze, ganda, gandamana.
Freight.

pay freight for, takabatbisba.

carry on freight, takabatbi.
Frighten, ogofya, tia kbofu, ogo-
fisba, khofisba, tisba.

hecome frightened, ingiwa Da
kbofu.

startle, stusba, kutusba.
Front, kabili, lekea.

put in front of, lekeza.
Froivn, kunja uso, kunja vipaji.

He has a frowning face, uso una-
kunjamana.
Frustrate, batili, vunja.
Fry, kaanga.
Fulfil, timiza, timib'za.

fulfil a promise, fikiliza abadi
Furl sails, kunja matanga.
Furnish a house, paniLa uyumba.

G.

Gain, pata, pata fayida.

Gallop, piga mbio.

Gape, piga nyayo, funua kinwa.

Garble copal, &c., cbagua sanda-

rusi, &c.
Gather {fruit), cbuma
into a heap, zoa.
together {act.), kusanya, kutani-

sba, jamaa, jamiisba.
together {neuL), kusanyika, kuta-

nika.
upi into a small space, finyana.
oneself up for an e^orf , jitutumua.
little by little, lumbika.
up one's courage, piga moyo
konde.
Geld, basi.
be Genial {good-humoured and

merry), cbanga'mka.
Get, pata.
get better, pona.
get a little better, [ku-]wa asbe-

kali.
get drunh, lewa, jilevya.
get dry, kauka.
get fire by working one stick

against another, pekecba
get for, patia.

get foul of one another, pambana.
get goods on credit in order to

trade with them, kopa.
get into, ingia.
get into a well, a scrape, &c., {act.)

tumbukiza, {neut.) tumbukia.
get into a passion {neut.), ingiwa

na gbatbabu or hasira.
get into a quarrel {act), vumbilia

vita.
get {seeds'] into the ground, vu-

nibikia,
get mouldy, fanya ukungu.

LIST OF VERBS.

181

get out, toka.

get out of the icay, jitenga.
Out of the icay ! Similla !
get out of one's sight, tokomea.
get palm wine, gema.
get ripe, iva.

get thin and watery, poroa.
get through, (neut.) penya, (act.)

penyesha.
get up, ondoka.

rise to (a person), ondokea.
get up or upon, panda.
get loell, pona, poa.
he Giddy, levyalevya.
Gild, chovya.
Give (a thing), toa.
(to a person), pa, ptass. pewa, to

receive,
give a complaint to, ambukiza.
give a taste, an inlding, or a little

specimen, dokeza.
give back, rudisha.
give into the hand, kabithi.
give leave to, pa ruksa or ruhusa,

rukhusu.
give light to, tia mwangaza.
give mutual gifts, pana.
give presents to, tuuza, tunukia.
give rations to, posba.
give room or space, naiisisba.
give to drink to, nywtsha.
give to eat to, lisba.
give trouble, taabislia, fanya inda,

sumbua.
give way under one, bonyea.
Give way (row) ! Vuta !
Glance, nathiri, tupa macho or na-
tbari (cast the eyes or a glance).
Glare at, ng'arisa.
Gleam, mulika, ng'ara.
Glide, tii-irika, teleza.
Glisten, zagaa.

Glitter, metameta, mekameka, me*

rimeta, mulika.
Glorify, tukuza, sifu.
Glow, ng'ara.
Gnaw, guguna.
Go, enda, enenda.
you can go, ruksa.
go after or for, endea.

(follow), fuata.
go alongside, pambana.
go ashore (of a ship), panda.
he left high and dry, pweleka,
pwe-^a na maji.
go ashore (of a person), shuka.
go away, enda zangu, zako, zake,
zetu, zenu, zao, according to
the person.
toka ondoka.
go away from, acha, toka.
go hack, rudi, regea.
go hackward, endelea njnima.
go had, oza.
go hefore, tangulia.
go hefore a judge, enda kwa

kathi.
go hehind, fuata.
go hy, pita.

go crooked, patoa, potoka.
go forward, endelea mbele.
go free, toka.
go into, ingia.
go marketing, enda sokoni.
go of (like a spring), fiatuka.
go on (not to stop), fuliza, luza,

fululiza.
go on (with a work), shinda.
go on hoard, panda.
go on hoard in order to sail, ta-

go on uoith hy turns, pokezana.
go out, toka.

(like a candle), zimika.

182

SWAHILI HANDBOOK.

He has gone out for the day,
amekwenda sliinda.
go over, viika.
go past, pita.
go quicTdy down a steep place,

tele'mka.
go running, enda mbio.
go to expense about or upon, gha-

rimia.
go to meet, laki.
go to meet icith shouting and joy,

shangilia.
go to law with, teta.
go up (neut.), paa.
(act.) kwca, panda.
be Good of its hind, fana.
Gore, piga pembe.
Govern, tawala, miliki.
Grant to, pa, jalia, ruzuku.
Grapple, kamatana, shikana.
Grasp, shika, fumbata.
Grate, paruga, pamza.
Graze, paruga, kwaruza.

graze one another, paruzana.

become Great (of a person , tukuka.

become great to or hard for, kulia.

be Greedy, [ku-]wa na rolio or

choyo, fanya tamaa (6e greedy

for).

Greet, salimu, salimia, amkua, ba-

rikia.
Grieve, (act.) sikitisha, tia huztmi.

(neut.) sikitika, ingiwa na huzimi.
Grin, toa meno.
Grind, saga.

grind coarsely, paaza.
Groan, ugua.

groan at, zomea.
Gro^pe, papasa.

Grow, ota, (o/_pZa7i<s),kua (tobecome
large), mea (of plants, to grow
or he growaUe).

What is to be groivn here ? Kili-
mo cha nini ?

grow to its full size, pea.

become full-groicn, pevuka, komaa.

grow up quichly, vnvumka.

not to grow (of seeds), fifia.

grow large enough to bear fruit,
auka.

grow fat, nenepa (of persons),
nona (of animals).

grow thin and lean, konda.

groiv larger, kua, kitbiri.

grow less, pungua, tilifika,

make to grow large, kuza.
Growl, ngurnma.
Grudge, bini.

grudge at, hnsudu.
Grumble, nung'unika.
Grunt, guna.
Guarantee payment of a debt, ba-

a residt, tadariki. [will.

Guard, linda, tunza, bami, ngojea.

guard oneself against a blow,
kinga.
Guess, babatisba, kisi, thani.
Guide, onyesba njia (show the way),

peleka (tahe).
Crulp, gugumiza.

gulp down, ak'ia. »

Halt, tna (put down burdens), si-
mama (stand), sita (go lame, or
to stop), cbecbemea {to put one
foot only flat on the ground).

Hammer, gongomea (hammer in),
fua pass, fuawa (beat as with a
sledge-hammer).

Hang, angika (as against a wall),
tungika (be suspended), tu-
ndika, aliki.
(strangle), nyonga, songa.

LIST OF VEBBS.

183

Happen, tiikia.

Which happened to him, Idlicho-
mpata.
Harass, surabua, uthi, utliia, clio-
koza, siimbusha.
be harassed, sumbuka, uthika.
Harm, thuru, liasara.

No harm 1 Haithuru !
Harpoon, paga.
Hasten, (act.) harakisha, himiza.

(iieut.~) fanya hima, liaraka.
Hatch, ongua, zaliwa, onguliwa (he
hatched), angua (break the
shell).
Hate, chukia, buothu, zira (M.).
Have, [ku-]wa na (see p. loi).
(possess), miliki.
on hoard, pakia.
power over, weza.
in one's debt, wia.
To have things done for one, is
expressed hy the passive of the
applied form (see p. 161).
Hatch about, tembeza.
Heal, poza.

he healed, poa, pona, ongoka.
Heap tip, kusanya, fanya fungtu
Hear, sikia, pulika (A.).

hear one another, sikilizana, pu-

likana.
he to he heard, sikilikana.
Hearhen, sikiliza, pulika.
Heat (get hot), pata moto. See

Warm.
Heave the log, tia batli.
he Heavy. See Wrigh doicn.
Help, sayidia, aimi.
Hem, knnga.

Hesitate, shangaa, sita, ingiwa na
shaka (get into doubt),
in spealdng, babaika.
Hide, ficha, settiri, sita (A.).

You have hid the cap from me,

umenifieha kofia.
You have hid my cap, umenifi-
cbia kofia.
Hinder, zuia, pinga, fawiti.
Hint, dokeza.

Hire, ajiri, panga (to rent).
Hit, piga, pata.

tcith a spear or arrow, furaa.
Hoard, weka, weka akiba.
be Hoarse, pwelewa sauti.

I am hoarse, sauti imenipwea.
Hoe, lima.
hoe up, palia.

oause to he hoed, palililiza.
Hoist, tweka.

Hold, sbika, kamata, fumbata
(grasp), zuia (hold in), zuilia
(hold off from),
hold in the mouth, vuata.
hold one's clothes or hands be-
tween one's knees, fiata.
hold a public audience, or council,

barizl.
hold up (not to rain), anuka.
hold in contempt. See Scorn.
Hollow out, fukua.
Honour, heshimu, pa heshima,

jali.
Hop, rukaruka.

Hope, taraja, tumaini (feel con-
fident).
I hope, robo yatumai.
Humble, tbili, bakiri.

he humble, nenyekea.
Hunger, [ku-]wa na njaa.

be ravenously hungry, rapa, lapa.
I am very hungry, njaa iuauiu-
ma.
Hunt, winda, winga. saka.
Hvrry, liaraka, bimiza.
Hurt, luna, umia, umiza.

184

SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

Eush {Indian ^>rn), menya, ambua
(M.).
(cocoa-nuts), fua.
(or shell), papatua.

he III or unicell. Illness is expressed
by the use of the negative present
of the verb kuweza, to be able.
Siwe2i, I am ill. Hawezi, he is
ill, &c. Nalikuwa siwezi, I
was ill. Alikuwa hawezi, he
was ill, &c.
I have been ill for two monihsi
siwezi yapata miezi miwili.

Imitate, oleza, iga, fuata.

Immerse, zamisha, chofya.

Implore, pembeleza.

he Impossible, toa kufanyika.
It is impossible, haiyamkini.

Imprecate against, apiza.

Imprison, tia gerezani, funga.

Improve, tengeleza, sililii, sitawisha.

recline, (neut.) inama, (act.) ina-
misha.
incline to (like), penda.

Increase, (act.) ongeza, zidislia.
(neut.) ongezeka, zidi, kitliiri.

be Indebted to, wiwa na.

Indulge in, zoeza, jizoeza.

Infect, ambukiza.

Inform, arifu, hubiri, pa habari.
In letter-writing arifu is alicays
employed, on other occasions
kupata or kuwa na habari is
generally used for to be in-
formed, and ambia (tell) for to
inform.

Ingratiate oneself, jipendekeza.

Inhabit, kaa, keti.

Inherit, xiihi.

Injure, hasira, hasiri, hasirisha
be injured, hasirika.

Innovate, zua.

be Inquisitive, tafiti.

Inspect, kagiia.

Instruct, fundislia, funza, elemisha.

Insult, shitumu, tukana, chokoza.

Intend, kusudia (purpose), azimu or
azimia, or yakinia (resolve),
nia, or ania, or nuia (Jiave in
one's mind).

Inter, zika.

Intercede for, ombea.

Interpret, fasiri, tafsiri.

Interrupt, znia, kutiza, hanikiza,
uthia (bother).

Intoxicate, levya.

become intoxicated, lewa.

Intrude, fumania.

Going into another person's house
for an unlaivful purpose (ku-
fisidi), or without lawful pmr-
pose (ku-fumaniana), bars by
the law of Zanzibar any claim
on the part of the intruder in
respect of any assault or injury
ivhile there.

Inundate, gharikisha, furika (swell\
tawanyika (spread).

Invade, shambulia.

Invent, buni, zumbua.

Invite, ita, alika.

invite to come in, karibisha.

Irrigate, tia maji, nywesha.

Irritate, tia hasira, ghathabisha,
kasirisha, chokoza.

Itch, — cause to itch, nyea.
I itch, imeninyea.

J.

Jam, kwamisha.

become jammed, kwama, sakama.

LIST OF VERBS.

185

Jar the teeth, like grit in food,

kwaza meno.
Jerk, kutua.
Jest, fanya ubishi or mzaha, thi-

haki.
Join, (act.) unga, (7iez(f.)iinganana.
Judge, hukumu, hukumia, amua.

The original meaning of amua

is to separate, and it is used of

separating two persons who have

been fighting.
Jumble together different languages

or dialects, goteza.
Jump, ruka.

K.

Keep, weka or cheleza {put away),
tunza {tahe care of), linda
{guard), bifatbi {preserve), sbi-
ka {hold), fuga Qieep animals),
weka or kawisba (delay).

be kept gossiping, piizika.

be kept tame or in a cage, fugika.

It cannot be kept, i.e., it icill
either run away or die, hafu-
giki.

keep aicake, {neut.) kesba, {act.)
kesbeza.

keep from, epusba, zuilia.

keep in order {a person), rudi.

be kept, or capable of being kept,
in order, rudika.

keep on at. sbinda.

Keep your distance ! Koma usije !
Kick, piga teke.

Kill, iia. pass, uawa, waga {Mer.),
fisba {to cause to die).

kill with, &c., ulia.

kill for food, cbinja, tinda (M.).
be Kind, tenda mema.

do a kindness to, fatbili.
Kindle, wasba, tia muto.

Kiss, busn.

lift to the lips and kiss, sogeza.
Knead, kanda.
Kneel, piga magote.
Knit the brows, kunja vipaji.
Knock, gonga, gota, piga.

at a door, or to cry Hodi ! if the

door be open, bisba.

Knoio, jua. Kujua is often used in

the sense of to know of, about,

how, &c.

I know where he is, namjua aliko

(J know of him, ivhere he is).
I know how to speak the language
of Zanzibar, najua kusema kiu-
nguja.
I can dc blacksmith^ s work, najua

kufua cbuma.
{to recognize), tambua.
be knowable, julikana.
make to know, julisba, juvisha.
become known, tangaa.
know what to do, tanababL

L.

Lace in the rope or matting across a
native bedstead, tanda, wamba.
Lacerate, papura.

be lacerated, papurika.
be Lame, tegea, cbecbemea, tetea,
kwenda cbopi, tagaa {icalk icith
the legs far apart).
Land, {neut.) sbuka, {act.) shusba.
Last, isbi.
Laugh, cbeka.

laugh at, cbekelea.
Launch, sbua, pass, shuliwa.
Lay, tia, weka.

lay a icager, pinga, sbindania.

lay by, weka akiba.

lay doion, laza.

186

SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

lay eggs, atamia, or zaa, or nya
mayayi.

lay hold of, sbika.

lay open, funua, weka wazi.

lay out, andika, tandika, toa.

lay out money, gharimu, gbarimia.

lay the beams of a roof, ikiza.

lay the table, andika meza.

lay ujjon the table, weka mezani.

lay to anyone's charge, tuhumu.

lay iqjon some one else, kumbisha.
he Lazy, [ku-]wa mvivu.

to be cross at having anything to
do, kimwa.
Lead, ongoa, ongoza, peleka, fikisha
{mahe to arrive).

lead astray, kosesha.

lead devotions, somesha.
LeaTi, vuja, fu'mka (to open at the

seams).
Lean upon, tegemea, egemea.

lean upon a staff, jigongojea.

become lean, koiida.

make lean or thin, kondesha.
Leap, ruka.
Learn, jifunza, pata kujua.

learn manners, taadabu.
Leave, acha, ata (M.), toka.

leave by death, fia.

leave to (bequeath), achia.

leave go of, aeha.

Leave off! Wacha! Bass!
Koma!

leave off fasting, fungua.

leave till fit or ready, limbika.

leave (cause to remain), saza.
be left (remain), saa, salia, baki.

ash leave, taka, ruksa.

give leave, nihusu, pa ruksa.

give leave about, amria.

take leave of, aga.
take letive of one another, agana.

Leaven, chacba.
Lead, azima, kiritlii.
Lengthen, ongeza urefu,

make long, fanya mrefu.
Lessen, (act.) punguza, (neut.) pu-

nguka.
Ljet (2)ermit),aGha, pa ruksa, kubali,
kubalisba.

let alone, acha.

let a house, pangislia nyumba.

let down, shusha, tua.

let down a bucket, puliza ndoo.

let free a spring, fiatua, fiatusba.

let go an anchor, puliza.

let loose, fungua.

let on hire, ajirisba.

let water, vuja.
Level, fanya sawasawa, tandaza,
tengeneza.

be level ivith, lingana na.

make level with, linga, linga-
nisha.

level a gun at, lekeza bunduki.
be Liberal to, kerimu.
Liberate, fungua, yass. funguliwa.

from slavery, weka, or acba huru.
Lick, ramba.
Lie (tell lies), sema uwongo

(to be), kaa, [ku-]wako.

lie across, kingama.

a tree lies across the road, mti
umekingama njiani.

lie across one another, pandana.

lie doicn, jinyosha, jilaza, lala,
tandawaa.

lie heavy on, lemea.

lie on the face, wama, fuama (M.).

lie on the side, jiinika.

lie on the back, lala kwa tani,

lie in wait for, otea.
Lift, inua, tweka.

lift up the voice, paliza sautL

LIST OF VEBBS.

187

Light, washa. tia moto.

he light, angaza.

show a light, miilika.
Lighten (lightening), piga umeme.
Like, penda.

he an object of liking, tamauika.
Liken, fafanisJia.
Limit.

reach its limit, pea.
Linger, kawia, kawilia.
Lis2J, [ku-]wa ua kitemlte.
Listen, sikiliza, pulikiza.

listen secretly, dukiza.

Live, kaa (sta^j or he), isLi (continue),

[ku-]wa hayi (he alive), [kil-]

wako ulimwenguui (be in this

Load, chukuza. ^world).

a person, twika.

a ship, pakia.

a gun, sumiii, shindilia.

he laden iciih, pakia (of a ship),
chukua (carry).
Lock, funga.

with a native lock, gomea.
Loiter, kawilia.
Loll, tandawaa.
Long for, tamani.
Look, tazama.

look out, or look carefully, angalia.

Look out I Angalia ! Jiponye !

look out for, tazamia.

look for, tafuta.

look after, tunza.

look over a propeiiy, aua.

look up to see what is going on,
tahamaka.
Loose, fungua.

he loose, regea.
Loosen, regeza.
Lose (money), pata hasara.

potea (to he lost to). [nipotea.

I have lost my knife, kisu kirne

lose hy having taken from one,
twaliwa.

lose hy death, fiwa na.

lose one's senses, rukwa na akili.
Love, peuda, asliiiki.

he loved hy, kora.
iLoicer, shusha, tua.
Lull, pembeza, tumbuiza.
Lurk for, otea.
Lust after, tamanL

M.

Magnify, kuza, tiikuza.

magnify oneself, jiiapa.
Make, fanya, fanyiza.

make to do or he. See p. 162.

make a floor or roof, sakifn.

make a pen, chonga kalamu.

make a sign to, a<liiiia.

make a will, wasia.

make another love one, pendeleza.

make hrilliant, ng'aza.

make cheap, rakldsisha.

make clear, tMliirisha, eleza, weka

uazi.
make confident and hopeful, tu-

mainiiha.
make crazy, zulisha.
mahe dear, ghalisha.
make delirious, papayuza.
make equal, like, &c., sawanisha,

sawazisha.
make for, fanyia.
make [clothes] for, katia [ngun].
make game of, tbiliaki, fanyizia

mzaha.
make haste, lanya hima, euda

bima.
make ill, gonjVeza.
make into a ring, peta.
make lawful, lialilioha.

188

BWAHILI HANDBOOK.

make ligM of a matter, jipuru-
kusha.

mahe like, oleza.

make metal things, fua, fulia.

make over talkative, payuza.

mMke pastry, andaa, andalia.

make peace 'between, suluhisha.

make plain, thahiri, eleza, tliihi-
risha, weka wazi.

make pottery, finyanga.

make raw, chubua.

make room for, nafisisha.

make sorry, sikitisha.

m^ke sure, hakiki.

make to agree, isatanisha.

make to he at peace, suluhisha.

make to enter, ingiza.

make to go up, pandisha, kweza.

make to grow lean, kondesba.

make to hear or understand, sikiza.

make to weep, liza, lizana.

make unlawful, harimu, hara-
misha.

make up afire, chochea moto.

make up one's mind, tanababi,

make verses, tunga masbaiii.

make water, kojoa.

m.ake weak, thoofisha.

make well, ponya, ponyesha.

Bon't make a noise ! Tulia !
Manage, amili, fanya.
Mark, tia alama.

}Iarry, oa (of the hushand), olewa
{of the wife), oana (0/ the
couple), oza (of the parents).

ask in marriage, posa.
Master, ghelibu, shinda.

he master of, weza, tamalaki.
Match, lingana

make to match, linga, linganisha.

he a match for, weza.
Mean, taka, nia, kusudia.

j Measure, pima, twaa cheo.

measure together, enenza.
Mediate hetween, selehisha.
Meditate, tafakari, waza.
Meet, onaua, kutana, kutanika, ku*
sanyika.

meet with, kuta.

go to meet, laki.
2Ielt, (neut.) yeyuka, ayika, (act.)

yeyusha.
Mend, fanya, fanyiza.

(sew up), shonea.

(darn), tililia.

(hind up), ganga.
3Iensfruate, [ku]wa na heth.
Mention, nena, taja.
Mess.

he all in a mess, chafukachafuka.

make a mess of one's work, boro-
ngaboronga.
Mercy (have or shoio), rehemu.
Mildew, fanya kawa.
Milk, kama.

Mind, tunza (take care of), angalia
(take care), kumbuka (hear in
mind).

Never mind, haithuru, usitie
shuguli.

I don't mind, mamoja pia.
Mingle, changauya.

he mingled, changanyika.
Miscarry, haiibu miniba.
Miss, kosa.

(to go near to without touching),
ambaa.

(not to go direct to), epea.

to he missed (not found), kosekana.
Mislead, poteza, kosesha.
Mistake, kosa.
Mix, changanya.

mix up hy knocking and heating^

LIST OF VERBS.

189

Mock^ iga, thihaki, koraaza, kufuru.
he Moderate, [ku-]wa kadiri.
Molest, sumbua, chokoza, liasirisha.
Mould (cast in a mould), ita, fanya
kwa kalibu.
groiv mouldy, fanya ukungu.
Moulder, fujika, furijika, haribika.
(go info lumps like spoilt flour),
fanya madonge.
Mount, panda, kwea.
Mourn (in a formal manner), kaa
matanga.
join in a formal mourning,
hana.
Move, (neut.) jongea, (act.) jongeza.
Move into the shade, jongea

mvulini.
(as a carpet does when a mouse is

under it), furukuta.
(shake), tukusa, tiki^a, siikasuka.
(change place of dxcelling), liama,

tama (M.), gura (A.).
cause to remove, hamisha, tamisha,
gurisha.
Multiply, (act.) zidisha, ongeza,

(neut.) zidi, ongezeka.
Murder, ua, pass. nawa.
Murmur, nung'unika.
Must, lazimu, sharti, hana buddi

See p. 155.
Mutilate, kata.

N.'
Name, taja, nena, ita, pa jina (give

a name to).
Need, taka, ihtaji, ihtajia.
Negleot, gliafilika (not to attend to),

achilia (leave undone).
Nibble, tafuna.
Nod, sinzia (f?02;e),asLiria kwa twaka

(as a signal).
Notice, ona, angalia, nathiri.

notice a defect, toa kombo.

take no notice, taghafali.
Nourish, lisha.
Nurse (a child), lea, lisha.

(a sick person), uguza.

Obey, tii, fuata, sikia, tumikia.
Object to, kind ana, shindana, Indi-
ana.
Oblige (compel), lazimisha, juburu,
juzia.
he obligatory upon, lazimu.
hold under an obligation to do,

&c., juzu.
(by kindness),fa.thi[i, tendca zeu;a.
Observe, angalia.
Obstruct, kataza, pinga.
Obtain, pata.

O'-cupy (keep cnjaged), fawiti.
Offend, chukiza, tia ghaiii, tia
hasira.
be easily offended, [ku-]wa na

chuki.
not to be offended, ku-wa rathi.
don't be offended with me, niwie

rathi, kunrathi.
I am not at all offended, rathi
Sana.
Offer to, tolea, jongeleza (bring near
to),
offer for sale by auction, tembeza.
make a first bid, rissimu.
Omit, acha.
Ooze, tiririka.
ooze out, vujia, tokeza, tokea.
(act.) funua (uncover), fungiia
(unfasten), panna (make wide),
fumbua (unclose the eyes, &c.),
sindua (set open a door), pepe-
tua (force open),
(neut.) [ku-]«a wazi (to lie clear).

190

SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

funuka or kimduka (to open
like a flower), panuka {become
wide), fuuguka (to get un-
fastened).
Oppose^ gomba, khalifu,kataza, teta,
shindania, ingia kati.
he opposite, lekea, kabili, elekea,

elekeana, kabilia.
put opposite, lekeza, kabilisha,
elekeza.
Oppress, onea, lemea, thelimu.
Order, amuru, amrisha, ambia,
agiza (commission),
arrange in order, panga, tunga.
put into good order, fanyiza,
tengeneza, ganga.
Ought. See p. 155.

ihtajia, taka, pasa.
Overbear, by loud talking, &c., pa-

mbanya, pambanyiza.
Overburden, lemea.
he Overcast, tanda [wingu].
Overeat oneself, vimbika, vimbiwa.
Overfeed, vimbisha.
Overflow, miminika, tawanyika,

ghariki, furika.
Oversee, simamia, angalia.
Overturn, pindua.

he overturned, pinduka.
Overtake, pata.
Overwhelm, gharikisba.
Owe, wiwa.
I owe him, aniwia.
to have in one's debt, wia.
Own, miliki (possess), kiri (confess),
ungaina (acknowledge).

Pack up, fanga.

Paddle, vuta kwa kafi or kapi.

Pain, uma, umia.

Paint, tia raugi
Pant, tweta.
Paralyse, poozesha,

be paralysed or paralytic, pooza.
Pare, ambua.

Pardon, samehe, afu, gbofira, gho
firia.

Forgive me, nipe hisa yangu.

Ask mutual pardon and so take a
last farewell, takana buriauL
Parry, bekua.
Part out, gawa, gawanya.
Pais, pita, pisha.

make to pass, pitisha.

pass going in opposite directions^
pish ana.

pa$s through, penya.

pass over (a river), vuka.
(a fault), achilia.

pass close to without touching ^
ambaa,

be passable, endeka.
Pasture, chunga, lisha.
Patch (thatch, &c.), chomelea.
be Patient, vumilia, subiri.
Paw [the ground'], parapara.
Pay, lipa.

pay to, lipia.

cause to be paid, lipiza.

pay freight for, takabathisha.
Peck, dona, dondoa.
Peel, ambua, puna.
Peep, chungulia, tungulia (M.).
Pelt, tupia.
Penetrate, penya.
Perceive, ona, sikia, fahamu.
Perfect, kamilisba.

he perfect, kamilika. See Com-
plete.
Perforate, zua, zua tundu.
Perform a promise, fikiliza ahadi.

ablutions^ toliara.

LIST OF VERBS.

191

devotions, sali.
a vow, ondoa nathiri.
Perish, fa, potea, potelea, haribika.
Perjure oneself, apa uwongo, shu-

hudia zuli or aziir.
Permit, ruhusu, pa ruksa, acha.
Perpetuate, dumisha.
Perplex, tia matata, eliatiganvisha.
become perplexed, ingia matata,
tanganyika.
Persecute, fukuza, thulumu.
Persevere, dumu, dumia, dawamu.
Perspire, taka baii.
Persuade, shawishi, kinaisba, pa

shauri.
Pick {as with a knife point),
cbokora.
(gather), cbuma.
stalks, &c., from cloves, &c., cba-

mbua.
pick out (select), cbagua, teua.
pick up, okota.
pick up hit hy bit, dondoa, lum-

bika.
pick holes in one another's cha-
racter, papu liana.
Pickle, fanya acbari.
Pierce, zua, peuyeslia, penya.
Pile up [plates, <fcc.], andikanya.
Pinch, finya.

be pinched up, finyaua.
Pine away, fifia.

Pity, burumia, sikitikia, rebemu.
Place, weka.

an arrow on the string, a knife in

the belt, &c., pacbika.
TJtere is no place for me in the
house, nyumba bainiweki.
riait^ suka, sokota.
Planey piga randa.
Plant, panda.
Plaster, kandika.

prepare a icallfor the ichite plaster
by smoothing it and tapping in
small stones, tomea.

put on a plaster, bandika.
Play, cbeza, laabu.

play the fool, peketeka.

play upon an instrument^ piga
zomari, &c.
Please, pendeza, furabisba.

(like), penda.

as you please, upendavyo.

Please I Tafatbali !

be pleased, pendezewa.

make pleasing, pendekeza.
Pledge, weka rabaui.
Pluck, cbuma (gather), nyakua
(snatch), nyonyoa (pick off
feathers).

pluck up a courage, piga moyo
Plug up, ziba. [konde.

Plunder, teka, twaa nyara.
Point, cbonga ; fanya 'ncba.

p)oint out, onyesba, aiuisba.
Poison, pa sumu.
Poke, cboma.
Polish, katua.

Ponder, fikiii, waza, tafakari.
Possess, miliki, [ku-]wa na.

(of an evil spirit), pagaa.

be possessed by an evil spirit^
pagawa na pepo.
be Possible, Piu-]\va yamkini, weze-

kana, fanyika, teudeka.
Postpone, akiiiblia.
make Pottery, finyanga
Pound, ponda, funda.

clean corn by pounding, twanga.
Pour, mimina.

pour away, mwaga, mwaya.
have Power over, weza.
Practise, jizoeza, taala.

practise witchcraft, I'anya uchawL

192

SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

Praise^ sifu, hemidi.

praise oneself, jisifu, jigamba.
Prate, puza.

Pray, omba, sal: {'perform the fixed
devotions), abudu (worship).

pray for, taka (ash for), ombea
(intercede for).
Preach, klmtubu, ayitbi.
Precede, tangulia.
he Precipitous, cbongoka.
Predict, agua, basbiri, tabiri.
Prefer, penda, kbitari, stahiba.
he Pregnant, cbukua mimba, bamili.
Prepare, weka tayari,

food, andaa, and alia.
Present to, tunikia, pa.

make presents to, pukusa, pa
basbisbi, tunza.
Preserve, bifathi, afu.

he preserved, bifatbika,
Press, kaza, sbindilia, siuikiza.

press out, kamua.

press upon, kandamiza.

press heavily upon, lemea.

press with the teeth, vuata.

make an impression (as with the
fingers), bonyesba.

press and crush food for invalids
or children, vinyavinya.

press against one another, like
sheep in a flock, songanaso-
ngana.
Pretend to he, jifanya.
Prevent, zuia, kataza.
Prick, cboma.
Pride oneself, jisifu.
Print, piga cbapa.
Prize up, tekua.
Proceed, enenda, fuliza.
Proclaim, tangaza, bubiri, nadi,
Procure for, patia. [_eleza.

he procurable, patikana.

Profess, ungaraa.

Profit, pata fayida, fayidi, cbiima.

tuma (M.).
Prognosticate, basbiri.

hy the stars, piga falaki.
Prohibit, kataza, gombeza.
Project, tokeza, tukiza.
Prolong, ongeza urefu, tuiliza, en-

deleza.
Promise, abidi, toa aliadi.

give a promise to, pa abadi.
Pronounce, ta'mka.
Prop up, tegemeza, sbikiza.
he propped, tegemea.
prop up a vessel to prevent its
falling over when left hy the
tide, gada.
Propose, nena, toa sbauri.
Prosecute, sbtaki.
Prosper, fanikiwa, sitawi, kibali,

jaliwa.
Prostrate oneself, sujudu.
before, to, &c., sujudia.
Protect, bami, linda, Mfathi, kinga

(ward off).
Prove, thubutiiiha,.

he proved, thuhntu.
Provide, weka akiba.
Provoke, kiribi, kirihisha, tia liasira,

gbathabisba.
Prune, cbeDga, feka.
Pry, dadisi, fatiishi.
Puff, puliza.

he puffed up, tuna, fura, jetea,
jivuna.
Pull, vuta.
pull out, ng'oa.
he pulled out, ng'oka.
Moyo unaning'oka, my heart has
jumped into my throat, used of
a person tnuch startled,
pidl out feathers, nyonyoa.

LIST OF VERBS.

193

puU out of ones hand, chopoa.

pull up [roots'], ngoa.
Vump, piga bomba.
Punish, atbibu, atbibisba, tesa
(afflict), sumbusba (give annoy-
ance to), patiliza (visit upon).
Purify, takasa, safisba.

by ceremonial ablutions, tobara.

be purified, safika, takasika.
Purpose, kusudia, ania.
Pursue, fuata (folloio), winda
(chase), fukuza (drive away),
tafuta (seek for).
Push, sukuma.

push against, kuinba.

push aside, piga kikumbo,

push off upon, kumbisba.
Put, tia, weka.

put across [a river'], vusba.

put a pot on the fire, teleka.

put an end to, komesba, gbairi.

put aicay, weka.

put down, tua.

put forth leaves, cbanua.

put in a line, panga.

put in order, tunga.

put in under anything, vumbika.

put into, tia.

Tia motoni, put it in the fire.
Tia moto, set it on fire.

put into the right way, vusba.

put off, akirisba.

put off upon another, sukumiza.

put on [clothes], vaa.

put on his guard, tabatbirisba.

put on a turban by winding the
doth round the head, piga
Mlemba.

put out, toa.

put out [fire], zima, zimia.

put out of joint, sbtusba, sbtua.

put ready for use, sogezea.

put ropes to a native bedstead
tanda wamba.

put to (shut), sbindika.

put to flight, kinibiza.

put to rights, tengeneza, tengeleza

p^it to straits, tbiiki.

put through, penyesba.
Putrify, oza.
Puzzle, tatanisba.

be puzzled, tatana, tatazaua.

Q.

Quake, tetemeka, tetema.
Quarrel, gombana, nenana, nazi-
yana.

with, teta, gomba.
Quarry [stone], cbimba, vunja.
Quell, tuliza.
Quench, zima.
Quicken, bimiza (make quicker).

be quick enough (be in time),
diriki.
Quiet, tuliza.

become quiet, tulia, nyamaz.i,
tulika.
Quit, acba, toka.
Quiver, tetema.

Race, sbindania.
Rain, nya.

It rains, mvua inakunya, mvua

yanya (M.).
cause it to rain, nyesha.
leave off raining, anuka.
Raise, inua (lift), paaza (make to
rise), tweka, kweza, pandisha,
imisba.
raise the eyebrows by way of Bigi^
konyeza.

J 94

SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

raise the eyebrows hj way of con-
tempt, kuuia.
Ua7ige together, pangana.
Bansoin. komboa, fidi (of the price),

fidia (of the person).
Rap with the knuckles, piga konzi.
be made Baiv, chubuka.
Eeach. See Stretch.

(arrive at), fika, wasili, pata.

reach a person, fikia, wasilia.

cause to reach, fikisha, wasilisha.

put within his reach, [raw-]eiieza.

reach its limit, pea.
Read, soma, fyoma (M.).

teach to read, somesha.
Reap, vuna.

(break off the heads of Indian
corn), goboa.
Rear [a child'], lea.
Reason, tefua.
Rebel, asi, khalifu, taghi.
Rebuke, nenea, laumu, law an a.
Rebut, dakuliza.
Receive, pokea, pewa, twaa.

(accept), kubali, takabali.

receive for some one else, pokelea.

receive a stranger, karibisha.
Reckon, hesabu, wanga.
Recite, karirisha.
Becline, jinyosha, tandawaa, pu-

mzika.
Recognize, tambua, tambulia, fafa-
nua.

be recognizable, tambulikaua.
Recollect, kumbuka, fahji.nm.
Recommend, neuea, agiza, arifu,

peleka.
Reconcile, patanisha, selehidia.
Redeem, koml^oa, fidia.
Reduce, punguza.
Reef a sail, punguza tanga.
Refer to, itgea.

Reflect (think), kumbuka, waza,

fikiri.
Reform, silihi, silihisha, saliilii,

sahihisha.
Refresh, burudisha, sterehisha, ta-

biiradu.
Refuse, kataza, kataa, iza.
refuse to, nyima, hini.
refuse to believe, katalia.
Refute, batili.
Regret, juta, sikitika.
Rehearse, karirisha.
Reign, miliki, tawala.
Reject, kataa, kania.
Rejoice, (neut.) furahi, furahiwa.
rejoice in, furahia.
make to rejoice, furahisha.
shout and triumph, shangilia.
Relate, hadithia, nena, toa, pa.
Relax, regeza.

be relaxed, regea.
Release, acha, likiza.

from an obligation, feleti.
Relish, ona tamu, ona luththa.
Rdrj upon, fungamana, jetea.
Remain (stay), kaa, kaa kitako,
keti (M.).
be left, saa, salia, baki.
remain awake, kesha.
remain quiet, starehe.
to remain as he wishes, kumkalia
tamu.
Remedy, poza.
Remember, kumbuka, faharau.

remember against, patiliza.
Remind, kumbusha, fahamisha.
Remit [^sins], ghofiri.

remit to, ghofiria, ondolea.
Remove, ondoa, tenga, ondolea.

from an office, uzulu.
Rend, rarua, pasua.

be rent to pieces, pasukapasuka.

LIST OF VERBS.

195

Renounce, acha, kana.

Rent, panga (hire), pangisba (let).

Repair, fanyiza, fauya.

Repay, lipiza.

Repent, tiibu.

repent of, tubia.
Reply, jibu (give an answer), itika

(answer when called).
Repay, regeza, lipa.
Reproach, sbutumu, kamia, taya.
Request, taka.
Rescue, toa kunako hatari, toa

mnamo hatari, okoa.
Resemble, fanana na.

make to resemble, fananisha.
Resent, fanya gbathabu, ingiwa na

ghathabu.
Resign, jiuzulu, jitoa katika.
Resist, khalifu.
Resolve, yakinia, azimu.
Rest (neut.) pumzika, tulia, starehe.

(act.) pumzisha.

He never rests, hana zituo.

I cannot rest in the house, nyumba
hainiweki.
Restore, rudisha, rejeza.
Restrain, zuia.
Resuscitate, fufua, huisha.
Retaliate, twaa kasasi, lipia sawa,

jilipiza.
Retire (go back), endelea nyuma.
Return, (neut.) rudi, regea.

(act.) rudisha, regesha.
Reveal, funua.

Revenge, nahma, lipia maovu, toa
kasasi.

revenge oneself, jilipiza (or lipia)
kasasi.
Reverence, nenyekea.
Reverse, pindua.
Revile, shutumu.
Revive, (neut.) fufuka, hui, buika.

Revive, as a plant in water, chuj)uza.

(act.) fufua, huisha.
Revolt (disgust), kinaisha.

revolt at, kinai.
Reward, jazi, jazih'a, lipia, fathili
Ride upon, panda.
Ridicule, fanyizia mzaha, thil.aki.
Ring a bell, piga kengele.
Rip, pasua.
Ripen, iva.
Rise (ascend), paa.

(get up), ondoka.

(stand up), simama, inuka.

(rise to, or out of respect for\
ondokea.

(come to the top of the water),
zuka.

(of the sun), [ku-]cha.
Roar, lia, nguruma, fanya kishiiido

(make a crash).
Roast, oka.
Rob, ibia (steal from), nyang'anya.

(take by force), poka.
Rock, pembeza.
Roll, (act.) fingirislia.

(neut.) fingirika.

(of a river, time., ({-c), pitsu
Root out, ng''oa.
Rot, oza.

be Rough, paruga, paruza.
be Round, viringa.

(spherical), viringana.
Rouse from sleep, ainsha.
Row, vuta makasia.

be in rows, pangana.

put in a row, panga.
Rub, sugua.

the skin off, chubua, tuna,

rub to pieces, fikicha.

rub in ointment, &c., j)aka.
Ruin, angamisha, potezii, vuna
korofisha.

0 2

196

SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

he ruined, angainia, tilifu, filisika
(he sold up).
Bule, tawala.

rule a line, paga mstari.
Ruminate, teuka.
Bun, piga mbio, rukhuthu.
run a risk, hatirisha.
run against, fulia.
run away, kimbia.
mahe to run away, kimbiza.
run away from a master, home,

&c., toroka.
run ashore, panda, tekeza.
run down, like water, or like a
person down a steep place, te-
leni'ka.
run down with blood, churuzLka

damu.
run hard, kaza mbio.
run over, furika.
run icith a shuffiing noise like a

rat, gugurusha.
run (in sewing), piga bandi.
Rush along, enda kassi.
Tiust (neuL), ingia kutu.
Rustle, piga mtakaso.

S.
Salute, salimu, sulimu, amkua,
amkia, salimia.
fire a salute, piga mizinga ya
salamu.
Salve, bandika.
Sanction, toa ithini.
Satisfy, rithika.

be satisfied or content, [ku-]wa

rathi.
satisfy with food, shibisha.
he satisfied, shiba.
he never satisfied, nyeta.
be self-satisfied, kinai.
he enough, tosha.

he of use to, fa a.

satisfy lust, timia ngoa.
Save, okoa, ponya, vuslia.

he saved, okoka, pona, vuka.

(put away), weka.
Saiv, kata kwa msumeno, kereza.
Say, sema.

say to, ambia.
Scald, onguza, unguza.

he scalded, ungua.
Scare, fukuza, tia khofu.

scare hirds from corn, &c., linda
ndege.
Scatter, tawanya, tapauya (M.),-
farakisha.

he scattered, tawanyika.

scatter about, tawanyatawauya,
tapanyatapanya (M.).
Scent (put scent to), sioga.

smell out, nukiza.
Scold, fanyizia ukali, nenea, laumii,

karipia.
Scoop up, wangua.
Scorch, unguza, onguza.

he scorched, ungua, ungulia.
Scorn, tharau, tweza, pcketeka.
Scour, sugua.
Scrape, kuna.

scrape along, kwaruza.

scrape for, with, &c., kunia.

scrape into a coarse meal, ]>aaza.

scrape off, puna.

scrape off hark, dirt, scales, &c.^
to clean by scraping, paa.

scrape on the ground, para.

scrape out, komba.

scrape up, kwangua.
Scratch, kuna, kunyua.

(make a scratch), piga mtai

scratch deeply, papura.

scratch like a hen, pekua.
Scream, piga kiowe, piga yowe.

LIST OF VERBS.

19:

Scrubs sugua.

Search for, tafuta, tefua.

search all about, tafutatafuta.
Seal, tia muhuri.
Seduce women, tongoza.
See, ona.

he seen, or visible, onekaiia.
see any one off, safirisha,
Seelc, taka.
seek advice, taka shauri.
seek out, huji.
seel:, for, tafuta, zengea.
seek out for, look out for, tafutia.
Seem.
It seems to me, naiona,
seem sweet to, kora.
Seize, kamata, guia, shika.
seize for debt, filisi.
go quietly and secretly up to any-
thing in order to seize it sud-
denly, nyemelea.
Select, chagiia, teua.
Sell, uza. The u- of this word is
very unimportant, it is generally
merged in the -u of ku-, the
sign of the infinitive, ivhich is
retained in most of the tenses,
sell to, liza.

he ordinarily sold, uzanya.
Send, peleka, leta.

to a person, pelekea, letea.

cause to reach a person, wasi-

lisha.
send away, ondosha, toa.
send hack, rudisha, rejeza.
send upon some business, tuma.
Separate, tenga, weka mbali.

(leave one another), achana, ataua

(M.)j tokana.
(alienate), farakisha.
become alienated, farakana, ta-
ngiikana.

separate people xcho are fighting,

amua.
(distinguish), pambanua.
he cut off from one another, like

friends separated by great dis-
tances, tindikiana.
be Serene, [ku-]wa saff, tiiliks

kunduka.
Moyo wake umekunduka, hi

heart is at peace.
Serve, tumikia, hudumia.
he a servant, tumika.
serve for, faa kwa.
Set, weka.

(plant), panda.

(of the sun), chwa, twa (M.).

The sun is not yet set, jua hali-

jachwa.
set a dog on one, tomesha mbwa.
set a trap, tega.
set aside, tangua, ondoa.
set fire to, tia moto, washa, knka

choma.
set in order, panga, tunga.
set on to fight, piganisha, pigani-

shana.
set open \a door'], sindua.
set out on a journey, safiri, shika

njia.
set the teeth on edge, tia gauzi la

meno.
set up (put upicards), panza.
(make to stand), simikisha.
set wide apart, panulia.
Settle, (neut.) tuana.

settle an affair, kata ma»eno.
settle down, tulia.
settle in one's mind, yakinia.
Seiv, shona.

sew through a mattress to confine

the stiiffing, tona godoro.
Shade, tia uvuli.

198

SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

Shake, (act.) tikisa.

(neut.) tikitika.

shake of, epua, kupua.

shake out, kung'uta, kumunta
(Mer.).
become Shallow, pun^uka.
Shame, tia haya, tahayaiisha.

he put to shame, fetheheka, aibika.
Shampoo, kanda.
Shape, umba.
Share, gawanya.

part out in shares, gawa, hussu.

he partners in, shariki, sharikiana.
Sliarpen on a stone, noa.
Shave, nyoa.

shave round the head, leaving hair
on the crown only, kata denge.

shave all save one long tuft, kata
Shed, pukutika. [kinjunjm-i.

Shell, papatua.

shell heans, &c., pua baazi, &c.

shell nuts, &c., hy heating, banja,
meuya.
Shelter, tia kivuli.
Shift a hurden from one to another,
pokezanya.

shift over a sail to the other side,
kisi tanga.
Shine, ng'ara, zagaa, mekameka.
Shiver (neut.), tapatapa, tetema,

tetemeka, tapa.
Shoot [with a gun'], piga [kwa
bunduki].

(as a plant), chupuka, cbupuza.
Shorten, fupiza.

he short and small, kundaa.

fall short, punguka, tindika (A.),
Shout, piga kelele.
Shove out of the way, piga kikumbo.
Show, onyesha, onya.

show a light, mulika.

show one's teeth, toa meno.

become Shrewd and knoiving, ere*
make Shrewd, erevusha. [vuk;*.

Shriek, piga kiyowe.
Shrink (become smaller), pungua.
(from something), jikunja.
shrink up, jikunyata, fingana.
Shrivel (neut.), nyauka, finyana,

kunjana.
Shrug the shoulders, inua mabega.
Shudder, tetemeka.
Shun, epuka.
Shuffle along, gugurusha.

shuffle cards, tanganya karata.
Shut (put to), shindika,
(fasten), funga.
(close), fumba.
shut against, fungisha.
he Sick or ill, ugua, [ku-]wa mwoli,
[ku-]wa hawezi, &c. See III
and Vomit.
He feels sick or sea-sick, moyo
wamcbafuka, moyo umemwelea
(M.), ana ng'onga (A,).
Sift, cbunga (by shaking), peta or
pepeta (hy tossing), pepua
(separate large and small, ichole
and broken grains). Sifting is
always done by tossing and
shaking in a round fiat basket.
Sigh, ugua, kokota roho (draw

breath with an effort).
Silence, nyamazisba.
become silent, nyamaza.
continue silent, nyamaa.
be Silly, piswa.
Sin, fanya thambi, kosa.
Sing, imba, tumbuiza (lull).
Sink (act.), zamisha, tosa (drown),
didimisha (i^ito a solid sub-
stance),
(neut.), zama, tota (drown), didi-
mia (sink into a solid substance).

LIST OF VERBS.

199

Sip, nywa funcla (? to take in by

gulps).
Bit, kaa, kaa kitako, keti (M.).
Take a seat, kaa kitako.
sit like a lien, atamia.
Sldii, chuna, tuna (M.).
Slander, singizia, Utiiii, amba, thu-

mu.
Slap, piga kofi.

Slash, tema. j

Slaughter, chinja (to kill hy cutting \
the throat), tinda (M.). It is
not lawful to eat any meat that
has not been so killed.
Sleep, lala.

Sleep well ! Lala unono !
doze, sinzia.

I am sleepy, ninao uzingizL
be slept upon, lalika.
Slide, teleza.
Sling, tupa kwa kombeo.
Slip, teleza.

It is slippery, pana utelezi.

slip down a steep place, poromoka,

telem'ka.
slip away grain by grain lijce

sand or corn, dondoka.
slip} off, or out of one's hand, d;c.,
chopoka, ponyoka.
Slit, pasua.
Slope, iiiaraa.
be Sluggish, pumbaa.
Smart, waka.

make to smart, nyonyota.
Smear on, paka.

Smell (emit a smell), uuka, nusa.
I smell amherg^-is, inaninuka
ambari (ambergris makes a
smell to me).
Bo you not smell it 9 Huisikii
ikinuka? (Do you not perceive
it making a smell ?)

Smell at, nukiza.

Smile, tabassam, clieka, kuuj^

midomo.
Smoke, toka moshi.

smoke tobacco, vuta tumbako.

smoke (meat, &c.), piga mvixke.
Smoothe, lainisha.
Smoulder, vivia.
Smuggle, iba ushuru.
Siiap, alika (neut.), alisha (act.).
Snare, tega.
Snarl, toa meno.
Snatch, nyakua, pokonya.
Sneeze, chafya, shamua, enda or

piga chatya.
Snore, koroma, piga misouo (make

a ichistling sound).
Snort, piga pua.
Snub, kemea.
Soak, "woweka.
Sob, ingia na shake la kulia.
Sober, levusha.

become sober, levuka.
Soften, lainisha.
Solve, wathaisha, weka wazi

eleza.
Soothe, tuliza, pembeza, tumljuizu.
be Sorry, sikitika, kasiiika (be
vexed), juta (regret).

I am sorry for it, sioni vema.
Sound, pima naaji.

It sounds hollow, panalia wazi.
Sow seeds, panda, yaa (A.).

sow discord, fitini.
Sparkle, merimeta, mekameka, me-

metuka (A.).
Speak, nena, sema (say), tamka
(pronounce), ambia (say to).

speak about, at, for, or against,
nenea.

speak against, amba.

speak distinctly, pambazua.

200

SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

Speak out ! Sema sana !

inaJce a speech, tagusa, lumba.

speak Arabic, sema Kiarabu.

speak a jumble of different lan-
guages or dialects, goteza.

not to speak, nyamaa.
Spell, endeleza.
Spends tuniin, kharij.

spend upon or about, harijia, glia-
rimia.

spend time, ongea.
Spill, mwaga, mimina.

he spilt, mimiiiika.
Spin, sokota.
Spit, tenia mate.
Splash, (joict.) rushia.

(neut.) rukia, tawanya.
Sptlice [a rope'], unga.

[a spar], ganga.
Split, {act.) pasua.

split up, (neut.) pasnkapasuka.

split down (branches), (act.)
kwanua.

he split down, as when any one has
been trying to climh up by them,
kwanuka.
Spoil, haribu, vunja.

(neut.), haribika, oza.
Sport with, laabu.
Spout out, rxika.

The whale spouts, nyamgumi
anatoa moshi.
Sprain, shtusha mshipa, teuka.

he sprained, shtuka mshipa.
Spread, (neut.) enea, farishi.

(act.) eneza. [ka.

he opened and spread over, kunju-

spread a cloth or a bed, taudika.

spread out, tanda.

spread [neios], tangaza.

(become known), tangaa.
Sp'inlde, nyuuyiza.

Sprout, mea, cliupuka, tokoza (show
itself), cbanua (put forth
leaves).
Spy out, peleleza.
Squabble, bishana, gombana.
Squander, fuja, tapanyatapanya.
Squeak, lia.
Squeeze, kamua.

(grasp), fumbata.

squeeze together (act), songa.

(neut.) songaua.

squeeze oneself into a hedge or
against a wall to let others pass^
jibanza.
Squint, [ku-]wa na makengeza.
Stab, choma.
Stagger, pepa.

be staggered, toshea, shangaa.

(astonish), shangaza.
Stain, tia waa, tia madoadoa (spot).
Stalk {_an animal], nyemelea.
Stammer, [ku-]\va na kigugumizi.
Stamp, piga cbapa.
Stand, simama, kaa.

up or still, simama (of persons).

make to stand, simamisba, simiki-
sha.

stand aghast, ghumiwa.

stand by, simamia.

stand in the way of, kindana.

stand over, akiri.

stand staring, sbangaa.
Stare at, kodolea.
Start (he startled), sbtuka, gutuka.

(set out), ondoka, safiri.

start out of the way, kwepa.
Startle, shtua, atusba, kutusha.
Starve, (neut.) fa kwa njaa.

(act.) fisha kwa njaa.
Stay, kaa, kaa kitako, keti (M.).

He stayed all day, alishinda
kutwa.

LIST OF VERBS.

201

(ti-aif), ngoja, subiri.
(loiter), kawia, ka^ilia.
(remain over long), hajirika.
(sto'p) (act), zuia.
be Steady, tungamaua, tulia.
Steal, iba, jepa (A.).

steal from, ibia.
Steep, choveka, owamisha.

he steeped, owama.
Steer, shika shikio.

Steer northwards, shika majira ya

jaa.
[a vessel], andika.
Step over, kiiika, kia.
Stick, (neut.) shika, gandama, a-
mbata.
(act.) ambatiza, ganda.
stick together, ambatana, ganda-

mana, giiiana (Mer.).
stick fast, kwama, sakuma.
stick into [the emhers to he roasted^,

vumbika.
stick out, (neut.) tokeza.
(act.) benua.
Stifle, zuia pumuzi.
Still, tuliza, nyamazisha.

he very still, ziziuia.
Stimulate, taharrakisha.
Sting, tuna.

Stink, nuka, nuka vibaya.
Stir, boruga, vuruga, kologa.
stir up and knock about, tibua.
stir up, turn over, and press

together, songa.

stir up (fire, strife, &c.), choche-

Stoop, iuama. [lezea.

Stop, (act.) zuia (hold in), komesha

(make to cease), kingtimislia

(block).

(neut.) simama (stand), koma

(leave off),
stop and stagnate, vilia.

stop short of its purpose or per-
fection, via.
stop up, ziba.
Store up, weka akiba.
Stow, pakiza.
Straddle (icalk with the legs far

apart), tagaa.
Straighten, nyosha.

be straight, nyoka.
Strangle, nyonga, songa.
Strain (a liquid), chuja, tuja (IM.).
See Sprain, popotoa.
(make a violent effort), kakamuka.
Stray, potea, zunguka.
Strengthen, tia nguvu.
Stretch, nyosha.

stretch up to reach anything, chu-

chumia.
stretch one's legs, kunjua miguu.
stretch the threads for weaving,

tenda nguo.
stretch across an opening (act.),
tanda, wamba.
Streic, mwagia, nyunyiza.
Strike, piga.

strike on the ground, piga na nchi.
strike the foot against anything,

kwaa.
strike with the hoof, piga kwata.
strike out (in writing), futa.
strike a sore place, tonesha.
String (beads, &c.), tunga.
Strip off, ambua, pua, menya,
babua.
\ (branches, leaves, &c.), pagua.
I Strive with, shindana na, teta, hu-
i sumu.

1 (make an effort), fanya bidii or

juhudi.
I strive for breath, tweta,
i Stroke, papasa.
1 Stroll about, zungukazunjruka.

202

SWAHILI HANDBOOK,

he Strong and well-knit, pirtkuna,

kakawana.
Struggle^ fanya juhudi.
Study, taali.

meet in a class for study, durusi.
Stumble, jikwaa.

make to stumble, kwaza.
Stun.

he stunned, potea na akili, rukwa
na akili.
Stunt, viza.

he stunted, via.
Stutter, [ku-]wa na kigugumizi,

babaika.
Subdue, tiibha, shinda.
Submit to, tii, fuata.
Sv/iceed {follow), ja mahali pake.
Such a one succeeded Mm, baada

yake alikuja na fullani.
(prosper), fanikiwa, kibali.
succeed in doing, pata kufanya.
Such, nyonya, aniwa (M.), fyonda,
fyonza.
suck up, nwa.
suck out, sonda.

I have sucked him dry {got all the
information, &c., I can out of
him), nimemzua.
Suckle, nyonyesha, amwislia (M.).
Sue for {at law), dai.
Suffer, teswa, taabika, umwa.

what he suffered, mambo yalio-

mpata.
suffer loss, pata hasara.
Suffice, toslia, tosheleza, kifu.
Suggest, nasiha.

Suit, faa (fee of use to), lingana
{match), wafiki {be suitable to).
Sum up, jumlislia.
Superintend, simamia, angalia.
Supply, awini, ruzuku {used es-
pecially of God).

supply a trader with goods on
credit, kopesha.
Support, tegemeza, himili, chiikua.
he supports his parents, awacliu-
kua wazee wake.
Suppose, thani {think), thania {think

of), kisi {guess).
Supjpurate, toa uzaha.
become Surety, thaminL
Surpass, pita.

Surprize, tosliea, taajabisha.
he surpjrized, taajabu, toshewa,
{come upon suddenly), fumania,
gundua.
Surrender, sellira.
Surround, zunguka, tandama (?),

duru.
Survey, aua.

Survive, [ku-]wa hayi baada ya.
Suspect, thania, tuhumu. ingiashuka.
Sicagger, taniba, wayawaya.
Swallow, mtza.
Sway, punga.

sway about, like a drunken man,

lewalewa, umbaumba.
sway backwards and forwards,

tangatanga.
sway like a tree loaded with fruit,

wayawaya.
sway about in the wind, ynmba.
Swear, apa.

swear at, apiza.
make to swear, afya, apish a.
Sweat, toka hari, fanya jasho.
Sweep, fagia, pea (M.).
sweep together, zoa.
sweep away all there is, kumba.
Swell, fura, vimba, tuna, vuna.
rise into little swellings, tutuka,
tutumka, tutusika.
Swim {of a man), ogolea.
i {float), elea.

LIST OF VERBS.

203

moyo unaelea (M.), I feel dis-
turbed in my inside.

(make to float), eleza.
Swindle, punja.
Swing. See Sway (neuL), ning'inia.

(act.'), uing'iniza, bembesha.

swing the arms, which is reckoned
an elegance in a woman's car-
riage, punga mikono.

swing round the head in dancing,
linga.

T.

Ta/:-k (in sewing), piga bandi.

(in sailing), pindua kwa gosliini.
Take, twaa.
(receive), pokea, pewa.
(to a person), pelekea.
(to a place), peleka, clmkiia, fikiza.
take a portion from the dish in

eating, mega, ambua.
take a piece in chess, la.
take a walk, tembea, enda tembea.
take across, vua, vukisha, vusha.
take as spoil, teka.
take away, ondosha, toa.
take away from a person, twalia.
take away from, or off from, epua,

okoa.
take au-ay the desire of anything

more, kinaisha,
take by force, nyang'anya.
take care, angalia.
take care of, tunza.
taice civet from the ngawa, zabidi.
taJce courage, tawakali, piga moyo

konde.
take down, angua.
take leave of, aga, agana na.
take off (clothes), vua.

(the fire), ipua.
take one's due, jilipizt,.

take one's revenge, jilipiza kisasi.

take out, opoa, ondosha, toa.

take out of a trap, namua (Mer.).

take out of the sun or rain, anua.

take out of the pot, pakua.

take suddenly and violently, poka.

take the responsibility, tadariki.

take to pieces, kongoa.

take up, tweka.

take up a little at a time., chota,

dokoa.
take upon oneself the obligations

of another, hawili.
Talk, nena, sema, jizuragiimza.
talk about, to, of, at, for, or against,

nenea.
talk against one another, nenana.
talk a person over into doing or

telling something, nyenya.
talk and murmur in one's sleep,

weweseka.
talk English, &c., sema Kiingrezi,

&c.
talk nonsense, puza, puzika.
talk scandal about, amba, izara.
talk through the nose, semeapuani,

[ku-]wa na king'ong'o.
Tangle, tia matata, tatanisha.
be tangled, tatana, tatazana.
Tap, gota, gonga, chapa.
Tarry, kawa, kaa.
Taste, onda, onja, thuku, limbuka

(taste a new crop, &c., for the

first time).
Tax, fanya ushuiu (?).
Teach, fundisha, funza, ftmda, ele-

mislia (instruct), jnyja, juvislia

or julisha (make to know).
Tear, rarua, babua, papua, papura.
be torn, raruka, babuka, papuka.
tear down [brauches, &c.J, kwa-

nua.

204

SWAHILI HANDBOOK.

he torn down and hrolcen, kwa-

nyuka.
Teaze, chokoza, kefyakefya.
Tell, arabia.
tell a tale, hadithi, hadithia, nena

or toa hadithi.
tell tales about, chongeleza.
Tempt, jaribu (try), shawishi (per-
suade).
Tend to, lekea.
Tend (sheep, &c.\ chunga, tunga

(M.), lisha.
Terrify, ogofya, tisha, khofisha.
Testify, shuhudu, shuhudia, sema

ushuhuda.
Tether, funga.
Thank, ambia asanti, shukuru (very

seldom used except of God).
Thank you, assant, marahaba

(this last is the proper answer

to a slave's salutation).
Thatch, vimba, ezeka.
Think (consider), aza, fikiri, tafa-

kari, kumbuka.
(suppose), thaui, thania.
think oneself, jiona.
think oneself a man, jipevua.
think of, tia maanani, kumbuka

(remember), nia, ania, or nuia

(have in one^s mind).
Thirst, ona kiu (feel thirst), [ku-]

wa na kiu (have thirst).
Threaten, ogofya, ogofisha, khofisha,

kamia (?).
Thresh, piga, pura (heat out corn),

fikicha kwa miguu (tread out),

fikicha kwa mikono (ruh out).
Thrill, tetema.
Thrive, sitawi, fanikiwa (of persons

only)
Throb, puma.
Tfirottle, kaba.

Throio, tupa.

throw a rider, rusha.

throw a stone, &c., vurumis^ia.

throw about, tawanya, ta|jai)ya
(M.), chafua, tefua (M.).

throw at, tupia.

throw away, tupa.

throw down, angusha.

throw overboard, tosa.

throw up, or off, rusha.

throw a burden off the shoulder,
&c., bwaga.
Thunder, [ku-]wa na ugurumo (dis-
tant), piga radi (near).
Thwart, halifu.

Tickle in the ribs, tekenya, shtua.
Tie, funga.

tie a knot, piga fun do.

tie up into a bundle or faggot,
tita.
Tighten, (act.) kaza, tia kassi, (neut.)

kazana, kazika.
Tingle, ona kinyenyefu.
Tip off the head, shoulder, &c.,

bwaga.
he Tipsy, lewa, jilevya.

make tipsy, levya.
Tire, chosha, taajazi.

become tired, choka.

be tiresome, refuse to he pleaded.
Toast, oka. [deka.

be Together.

We are Together, tu sote.
Tolerate, stahimili, vumiha.
Torment, athibu, uthi, athibisha.
Toss, rusha.

Totter, tetemeka (tremble), pepe-
suka (be shaken), kongoja
(totter in ones walk).
Touch, gusa.

touch gently, papasa.

touch up, tengeneza.

LIST OF VERBS,

205

Tout for custom, &c., sapa.
Toic, fungasa.
Track, fuata nyayo.
Trade, fauya biashara.

trade in a small way, hee}) a stall,
churuza.
Train up, adibu, lea.
Trample, finyanga, kanyaga.
Transcribe, nakili.
Transform, geuza, badilL
be Transparent, ng'ara.
Transgress, tagbi, baiifu.
Translate, tatsiri, fasii-i, geuza.
Trap, tega.
Travail (of a woman), sLikwa na

utuijgu.
Travel, safiri.

Tread, kanyaga, vioga (M.), finya-
nga (trample).
Treat, tendea.

he treats me badly, hunitendea
vibaya.

he treats me icell, hunitendea zema.
Tremble, tetema, tetemeka, tapatapa.
TricMe, tiriiika.
Trim, tengeneza.

trim vegetables, &c..for sale, cha-

irim (sail), rausi. [mbua.

Triumph, shinda, fanya shangwi.
Trot, enda masbindo (of a horse),

enda matiti (of an ass).
Trouble, taabisha, sumbua.

be troubled, taabika, sumbuka,
shugbulika.

be troubled in mind, fathaika.
Trust in, amini, jetea, tumania.

entrust to, aminisha, vreka, amini.

(have confidence), tumaini.

trust in God and take courage,
tawakali.
Try, jaribu. onja (taste).

try hard, jitahidi, fanya biJiL

Tuck into the girdle, d-c, futika.
Tumble, anguka, pomoka.

tumbukia (fall into).
Turn or turn into, (act.) geuza, geua.
(neut.) turn, turn into, turn itself,

geuka.
turn over, or the other way,
pindua (act.), pinduka (neut.).
turn round something else, zu-
nguka (neut.), zungusba (act.).
He turned round, aligeuka.
The river turns, mto unazunguka.
The ship turned, meiikebu ilipi-
nduka.
turn (prevent its going on in the

same direction), pinga.
turn aside (neut.), potoa, potoka.
turn bottom upicards, fudikiza.
turn in a lathe, kereza.
turn out well for, fanikia.
Ticeak, nyukua.

Twist, (act.) nyonga, songa, popotoa.
(neut.) potoka.

[a rope"] sokota, suka, pakasa
(Mer.).

U.

Unclose, fumbua.

be Uncomfortable, taabika, sumbuka,

toa kuona raha.
Uncover, funua.
Unfasten, fungua.
Understand, sikia, jua, fafanua,

tambua (recognize).
I understand, yameniclea, yame-

nitulilia.
make to understand, sikiza.
to be rnutiially intelligible, maJce

one another understand, siki-

zana.
Undertake, thamaiui, jilazimisha

tadariki.

206

SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

Undervalue, rakhisisha.
Undo (unfasten), fungua.

untie a knot, fimdua.

(ruin), poteza.
Undress, vua nguo.
Unfold, kunjua.
Unite, unga, ungaiia.
Unpick or Unrip, fumua.

become unsewn, fumuka.
Unroof, ondoa sakafu (take off a
stone roof), ezua paa, or zu-
mbua paa (A.), (take off thatch).
Unsew, fumua.

come unsewn, fumuka.
Unthatch, ezua, zumbua (^A.)
Untie, fungua.

a knot, fundua.
Upbraid, nenea, tuhumu, taya.
Upset, pindua.
Urge, sukuma, kaza.
Urinate, kojoa.
Z7.se (make use of), tumia.

To have been used for something,
kiilikuwa na kitu.

he of use, faa.

he of use to one another, faana.

use bad language to, tukana.

use words well and correctly,
sarifu.
Use (accustom), zoeza.

become used to, zoea.
Utter, tamka.

V.

Value, tia kima (put a price upon),
penda (like).
he valuable, faa, faa sana, [kii-]
wa na manfaa.
Vanish, toweka, toa kuonekana,
potea, tokoiiira (get out of one s
sight).
Go and hide yourself! Tokomea !

Venture, hatirisha, f^ubutu.
Vex, kasirisha.

be vexed, kasirika, chukiwa.
be Visible, ouekana.
Visit, enda kuangalia, kutazama,
or kuzuru, jia (come to), endea
(go to).

he visited, jiwa.

visit upon, patiliza.
Vomit, tapika, kokomoka (Ijelch out).

make to vomit, tapisha.
Void, taugua, batili.

be made void, tanguka.
Vow, weka nathiii (make a voic),
perform a vow, ondoa natliiri.

W.

Wail, omboleza.

Wait, or wait for, ngoja, saburi,
subiri.

Wait a bit, ngoja kwanza.

icait upon, ngojea.
Waive, (neut.) a'mka.

(act.) amsha.

remain awake, kesha, angaza.

he awake, [ku-]\va macbo.

wake up suddenly with a start,
zinduka, zindukana.
Wale, alia.
Walk, enda, enda kwa miguu.

(of a horse or ass), enda delki.

walk about, tembelea.

take a icalk, tembea.

walk up and down, enda masia.

icalk lame, chechea, enda chopi.
Wander, zunguka, potea.

in mind, papayuka.
Want (need), taka, ihtajia, ihtaji.

(icish to have), taka, ipa.

be icanting, ibtajiwa, pungnka.
Ward off, kinga (receive on some-
thing), bekua (knock off again)

LIST OF VERBS.

207

Warm up, kanga moto, pasha moto.
Warn, onya, ambia, nasi, batlia-

lisha (put on ones guard).
Warp, Lenuka (as wood does in
Wash, osha. [drying),

wash clothes, fua; by dahbing

gently only, cliachaga.
oneself, nawa.

wash one's hands, nawa mikono.
Waste, (act.) tilifu, tilifislia, fuja,
thii. haribu, tawanya, tapanya
(M.).
(neut.) pungua, tilifika.
Watch, (act.) vizia, ngojea, angalla.
keep watches, ngojea kwa zamu.
watch over, linda.
(not to sleep), kesha, angaza.
Water, tia maji, nyweslia majL

make water, kojoa.
Wave, (act.) punga.

(neut.) tangatanga.
Waver, shangaa.
Waylay, otea.
Weaken, thoofisha, toa nguvu.

become weak, thoofika.
be Weaned, acha ziwa (leave the

breast), shishwa.
Wear, — the past tenses of kuvaa,
to put on, are used to express
wearing.
He wears, amevaa.
He wore, alivaa.
Wear away, (neut) lika, pungua,
punguka.
(act.) la, punguza.
Wear out, (neut.) chakaa (by age or
use).
He wore out my patience, alinonde-
lea saburi.
Wear ship, pindua kwa damalini.
Weary, chosha.
become Weary, cboka.

Weave, fuma.
tenda nguo, to stretch the threads

ready for weaving.
tarizi, weave a border on to a piece
of cloth. This is the only kind
of weaving done in Zanzibar.
Weed (hoe up weeds), boruga, pali-
Weep, lia. [Ha.

weep together, lizana.
burst into tears, bubujika macbozi.
Weigh, pima.

weigh down, lemea, topeza.
Weld on a piece of steel or iron,

tambuza.
Wet, tia maji, chofya majini (dip in

water).
Whet, noa.
Whisper, nong'ona, uong'onezana,

nong'onia.
Wliistle, piga mbinda, niiunzi, mi-
sono, or miao. Most, if not all,
of these refer to an involitntary
whistling sound ; to whistle
voluntarily is regarded in Zan-
zibar as profane.
Widen, panua (act.), panuka (pass.).
Will, taka, penda.
If God will, insballab, Muuiigu
akinijalia (if God gives me the
power).
Win, pata.

W^ind (neut), zongazonga, zungu-
kazunguka.
icind thread, kunja uzi.
Wink, kopesa, pepesa, pesa.
Kukonyesba, to raise the eyebrows :
this is a sign used ds winking
is in England.
Wipe, futa, paugusa.

wipe the nose, futa kamasL
Wish, taka, penda
1 Wither, nyauka, fa, fifia.

208

SWAHILI HANDBOOK,

Withhold from, nyiraa, bini.
Witness, oua (see).

bear witness, shuhudu.

witness about, for or against, sbu-
Imdia.
Wonder, taajabu, staajabu.
Work, fanya kazi, tenda kazi.

work in metal, fua.

{ferment), cbacba.
Worry, sumbua, sumbusba.
Worship, abudu, abudia.
he Worth, pata kima {get a price').

What is it worth ? Cbapataje ?
Wound, umiza.

he wounded, jerubi.

wound hy striking or piercing un-
awares, vuaza.

Wrap, kunja.
Wreck, vunja.

he wrecked, vunja, vunjika.

go on shore, panda.

he on shore, pweleka.
Wrestle, pigana kwa mbavu.
Wriggle, nyonganyonga.
Wring, sonjoa, kamua, popotoa.
Wrinkle, nyeuka.

become wrinkled, kunjana.
Writhe (like a ivounded snake\
Write, andika. [fingirika

Wrong, tbulumu.

Y.

Yaicn, enda, or piga miayo, funua
kiuwa.

C 209 )

ADYEEBS,
PEEPOSITIOXS AND CONJUNCTIONS.

Adverbs.
Adverbs in Swaliili follow the words they qualify.
Sema sana, speak out. Njema sana, very good.

Adjectives may be used as Adverbs by prefixing vi-

or vy-.

Eunuha vihaya, to smell badly.

Verbs in the Infinitive and Substantives generally
may be made to serve as Adverbs by the use of the
Preposition liwa.

Kwa uicongo, falsely. Kica Tiujua, knowingly.

Many English Adverbs may be translated by sana
(very), which intensifies the action or quality expressed
by the word to which it is subjoined.

Vuta sana I Pull hard !
Shiha sana 1 Hold tight I
Enda sana ! Go fast I

Prepositions.

There are in Swahili very few Prepositions. Indeed
there are scarcely more than four, na, ya, kwa, and hatika,

p

210 SWAETLI HANDBOOK.

KatiJca has tlie same force as the case in -ni, it denotes
locality in nearly every form in which locality can
require to be expressed. Kiva denotes instrumentality
and object. Na is and or with, and hy of the agent after
a passive Verb ; in this last sense ni is used at Mombas
and in other dialects. Ta, or rather -a with a variable
initial letter, denotes possession ; it is treated as a pos-
sessive pronoun, and changes its first letter according
to the class of the noun which precedes it, that is of the
person or thing possessed ; it can very nearly always
be translated by of. Its forms appropriate to each class
of substantives are : —

Class

See p. 209 in original.

Many of our Prepositions are exjjressed by a Xoun or
Adverb followed by -a. Many others are expressed by
Verbs in their simple or applied forms (p. 159). Some
can scarcely be expressed at all. The Preposition from
seems to be almost wholly wanting in Swahili. It is
sometimes implied in the Verb, as in kutoka, to come or
go from, or to come or go out of, but generally it is
marked only by katika or the case in -ni, which denote
merely the locality in which the action commenced.
From, of time, may be translated by tangu, or by toka,
or tokea, which do not seem to be used of space or deri-
vation, but to be b^t translated by siiice or heginning
from.

I.

sing, wa,

pliir. ica.

Class V. sing. 7a, plur. ya.

11.

„ v:a.

„ ya.

„ VI. ,, ica, „ za.

III.

„ ya,

„ za.

„ VII. „ pa, „ j:>a.

IV.

„ cha.

„ vya.

„ Vin. „ kwa, „ kica.

CONJUNCTIONS. 211

Until to, as far as, of time and space, are frequently-
translated by hatta, and (less elegantly) by mpaka,
followed by a substantive.

Conjunctions.

Conjunctions are often dispensed with by the use of
the tenses witli -ka-. And, hut, or any other mere con-
nective in a narrative, is unnecessary where the -ka-
tense is employed, as in all ordinary cases it must be.
The Imperative and Subjunctive may also have -ka-
prefixed with the force of the Conjunction and,

Katupa I And throw it away.

Enenda sokoni kcdeta ndizi ! Go to the market and fetcli some

bananas.
Vone, uhasadiki, that you may see and believe.

If and other Conjunctions introducing a state are
generally expressed by using the -ki- tense of the Verb
(see Verbs, p. 136).

In order that is generally expressed only by putting
the Verb which expresses the purpose into the sub-
junctive.

P 2

212

BWAEILI HANDBOOK,

LIST OF ADVEEBS, PREPOSITIONS, AND
CONJUNCTIONS.

A.

About, (near) karibu na, kama
(in the neighbourhood of),u

Above, (adv.) juu.
(prep.) juu ya.
Abundantly, tele, sana.
After, (adv.) nyuma, baada.
(prep.) nyuma ya, baada ya.
Nyuma is more correctly used of

place, and baada, of time.
After this, akiisba Qie finishing),
akaisba (and he finished).
Afterwards, nyumaye, baada yake,
baadaye, tena, kiisha, halafu,
pindi.
Again., mara ya pili, tena.
Against, juu ya. Against is com-
monly expressed by the use of
the applied form of the verb.
Ago.

long ago, zamani za kale, zamani,

kwanza.
How long ago ? Tangu lini ?
ten days arjo, leo siku kumi, kwa
siku kumi, tangu siku kiuni.

Alike, sawasawa, ginsi moja, ma-

moja.
Almost, karibu na.
Alone, peke yake, &c. (by himself,

&c.), tu (only). Tu always

follows the word or phrase

qualified by it.
Along, kandokando ya.

along with, pamoja na.
Alongside, mbavuni.
Aloud, kwa sauti kubwa.
Already, mbele (before), sasa (norc).
He is already gone aicay, ame-

kwisha kwenda zake (p. 155).
Also, na, tena. Na always precedes

what it is connected loith.
Although, kwamba, ikiwa.
Altogether, pia yote, kabisa.
Always, sikuzote, dayima, abadan,

kipindi, milele (for ever).
Amidst, katikati ya.
Among, katika.

among themselves, wao kwa wao.
Anciently, zamani za kale, kwanza
And, na.

And he, and 1, &c. See p. 103.

ADVERBS, PREPOSITIONS, &c.

21

And is very often ex-pressed by the
use of the -ka- tense. See p. 134
and p. 141.

And folloived by a negative must
be translated by wala.

And so, and then, &c., bassi.
Any is expressed by using the word
absolutely.

Anywhere, po pote.

1 don't see anything, sioni kitu.

Anything whatever, kitu cho chote.
Apart, mbali.

Around, pande zote, mzingo wa.
As (ivhen, or if), -■po-,-ki-. Seep. 136.

(as if), kama, kana, kwamba.

(like), -vyo, -vyo-, added to or
inserted in the verb.

As you please, upendavyo.

As it ivas formerly, yalivyokuwa
kwanza.

As followed by as is generally
omitted.

As big as a house, kubwa kama
nyumba.

As it stands, slielabela.
A-<hore, pwaui.

go ashore, panda (of a ship), shu-
ka (of a person).

be ashore (of a ship), pwelewa.
Aside, kando.

At, kwa, katika ; case in -ni, folloived
by pronouns in p-, when it de-
notes nearness only, but by pro-
nouns in kw- when it is inde-
terminite.

At first, awali, kwanza.

At home, kwangu, kwako, kwake,
kwetu, kwenu, kwao, nyumbani.

He is not at home, hako. Hayuko
is commonly used by slaves in
Zanzibar, but is wholly incorrect.

At last, mwisho, hatima, hutta.

At length, hatta, hatima.

At night, iisiku.

At once, mara, mara moja.

At the top, juu.

At the bottom, chini.

go away, enda zangu, zako, &c.,

according to the person going,
come away, ja zake, &c.
He is away, hako.

B.

Bach, nyuma.

He went bach, alirudi nyuma.
upon the bach, kwa tani, chali.
Backwards, kingaligali (M.j,
Because, kwa sababu.

because of, kwa sababu ya, kwa
ajili ya, kwani (for).
Before, (adv.) mbele, kwanza.
(prep.) mbele ya or za, kabla ya.
Kabla is used preferably of time ,
mbele of place.
To go before, tangulia.
Before he goes to sleep, asijelala.
Before I die, kabla sijafa.
Behind, (adv.) nyuma.

(prep.) nyuma ya.
Below, (adv.) chini.
(prep.) chini ya.
Beside, kando la, kandokando ya,

zayidi ya (more than).
Besides, tena, zayidi ; na (also), pre-
ceding the thing mentioned.
Better, afathali, heri or kheiri.
You had better go, afathali uene-

nde, u heri uenende.
Afathali is preferably, heri means
it would be a good thing.
Between, katikati ya, beina.
Beyond, (adv.) kwa kuko.
(prep.) zayidiya, juu ya.

214

SWAEILI HANDBOOK,

beyond (of place), upande wa
pili wa.

Both — and — , na — na,

Both of them, wote wawili, zote
mbili, &c., &c.

But, lakini, wallakini (andhowever),
illakini (^except however), ilia,
ball. In many cases but may
he best translated by the use of
the -ka- tense of the verb.

By (after a passive verb), na, ui

(M).
(of an instrument), kwa.
(near) katika), case in -mfolloived

by pronouns in p-.

Certainly, yakini, hakika, hapana

shaka.
You certainly, &c., Hakika yako,

&c.
ChohefuU, tobtob.
Constantly, abadan, dayima.
Crookedly, kombokombo, misliithari.

D.

JJa ily, killa siku, siku kwa siku.
Directly. See Now.
Distinctly, kiada.
Down, cliini.
During, wakati wa.

Dv/ring his journey, alipokuwa
akisafixi, akiwa akisaliri.

E.

Early, mapema.

Easily, upesi.

Either — or — , ao — ao — , ama —

ama — .
EUeichere, panginepo.
Entirely, pia, kabisa, yote, pia yote.
Ere, kabla ya, mbele ya. See Before.

Even, hatta.

Even if, -japo. See p. 138.
Ever, sikuzote, dayima, kipmdi.

for ever, milele.
Everyichere, mahali pote.
Exactly, halisi, kbassa, bawaba.
Exceedingly, 'mno subjoined to the

word qualified, saiia.
Except, ilia, ela (M.). Except may

often be expressed by the use

of the tense with -sipo. See

p. 146.
except by, billa.
Excessively, 'mno subjoined to the

word qualified, ciiapa, chapara,

P.

Far or far off, mbali.
First, kwauza, mbele.

to go first, kutangulia.
Fluently, kama maji.
For, (conj.) kwani.

(prep.) kwa. For is generally
expressed by the use of the ap-
plied form of the verb.

(in the place of), mahali pa.

for the space of, muda wa.

for the salce of, kwa ajili ya.

for my sake, unipendavyo (as you
love me).
Formerly, kwanza., zamani.
Forth, 'nje.

to go forth, kutokar
Forward, mbele.

go forward, endelea mbele.
Forwards (upon the face), fulifuli,
fudifudi, kwa kufahamia (M.).
Frequently, mara nyingi.
From, katika, case in -ni.

from among, miongoni mwa.

from time to time, mara kwa mara.

(since), tangu, toka, tokea.

ADVERBS, PREPOSITIONS, &c.

215

I had it from (of) the SheiM,
nalipokea ya Sheikh.
Further, ten a.
Further on, mbcle.

G.

Gently, polepole, taratibu, tahafifu.

Gladly, furalia.

Gratis, burre, attia, bilashi.

H.

Hard, kassi.

to work hard, kutenda kazi sana.
to run hard, kaza mbio.
Eustily, hima, kwa haraka.
Here, hapa, huku.
He is here, yupo.
I am here, mimi hapa.
Here and there, hapa na hapa.
Hereafter, baadaye.
Hither, hatta hapa, hapa.

Hither and thither, kuku na
huku.
Hitherto, liatta leo, hatta sasa.
How"? -je suhjoined to the verb.
Seep. 123.
kamaipi? Kwaje?
How is it ? Ginsi gani ?
Hoio often ? Mara iigapi ?
How much ? Kassi gani ? Kadri
gani?
How, ginsi with -vyo- joined with
the verb ; ginsi is often omitted.
How he was, &c., ginsi alivyo-
kuwa, &c.
However, lakiui.

Tf, kana, kwaniba, kama; -ki- or
-po- inserted in the verb. See j
pp. 13d, 146. 1

Immediately, mara, mara moja.

noio immediately, sasa hivi.
In, katika, case in -ni followed by
pronouns in m-.
in the shoulder, ya bega.
in front, pambele, mbele.
[J] i7i going, nikienda, nikiwa

nikienda.
m good time, at its proper time,

tahafifu.
in heaps, chungu chuugu.
in order that, ilh. See p. 141,
in place of, mahali pa.
in the middle, katinakati. kati,

katikati.
in the middle of, kati ya, katikati
in the morning, assubui. [ya.

Indeed, kusema kweli.

great indeed, kubwa sana.
Inside, ndani.

inside of, ndani ya, case in -ni

followed by pronouns in m-.
He is inside, yumo ndani.
Into, katika, case in -ni followed by
pronouns in m-.

J.

Just, see p. 116, halisi.

Tliat is just it, ndiyo yalio.

Lastly, kwa rawisho, mwisho.

at last, hatima, mwisho.
Late, kasiri.
Less, duDi.

to become less, kupungua.

Less by, kassa.
Like, kama, methili, hesabu j

People like us, kina sisi.
Little, kidogo.

a little more, punde.

a little longer, -refu punde.

216

SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

M.

Merely, tn, bassi. Both words foUoio
the word or phrase they qualify.
Moderately, kadiri.
More, zayidi.

more than, zayidi ya.
a little more, punde.
Moreover, tena, na.
Much more, or much less, sembuse,
seuze.

N.

Near (adv.'^, karibu.

Near to, karibu na, karibu ya.

Nearly, karibu na or ya, kadri ya.

Necessarily, of necessity, kanuni la-
zim, ukwasefu.

Neither — nor — , wala — wala — .

Never, kabisa (icith a negative pre-
ceding), kamwi (IVI.).

Next, -a pill yake, kiisha.
next to, -a pili ya.

No, ahaa, hahaa, la, siyo, bakuna,
hapana, bamna. These last
three words mean, tbere is not,
or tbere is none.
No, by no means, hasba.

Nor, wala.

Not,s\. See Negative Tenses of Verhs,
p. 143.

Not only — , hut also — ; si — bassi,
— lakini tena ; si — tu, ilia — .

Not yet, bado, asitasa, baitassa, &c.
(M.). These words are used to
denote incompleteness, whatever
the subject referred to may be.
Not yet may generally be ex-
pressed by the negative tense
with -ja- (seep. 145), after which
tense bado is generally added.

Now, sasa, leo (to-day), wakati buu
{at this time), zamani bizi {in

these times), zamani zetu (in our
times), siku bizi (in these days).
Now directly, sasa bivi.

O.

Obliquely, banamu.
Of, -a, icith a first letter varying
according to the class of the
preceding word, that is of the
thing possessed.
I. Mtu wa Ali, Alt's man.
Watu wa Ali, AH's people.
Mbuzi wa Ali, All's goat.
Mbuzi wa Ali, Ali's goats.
II. Mnazi wa Ali, All's cocoa-
nut tree.
Minazi ya Ali, Ali's cocoa-
nut trees.
m. Nyumba ya Ali, Ali's house.
Nyumba za Ali, Ali's
houses.
IV. Kisu cba Ali, Ali's knife.

Visu vya Ali, Alt's Ttnives.
V. Kasba la Ali, Ali's chest.
Makasba ya Ali, All's
chests.
VI. Uimbo wa Ali, AKs song.

Nyimbo za Ali.AKs songs.
vn. Mabali pa Ali, Ali's place.
VIII. Kufa kwa Ali, Ali's dying.

1. Nyumbani mwa Ali, in Ali's

house.

2. Nyumbani pa Ali, by Alis

house.

3. Nyumbani kwa Ali, to Ali's

house.
Ya is sometimes pronounced a.

saa a sita, twelve o'clock.

Where it is intended to mark specia II y

the individuality of the possessor

the possessive pronoun may he

u^ed instead of the preposition -a.

ADVEEBS, PREPOSITIONS, &c.

217

Kiti chake Sultani, means the
chair in which no one hut the
Sultan sits, or the Sultan's own
chair.
Of is included in some words ichich
are therefore not followed hy -a.
Kina Abdallah, Ahdallah's people,

or people like Abdallah.
Wadi Mohammed, Mohammed's

son.
Binti Mohammed, Mohammed's

daughter.
In, some common phrases -a is
omitted apparently for shortness
only.
Often, mara nyingi.
On, juu ya, the case in -ni.
Put it on the table, weka mezani.
Put it on the top of the table, weka

juu ya meza.
on both sides, pande mbilL
on every side, kotekote.
on foot, kwa miguu.
on one side, onesidedly, pogo.
on pwrpose, makusudi.
on the part of, miougoni mwa.
Once, mara moja.

at once, mara moja, mara.
once only, mara moja tu.
Only, peke yake, &c. (by itself,
alone), tu, bassi, both following
the word or phrase qualified.
Orderly, taratibu.
Out, nje.
out and out, tama.
SpeaTi out, sema saua.
Outside, nje, kwa nje.

•outside of, nje ya.
Outwardly, kwa nje.
Over, juu ya (0/ place)^ zayidi ya
(of quantify). Over in the sense
of excess may be expressed by

kupita, to pass ; and in the sense
of finished, by kuisha, to come
to an end.
Tlie battle is over, mapigano ya-
mekwisha.

Patiently, stahimili.

Perhaps, labuda, hwenda, kwenda,
kwa nasibu, inshallah.

Perpetually, dayima, abadan.

Possibly, labuda, yamkini (it is pos-
sible), kwa yamkini (by possi-
bility).

Presently, halafu.

Properly, vema, halisi, bawaba.
-to, u^sed as an enclitic subjoined

to verbs and substantives.
Amejiwekato, he has placed him-
self properly.

Quickly, hima, himahima, kwa ha-

raka, upesi, mbio (running).
Quietly, taratibu, polepole.
Quite, kabisa, pia halisi.

R.

Bather, zayidi (jnore), afathali (pre-
ferably),
much rather, sembuse, seuze.

S.

Secretly, kwa siri,ndani kwa ndani.
Side by side, kandnkando.
Silently, kimyakimva.
Since, tangu, toka, tokea.
Slowly, polepole, taratibu, kiada.
So, ichen folloiced ly as is generally
omitted, ichen standing alone it

218

SWAHILI HANDBOOK.

may he expressed hy ginsi, and
-vyo inserted in the verb.
He is 7iot so tall as you are, si

mrefu kama wewe.
I did not know he was so tall, si-

kumjua ginsi alivyo mrefu.
So far as, hatta.
Smnetimes, niara, mara kwa mara.
Sometimes he laughs, sometimes he
cries, mara hucheka, mara hulia.
Soon, sa.sa hivi (immediately), upesi
(quicldy), bado kidogo (yet a
little), karibu (near).
Still, ten a, hatta leo.
Strongly, kwa nguvu.
Suddenly, ghafala, mara moja, tha-
ruba moja.

T.

Tliat (how that), kwamba, ya kwa-

mba.
(in order that), illi. See p. 141.
Then, is often expressed by the use of

the -ka- tense, or by the verbs

kwisba, to finish, or, kwenda,

to go.
Akiisha akatoka, having finished

this, he went out = then he went

out.
Akaenda akamkamata, and he

went and seized him = then he

seized Mm.
(after this), baadaye, baada yake,

nyumaye, nyuma yake.
(then it was), ndipo.
(in those days), zamani zile, siku

zile.
(at that time), wakati ule.
There, pale, huko, kule. Pale

points to ichat is nearest, kule

to what is farthest off.
Therefore, kwa sababu hii.

Tliough, kwamba ; the -ki- tense,
p. 136, ivhen the case is put as
an existing one ; the -nge- tense,
p. 138, ivhere the case is put as
not existing.

Tliough he is, akiwa.

Though he be, angawa.

(even if), -japo, i). 138.
Thus (in this way), hivi, hivyo.

just thus, vivi hivi, vivyo hivyo.

(in the same way), vivyo.
Till, hatta, mpaka wa.
To (as the sign of the infinitive),
ku- ; the u becomes w before a, e,
or i, and is often omitted before
o and u.

Kwisha = ku-isha, to finish.

Kwenda = ku-enda, to go.

Knga = ku-oga, to bathe.

To before a verb where it expresses
the purpose or the object aimed
at, is expressed by the use of the
subjunctive.

I stood up to look, nalisimaiua
nione.

Tell him to help you, mwamljia
akusayidie.

I leant him to go, namtaka aende.

J want to go, nataka kwenda.
(In such cases as this the verb
in the infinitive is used as a
substantive.)

(unto) w generally contained in
the verb, kupa = to give to (not
to give). If not contained in
the meaning of the original verb,
it may he expressed by the use of
the applied form. In the few
cases in which to cannot be
brought into the meaning of the
verb, it must he rendered by
kwa.

ADVEBBS, FBEFOSITIONS, <&c.

219

(as far as), hatta.
(to the house of), kwa.
Together, pamoja, wote.

When joined icith persons together
is expressed hy forms of -ote,
all

twende sote, let us go together.
mwende nyote, go together.
wende wote, let them go together,
both together, wote, wote wawili.
Topsy-turvy, Mtwakitwa, vitwav -

twa.
Totally, kabisa, pia.
Truly, kweli, hakika, yakini, inna.
Twice over, kuwili.

u.

Unawares, ghafala.

Under, chini ya.

Until, hatta.

Up, juu.

Upon, juu ya, case in -ni. See On.

Upicards, juu.

Utterly, kabita. pia yote, tikitiki.

Vainly, burre.

Very, sana. Sana ahcays foUon\<

the word qualified hy it.
Vigorously, kwa nguvu, sana.
Violently, kwa nguvu, kassi.

W.

Well, vema, sana, -to. See Properly.

What ■? See p. 122.

What do you icant 1 "Wataka nini '■
What tree is it ? Mti gani huu ?
What man ? Mtu yupi ?

What = that which. See Relatives,
p. 117.

When ■? Lini ?

When (if, as soon as, &c.), the -ki
ten!ie,p. IciG.

(at the time ichen), -po, treated as

a relative particle and joined

with the verb, p. 119.
(during the time), wakati wa.
ichen it rains, wakati wa mvua.
When the harvest comes, wakati

wa kuvuna, [wa]vunapo.
(even if), -japo, p. 138.
Whenever, wakati wote, killa -po.

Whenever I go, killa nendapo.
Where ? Wapi, api, p. 123.
WTipre are you going'? Wenda

wapi?
Wlitvt, po, ko, mo, treated as relative

particles and joined with the

verb. Po implies nearness, and

mo the being inside.
1 don't know ichere he is, simjui

alipo.
I don't know ichere I am going,

sijui ninapokwenda.
1 donH know ichere I came from,

sijui ninakotoka.
Where the tree is (or icas), penyi

mti.
IMierever, po pote, ko kote, mo mote.
W?ierever I go, killa nendako.
Wherever I enter, killa ningiamo.
Wherever I am, killa nilipo.
Wherefore, kwa sababu hii or hiyo.
Whether — or — , ao — ao — .
Whether it be, licha.
(if), kwamba.
While, maadam, maazal.
While, is generally expressed by

the use of -ki- prefixed to the

verb, p. 136.
While it is yet early, kungali na

mapema bado.
Why 7 Mbona? Kwani? Kwa

nini ? Ya nini ? Kwa sababu

gani ? Giusi or Gissi gaiii ?

220

SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

With, na, pamoja na.
(^as an instrument), kwa.
(containing, having), -enyi See
p. 97.
Within, ndani.
Without, nje.

Without Qprep.), pasipo {where there
is not).
Without is generally expressed ty
the -sipo- tense (p. 146). It
may he represented hy a simple
negative.
Se is without shame, hana haya

= he has no shame.
Without, followed in English hy
the participial or verbal in -ing,
may he rendered hy the negative
subjunctive of the verb.
Without seeing him, asimwone.
Without there being, paslwe.
Wonderfully, ajib, ajabu.

Y.

Yearly, mwaka kwa mwaka.
Yes, aee, eee, naam, vema, njema,
yakini, ndio, kweli.

Ewaa or Ee wallah are often used
hy slaves or inferiors to expret's
a willing assent.

Inshallah is used as a promise to
do something.

Lebeka or Labeka, cojitracted
into lebek, ebbe or even be. is
used hy inferiors as an ansioer
when called. Superiors or
equals generally v^e naam,. tlie
Arabic yes.

Ndiyo yalio, that is just it.
Yonder, kule, kulee, p. 115, 116.

Zigzag, upogoupogo.

( 221 )

INTERJECTIONS.

There are in Swahili, as in all langnages, some
Bcarcely articulate Interjections, and many of the natives,
especially of the lower class, use a great deal of action,
often joined with half-articulate exclamatory sounds,
to illustrate and enforce their meaning. The following
are the most usual Interjections, and those which can
best be written. The words used for Yes and No are
given in the preceding list, pp. 216 and 220.

The ordinary salutations are in practice a sort of
Interjections, not being very easily explained under
any other head.

A slave addressing a superior says Sikamoo or Nasika-
moo, for nashiJca miguu, I embrace your feet. The
superior replies MaraJiaha, thank you, or welome, the
word being originally an Arabic form of congratulation
and well-wishing.

Equals very commonly say when they meet Jambo or
Tamho, to which the reply is Jambo or Jambo sana. There
is a playful or very affectionate way of continuing the
dialogue thus — Jambo. Jambo. Jambo sana. Jambo sana.
Sana sana. Sana sana. Kama lulu (like pearls). Kama

222 SWAEILI HANDBOOK,

marijani (like coral), &c., &c. The more correct expres-
sions are — Su jamho ? Are you well ? and the answer,
Si jamho, I am well. It is difficult to explain these
phrases intelligibly. Hu jamho ? is literally, Are you
not a matter or affair? or still more strictly, Are you
not a word ? The meaning is very nearly that of the
English, Is nothing the matter with you ? Sometimes
Ha jamho is used to express, He is well, or Ha jamho
kidogo, He is not very ill, or He is a little better. One
may ask, U hali gani f What state are you in ? i.e.. How
are you ? to which a proper reply is, Njema, hemd il Hlahi^
Good, praise be to God. The Arabic Sahalkheir, Good
morning, and MasaWieir, Good afternoon, are often
heard. The more elegant forms are Suhalik Allah hilh-
heir and MasaTc Allah hilklieir. It is not usual to inquire
about the health of a wife or of the women of a house-
hold, unless among very intimate friends, or for some
special reason. When necessary, one should say, Hu-
jamho mjumhani ? or U hali gani nyumhani ? How are
you in the house, i.e.. How are your household, or
those in your house ? It is proper, if you are asked
how you are, always to answer, well, for the sake of
the omen ; and similarly if you are asked Hahari gani ?
What news? to answer Njema, good, and then after-
wards to give a true account of the matter.

In Swahili Interjections a final h is often distinctly
heard. It requires much practice to enable a European
to make this sound properly.

LIST OF INTEEJECTIONS.

Ah! An exclamation of mingled
grief and surprize. The final
h must be distinctly sounded.

Ahsdnt or asanti, thank you. Ah-
sdnt is an Arabic word mean-
ing, You have done well. It is
sometimes used profusely by
way of mere compliment.

Amina. Amen, used at the end of
a prayer.

Ati ! Look you ! I say 1 It is
used generally as a means of
calling attention to what has
been said, or is about to be said.
It is a sort of vocal note of
admiration.

B.

Bassi! or Bass! That will do!
Enough ! Stop ! No more !

C.

Chub! An exclamation of impa-
tience and contempt; the ch
is the sound most heard, the
vowel being very short and in-
significant.

E.

Ee! 01 The interjeftion of in-
vocation.

Ewe ! plur. Enyi ! You there ! A
rather contemptuous way of
demanding attention. It is
used for Hi I I say ! and any
exclamation merely meant to
attract notice. It must not be
used to a superior and rarely
only to an equal. It is custo-
mary to call to them Bwana !
i.e., Master ! The answers
will be found in the previous
list, p. 220, under the word
Yes.

Haya! An exclamation borrowed
from the Arabic ; it means,
give your attention to this, go
on with it. It is used where
we say, Come along 1 Look
sharp ! Be quick ! Go on I
If it has been proposed to do
anything, Haya ! means, I^et
us set about it. Haya! is
commonly used by a master oi

224

SWAEILI HANDBOOK,

overlooker to hasten men about
their work.

Eima ! Quick I Be quick ! Make
haste 1 Often doubled, Hima
hima I

Eddil with a great stress on the
0. It is not right to enter any
house or room (not your own)
without first crying Eddi ! and
waiting for some one to come,
or at least to answer, Kdrih^
Come in !

J.

Je! or Ye! Hnllo! What now!
Well ! What is it ?

K

Jf '/iJ^<-^rihd i.e., come near I It is used
to mvite people into a house,
to join a party, or to sit down
and put themselves at their
ease. Kdrib^ may generally
be translated, Come and sit
with us ! and a common answer
is, NimekcLa kitaho, I am set
down.

Kefulel An exclamation of con-
tempt.

Kua heri ! Good-bye ! Farewell !
Sometimes a plural is made,
Kudherini, though it seems to
be an incorrect form.

Sometimes a special friend
adds, Ya Inionana, as much as
to say, May we soon meet again.

Kuvibe I What I What then ! An
expression of surprize, espe-
cially used when things turn
out not to be as they were
represented to be.

L.

Laitil Oh that! Would that!
An exclamation of regret, a
wish that things had been
otherwise.

Looo I An exclamation of surprize ;
the o is more dwelt upon in
proportion to the amount of
surprize.

M.

Marahaha! Thank you I It is
well ! used by way of acknow-
ledging a gift or a compliment.

Miye ! Me I I ! I am the one !

Mwenyewe 1 You did it yourself I

Ole! An exclamation foreboding
evil. Woe ! Ole wenu ! Woe
unto you ! Ole wangu ? Woe
is me I

S.

Saa ! You I I say ! It is put
after a word to give emphasis
to it. NJoo saa 1 Come on, do !

Salaam I Peace ! IT ail ! It is
used as a salutation by the
Indians. The regular Arabic
Salaam aleikum! Peace be
with you ! and the answer, TFa
aleik salaam! And with yon
peace ! is not very commonly
heard. Salaam is often used
in the sense of compliments :
Salaam Bihi! With the mis-
tress' compliments, — said in
presenting anything.

Similla! Out of the way! Ori-
ginally, as it is said, Bismillah,
In the name of God. It is now

LIST OF INTERJECTIONS,

225

th e common cry by which people
are warned of something com-
ing. Similla punda! Make
way for a donkey ! Similla
vhau ! Take care of the plank !
Two servants frequently go
before a great man to clear the
way for him, and call out to
any one in the road, Similla !
Similla !

A plural Similleni ! is some-
times made as though it were
the imperative of a verb. The
more correct phrase for Get out
of the way I is Jitenge 1
Starehe I Don't disturb yourself I
When a new-comer enters, the
rest rise to do him honour,
which he tries to prevent by
saying, iStorei^ / Starehe i It

is properly used to deprecate
any trouble or disturbance on
the speaker's account.

Tender

T.

Go on I

Let us go !

Probably theimperative of hu-
tenda, to do or to be employed
about.
Tutu 1 Don't touch 1 Used to a
child meddling with what he
had better leave alone.

V.

Vema ! Very well ! So be it J
That wni do I

Weye ! You !
It's you I

W;

You are the onel

226 SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

rOEMATIO:^T OF WOEDS.

The formation and introduction of new words go on
BO freely in Swahili, that no guide to the language
would be complete without a section on the subject.

Foreign words are adopted in a shape as nearly like
their own as the rules in regard to Swahili syllables will
allow. At first indeed a word may be used in its crude
original shape, but it soon has vowels introduced into,
and subjoined to it, so as to bring it into a regular form.
Arabic words seldom present great difficulties when
once the gutturals have been toned down. Thus Jchdhar
(news) softens into hahdri, wakt (time) becomes first
wdkti and then ivaMti, Jcahr or gahr (a grave) is softened
and expanded into hahuri. It is seldom that an Arabic
word presents so much difficulty as did these three.
Portuguese has furnished some words, as TcasJia (caxa), a
large box ; meza, a table ; mvinyo (vinho), wine. French
gives a few, as hweta (boite) a box; divai (du vin)
claret. An instance of English adaptation occurs in
manowari, which is the current designation of an Englisb
man-of-war.

FORMATION OF WORDS 227

Verbs.

Some rales have been given at tlie end of tlie section
on Verbs for tbe formation of several derived forms
(p. 157). Verbs in tbe causative and neuter forms may
be made from other parts of speech, especially from
foreign Adjectives, by changing their final syllable
into -isha or -esha, -ika or -eka, as though they had been
originally Verbs.

Ghali, dear. KughalisTia, to make dear.
Laini, smooth. Kulainisha, to make smooth.
Kulainika^ to be made smooth.

Beside those formations which are in daily use, it is
a great help to the understanding of the language to
bear in mind the traces of formations not now ordinarily
employed. In regard to Verbs it is a constant rule that
those ending in -ua reverse the meaning of similar verbs
ending in -a only.

Kufunga, to fasten. Kufungua, to unfasten.

Kufuka, to fill in a hole. Kufukua, to clear out a hole.

Several verbs show traces of a rule, which prevails in
some other African languages, that the change of -a into
-ya gives the Verb a causative meaning.

Kupona, to get well. Euponya, to cure.
Kiiogopa, to fear. Kuogofya, to frighten.

There are many questions about the form of Verbs
which need much more investigation. What is the rule
by which some causatives are made in -sJia and some in
-za f Has the -sJia termination the effect of to make to
be, and -za that of to make to do f What is the explana-
tion of the apparently neuter form of some active Verbs,

q2

228 SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

sucli as hifuniha, to cover ? "What is tlie effect of tlie
terminations -7na and -ta, as in huungama and hufumhata f
"What dialect did they originate in? Wliat are the
rules for the termination -anya, which seems to be
common in the most northerly SwahiK ?

It has heen sho^vn in the section on verbs how some
* tenses are formed by the nse of an auxiliary, and some
by a tense prefix which has no independent meaning.
An example of the transition between the two is sup-
plied by the three forms of the negative infinitive : 1.
kutoa hujpenda ; 2. hutoa penda; 3. Icutopenda. In the
first form both words have a substantial independence ;
in the second the principal verb, penda, is already
drawn out of its proper form, and depends for its
meaning upon the first verb, toa, as upon a prefix ; in
the third it has swallowed up the final of the first verb
and appropriated its prefix leu-. The form of the future
prefix which is used with relatives points to taJca as the
original form, and the verb hutaka is so like our own
word to will that one can hardly be wrong in supposing
that in both cases the change from a verb expressing
volition to a mere sign of tense expressing futurity has
proceeded in a similar manner. Now, if the tense pre-
fijxes were ever independent words, the principal verb
must have been in the infinitive ; and, if so, the presence
of the Im- before monosyllabic verbs, wherever the accent
requires it, is fully explained ; it was dropped wherever
it served no purpose, and retained where it was con-
venient to retain it. The original independence of the
tense prefix and of the principal verb would also go to
account for the way in which the objective prefix clings

FOBMATION OF WOBDS, 229

to tlie principal verb; it would then have originally
followed the leu-, and so been severed by it from all the
other prefixes. The only cases in which the natives
separate the prefixes from the verbs in writing seem to
be where a particle of relation is joined with the -ria-,
-U-, and -taka- prefixes, and in the j)ast conditional or
-ngali- tense. It is curions to have in snch a word as
atakayehuja the same letters exactly used to form a
tense prefix and to express an independent verb. Ata-
haye huja means, who desires to come, atakayehuja, who
will come, in the sense of a simple future.

Adjectives.

Adjectives are made from Verbs in correct Swahili by

substituting -vu or -fu for the final -a. AVhere the final

is preceded by a consonant the Adjective is made from

the applied form.

Kunyamaa, to remain silent. -nyamavu, silent.
Kuharihu, to destroy. -harihifa, desiruetive.

Verbs that end in -ka chano;e this into -vu in makino-
the Adjective.

Kueliolca, to become tired, -chovii, tired.

These forms do not now appear to be freely made or

used in the common dialect of Zanzibar. A somewhat

similar meaning may be expressed by the use of the

variable Preposition -a followed by the Infinitive of the

Verb.

Substantives.

Substantives may be freely made by prefixing to the
simple form of the Verb the initial letters proper to the
first, or to the fourth class, according to whether it is

230 SWASILI HANDBOOK.

a living being or a thing which does what the Verb
expresses. It must be observed, that this form is so
purely verbal that it takes an object after it just as a
Verb would.

Mfanya hiashara, a trade maker, i.e., a merchant.
Vifaa, things which are of service, necessaries.
Kifungua mlango, the door opener.

The final letter is sometimes changed into -i, and the
word ceases to govern an object.

Msemi, a speaker.

Where the final -a is preceded by a -h- it becomes -v-,

Kvnba, to steal. Mwivi, a thief.

Kugoniha, to quarrel. Mgomvi, a quarrelsome person.

Where the above rules would produce a common
word with another meaning, the hu of the Infinitive is
retained.

Kulima, to cultivate. Mliulima, a cultivator.

Mlima, a mountain.

There are a few traces of a formation of verbals by
changing the last letter into -e, as in -teule, chosen, from
hiteull]a, to choose.

The habitual doer of an action may be denoted by
adding -ji to the simple form of the Verb and prefixing
the initial letters proper to the first Class.

Kuomba, to beg. Mwomhaji, a beggar,

Kuiba, to steal. Mwibaji, an habitual thief.

Another way of denoting a person who does what the
Verb expresses is formed by changing the final letter
into -si J -shi, or -zi, and employing the usual j)refixes.

FORMATION OF WOUDS. 231

When the Yerb ends in -lea the -ka becomes slii ; where
the Yerb ends in -ta the -ta becomes -si.

Kuohoa, to save. MicoTiozi, a saviour.

Kununua, to buy. Mnunuzi, a purchaser.

Kuaha, to build (in stone). MwasM, a mason.

Kufuata, to follow. Mfuasi, a follower.

The result of the action denoted by the Yerb may be
expressed by changing the final -a into -o and using
some appropriate prefix.

Kuzaa, to bear. Mazao, fruit, produce.

Kutenda, to do. Kitendo, an action.

Kwenda, to go. Mwendo, a journey, or gouig.

Of the Substantival prefixes those of the fourth (Ki-)
Class are most often used.

The same forms especially in the fifth Class are used
to express the place where an action is generally done.

KiLohx, to bake. Joko, a baking place.

KukusanyiJca, to he SLSsemhled. MaJciisanyiho,a. gathering place,

or an assembly.

Words of similar meaning are also made by the termi-
nations -zi -shi, -si. See above.

Mavao, or Mavazi, dress, garments.
Kizao, or Kizazi, birth, a generation.
Pendo, or Penzi, love.

Where the Yerb and Substantive are both borrowed
from the Arabic, it is useful to remember that the Sub-
stantive has generally a where some other vowel occurs
in the Yerb.

Kuahudu, to worship. Ibada, worship.

Kusafiri, to traveL Safari, a journey.

232 SWAEILI HANDBOOK.

Sometimes both, tlie Arabic and the Swabili forms
occur.

Kujibu, to answer. Jawahu and majihu, an answer.

Verbs joined witb relatives, or with tbe particles of
place or time, may be treated as Substantives.

WendaJio Jcote, whithersoever thou goest.
Killa nendapo, every time I go.
Zikerezwazo, turnery, turned goods.

Substantives of place may be made from Adjectives
by putting them into the form required by JSIahali,
place (Class VII.).

Panyamavu, a quiet place.

The place where something is may be expressed by

penyi.

Penyi mtende, where the date tree is, or was.

The place for doing anything may be expressed by
joa followed by the Infinitive of the Verb.

Fdkutokea, a place to go out at, an outlet.

Abstract Substantives are ordinarily formed by means
of the prefix U- or W-,

Karimu, generous. Wtarimu, generosity.

-eupe, white. Weupe, whiteness.

Mioizi, a thief. Uizi, thievishness.

3Iuuaji, a murder. Uuaji, murders.

Waziri, a vizier. TJicaziri^ viziership.

An instance in which both Arabic and Swahili forms
are used occurs in the word for enmity.

Adui, an enemy. Wadui or Adawa, enmity.

Kations, their country and language, are regularly

FORMATION OF WORDS. 233

expressed by tlie prefixes of tlie first, sixth, and fourtli
Classes.

Mgala, a Galla. Ugala, Galla land. Kigala, the Galla

language.
Mzungu, a European, Uzungu, the native country of the

Europeans. Kizungu, the language which Europeans

speak.

It is to be observed that the JJ- form would also
express the being a Galla, European, &c., and that the
Ki- form denotes the sort or kind of anything, not of
language only. It is seldom used absolutely except of
the language, but when preceded by -a (of) its true
meaning becomes evident.

Mavao ya Kizungu, European dress.
Viazi vya Kizungu, potatoes.

The Ki- form may be made from other substantives.

Mavao ya kifaume, royal robes (form mfaume, a king, and
ufaume, kingdom or kingsliip).

The formation of Adverbs and Prepositions has been
described in the section on the smaller parts of speech.

( 234 )

k 3

i2;5's;^ss^E^ot>Kg;^H^w;^;=)

ma

o

A A

s: c3 s C^ .O .O .O .C" .O ct :; .O s

v.^ v^^ v_/ v,^ ^^ \_^ s_/ v.^ \„/ v^/ \w^ s_y s,^

^^^^^]z,^^';5,^^^;^i4

III

i <^ i .A

i ^

>-i o ^;

i ^S'ii'i'^i^ \ i S^> S SS

O

o

(a

g ^ g ^ 12; 1^ i5 ■>!

i .i< . ^ i

H^ ;z; K W W C>

^Sg^liS^ l^^;i!^£t!l

s* ^ ,e ^ .S ^ .g ^ .s ^ .g ^ -5 -S

a a >
^ a HH

^* d H Ci

> ? = a

( 235 }

Table of the Preposition -a (of)
in four Languages.

S-wAHiLi. Shambala. NTAsm'Ezi. Tao.

L

Sing.

Wa

Ywa

Wa

Jwa

Plur.

Wa

Wa

Wa

Wa

II.

Sing.

Wa

W'a

Gwa

Wa

Flur.

Ya

Ya

Ya

Ja

III.

Sing.

Ya

Ya

Ya

Ja

Plur.

Za

Za

Za

Sya

IV.

Sing.

• Cha

Kya

Cha

Cha

Plur.

Vya

Vya

Fya

Ya

V.

Sing.

La

Ja

Lya

Lya

Plur.

Ya

Ya

Ga

Ga

VI.

Sing.

Wa

Lwa

Lwa

Lwa

Plur.

Za

Za

Za

Sya

VIL

Pa

Ha

Pa

VIIL

Kwa

Kwa

Kwa

Kwa

(IX.)

Sing.

Ka

Ka

Ka

Plur,

Vya(?)

Twa

Twa

END OF PABTI.

HANDBOOK OF THE SWAHILI LANGUAGE

AS SPOKEN AT ZANZIBAR.

Part II.
6WAHILI-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.

239

PEELIMINARY OBSERVATIONS.

In using the following Vocabulary it is necessary to remember that
Swahili words change very much at the beginning and not often at
the end.

In searching for the meaning of a word, which is not to be found
exactly as written, it is well to examine first the final syllable, so as to
correct, or remove, any termination or enclitic which may be attached
to it. These are as follow : —

1. The passive of the verb is made by changing -a into -wa. Verbs
ending in two consecutive vowels frequently use as their passive the
passive of the applied form which ends in -liwa or -lewa.

Kupenda, to love. Kupendwa, to be loved.

Kufungua, to unfasten. Kufunguliwa, to be unfastened.

Kuzaa, to hear. Kuzaliwa, to be born.

Kukomboa, to buy back. Kuhombolewa, to be bought back.

2. Verbs ending in -a change the -a ii^to -e in the subjunctive and
imperative, and into -* in the negative present.

Pende, love thou.
Apende, that he may love.
Hapendi, he does not love.

The change of the final vowel distinguishes hapendi, he does not
love, from hapenda, a contracted form of nikapenda, and I loved.

3. The plural of the imperative is made by adding -ni to the
singular.

Pendani or Pendent, love ye,
Sifuni, praise ye.
Fikirini, consider ye.

B 2

240 PBELIMINAEY OBSERVATIONS,

4. Substantives form the locative case by adding -ni,

Nyumhani micangu, inside my house.
Nyumhani hwangu, to or at my house.
Nyumhani pangu, by or near ray house. All from Nyumha.

5. -ni may stand for nini ? What ?

Watakani ? What do you want ?

6. Je? How? is subjoined to the verb expressing the action in-
quired about.

Asemaje f How does he speak ? i.e., What does he say ?

7. mno, exceedingly, always follows the word it qualifies, and may
be treated as an enclitic.

8. -to, which, however, rarely occurs in the dialect of Zanzibar,
denotes goodness and fitness.

Kuwelia, to place. Kmcehato, to place properly.
Manuka, smells. Manukato, scents.

9. The relative signs and the particles denoting time and place are
&ubjoined to the verb when there is no tense prefix, otherwise they
follow the tense prefix.

Tulala-po, when we sleep.
Tuna-po-lala, while we are sleeping.

The particles denoting time and place are,

-po, when or where.
-ko, whither or whence.
-mo, wherein. ^

These preceded only by the personal prefix imply the substantive
verb to he.

Yupo, he is there, not far off.

Zipo, &c., &c., they are there, not far ofi", &c., &c.
Tuko, he is there, far off.

Ziko, &G., (fee, they are there, far off, &c., &c.
Yiimo, he is there inside.

Zimo, (fee, (fee, they are there inside, &c., &c.

The relative signs are, -clio, -lo, -o, -po, -vyo, -wo, -ye, -yo, -zo.
Those syllables with na prefixed have the meaning of and, or icith
hinij her, it, or them.

PRELIMINARY OBSERVATIONS. 241

10. The possessive pronouns may be used in enclitic forms.

Thy, or your, may be expressed by subjoining, according to the
class of the substantive, -cho, -lo, -o, -pn -vyo, -ivo, -yo, or -zo.

His, hers, or its, may be expressed by subjoining -che, -e, -le, -pe,
rye, -we, -ye, or -ze.
Other enclitic forms of the possessive pronouns are,—

'Tigu, or -angu, my. -etu, our.

-ko, or -alio, thy. -enu, your.

-he, or -ake, his, &c. -ax), their.

The final letter of the substantive generally merges into the initial
of the pronoun.

Mwanangu, my child. Mwanetu, our child.

Mwanako, thy child. Mwanenu, your child.

Mwanake, his child. Mwanao, their child.

11. New verbs may always be formed when wanted by changing the
final vowel into -ia or -ea, -lia or -lea, to make the applied form ; into
-za or -sha, -iza or -eza, -isha or -esha, to make a causative form ; into
-ana, to make a reciprocal form ; and into -ha, -iha, or -eka, to make a
neuter or quasi-passive form.

12. In old and poetical Swahili the object of the verb is sufiixed as
well as prefixed, as in TJ-ni-hifathi-mi, Do thou preserve me; where
both the ni and the mi denote the object of the verb.

The syllables thus used are -cho, -lo, -ni, -nyi, -o, -po, -81, -vyo, -we,
-ICO, -ye, -yo, -zo.

Having cleared the word of all adventitious terminations it wil
probably be found at once ; if not, look for the first syllable, and so
on, taking syllable by syllable until the word, its number, person, and
tense, will all have been explained. It must, however, be borne in
mind that nouns in u- or w- generally drop the initial letter in the
plural and frequently substitute for it n- or ny-.

Verbs and adjectives are here indexed under the first letter of the
simplest form, or of that to which the prefixes are joined.

Kupenda will be found as Penda Jcu-, to love.
Mahaya will be found as -haya, bad.

Words wliicli may be used as adjectives or as substantives, but from
their nature can liardly be applied to any but animate beings, will be
found under m- or mw-, &f they can very rarely in the singular take
any other prefix.

242 PRELIMINARY OBSERVATIONS.

Substantives are indexed by the prefix with which they are generally
used. It must be remembered, however, that the use of particular
prefixes may be nearly always varied to suit any particular shade ot:'
meaning, so that if the word is not to be found under one, it may
happen that its meaning can be found under some other.

Where no plural is mentioned, it is to be understood that the plural,
if used at all, is in the same form as the singular.

The following table of prefixes may be found useful. The use rif
each will be explained in the Vocabulary.

SUBSTAN-nVAL PREFIXES.

Ch-

Ki-

Ma-

Mw-

U-

W-

J-

Ku-

Mi-

N-

Vi-

Wa-

Ji-

M-

Mu-

Ny-

Vy-

Adjectival

PREFIXES.

Ch-

Ku-

'M-

Mu-

Ny.

Vi-

J-

Kw-

Ma-

Mw-

P-

Vy.

Ki-

M-

Mi-

N-

Pa-

Wa-

Pronominal

PREFIXES.

Ch-

Ku-

Li-

Mw-

Vi-

Y-

I-

Kw-

M-

Pa-

w-

Z-

Ki-

L-

Mu-

U-

Wa-

Zi-

Verbal prefixes.

1. Personal or subjective prefixes, which take precedence of all
others.

A- *Ki- *Mw- Si- *Vv- Yu-

*Ch-

*Ku-

N-

*Tu-

*\V- *Z-

Ha-

*L-

Ni-

*Tw-

*\Va- *Zi-

Hu-

*Li-

*Pa-

*U-

*Y-

*I-

*M-

*P-

*Vi-

*Ya-

2. Tense

prefixes which

precede all except

the signs of person,

-a-

-japo-

-ku-

-na-

-si- -ta-

-ali-

-ka-

-li-

-ngali-

-sije- -taka-

-ja-

-ki-

-me-

-nge-

-sipo-

• The<^p may all be preceded by Ha, to form negative tenses in the indicative mood,
and personal prefixes followed by -si- make negative subjunctives.

PRELIMINARY OBSERVATIONS. 2i3

o. Particles of place, time, and relation, which follow the teuse
prufix, or, if there is no tense prefix, are subjoined to the verb.

-cho

-mo

-wo

-ko

-o

-ye

-kwo

-po

-yo

-lo

-vyo

-zo

ses. which always immedi

lately

-i-

-mw-

-u-

-ki-

-n-

-vi-

-ku-

-ni-

-wa-

-li-

-pa-

-ya-

-m-

-tu-

-zi-

A suppressed i or r always exists between two consecutive vowels.
It is often heard in the Merima dialect, and frequently appears where
otherwise three or more vowels would follow one another. However,
the more classical the Swahili, the less tolerant it is in any case of an
I between vowels, or even as an initial letter.

Tieee = keleJe. ete = lete.

TJie following letters are interchanged ;

I and r, s and sh, and vulgarly M and chi, and th and z.

Zanzibar ch = t (M.).
a (M.).
kh(Ar.).

d (M.), y (A.) (N.).
ch (Ozi.).
z(A.).
V (Mer.), th (Patta and Ozi.), j (vulgar).

The letters enclosed in parentheses denote the various dialects.
(M.) = Mombas (kimvita). (Mer.) = Southern Coast dialeit

(kimerima).
(A.) = Lamoo (kiamu). (Ar.) = Arabic.

(N.) = Poetical Swahili (kingozi).

„

e

J»

h

>»

J

»*

t

»>

V

»?

z

SWAHILI-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.

The sound of a in Swahili re-
sembles that of a in the English
word "father." It is, perhaps, —
except when doubled — somewhat
sharper and lighter.

"When the final a of any prefix —
except the negative prefix ha — is
brought by composition to precede
immediately eitherr e or i,it coalesces
with them and produces the sound
of a long e.

Aka-enda is pronounced aJcenda.

Akawa-ita is pronounced akaweta.

A and u have a tendency to
coalesce into an o sound.

Arabic substantives incorporated
into Swahili have often been made
by changing -i- in the verb into -o-
in the substantive.

Kubarizi, to hold a public
audience. Baraza, a public
audience.

Kusafiri, to traveL Safari, a
journey.

A occurs in some dialects where e
is used in Zanzibar. See E.

A-NG

A = t/a, of.

-a with a varying initial letter,

of. -a is used in such phrases

as the following for in : TJnitie

wa macho, put it in my eyes.

Akamchoma ya kitovu, and he

stabbed him in the navel.
A-, the sign of the third person
singular prefixed to verbs when
governed by substantives which
denote animate beings — he, she,
or it.

Where the tense prefix begins with
a, one of the a's disappears.

The following are instances of the
way in which this a occurs.

A-penda (for a-a-penda), he loves.

A-na-penda, he is loving.

A-m-penda, he has loved.

A-li-penda (for a-ali-penda), he
loved.

A-ka-penda, and he loved.

A-ta-penda, he will love.

A-ki-penda, he being in the con-
dition of loving.

A-nge-penda, he would love.

246

A-NG

AHI

A-ngali-penda, he would have

loved.
A-japo-penda, even if he loves.
A-sipo-penda, he not loving.
A-pende, let him, or that he may

love.
A-si-pende, let him not, or that
he may not love, or without his
loving.
-0-, the sign of the present in-
definite; it follows the prefix
denoting the person of the
subject or nominative, and
precedes that denoting the
object or accusative.
N-a-m-penda, I love him (I do
him love).
Aali, choice, good.
Aasi, disobedient, rebellious.
Abadan, or dbadi, always, constantly.
Ahiri ku-, to pass over, go across (a
Ahhia, passengers. [river, &c.).

Ahirisha hu-, to put across, to ferry

over.
Ahudia ku-, to give worship to.
Abudisha ku-, to cause to worship.
Abudu ku-, to worship.
Acha ku-, to leave, leave alone, let

be, let go, allow, acquit, divorce.
Achana ku-, to leave one another, to,

separate.
Achari, pickle, a relish made of

lemon-juice and red pepper.
Achia ku-, to leave to or for, to be-
queath to.
Acliilia ku; to pass over what a
person has done, to forgive, to
neglect.
Ada, a custom, especially a customary

gift.
Adabu, good manners, politeness.
Kutia adabu, to make polite, to
teach good manners.

Adamu, Adam.

Mwana Adamu, or Bin Adamu, a
human being, a man.
Adawa, enmity.
Adi ku-, to accompany a person part

of his way.
Adibu ku-, to educate, to teach

manners.
Adili, right, right conduct.
Adiliku-, to learn to behave rightly.
AdiUsha ku-, to teach to behave

rightly.
Adui, plur. Adui or maadui, an
Aee, Yes, [enemy.

Afa, plur. maafa, an enemy.
Afathali, rather, better of the two,

best, preferably.
Afia, health, good health.
Afikana ku-, to come to an agree-
ment, agree.
Afiuni, opium.
Afu, wild jasmine.
Afu ku; to save, to deliver, to par-
don, to preserve. Also, to get
Afya. See Afia, health. [well.

Afya ku-, to make to swear.
Aga ku-, to take leave of, to agree

with.
Agana ku-, to take leave of one

another, to make an agreement.
Agga ku-, to be lost, to perish.
Agiza ku-, to commission, direct,

give in charge, appoint to.
Agizo, plur. maagizo, commissioni

charge.
Agua ku-, to predict.
Agulia ku-, to predict ofc
Ahaal No!
Ahadi (vulgarlyioafcodt), a promise,

promises.
Ahadiana ku-, to promise mutually,

agree.
Ahili, family, relations.

AHE

AL

21'

Ahera, in the grave.under the earth,
after death, at the end of the
world. [Ar. akhr, the other.]

Ahidi ku-, to promise.

Ahsdnt, or Ahsanti, or Asanti,
thanks ! thank you !

Aihiha ku-, to be disgraced, to be
put to shame.

Aihisha ku-, to disgrace, to put to
shame.

Aihu, a disgrace, a reproach.

Aina, kind.

Aini ku-, to appoint.

Ainisha ku-, to show, point out.

Aitiwalo, pronounced Etiwalo, what
he is wanted (or called) tor, a-
itiica-lo.

Ajabisha ku-, to astonish, amaza

AJabu, a wonderful thing, wonder-
fully.

Ajali, fate, death.

Kusalimika ajali, to be altogether
come to an end (to be saluted
by its fate;.

Ajara, merit.

Ajib ! or 'Ajah ! Wonderful ! Won-
derfully.

Ajili, or djili, sake, cause.

Kica ajili ya, because of, for the
sake of.

Ajiri ku; to hire.

Ajirisha ku-, to cause to hire, to let
on hire.

^Ajjemi, Persian.

Aka ku-, to build in stone, to do
mason's work.

Akali, some few, some.
Akali ya icatu, ya vitu, &c., some
few men, things, &c.

•ake, or -akice, his, her, or its, of
him, &c.
•ake yeye, his own.

Akenda, for Akaenda, and he went.

Akhera = Ahera.
Akhtilaf, to quarrel.

Atafanya akJitilaf, she will scold.
Akia ku-, to build for.
Ak'ia ku-, to swallow, gulp down.
Akiha, store, a thing laid by.

Kuweka akiha, to lay up, to put
by.
Akida, an oflBcer, a second in com-
mand.
Akida wa asikari, an army officer.
Akidi ku-, to suffice.
Akiisha or Akisha, then, he having

finished this business.
Akika, a funeral feast for a child.
Akili, intelligence, wits, under-
standing (generally treated as a
plural noun).
Akina, you — addressed to young or
inferior persons. Akina hwana
young sirs. Akina bibi, my
young ladies.
Akiri ku-, to stand over, to remain

behind.
Akirisha ku-, to adjourn, put off,

make to stand over.
ako, thy, your, of thee.
-ako weice, your own.
Akraba, relations.

Akraba ya kuumeni, paternal

relations.
Akraba ya kukeni, maternal
relations.
Al, the Arabic article the. It is
retained in many words derived
from the Arabic, as Alf ajiri for
Al Fajr, the dawn. Sometimes
its form is varied, as Liwali for
Al Wali, the governor.
In Arabic phrases the definite
article prefixed to the second of
two nouns is the sign of the
possessive case, as Eayiat al

248

ALA

AMB

Ingre'z, a subject of the Englisli,
i.e., a British subject.
Ala, plur. maala or nyala, a sheath,

a scabbard.
^Alaka, a tusk of ivory.
Alafu, thousands,
Alama, a mark, marks.
Alasiri, one of the Mohammedan
hours of prayer, about half-past

3 P.M., afternoon.
Albunseyidi (Ar.), of the sons of

princes.

Alf = Elfu, a thousand.

Alfajiri, the dawn, the earliest Mo-
hammedan hour of prayer, about

4 A.M. A stress on the second
syllable denotes very early dawn.

Alfia.

Kofia alfia, a chiefs cap.
Alhamisi, Thursday.
-all- or -li-, the sign of that past
tense which denotes an action
complete in past time.
'li or -li- sometimes stands for
the verb to fee, as in a-li-ye, he
who is, or merely, who. A-li,
he is, or, he being. Nika-li,
and I am.
Alia ku; to make a mark by striking,

to wale.
Alifu, Alif, the first Arabic letter,

the alphabet.
Alika ku-, to invite, to call, to call
invited guests to a wedding, to
inform, to split, to click, to give
a crack, to snap.
Alikwa ku-, to go through a certain
course of medicine, consisting
chiefly of various fumigations and
a very strict regimen.
Aliki ku-, to hang.
Aliko, where he is, or was.
Alimisha ku-, to instruct.

Aliomo, wherein he is, or was.
Alisa, a dancing place, a house of

amusement.
Alisha ku-, to cause to snap.

Kualisha mtambo wa hunduki, to
click the lock of a gun.
AllaTi (Ar.), God, more reverently,

Allah td'ala, God the most high.
Allah Allah, without delay or pre-
tence.
Allah hilkheir, may God make it

good. A common answer to the

usual morning and afternoon

salutations.
Ahnaria, embroidery.
Almasi, a diamond.
Ama — ama, either — or.

Ama siyo ? Isn't it so ?
Amali, an act, a thing done.
Amali, a kind of amulet.
Amama (Ar.), a turban ?
Amana, a pledge, a thing entrusted,

a deposit, a present sent by another

person.
Amani, peace.
Amara, urgent business.
Amara (ya nanga), a cable.
Amba ku-, to speak against, to talk

scandal, to speak, to say.
Amba. See Ambaye.
Ambaa ku-, to go near to without

touching, not to reach, to leave
Ambari, ambergris. [unhurt.

Ambata ku-, to attach, to stick.
Ambatana ku-, to cleave together,

to be mutually attached.
Ambatiza ku-, to make to stick.
Ambaye or Ambaye kwamba, who.

The final syllable is variable,

making amhazo, amhayo, &c.,

which.
Ambaza ku-, to cause to pass near

without touching.

AMB

AND

249

Anibia hu-, to tell, to say to.

Pass. Kuamhiwa, to be told, to
have said to one.
Amhika ku-, to put (or be put ?)

firmly together.
Amhilika ku-, to be spoken to.
Ambisana ku-, to be cemented to-
gether, to stick together.
Amhisha ku-, to make to hold to-
gether.
Amhua ku-, to peel, to husk, to take

a morsel in eating.
Amhukiza ku-, to give a complaint

to, infect.
Amdelhan, a silky kind of stuff.
Amerikano, American sheeting, best
cotton cloth used in trading in
the interior.

Njia, &c., ya Amerikano, the best
ArtiiU ku-, to manage. [way, &c.
Amina, Amen.
Arnini ku-, to believe in, trust.

Kuamini mtu na kitu, to trust a
man with something, to entrust
something to some one.
Amirii, or Aminifu, trustworthy,

faithful.
Aminisha ku-, to entrust to, have

perfect confidence in.
Amiri, plur. maamiri, an emir, an
Amka ku-, to awake. [oflacer.

Amkia ku-, to salute.
Amkua ku-, to invite, summon (?).
Amravn, a dipping line, made fast

to the foremost yard-arm.
Amri, order, command.

Amri ya Muungu, a matter in
God's hands.

Sina amri, &c., I have no busi-
ness, &c.
Amria ku-, to put a thing at one's

disposal, to give leave concerning

something.

Amrisha ku-, to cause to be ordered,

order.
Amru ku-, to order, command.
Awsha ku-, to waken, cause to

awake, rouse.
Amu, Lamoo.

Kiamu, the dialect of Lamoo, ot
I the Lamoo kind.

Amu, fatlier's brother.
I Amua ku-, to judge, to separate two
j people who are fighting.

Passive, Kuamuliwa, to bejudged.
Amuka ku- = Amka ku-.
Amuru ku- = Amru ku-.
Amusha ku- = Amsha ku-.
Arnica ku-, to suck (M.).
Amwisha ku-, to suckle (M ).
Ana, he has.
Anakotoka, whence he is coming,

where he comes from.
-anana, gentle, soft.

Upepo mwanana, a soft breeze.

Maji manana, clear, quiet water.
Anapokicenda, whither he is going.
Anapolala, while he is sleeping.
Anasa, pleasure.
Andaa ku-, to prepare for cooking,

to make pastry, &c.
Andalia ku-, to prepare for, to make

made dishes for.
Andama ku-, to follow (M.).

M'wezi umeandama, the month is

up — the new moon has begun.

Andamana ku-, to accompany (M.).

Andika ku-, to put in order, to lay

out, to describe, to write, to steer

a vessel.
Andikanya ku-, to put things one

upon another, as plates in a pile.
Andikia ku-, to write, to lay out,

&c., for or on account of.
Andikiwa ku-, to be written, laid

out, &c., for.

250

AND

ASH

Andikiana ku-, to write to one

another, to correspond.
Anfu, knowing, ingenioua.
Anga, a great liglit, the firmament.

Ndege za anga, birds of the air.
Anga hu-y to jump or dance about

liko a wizard.
Angaika ku-, to be in a great bustle.
Angalia ku-, to look attentively,

regard, take notice, observe, be

careful, beware of.
Angama ku-, to be caught in falling

(as by the boughs of a tree).
Angamia ku-, to be ruined, to fall,
come to poverty.

utaangamia mwituni, you will be
lost in the jungle.
Angamisha ku-, to ruin.
Angaza ku-, to be light, to be bright,
to remain awake, to keep watch,

Kutia mwangaza, to give light to.
Angia ku-, to bewitch by dancing

and jumping about.
Angika ku-, to hang up, to bang

against a wall.
'angu, my, of me.

-angu mimi, my own.
Angua ku-, to take down, to hatch
Anguka ku-, to fall down. [eggs.
Angukia ku-, to fall down to, or

before.
Angusha ku-, to make to fall down,

throw down.
Ania ku-, to purpose, think of doing.
Anika ku-, to spread out to dry.
Ankra, a bill of sale.
Anua ku-, to take out of the sun or

rain.
Anuka ku-, to leave off raining.
Anwani, the address of a letter.
Anza ku; to begin.

The ku- is frequently retained, as
Alikwanza for Alianza.

Anziliza ku-, to make a beginning.
Anzwani, Johanna.
Ao, or.

Ao — ao, either — or.
-ao, their, of them.
Apa ku-, to swear.
Apendalo, what he likes.
Api'? where?

The a sometimes is so run into

the final a of the preceding

word as to be scarcely separable

from it.

Apia ku-, to swear to, or about.

Apisha ku-, to make to swear, to

adjure.
Apiza ku-, to swear at, to imprecate

against, to wish bad luck to.
Apizo, plur.waoptzo.an imprecation.
Arabuni, Arabia, in Arabia.
Arabuni, earnest money.
Arathi, pardon.
Arba'a, four.
'Ari, a thing to make one blush a

disgraceful thing.
Aria, following, party, faction.
Ariaa, lower ! let out the rope !
Arifu, knowing, ingenious.
Arifu ku-, to inform.
Arohaini, forty.
Arohatashara, fourteen.
Asa ku-, to forbid.
Asali, syrup.

Asali ya nyuki, honey.

Asali ya mua, the boiled juice of
the sugar-cane, treacle.

Asali ya temho, fresh palm wine
boiled into a syrup.
' Ashara,_ten.
Asharini, twenty.

Ashekali, better in health during
sickness.

Kiiica ashekali, to improve.
Kufanya ashekali, to mnke better

ASH

AZM

251

Aaherati, dissipation, a dissipated
person.

Ashiiki ku-, to love, to love ex-
ceedingly.

AsMria ku-, to make a sign to.

Jo-hur, customs duties.

Asi ku-, to neglect one's duty to, to
rebel, to be disobedient.
Kuasi mkewe, to quariel with his
wife, and not do his duty by
her.

Asikari, plur. asikari, or waasikari,
a soldier.
Kutia asikari, to enlist.

Asili, origin, nature, source.

Asisha ku-, to cause to leave, to
cause to cease.

Asitasa, not yet.

Assubui, in the morning.

Asusa, that which assuages bitter-
ness or pain, takes away an un-
pleasant taste. Also Azuza.

Ata. Atana, Atia, Atilia, (M.) =
Acha, Achana, &c.

Atamia ku-, to sit on eggs, to hatch

Afamisha ku-, to put under a sitting

Atgul, average. [hen.

Athahatisha ku-, to control.

Atliama, highness.

Mwenyi athama, the Most High.

Athari = Hathari.

Athibu ku-, to chastise, to punish.

Athibisha ku-, to punish.

Athima = Atliama.

Avhimika ku-, to be exalted.

Athini ku-, to call to public prayers.

Athuuri, noon, one of the Moham-
medan hours of prayer.

Ati I look you ! I say !

AiUm, a fragrant herb used in the
composition of kikuba.

Attia, gratuitously, for nothing.

Atuka ku-, to crack as the earth

does in very dry weather.
Aua ku-, to make a survey of, to go

over and look at.
Auka ku-, to grow large enough to

bear fruit.
Auni ku-, to help.
Avya ku-, to produce, to spend, to

give away.
Awa ku-, to go out or away (Mer.).
Awala, a promissory note.
Awali or Aowali, first, almost*

nearly.
Awaza ku-, to dispose, to allot to

each his share.
Awesia, a kind of dhow like a bechni

(which see), without any prow or

head, with merely a perpendicular

cutwater.
Awini ku-y to help, to supply.
Amthi ku-, to barter.
Ayari, a cheat.
Ayari,-^. pulley, the stay of a dhow's

mast.
Ayasi, a sort of grass.

Ayasi ya shaba, brass wire.
Ayika ku-, to dissolve, to melt.
Ayithi ku-, to preach.
Aza ku- = Waza ku-, to ponder,

think.
Azama, a nose ring.
Azirna, a charm used to bring back

a runaway slave and to drive

away evil spirits.
Azima ku-, to lend.

Azimica ku-, to borrow.
Azimia ku-y to make an azima

against.
Azimia ku-, to resolve.
Azimu ku-, to resolve (generally

pronounced dzimu).
Azizi, a rarity, a curiosity.
Azma, scent, fume.

252

AZU

B AJ

Azur, perjury.
Azuza. See Asusa.

B.

B has the same sound as in
English.

N changes into m before &, as
mhaya for n-haya^ bad.
mhwa for n-hwa, a dog or dogs.
Nw also becomes mh.

mhingu for n-ivingu, the heavens.
J5a, a shortened form of bwana.
Baa, evil
Baa, plur. mahaa, a worthless

person, an utter reprobate.
Baada, afterwards.

Baada ya, after (used preferably

of time).
Baadaye, or baada yoke, after it,
then, afterwards.
BaatM, some.

Baathi ya watu, some persons.
Baazi, a sort of pea growing on a
small tree somewhat resembling
laburnum.
Bah (Ar.), a gate, chapter.

Bab Ulaya, goods for the Euro-
pean market.
Bab Kachi, goods for the Cutch
trade.
Bab il amana, something entrusted,

lent to one.
Baha, father.
Baba mdogo, mother's brother.
Baba wa hambo, stepfather.

Baba wa waana, } ,

„ , ' f an owl.

Baba wa watoto, 3

Babaika ku-, to hesitate in speaking,
to stutter, to talk in one's sleep.

Babata ku-, to pat, to tap, to flatten
out.

Bahu. erandfathpr, ancestors.

Babua ku-, to strip off.

Babuka ku-, to tear, to become torn.

Badala or Badali, a thing given in

exchange for something else, an

equivalent.
Badani. See Kansu.
Badili ku-, to change, exchange,

alter, become changed. .
Badilika ku-, to be changed, to be

changeable.
Bado, not yet, used generally to
express that the matter in ques-
tion is as yet incomplete.

Bado kidogo, soon.
Bafe, a kind of snake.
Bafta, a sort of fine calico.
Bagala or Bdgala, a buggalo, a

large kind of dhow square in the

stern, with a high poop and a

very long prow. Most of the

Indian trading dhows are of this

build ; they have generally a

small mizen-mast.
Bdghala, a mule.
Bagua ku-, to separate.
Baguka ku-, to be separate.
Bagukana ku-, to be in hostility, to

be on two sides.
Bahari, sea.

Bahari iVali, the Persian Gulf.

Bahari ya Sham, the Ked Sea.
Baharia, a sailor, sailors, the crew.
Bdhasha, a square bag or pocket

with a three-cornered flap to tie

over the opening, frequently

used to keep books in.
BahatioT Bakhti, luck, good fortune.

Bakhti mtu, that depends on the
Bahatisha ku-, to guess. [person.
Baini, &c. See Bayini, &c.

Baini ya, between.
Bajia, small cakes of ground begins
and pepper.

BAJ

BAO

253

Bajuni = Mgunya.

Bakaku, to dispute, to argue.

Bakhili, a miser, covetous, miserly.

Bakhti. See Bahati.

Baki, the remainder, what is left.

Baki (in arithmetic), subtraction.

Baki ku; to remain, to be over, to
be left.

Bakora, a walking stick with the
top bent at right angles to the
stem. The best are made of a
white, straight-grained wood
(mtobwe), which will bend nearly
double like a piece of lead without
breaking or returning.

Baksha, a packet, of clothes, &c.

Bakuli, plur. mahakuli, a basin.

Bakwia few-, to snatch out of the hand.

Balaa, sorrow.

Balamwezi, moonlight, moonshine.

Balanga, leprosy.

Balasi, a large kind of water jar.

Bali, but.

BaligM, a boy who is a virgin, a youth.

Balungi, plur. mahalungi, a citron.

Bamha, plur. mahamha, a plate, a
flat thin piece.

Bamho, an instrument like a cheese-
taster thrust into a bag to draw
out some of its contents for ex-
amination.
Mabamho, large mats for beating
out mtama upon.

Bamvua, spring-tides.

Bana ku-, to squeeze, press as in a
vice.

Banada, the Somauli coast.

Banajiri or Banagiri, a kind of
bracelet ornamented with points
or blunt spikes, much worn in
Zanzibar.

Bancla, plur. wa6an(^a, a large shed.
Banda lafrasi, a stable.

Bandari, a harbour.

Bandera, a flag, red stufl" the colour

of the Arab flag.
Bandi, a seam.

Kupiga handi (in sewing), to
tack, to run, to baste.
Bandia.

Mtoto wa handia, a doll.
Bandika ku-, to put on a plaster or

any medicament.
Bandua ku-, to strip off, to peel off.
Banduka ku-, to peel off, to come

out of its shell, to be peeled.
Bangi, bhang, Indian hemp.
Banika ku-, to roast on a spit over

the fire.
Baniya, a temple, a building,

especially that at Mecca.
Ban] a ku-, to crack nuts, &c., tx3
break off the shell or husk by
beating.
Banyani, plur. mabanyani, used in
Zanzibar as a general name for
tbe heathen Indians who come
as traders from Cutch.
Banza.

Kujihanza, to squeeze oneself

against a wall or into a hedge

to allow some one else to pass.

Banzi, plur. mahanzi, a small thin

piece of wood, a splint.
Bao, the tiller of a small craft (A.).
Bao, a game in carJ-playing.
Mahao sita = Mvumo.
Kutia hao, to mark, in card-play-
mg.
Bao or Bao la komwe, a board with
thirty-two small holes, each
about the size of a teacup, for
playing a very favourite game
also called bao, with komwe, or
with pebbles. The holes are
sometimes merely scooped out

254

BAP

BAT

in the ground, and any small
things used to play with.
Kucheza hao, to play at the above
game.
Bapa, the flat of a sword, &c.
Kupiga hapa, to strike with the
flat of a sword.
J3ara, a species of antelope (Helgo-

bagus arundinaceus).
Bara or Barra, wild country, coast.
The Arabic name, Ze'njibarr, is
compounded of this word and
ZenjoT Zanj\ a negro : hence the
Zanguebar and Zanzibar of our
maps mean only the negro
coast. The Swahili name for
Zanzibar is invariably Unguja.
Barr Faris, the piece of Persian

coast belonging to Oman.
Barr Sicdhil, the Swahili coast.
Baraba, proper, just, exactly.
Barahara, a broad open road.
Barafu, ice.

Baragumo, a spiral horn used as a
musical instrument ; it is blown
through a hole at tiie small end.
Barai, an after brace carried on tbe
lee side to steady the yard of a
dhow.
Bar alia, a blessing. Also common

as a proper name.
Baralioa, a mask reaching down to
the mouth, universally worn by
the women of Oman and Zan-
zibar of the upper class.
Barasi, a disease.
BarathuU, an idiot, dupe, simpleton.

Also harazuli-
Barawai, a swallow.
Baraza, a stone seat or bench table,
either outside the house or in
the hall, or both, where the
master sits in public and receives

his friends ; hence the durbar, or
public audience held by the
sultan, and the council then held.
Baricli, cold, wind.

Maji ya baricli, fresh water.
Baridiyahis, rheumatism.
Bariki Jiu-, to bless.

N.B. — Young people are said in
Zanzibar to bariJd, when they
first have connection with the
opposite sex. Girls are though t
old enough between nine and
ten.
Barikia hu-, to give a blessing to,

to greet.
Bariyo (A.), what is left from the
evening meal to be eaten in tbe
morning.
Barizi ku-, to sit in baraza, to hold

a public reception.
Barra. See Bara.
Barua or Bdrua, a summons from a

judge, a bill, a letter.
Baruti, gunpowder.
Barzuli, a fool.
Basbasi, mace, the inner husk of

the nutmeg.
Bashire kheri ! may it be lucky !
Bashiri ku-, to prognosticate, to

foretell by signs.
BasMshi or Bakhshishi, a gift, a

largess.
Basiri ku-, to foresee.
Bass or Bassi, enough, it will do.
When it begins a sentence it
means — well, and so, and then.
When it follows a word or phrase
it means — just this and no more.
Bastola, a pistol.
Bata, plur. mdbata, a duck.
Bata la bukini, a goose.
Bata la mzinga, a turkey.
Batela, the common dhow of Zan-

BAT

BIA

255

zibar ; it ha^. a square stern and
an ordinary boat-like head.

Bafi, tin, block tin.

Batil. See Betili.

Batili liu-, to annul, to abolish, to
reduce to nothing.

Batli, the log (nautical).

Batohato, plur. ma-, various colours
and marks on an animal.

Bau, a wizard's fortune-telling
board.
Kupiga bau, to divine.

Baura, a European anchor.

Bavuni, alongside, at the side.

Bawa, plur. mahaica, the wing of a
bird. Also, the scales of a fish.

Baicaha, a hinge.

^awa&i/, a house-porter, door-keeper.

Baicasir, haemorrhoids.

-baya, bad. It makes mhaya with
nouns like nyumha.

Bayini ku-, to recognize, to know.

Bayinilai ku-, to be notorious, to be
well known.

Bayinisha ku-, to distinguish be-
tween, separate distinctly.

Bazazi, a trader, especially a cheat-
ing, over-sharp trader, a huck-
ster.

Beta ku; to carry (a child) on the
back in a cloth.

Behera, a he-goat given to covering,
strong, manly.

Bedari, the fixed lower pulley for
hoisting a dhow sail and yard,
bitts to which and through which
thejirar* are passed and secured.

Bedeni, a kind of dhow with a per-
pendicular cutwater, or merely a
piece of board by way of prow, a
sharp stern, and high rudder head.
The mast of a bedeni is per-
pendicular; in other dhows it

I bends forward. They come from
j the Arab coast.

Bee, a bargain, a trade, transaction.

Beek, for Lebeka.

Bega, plur. mabega, the shoulder.

Behewa, the inner court in a stone
house. All large houses in Zanzi-
bar are built round an inner
court

Beina, between.

Beina yaho nini ? what do you know
about it ? Compare Bayini.

Bekua ku-, to parry, to knock off a
blow.

Belghamu, phlegm.

Bembe, food and confectionery
cooked by a woman for her lover,
and sent to him during the
Ramathan.

Bembeleza ku-, to beg.

Bembesha ku-, to swing.

Bembeza ku- \ to beg, to caress, to

Bembeleza ku- j pat.

Benua ku-, to put forward, to stick
out.
Kubenua kidari, to walk with the
chest thrown forward.

Benuka ku-, to warp.

Kubenuka kiko kioa kiko, to warp
and twist this way and that.

Besa, vulgar Arabic for -pesa. Bes-
teen = Pesa mbili.

Besera, canopy of a bedstead.

BeteJa = Batela.

Beti, a pouch for shot or cartridges.

Beti (Ar.), a house, a line in verses.

Betili or Batil, a dhow vrith a ver\
long prow, and a sharp stern
with a high rudder head. They
generally belong to the Shemali.
or Persian Gulf Arabs.

Beyana, legible, clear.

Bia.

8 2

256

BIA

BOM

Kula hia, to subscribe to a meal
in common, to go shares in a
meal.

Biashara, trade, commerce.
Kufanya Mashara, to trade.
Mfanyi hiasJiara, a trader, a mer-
chant.

Bibi, grandmother. It is used as a
title answering to my lady, and
for the mistress of slaves.

Bibo, plur. mdbibo, a cashew apple.

-UcM, fresh, green, unripe, raw,
under-done. It makes mhicJii
with nouns like myumba.

Bidii, effort to surpass, emulation.

BiJcira, a virgin.

Bikiri ku-, to deflower.

Bilashi, gratis, for nothing.

Bilauri, a drinking glass.

Bildi, the lead (nautical).

Bilisi = Iblis, the devil.

Billa, except by.

Bilula, a tap.

Birna, insurance.

Bima ku-, to insure against acci-
dents.

Binadamu, a human being (a son
of Adam).

Bindo, the loin-cloth held up to
receive or carry things, a bundle
in a cloth.
Kukinga bindo, to hold up the
loin-cloth to receive things.

Bingica, shrewd, knowing. '

Binti, daughter. Women in Zan-
zibar are generally mentioned by
their father's name only, as, Binti
Mohammed, Mohammed's daugh-
ter.

Birika,-p\.ur. mabirika,Q. large vessel
for holding water, a cistern.

Birinzi, a dish composed of meat,
rice, pepper, &c.

Bisha ku, to knock or cry Hodi I at
a door tro attract the attention of
the people within. It is held
very wrong to go beyond the
entrance hall of a house unless
invited in.

Bisha ku-, to work in sailing. Also,
to make boards.

Bishana ku-, to squabble, to quarrel.

Bishara, a sign, a good sign.

Bisho, tacking, working to the wind-
ward.
Upepo wa hisho, a foul wind.

Bisi, parched Indian corn.

Bitana, lined, double, used of clothes
wherever there are two thick-
nesses.

Bithaa, goods, merchandise.

-Nvu or -wivu, ripe, well done. It
makes mbivu with nouns like

Biioi, plur. mabiici, heaps of garden

rubbish, leaves, wood, &c.
Bizari, a small seed used in making

curry.
Bize, a wild hunting dog.
Bizima, a buckle.

-bofu or -ovu, rotten, bad, malicious.
Boga, plur. maboga, a pumpkin.

Boga is used as a general word
for edible vegetables.
Bogi = Pombe.
Bogoaku-, to strip off leaves, to tear

apart, to chop away wood in

making a point ?
Bohari or Bokhari, a storehouse, a

house with a shop and warerooms.
Boko, a buffalo (?).
Bokoboko, a kind of food made of

wheat, meat, &c.
Bokwa, jack fruit [Tumbatu].
Boma, plur. maboma, a heap of

stones, a rampart.

BOM

BUN

257

Bomha, a pump.

Bomhoromoka, plur. ma-. See Boro-
moka.

Bomoa ku-, to make a hole through,
to break down.

Bomoka ku-, to have a hole broken
through it, to be broken down.

Bongo, plur. mabongo, brains, mar-
row.

Bonth, a bridge, a pier. From the
French pout.

Bonyea ku-, to give way, to crush
in.

Bonyesha ku-, to press so as to sink
in, to make an impression with
the fingers.

Bonyeza ku-, to examine by feeling
and pressing. See Tomasa.

Boonde, a valley., a hollow place.

Bora, great, very great, noble, best,
most.

Bori, the bowl of a native pipe.

Boriti, a rafter, thick poles cut in
the mangrove swamps and laid
flat to support the stone roofs.

Borohoa, a dish made of pounded
pulse with flavourings.

Boromoka ku-, to fall down a preci-
pice.

Boromoka, plur. ma-, precipices, pre-
cipitous places. Also homhoro-
moka, plur. ma-.

Borongahoronga ku-, to make a mess
of one's work.

Boroshoa, a long-shaped black in-
sect found in dunghills.

Boruga ku-, to stir, tocut up weeds.

-bovu or -ovu, rotten, bad.

Boza, a narcotic made by mixing
bhang with flour and honey.

Bozibozi, idle, dull.

Brdmini, an agent (working for two
per cent, commission.)

^Ma,plur. mahua,the stem of millet.
Buba, rupia, applied to various skin

diseases.
Buhu, (A.), a teat.
Buhu, plur. mahuhu, dumb.
Buhujika ku-, to bubble out, burst
forth.

Kuhubujika machozi,to burst into
tears.
Bubur 01.), dumb.
Buddi, escape, other course.

Sina buddi, I have no escape, ie.,
I must.
Bueta, a box. Also bweta. (From

the French, boite.)
Buga, a hare (?).
Bughuthu ku-, to hate.
BuTiuri, incense.
Buihui, a spider.
Buki or Bukini, Madagascar.
Buki, a kidney.
Buku, a very large kind of rat.
Bull, plur. mabuli, a teapot.
Bumbuazi, perplexity, idiotcy.

Kupigwa na bumbuazi, to become

confused and abashed, so as not

to be able to go on with one's

business.

Bumbici, rice flour pounded up with

scraped cocoa-nut.
Bumia, sternpost.
Bumunda,j)lu.T, mabumunda, a sort

of soft cake or dumpling.
Bundi, a native bird, an owl. Owls

are thought very unlucky.
Bunduki, a gun, a musket.
Bungala, a kind of rice.
Bungo, plur. mabungo, a kind of

fruit something like a medlar.
Bungu, plur. mabungu, a dish.
Bungu la kupozea uji, a saucer to

cool gruel in.
Buni, raw coffee, coffee-berries.

258

BUN

Buni, an ostrich.

Buni, (At.), sons, the sons of.

Buni ku-, to begin, to be the first to

do a thing, to invent.
Bunju, a poisonous fish.
Bunzi, plur. mabunzi, a stinging

fly.
Buothu Jcu; to hate.
Biqmru, plur. mahupuru, an empty
shell.

Bupuru la Mtwa, a skull.
Burangenif of two colours, neither

black nor white ; also painted of

different colours, as a dhow with

a white sti'ipe.
Buratangiy a whirring kite.
Burdu.

MarasM ya Burdu, eau-de-
Cologne.
Buri, large-sized tusks of ivory.
Bnriani, a final farewell, asking
a general forgiveness.

Kutahana buriani, to ask mutual
pardon and so take a last fare-
well.
Biirikao, Port Durnford.
Burre, for nothing, gratis, in vain,

for no good.
Buruda, a book of the prayers used

over a dying person.
Burudika ku-, to be refreshed.
Burudisha hu-, to cool, to refresh.
Buruga ku-, to mix up, to knock

together.
Buruhani, token, evidence.
Buruji, battlements.
Burura ku-, to drag, to haul along.
Busaraj prudence, subtlety, astute-
ness.
Busati, a kind of matting made at

Muscat.
BushasM, a thin sort of stuff.
Buihu, tow, a gun-wad.

Bushuti, woollen stuff, blanket,

Bustani, a garden.

Busu, a kiss.

Busu ku-, to kiss.

Buu, plur. mabuu, maggots in meat

(M.).
Buyu, plur. mabuyu,a calabash, the
fruit of the baobab tree, used
to draw water with.
Buzz, plur. mabuzi, a very large

goat.
Bivaga ku-, to throw down what
one has been carrying; to tip
off one's head, &c.; to rest by
throwing down one's burden.
Kubivaga nazi, to throw down
cocoa-nuts.
Btcana, master of slaves, master of
the house, lord, sir, used politely
in speaking of one's own father.
Bwana mdogo, master's son.
Bwanda — Givanda.
Bicara.

Reale ya bicara, c dollar under
full weight, a 5-franc piece.
Bweta. See Bueta.

C.

Cis required only in writing the
sound of the English ch or of the
Italian c before i and e.

In the dialect of Zanzibar ch
frequently stands for the t of more
northern Swahili, as —

CJiupa, a bottle (Zanzibar) =
Tupa (Mombas).

Kucheka, to laugh (Zanz.) =
Kuteka (Momb.).

CM, in the vulgar dialect, and
amongst the slaves in Zanzibar,
stands for ki in the more correct
language. Several of the tribes in

CH A

2.7)

the interior follow the same rule as
the Italian in always pronouncing
the same root letter ch before i and
e, and k before a and o.

Thus slaves commonly say, Cliitu
chidogo, a little thing, for Kitu Ju-
dogo.

As a rule, in all Swahili where
the preformative hi has to be pre-
fixed to an adjective or pronoun or
tense prefix beginning with a vowel,
it becomes c/i, thus —

Kisu chanau, my knife, not Kisu
Mangu.

Kisu chakata, the knife cuts, not
Kisu kiakata,

Kitu chema cho chote, every good
thing whatsoever, not Kitu
kiema kio Mote.

Where ch represents ki, as the
initial sound of a substantive, the
plural is made by cLangiug ch into
vy.

CJwmho, a vessel, F^/omfto, vessels.

But where ch stands for t, the
plural is made by prefixing ma.

3Iachu2M, bottles.

Machungica, oianges.

The Arabs confound in their
pronunciation ch with sh, though
the sounds are in Swahili perfectly
distinct.

It would perhaps be an improve-
ment to write all c/i's wliich repre-
sent ki by a simple c, which has
been used for this sound in Sechuaua,
and to write all c/i's which repre-
sent t by ty, which has been used
for this sound in writing Zulu. But
both are here represented by ch,
because at least in the infancy of
our studies it is puzzling to have
two siguB for one sound, and neither

way of writing might be quite satis-
factory in all cases.

There is little doubt that the
northern t becomes ch by the addi-
tion of a i/ sound, as the same sort
of change takes place with d, whicli
becomes dy or j, and sometimes
with n, making it ny or the Spanish
ri. The same sort of change in
English vulgarizes nature into
nachur, and Indian into Injun.

Ch- = hi-, whicli see.
Ch-, a prefix required by sub-
stantives beginning with ki- or
ch- representing ki-, in all pro-
nouns and adjectives beginning
with a vowel, and in tenses of
the verb where the tense prefix
begins with a vowel.
Cha, of.
Many quasi-substantives may be
made by prefixing cha to a
verb, kitu being understood, as
chakula (a thing), of eating,
food.
Cha or Chayi, tea.
Cha ku; to fear [A.] (the ku- bears
the accent, and is retained in the
usual tenses).
Cha ku; to dawn, to rise [of the sun]
the ku- bears the accent, and
is retained in the usual tenses.
Kumekucha, the dawn (it has

dawned).
Kunakucha, the dawning.
Usiku kucha, all night till dawn,
all night long. See Chwa.
Chaanzu, the beginning of a piece

of iikiri.
Chacha ku-y to ferment, leaven,

work.
Chachaga ku-^ to wash clothes by

260

-CHA

CHA

dabbing them gently on a stone

or board, not to beat them so hard

as is implied in the more common

word kufua.
-chache, few, little, not many or

much. It makes chache with

nouns like myumha.
Chachia hu-, to come with a press,

to come much at once, to burdt

upon one.
Chachu, bran, leaven, ferment.
Chafi, a kind of fish.
Chafi.

Chafi cha mguu, calf of the leg =
tafu.
Chafu, plur. machafu, the cheek,

especially that part which is over

the teeth.
Chafua leu-, to put in disorder,

disarrange.
Chafuha hu-, to be in disorder, in
dishabille.

Moyo umechafuha, (I) feel sick.
Chafukachafuka ku-, to be all in a

mess, to be all tumbled about

and in confusion.
Chafuo, a poisonous horse-fly.
Chafya ku-, or kupiga chafya, or

kwenda chafya, to sneeze.
Chagaa = Tagaa.
Chago, land crabs.
Chago, the place where the head is

laid (on a kitanda, etc.).
Chagua, kii-, to pick out, select,

garble.
Chai, or Chayi, tea.
Chakaa ku-, to become worn out,

to become good for nothing

through age or use.
Chake, or chakice, his, her, its. See

-ake.
Cliaki, chalk, whitening, putty.
ChOfko, thy. See -ako.

Chakogea = [Kitu'] cha ku-ogea, a
thing to bathe in, a bath.

Chakula, something to eat, food, a
meal.
Chahula cha suhui, breakfast.
Chakula cha mchana, dinner.
Chakula chajioni, supper, which

is the chief meal of the day.
Plur. vyakula, victuals.

Chale, a cut or gash made for orna-
ment.

Chali, backward, on his back.

Chama, a club, guild, band of
people.
Waana chama, members of it.

Chamha chajicho, a white film over
the eye.

Chamho, plur. vyamho, a bait.

Chambua ku-, to dress, clean, pick
over, as to pluck off the outer
leaves of vegetables when sending
them to market, to pick the
sticks and dii-t out of cotton, to
pick cloves off their stalks,
&c.

ChamhuUa ku-, to clean up, to dress
up work or things.

Chamhuro, a plate for wire drawing.

Chamchela.
Pepo za chamchela, a whirlwind.

Cha'msha kanwa (something to
wake the mouth), something
eaten first thing in the morning.

Cliana = Tana.

Chana ku-, to comb.

Chanda, plur. vyanda (M.), a finger,
a toe.

Chandalua, an awning, a mosquito
net.

-changa, young, immature.

Changa ku-, to sift away chaff and
husks.
Kula kwa kuchanga, a feast

CH A

CHE

261

where each contributes some-
thing to the entertainment.
Changa'nika Jcu-, to be genial, to be

hearty and pleasant.
Changamusha ku-, to cheer up.
Changanya Jcu-, to mix.
Changanyika ku-, to be mixed.
CJianganyisha ku-, to perplex.
Changarawi, girt,little white stones

like those in coarse sand.
Chango, plur. vyango, a peg to hang

things upon.
Chango, small intestines, round

worms.
CJiangu, a kind of fish.
Changu, a tribal mark (?).
Changu, my. See -angu.
Chant = Tani, on the back, back-
ward.
Chania ku-, to comb for, &c.
CJianikiwiti, green.
Chanja ku-, to cut up [firewood, &c.].
Chanjiwa ku-, ndui, to be cut for

small-pox, to be vaccinated.
Chano, plur. vyano, a large wooden

platter, a mortar-board.
Clianua ku-, to put forth leaves.
Chao, their. See -ao. ■
Chapa, plur. machapa, a stamp,
-a chapa, printed. [type,

Kupiga chapa, to print.
Chapa ku-, to beat, to stamp.
Chapachapa, wet through, all
dripping.
Chapeo, a hat. From the French

chapeau (?).
Chappa or Chappara, excessively.
Chapuo, a sort of small drum.
Chatu, a python, a crocodile (?).
Chavu, plui-. vyavu, a net.
•chavu, filthy, unwashed.
Chaica, a louse.
Cliayi, tea.

Chaza, an oyster.

Chazo, a sucker fish.

Cheche, a small box (such as a

lucifer-box).
C/iec?2e, a brownmangouste. Also =

chechi.
Cheche, a spark.
Chechea ku-, to walk lame.
Chechele, an absent person, one who

goes far beyond where he in-
tended to stop through inattention.
Chechemea ku-, to be lame. Also,

to reach up, stretch up to.
Chechi, plur. machechi, a spark.
Chegua ku-, to choose.
Cheka ku-, to laugh, to laugh at.
Chekelea ku-, to laugh at, because of.
Cheko, plur. macheko, a laugh, '^ a

loud laugh.
CJielea ku-, to fear for, about, &c.
Chelema, watery.

Chelewa ku, to be overtaken by
something through thought-
lessness, to wake up and find
it broad daylight, to be struck
foolish, to be dumbfounded.
Also, to be too late.

Sikukawia wala sikucheleica, I

did not delay, and I was not late.

Cheleza kvr, to keep, to put on one

side, to put ofi".
Chelezea ku-, to keep or put aside
CJielezo = Chilezo. [for.

Chembe, a grain, grains.
C7t(?TO&e,plur. vyembe (N.), an arrow,

the head of an arrow oraharpoon.
Chemhe cha moyo (A.), the pit of

the stomach.
Chemhen, a chisel.
Cliemchem, a spring of water.
CJie'mka ku-, to boil, to bubble up.
Chenezo, plur. vyenezo, a measuring

rod, line, &c.

262

CHE

CHI

Chenga hu-, to cleave, to cut wood,

to prune.
Clienge clienge^ small broken bits.
CJienja = Chenza.
Chenu, your. See -enu.
Chenyi, havii\g, with. See -enyi.
Chenza, a large kind of mandarin
orange.

Chenza za kiajjemi, Persian, i.e.,
good chenzas.
Cheo, plur. vyeo, measurement,

measure, length, breadth, &c.,

position in the world, station.
Chepechepe, wet, soaked with rain,

wetted.
Chepulm Itu- = Chipulia.
Gierawi, a well-known mangrove

swamp in the island of Zanzibar.
Cheree, a grindstone.
Cherevu, cunning, subtlety.
Cherhhana, machine.

Cherlihana cha Tcushona, a sewing
Cheruwa, measles. [machine.

Chetezo, plur. vyefezo, a censer, a

pot to fume incense in.
Cheti, plur. vyeti, a pass, a passport.
Chetu, our. See -etu.
Chewa, a kind of fish.
Cheza Im-, to play, to dance.

Kucheza gwaridi, to be drilled
in European fashion.

Kucheza komari, to play for
Cheza, a kind of oyster. [money.
Cheza hu-, to play with.

Kuchezea unyago, to deflower a
virgin (?).
Chi = Ki:
Chicha, the scraped cocoa- nut after

the oil has been squeezed out.

It is sometimes used to rub on

the hands to clean them of grime,

but is generally thrown away as

refuse.

Chichiri, a bribe.

Chilcapo = Kihnpu^ a basket.

Chikichi, plur. machikichi, the fruit
of the palm-oil tree.
Kichikichi, plur. vichikichi, the
small nuts contained in the
fruit of the palm-oil tree.

Chllezo, plur. vilezo, a buoy.

Cliimha ku-, to dig (M. timha).

Chimbia ku-, to dig for (M. timbia).

Chimbia ku- = Kimbia ku-y to run
away.

Chimbua ku-, to dig out or away.

Chimbuko, origin, first beginning,
source.

Chini, down, bottom, below.
Yuko chini, he is down stairs.
Chini 7ja, under, below.
*Chinja ku-, to cut, to slaughter
animals by cutting the throat,
which is the only manner allowed
by the Mohammedan law, hence
generally to kill for food (M.
liutinda).

Chinki,3i small yellow bird kept in
cages.

Chinusi, a kind of water sprite,
which is said to seize men when
swimming, and hold them un-
der water till they are dead, (?)
cramp.

Chinyango, a lump of meat.

Chipuka, &c. = Chupuka, &c.

Chipukizi, a shoot, a young plant.
See Tepukuzi.
Chipukizi ndio mti, children will
be men in time.

Chiriki, a small yellow bird often
kept in cages.

Chiro, chironi = Choo, chooni.

Chiroko = Cliooko, a kind of pulse.

Chiti = Cheti, a note of hand, a rote
of any kind.

CHO

CHO

263

Cho, -cko, -cJio-, v.'hich.
Che chote, whatsoever.

Ckoa, ringrorm.

Ch^jcha Till; to poke out from, out
of a hole.

Cliochea hu-, to make up a fire, to
turn up a lamp.

Cliochelezca Jcu-, to stir up and in-
crease discord, to add fuel to the
fire.

Cliofya Tiu-. See Chovya.

Choka JiU; to become tired.
Nimeclwha, I am tired.

Chohaa, lime.

Cholcea, a stye in the eye, hordeolum.

Chokoa hu-, to clear out, to free
from dirt, enlarge a small hole.

ChoJcochoko, a kind of fruit with a
red prickly rind, white pulp, and
a large kernel.

Chokora ku-, to pick (with a knife,
&c.).

Chokora, plur. machokora, a hanger-
on, a follower, a dependant.

Chokoza ku-, to teaze, to irritate.

Chole, a place on the island of Zan-
zibar famous for cocoa-nuts ; also,
the chief town of Monfia.

Glioma ku-, to stab, to stick, to
prick, to dazzle. Vulgarly in
Zanzibar — to use fire to in any
way, to burn, to roast, to parch,
to fire, to apply cautery, to bake
pottery.

Clwmho, plur. vyomho, a vessel, a
pot, a dhow.
Vyomho is used for household
utensils, things used in a
house, goods.

Chomea ku-. See Choma ku-.

Chomeka ku-, to be stuck into, to be
set on fire.

Chomelea ku-, to take out a bad

piece of cloth, thatch, &c., and

put in a new one.
Chomoza ku-, to be hot.
I Chonga ku-, to cut, to adze, to hollow
out, to cut to a point.

Kuchonga kalamu, to make a pen.
Chonge, canine teeth, cuspids.
Chongea ku-, to cut for, or with.
Chongea ku-, to do a mischief to, to

get (a person) into trouble, to

inform against.
Giongeleza ku-, to carry tales, to

backbite.
Chongo, loss of an eye.

Kuica na chongo, to have lost an
eye.

Mwenyi chongo, a one-eyed person.
Chongoka ku-, to be precipitous.
Choo, plur. vyoo, a privy, the bath-
room, which always contains one.
Chooko, a small kind of pea, very

much resembling the seeds of

the everlasting pea of English

gardens.
Cliopa, plur. machopa, such a quan-
tity as can be carried in the two

hands.
Chopi.

Kwenda chopi, to walk lame in
such a manner as tliat the lame
side is raised at every step.
Chopoa ku-, to drag out of one's

hand.
Chopoka ku-, to slip out of the hand.
Chora ku-, to carve, to adorn with

carving, to draw on a wall.
Chorochoro, scratclies, marks.
Clioropoka ku-, to slip out of one's

hand.
Gwveka ku-, to put into water, to

steep.
Chovya ku-, to dip, to gild.
Chosha ku-, to tire, to make tired.

264

CHO

CHU

CJiosi = Kisoze.

Chota Jcu; to make up a little at a

Chote, all. See -ote. [time.

Chovu, weary, tired.

Choyo, greediness, avarice.

Micenyi clioyo, a miser.
Chozi, plur. machozi, a tear, a tear-
drop.
Chub ! sht ! nonsense !
Cliuhua hu; to take the skin oflf, to

bruise.
Chubuachuhua liu-, to bruise about,

to batter.
Chuhuha ku-, to be raw, to be

bruised.
CJmhiin, a plummet.
Chucliu ya ziica, a teat.
Chuchumia ku-, to stretch up to

reach something.
Chui, a leopard, leopards.
Chuja ku-, to strain.
Chujuka ku-, to have tlie colour

washed out.
Cliuki, the being easily disgusted
or offended.

Ana chuki huyu, he is easily put
out.
Chukia ku-, to be disgusted at, to

abhor, to hate, not to bear.
Chukiwa ku-, to be offended.
Chukiza ku-, to disgust, to offend.
Chukizisha ku-, to make to offend.
Chuku, a cupping horn.
CJiukua ku-, to carry, to carry
off, to bear, to support, to sus-
tain.

Kuchukua mimha, to be pregnant.
Chukulia ku-, to carry for a person.

Pass, kucliukulhca, to be carried
for, to have carried for one, to
be borne, to drift.
Ckukuliana ku-, to bear with one

another.

CJiukuza ku-, to make, to carry, to

load.
Cliula or Chura, plur. vyula, a frog.
Cliuma, plur. vyuma, iron, a piece

of iron.
Chuma ku-, to pluck, to gather^ to

make profit.
Chumha, plur, vyumba, a room.
Chumvi, salt.

Chumvi ya haluU, sulphate of
Cliuna ku, to flay. [magnesia.

Chunga ku-, to pasture, to tend

animals.
Cliunga ku-, to sift.
Chungu, plur. vyungu, an earthen

cooking pot.
CJiungu, ante,
Chungu, sl heap.

Chungu chungu, in heaps.
-chungu, bitter (uchungu, the

quality of bitterness).
CJiungulia ku-, to peep.
Chungiva, plur. machungwa, an
orange.

CJmngwa la kizungu, a sweet

orange.

Chunika ku-, to lose the skin, to be

Chunjua, a wart. [flayed.

Chunuka ku-, to love exceedingly, to

long for.
Chunuzi = Cliinusi.
CJiunyu, an incrustation of salt, as

upon a person after bathing in

salt water.
Chuo, plur. vyuo, a book.

Chuoni, school,

Mwana wa chuoni, a scholar,
learned man.
Cliupa, plur. machupa, a bottle,
Chupia ku; to dash.
Chupuka ku- or Chipuka ku-. to

sprout, become sprouted, to shoot,

to spring.

CHU

DAM

265

Chupuza Im-, or Chipuza hu-, to
sprout, to throw out sprouts, to
shoot, to spring.
Churuhiza ku-, to drain out.
Chururika hu- = Churuziha hu-.
Churuica, measles.
Churuza ku-, to keep a stall, to

trade in a small way.
Churuzika ku-, to run down with.
Kuchuruzika damu, to bleed
freely.
Chussa, plur. vyussa, a harpoon.
Chuuza = Churuza.
Chwa ku-, to set (of the sun). The
ku- bears the accent and is re-
tained in the usual tenses.
Mchana kucliwa, or kutwa, all
day till sunset, all day long.

D.

D has the same sound as in
English. It occurs as an inital
letter chiefly in words derived from
the Arabic.

L ox r and t become d after an
n. Befu, long, makes kamha ndefu,
a long rope, not nrefu.

Kanitafutia, and seek out for me,
when pronoimced quickly becomes
Kandaftia.

D in the dialect of Mombas be-
comes j or dy in that of Zanzibar.

*Ndoo I Come (Momb.). Njoo!
(Zanz.)

See C and J.

Data, a small tin box. Also, a fool.

Dacha ku, to drop.

Vada, sister, a term of endearment

among women.
D si ku-, to pry into things, to

ask impertinent and unnecessary
questions. .

Dafina, a hidden treasure.

Daftari, an account book.

Dafu, plur. madafu, a cocoa-nut
fully grown before it begins to
ripen, in which state it supplies a
very favourite drink. When the
shell has begun to harden and
the nutty part to thicken, it ceases
to be a Dafu and becomes a
Koroma.

Dagaa, a kind of very small fish
like whitebait.

Daggla, a short coat.

Dai ku-, to claim, to sue for at
law.

Daka ku-, to catch, to get hold of.

DaJiika, a minute, minutes.

Daku, the midnight meal during
the Eamathan. A gun is fired
from one of the ships at Zanzibar
about 2 A.M., to give notice that
the time for eating is drawing to
a close. The name is said to be
derived from the saying : —

" Leni upesi, kesho kuna ndaa Tcuu."
" Eat quickly, to-morrow there will be
great hunger."

Dakidiza ku-, to contradict, to deny

formally, to rebut.
Dalali, a salesman, a hawker, an

auctioneer.
Dalia, a yellow composition much

used as a cosmetic : it is said to

give softness and a sweet smell

to the skin.
Dal ill, a sign, a token.

Hatta dalili, anything at all, even
a trace.
Dama, a game played on a board

like chess.
Damani = Demani.

266

DAM

DEU

Damu, blood.

Danga ku-^ to take up carefully, as
they take up a little water left
at the bottom of a dipping place
to avoid making it muddy.

Danganika ku-, to be cheated.

Danganikia ku-, to put to coufusion.

Danganisha ku-, to confuse.

Danganya ku-, to cheat, to humbug,
to impose upon.

Danzi, plur madanzi, a bitter,
scarcely eatable sort of orange.
The Danzi is reputed to be the
original orange of Zanzibar. The
name is sometimes applied to
all kinds of oranges, and sweet
oranges are called madanzi ya
Kizungu, European (Portuguese)
oranges.

Dao. See Dau.

Dapo, plur. madapo, a native
umbrella.

Darabi, plur. madarahi, a rose
apple.

Daraja, a step, a degree, a rank, a
staircase, a bridge, a league.

Darasa,a class for reading, a regular
meeting for learning.

Dari, a roof, an upper floor.

Darini, up-stairs, or, on the roof.

Darizi, embroidery, quilting. See
also Kanzu.

Darumeti, part of a dhow, inner
planking.

Dasili, a detergent powder made
of the dried and powdered leaves
of the mkunazi.

Dasturi. See Desturi.

Dau, plur. madau, a native boat
sharp at both ends, with a square
mat sail. They are the vessels
of the original inhabitants of
Zanzibar, and chiefly bring fire-

wood to the town from the south

end of the island.
Daulati, the government.
Daica, plur. datoa or madawa, n
medicine.

Daiva ya kuhara, a purgative.

Dawa ya kutapika, an emetic.
Dawamu ku-, to persevere.
Dawati, a writing desk.
Dayima, always, perpetually.
Dayimara = Dayima.
Dehe, tin can. See Daha.
Deheni, lime and fat for chunam-

ming the bottoms of native craft.
Deheni ku-. to chunam the bottom

of a dhow.
Deka ku-, to refuse to be pleased,

to be perverse, to be teazing.
Delhi, a donkey's walk.

Kwenda delki, to walk (of a
donkey).
Dema, a kind of fish-trap.
Demani, the sheet of a sail.
Demani, the season of gentle

southerly winds, beginning about

the end of August. It is applied

less correctly to the whole season

of southerly winds from April to

the end of October.
Dendaro, a sort of dance.

Kukata denge, to shave the hair

except on the crown of the head.

Den^M, peas, split peas. They are

not grown in Zanzibar, but are

brought dry from India.
Deni, debt, a debt, debts.
Deraye (?), armour.
Desturi, a so it of bowsprit, to carry

forward the tack of a dhow-sail.
Desturi, custom, customs.
Deidi, a silk scarf worn round the

waist.

DE V

DUA

267

Devai, claret, light wine.

Dia, composition for a man's life,
tine paid by a murderer.

Dibaji, elegance of composition, a
good style.

Didimia hu-, to sink.

Didimihia hu-, to bore with an awl,
&c.

Didimisha ku-, to sink, to cause to
sink.

Digali, part of a native pipe, being
the stem which leads from the
bowl into a vessel of water
through which the smoke is
drawn.

Diko, plur. madiJco, a landing-place.

Dimu, a lime.

Dimu tamu, a sweet lime.

Dim, religion, worship.

J)ira, the mariner's compass.

Dirihi ku-, to succeed in one's pur-
pose by being quick, to be quick
enough to catch a person, to be
in time.

Dirisha, plur. madirisha, a window.

Diwani, plur. madiwani, a council-
lor, a title of honour among the
coast people.

Doana, a hook.

Dohi, a washerman.

Doda ku-, to drop.

Dodo. See Emhe.

Dodoki, plur. madodohi, a long
slender fruit eaten as a vege-
table.

Dodoa ku-, to take up a little at a
time.

Dofra, plur. madofra, a sailmaker's
palm.

-dogo, little, small, young, younger.

Dohaan, Dokhaan, or Dohani, a
chimney.
Marikebu ya dohaan, a steamship.

I Hence Dohani, or Dokhani, a sort

: of tall basket in which fruit

is brought on men's heads to

market. The foundation is

made of sticks about two feet

long, loosely tied together,

which are supplemented with

plaited cocoa-nut leaves, until

the whole becomes perhaps six

feet high and fifteen to twenty

inches in diameter. These

dohani are often decked with

flowers and green leaves.

Dokaa ku-, to nibble.

Dokem ku-, to give a little part of

anything, to give a hint.
Dokra, a cent.
Domo.
Eupiga domo, to tell a person in
confidence.
Dona ku-, to peck.
Donda, plur. madonda, large sores.
Donda ndugu, malignant ulcers.
Dondo, pi. madondo, a tiger cowry .
Used to smooth down seams with.
Dondo, stsLich, the dressing of calico.
Dondoa ku-, to pick up small frag-
ments, to pick up rice, &c., to
pick up bit by bit.
Dondoka ku-, to drop from little by
little.
Mbegu zimenidondoka, the seeds
dropped from my band one by
one.
Dondoro, Dyker's antelope.
Donea ku-, to flatter like a bird.
Donge, plur. madonge, a small round

thing, a ball.
Donoa ku-, to peck, to sting.
Doti, a loin-cloth, a piece of cloth a

little less than two yards long.
Doya ku-, to go as a spy,
Dua, worship, theology.

268

DUA

Duaruy a windlass, anything round.

Dude, plur. madude, a what-is-it ?

a thing of which you don't know

or have forgotten the name.

Dudu, plur. madudu, an insect,

insects.
Duduvuhj a kind of hornet which

bores in wood.
-dufu, insipid, tasteless.
Dulca, plur. maduka, a shop.
DuMza hu-, to listen secretly.
Bukizi, plur. madukizi, an eaves-
dropper, a tale-bearer.
Dumhuza, a plant having big yellow

flowers with dark centres.
Dumia hu-, to persevere.
Bumisha ku-y to make to continue.
Dumu, a jar (?).

Dumu ku-j to continue, to persevere.
Dun, a fine.
Dundu, plur. madundu, a large

pumpkin shell used to hold

liquids.
Dunge, the green skin of the ca-
shew nut, an immature cashew

nut.
Dungu, plur. madungu, the roof

over the little stages for watching

corn, &c.
Dumgumaro, a kind of spirit, also

the drum, &c., proper for expelling
Duni, below, less. [him.

Dunia, the world, this world.
Durabini, a telescope, an eyegl iss.
Kupiga durabini, to use a glass,

telescope.
Duru hu-, to surround.
Durusi hu-, to meet in a regular

class for study.
Dusamali, a striped silk scarf or

handkerchief worn upon the head

by women.
Duumi, a dhow sail.

Duzi, plur. maduzi, one who de-
lights to find out and proclaim
secrets and private matters.

E.

E has a sound between those of a
in gate and of ai in chair.

In the dialect of Zanzibar it is
often substituted for the a of more
northern Swahili, especially as re-
presenting the Arabic /ei'/ia.

Merikehu, a ship, is in the
Mombas dialect Marihahu, and in
the Arabic Markah.

The sound of e often arises from
the fusion of the final a of a prefix
with an e or i which follows it, as —

Akenda for A-ha-enda, and he
went.

Akaweta for A-ka-wa-ita, and he
called them.

Some of the cases in which e in
the Zanzibar dialect stands for a in
northern Swahili may be explained
by the substitution at Zanzibar of
in for a mere 'n, as in the word for
" land " or country," which is ^nfi
at Mombas, with so mere an 'n that
the vowel of the preceding word may
be run into it, as in the saying —

" Mvunddnti, mwandnti."
"A country can be ruined only by its own
children."

Whereas in Zanzibar, besides the
usual change of t into ch, the first
syllable has generally a distinct *
eound, and may be better written
incM.

Thus at Mombas the root of the
adjective " many " seems to be ngi,
making the substantive " plenty," or
" a large quantity," ungi, and with

EBB

END

269

the proper prefix "many people,"
ica-ngi. But in Zanzibar " plenty "
is lo-ingi, and "many people" wengi,
as if tca-ingi.

Ehhe, for Leheha.

Ebv.! Eehol well then! come then!

Eda.

Ku halia eda, to remain in ex-
treme privacy and qniet for five
months, as is usual by way of
mourniug for a husband.

Edashara, eleven.

Ee! 0!

Ee Waa ! or Ee Wallah I the common
answer of slaves and Inferiors
when called to do something, a
strong assent.

Eema (M.) = Dema, a kind of fish-
trap.

Egemea hu-., to lean.

Ehee! Yea \

Ekerald, a provocation, an irritating
word or thing.

Ehua ku-, to break by bending.

Ekuka ku', to be sprung, to be
broken.

-ekundu, red. It makes jekundu
with nouns like kasha, and
ny ekundu with nouns like ny-

Ela (M.), except. [umha.

Elafu, thousands.

Elea ku-, to float, to become clear.
Moyo vximwelea, he feels sick (M.)
Yamekuelea ? Do you under-
stand ? Have they (my words)
become clear to you ?

Eleka ku-, to carry a child astride
on the hip or back.

Elekea ku-, to be right, to agree, to
be opposite to.

Eltkeana ku-, to be opposite to one
another.

Elemisha ku-, to teach, instruct.
Eleza ku-, to make to float, to swim
a boat, to make clear, to explain.
Elfeen or Elfain, two thousand.
Elfu, a thousand.
Elimisha ku-, to instruct, to make

learned.
Elimu, or e'Umu-, learning, doctrine.
-ema, good, kind. It makes jema
with nouns like kasha, Sindnjenia
or ngema with nouns like nyumha.
-emlamha, narrow, thin, slim. It
m^ikes jembamha with noims like
kasha,and nyemhamba with nouns
like nyumha.
Euibe, a mango. In Mombas the
plural is Maembe, in Zanzibar it
is Embe.
Embe dodo, or Embe za dodo, a
very large kind of mango, bO
named from a plantation in
Pemba, where they fiist grew.
Enibe kinoo, a small kind of
mango which is very sweet.
Embioe, glue, gum.

Embice la ubuyu, a kind of paste
made from the fruit of the
calabash tree.
Enda kiv-, to go. The kic- is re-
tained in the usual tenses.
Kivenda is often used merely to
carry on the narration without
any distinct meaning of going.
Sometimes it is employed as
an auxiliary, nearly as we say
in English, he is going to do
it. Sometimes it expresses
an action merely, as Etcenda
chafya, to sneeze. Kioenda and
Kupiga used in this way can-
not be exactly translated.
Kicenda kica mguu, to walk.
Kicenda temhea, to go for a walk.

270

END

ESH

Kwenda mghad, &c., to go canter-
ing, &c.
Kwenda zangu, zaJco, zake, &c., in
other dialects, vyangu, vyake,
&c., and thangu, tliake, &c., to
go away, to go, to go one's way,
to depart.
Imekwenda tivaliwar, they have
gone to fetch it.
Fndea kw-, to go for, to, or after.
Endeka kw-, to be passable, to be
capable of being gone upon, to
be gone upon.
Endelea kio-, to go either forward
or backward.
Kwendelea mhele, to advance.
Kwendelea nyuma, to retire.
Endeleza ku-, to spell, to prolong.
Enea ku-, to spread, to become

known.
Enenda ku-, to go, mostly in the
sense of to go on, to proceed, to
go forward.
Enenza ku-, to measure together, to

try which exceeds the other.
Eneo, the spread, the extent covered.
Eneo la Muungu, God's omni-
presence.
Eneza ku-, to spread, to cause to
spread, to cause to reach.
Muungu amemweneza killa mtu
riziki zake, God has put within
the reach of every man what
is necessary for him.
Enga ku-, to split mahogo for

cooking.
Engaenga ku-, to coddle, to tend

over carefully.
Engua ku-, to skim.
-enu, your, of you.

-enu ninyi, your own.
Emji or Enyie, You there! You
there, I say 1

-enyi, having, possessing, with. It

makes mwenyi, loenyi, yenyi,

zenyi, lenyi, chenyi, vyenyi, and

penyi, which see.
Enza ku-, to ask news of a person.
Enzi, or Ezi, sovereignty, dominion,
majesty.

Mwenyi ezi, the sovereign, he who
is supreme. See Ezi.
Epa ku-, to endeavour to avoid (a

stone, stroke, &c.)
Epea ku-, not to go direct to, to

miss a mark, not to shoot straight

(of a gun).
Epeka ku-, to be avoidable, to be

what can be got out of the way of.
-epesi, light, not heavy, easy, quick,

willing. It makes jepesi with

nouns like kasha, and mjepesi

with nouns like nyumba.
Epua ku-, to brush or shake off, to

take away.
Epuka ku-, to be kept from, to avoid,

to abstain from.
Epukana ku-, to be disunited.
Epukika ku-, to be evitable.

Haiepukiki, it is inevitable.
Epusha ku-, to make to avoid, tc
keep from.

Epusliv-a ku-, to be kept from, to
be forbidden something.
-erevu, subtle, shrewd, cunning.
Erevuka ku-, to become shrewd, to

get to know the ways of the

world, to grow sharp.
Erevusha ku-, to make sharp and

knowing.
Eria ku-, to ease off, let down. See

Ariaa.
Eslia, the latest Mohammedan hour

of prayer, which may be said to

be from half-past 6 to about

8 P.M.

ESS

FAH

271

Esse (?), a screw.
-etu, our, of us.

-etu sisi, our own.
Eua ku-, to sprinkle with Wivtor
after praying by way of charm
against a disease.
■eupe, white, clear, clean, light-
coloured. It makes jeupe with
nouns like kasha, and nyeupe with
nouns like nyumba.
-eupee, very white.
-eusi, black, dark-coloured. It
makes jeusi with nouns like
kasha, and nyeusi with nouns like
nyumba.
Eicaa = Ee Waa.
Ewe.' You there ! Hi ! I say, you !

plur. Enyi.
Eza ku; to measure.
Ezeka ku-, to thatch, to cover with

thatch.
Ezi = Enzi, sovereignty.

Mwenyi ezi Muungu, or Mn-enye-
ztmngu. Almighty God, God
the Lord, representing in Swa-
hili the AllaJi taala, God the
Most High, of the Arabic.
Ezua ku-, to uncover.

Kuezua ixia, to strip a roof.

P.

F has the same sound as in
English.

jPand V are confounded by the
Arabs, though in Swahili perfectly
distinct, thus : —

Ku-faa means — to be profitable to.

Ku-vaa means — to put on.

There is, however, in some cases
a little indistinctness, as in the
common termination ifu or ivu; the

right letter is probably in all cases
a V.

The Arabs in talking Swahili
turn p's into fs, and say funda for
puncla, a donkey ; and conversely,
some slaves from inland tribes turn
/'s intop's. P, however, does some-
times become / before a y sound,
as kuogopa, to fear, kuogofya, to
frighten.

There is a curious fy sound used
in some dialects of Swahili, which
is rarely heard in Zanzibar.

Fa ku-, to die, perish, cease, fade
away. The ku- bears the ac-
cent, and is retained in the usual
tenses.
Faa ku-, to be of use to, to avail,
to be worth something,
Haifai, it is of no use, it won't do.
Faana ku-, to be of use to one an-
other, to help one another.
Fafanisha ku-, to liken.
Fajanua ku-, to recognize, to under-
stand.
Fafanuka ku-, to become clear.
Fa/anukia ku-, to be clear to.
Fafanulia ku-, to make clear to.
Faganzi ku-, to become callous.
Mguu u-angu umenifaganzi, my
foot is asleep.
Fagia ku-, to sweep.
Fahali, plur. mafahali, a bull, used
of men in the sense of manly.
Fahamia. [strong.

Kica kufdhamia (M.), on the face,
forward.
Fahamisha ku-, to make to under-
stand, to remind.
Fahamu ku-, to understand, to re-
member.
Fahari = Fakhari, glory.

T 2

272

F AJ

FAT

Kufanya fahari, to live beyond
one's means and station.
Faja lafrasi, a stable.
Fakefa, generous,a generous person.
FaJchari, glory.
Fakiri, poor, a poor person.
Fala ku; (Mer.) = Faa ku-.
Falaki, or fdlak, astronomy.

Kupiga falaki, to prognosticate
by the stars.
Fall, an omen, omens.
Fana ku-, to be very good of its

kind, to become like (?).
Fanana ku-, to become like, to

resemble.
Fananisha ku-, to make to resemble.
Fanikia ku-, to turn out well for,

Kufanikiwa, to prosper.
Fanusi, a lantern.
Famja ku-, to make, to do, to adapt,
to mend.
Kujifanya, to make one's self, to

pretend to be.
Kufanya kura, to cast lots.
Kufanya shauri, to take counsel.
Fanyia ku-, to do or make for or to.
Nikufanyieje'? What am I to do
with you ?
Fanyika ku-, to be made or done,

makable or doable.
Fanyiza ku-, to amend, to mend.
Fanyizika ku-, to be very good, to

be well done.
Far a or Far afar a, brimful, full to

the brink.
Faragha, privacy, secrecy, leisure.
Faraja, comfort, ease after pain.
Farajika ku-, to be comforted, to

be eased.
Farakana ku-, to be alienated.
Farakiana ku-, to be alienated in

regard to one another.
Farakisha ku-, to alienate.

Faranga, pi. mafaranga, a chicken,

a young fowl.
Farasi or Frasi, a horse, in Arabic

a mare.
Fariji ku-, to comfort, to console.
Fariki ku-, to become separated, to

decease.
Fdrine, a kind of rice and milk

gruel.
FarisM ku-, to spread.
Faritha, pay.

Faroma, a block to put caps on
after washing them, to prevent
their shrinking.
Farrathi, necessity, obligation, obli-
gatory.
Farratld, a place one habitually
goes to.
The th of this word is the Eng-
lish til in that, the ih of the
preceding word is a little
thicker.
Farumi, ballast.
FasMfaski, nonsense.
FasMni, the sternpost of a dhow.
FasiJii, correct, clean, pure.
Fasili, spreading.

Huna dsili, icala fasili, you have
neither root nor branches, i.e.,
neither good birth nor great
connections.
Fasiri ku-, to explain, to interpret.
Fasiria ku-, to explain to, to inter-
pret to.
Fataki, a percussion cap, a gun cap.
Fathaa, restlessness, disquiet.
Fathaika ku-, to be troubled, dis-
quieted, thrown into confusion.
Fathali = AfathaU, preferably.
Fafhali = Fathili.

FatheJii ku-, to put to confusion,
to find out a person in a trick,
&c.

FAT

FIK

273

Fathili, a favour, a kindness, kind-
nesses.
Fathili ku-, to do a kindness, to

deserve well.
Fatiha, a Mohammedan form of

prayer.
Fatiishi Itu-, to pry, to be over

curious.
Fauluku'jto getpast,to getthrough,

to weather.
Fawiti Jcu; to delay, to occupy, to

hinder.
Faijida, profit, gain, advantage,

interest.
Fayidi ku-, to get profit.
Fayiti ku-, to delay.
Fayitika ku-, to be delayed.
Fazaa, trouble, confusion, anxiety.
FeJca ku- = Fieka ku-, to clear

forest lands.
Felefele, an inferior kind of millet.
Feleji or Felegi, a choice kind of
steel.

Upanga ica feleji, a long straight
two-edged sword, used by the
Arabs.
Feleti ku-, to discharge, to release

from an obligation, to release.
Feli, plur. mafeli, a beginning of

speaking or doing.
Fereji, a channel, a drain.
Ferusaji = Forsadi.
Fetha, silver, money.
Fethaluka. Manjani ya fethaluka,

the true red coral.
Fetheha, a disgraceful thing, a

shame.
Ff.theheka ku-, to be found out in a

disgraceful thing, to be put to

shame.
Fetiu-a ku-, to be condemned or

adjudged to [a punishment].
Fetwa ku-, to give judgment on

a question of Mohammedan

law.
Feuli, the place in a dhow where

they stow tilings which may be

wanted quickly.
Fi, by.

Sahafi saha, seven times seven.
Fia ku; to leave behind, to die to.

Pass. Kufiwa na, to lose by

death.
Fiata ku-, to liold one's hands oi

one's clothes between one's legs.
Fiatika ku-, to be kept back, to be

delayed.
Fiatua ku-, to allow a spring to

escape, to let off.
Fiatuka ku-, to escape (as a spring)
Ficha ku-, to hide.

Kunificlia kofia-, to hide a cap
from me.

Kunificliia kofia, to hide my cap.
Fidi ku-, to ransom (of the piice

paid).
Fidia, a ransom, a sacrifice (giving

up).
Fidia ku-, to ransom (of the person

paying).
Fidina, mint (?).
Fieka ku-, to clear.

Kufieka micitu, to clear ground
in a forest.
Fifia ku-, to disappear, to cease to

be visible (as a scar or a mark ;

it does not imply motion), to

pine away, (of seeds) not to

come up.
Figa, plur. mafiga, the three stones

used to set a pot over the fire

upon. See Jifya.
Figao, a movable fireplace.
Figili, a kind of large white radish.
Figo, kidney (M.).
Fika ku-, to arrive, to reach, to come.

274

FIK

FOR

Fikara, thought.

Filda ku', to reach a person.

Fikicha ku-, to crumble, to rub to
pieces, to rub hard, to thresh
corn. (Used also obscenely).

Fikilia ku-, to come to a person on
business of his, to arrive and
return without delay.

Fikiliza ku-, to cause to arrive for.
Kufikiliza ahadi, to fulfil a pro-
mise.

Fikisha ku-, to make to arrive, to
lead, to take.

Fikira, thought, consideration.

Fikiri ku-, to consider, to ponder.

Fil, a chess castle or rook (in
Arabic, an elephant).

Fila ku- = Fia ku-.
Afile mhali, that he may die out
of the way.

Filimhi, a flute.

Filisi ku-, to take away a man's
property, to seize for debt.

Filisika ku-, to come to want, to
have been sold up, to have run
through all one's money.

Fimho, a stick.

Finessi, plur. mafinessi, a jack fruit.
Finessi la kizungu, a duryan.

Fingirika ku-, to roll along, to be
rolled, to writhe like a wounded
snake.

Fingirisha ku-, to roll, to make to

Finya ku-, to pinch. [roll.

Finyana ku-, to be pinched to-
gether, to be gathered up small.

Finyanga ku-, to do potter's work,
to make pots, to tread and
trample.

Fianya ku-, to chirp, to make a
chirruping noise with the mouth,
to do so by way of showing con-
tempt.

Fira ku-, to commit sodomy.
Fir ana ku-, to commit sodomy to-
gether.
Firigisi, the gizzard.
Firinglii = Firigisi.
Firkomba, an eagle (?).
Firuzi, a turquoise.
Fisadi, one who enters other peo-
ple's houses for a wrongful pur-
FisJia ku-, to cause to die. [pose.
Fid, a hysena.

Fisidi ku-, to enter other people's

]iouses for a wrongful purpose,

to commit an offence in another

man's house.

Fitliuli = Futhuli, officious, over

talkative.
Fitina, slander, sowing of discord,

a disturbance.
Fitini ku-, to slander, to sow dis-
cord.
Fitiri, alms and presents given at

the end of the Ramathan.
Flto (plur. of ujito), long slender

sticks.
Fiwa ku-, to be died to, to lose by
death.
Mwanamke aliofiica rta mumewe,
a widow.
Fiwe, a sort of bean growing on a
climbing plant with a white
Fojofu. [flower.

Kufa fofofu, to die outright
Fola, a gift expected from those
who first touch a new-born baby,
paying your footing.
Foramali, a ship's yard.
Formash.

Dawati ya formash, a workbox.
Forsadi, a small kind of edible

fruit, mulberries.
Fortha, a custom-liouse.

Forthani, at the custom-house.

FRA

FUM

275

Fras, Frasi, or Farasi, a horse, a
mare.

Frasi, a chess knight.

•fu, dead.

Maji mafu, neap tides.

Fua, a wooden bowl.

Fua ku-, to beat (?), to wash clothes,
to clear the husk from cocoa-
nuts, to work in metal, to make
things in metal.
Kufua chuma, to be a blacksmith.
Kufuafetha, to be a silversmith.
Kufua thahabu, to be a goldsmith.
Kufua Msu, &c., to forge a knife,
&c.

Fuama hu-, to lie on the face
(Momb.).

Fuata }cu-, to follow, to imitate, to
obey.

Fuatana hu-, to accompany, to go
with.

Fuatanisha hu-, to make to accom-
pany.

Fuau-a hu-, to lie on the side and
be beaten by the waves, as when
a vessel goes ashore broadside on.
Pass, of fua (?).

Fuawe, an anvil.

Fucha = Futa.

Fudifudi, on the face (of falling or
lying).

Fudihiza hu-, to turn bottom up-
wards, to turn cards backs upper-
most.

Fufua hu-, to cause to revive, to
resuscitate.

Fufuha hu-, to revive, to come to
life again.

Fufuliza hu-, to cause to come to
life again for some one.

Fufumonye, in the kitchen (Pemba).

Fuga hu-, to keep animals either
tame or in captivity.

Fugika hu-, to be capable of being
kept, to be capable of domesti-
cation, not to die in captivity.

Fuja hu; to waste, to squander, to
leak. See Vuja.

Fiijiha hu-, to moulder, waste away.

Fujo, disorder, uproar.

Fiijofujo, slovenliness, laziness.

Fuha, a kind of thin porridge.

Fuhu hu-, to fill in a small hole.

Fuha moshi hu-, to throw out smoke,
to fume. See Vuhe.

Fuhara, very poor.

Fichia hu; to fill up a small hole.

Fuhiza hu-, to cense, to put the
fuming incense -pot under a per-
son's beard and into his clothes,
by way of doing him honour.

Fuhizo, vapour, fumes.

Fuho (?), a mole.

Fuho, plur. mafuho, a large bag.

Fuhua hu-, to dig a small narrow
hole, such as those to receive the
posts of houses ; to dig into a
grave so as to get at the body ; to
dig out, to dig up.

Fuhuafuhua hu-, to burrow.

Fuhuta hu-, to blow with bellows.

Fuhuza hu-, to drive away, to chase.

Fuhuzana hu-, to chase one another.

Fuhuzia hu-, to drive away from.

lulia hu-, to work in metal for, to
make things in metal for.

Fid {full, on the face, forwards.

Fidiza hu-, to go on, not to stop ;
also, to blow upon, to kindle.

Fullani, such a one, such and such
men or things.

Fululiza hu-, not to stop or delay
to go on fast.

Fuma hu-, to weave.

Fuma hu-, to hit with a spear, to
shoot with arrows.

276

FUM

FUN

Fnmania ku-, to come suddenly
upon, to surprise, intrude.

Fumaniana ku-, to intrude into
people's bouses without reason-
able cause. Those who do so
have no remedy if they are beaten
or wounJed.

Fumatiti, au owl (?).

Fumha ku-, to close, to shut (used
of the eyes, the mouth, the
hand, &e.).
Maneno ya fumha, a dark saying.
Makuti ya fumha, cocoa-nut
leaves plaited for making en-
closures .

Fumha, a lump.

Fumha, a kind of sleeping mat,
which is doubled and sewn to-
gether at the ends, so as to make
a large shallow bag. The sleeper
gets inside, and draws the loose
edge under him, so as to be com-
pletely shut in.

jP?^?w6ato/i;M-, to close til e fist, to grasp.

Fumhatika ku-, to be grasped.

Fumhia ku-, to talk darkly.

Fumho, plur. mafumho, a dark say-
ing, a hidden thing.

Famhua ku-, to unclose, to open the
eyes, &c.

Fumhuka ku-, to come to light.

Fumhulia ku-, to lay open to, to
explain.

Fumi, a kind of fish.

Fu'mka ku-, to become unsewn, to
open at the seams, to leak (of a
boat).

Fumo, plur. mafumo, a flat-bladed
spear.

Fumo, a chief (Kingozi and Nyassa).

Fumua ku-, to unrip, to unpick.
Kufumua moto, to draw out the
pieces of wood from a fire.

Fumuka ku- = Fu'mka ku-.

Funda, a large mouthful making
the cheeks swell out, a sip (?),
a draw at a pipe.
Kupiga funda, to take large
mouthfuls one by one.

Funda ku-, to beat up, to mis by
beating, to pound.

Funda ku-, to teach.

Fundi, a skilled workman, a master
workman, a teacher of any handi-
craft.

Fundinha ku-, to teach, to instruct.
Kujifundisha, to learn.

FundisJio, plur. mafunduho,ir.stvuc-
tion, direction, teaching.

Fundo, plur. mafundo, a knot.
Kupiga fungo, to tie a knot

Fundua ku-, to untie.

Funga, a civet cat.

Funga ku-, to fasten, to tie, to bind,
to imprison, to fast.
Kufunga choo, to become consti-
pated.

Fungamana ku-, to cling together,
to connect, to tie together, to rely
upon.

Fungana ku-, to bind, to stick
together.

Fungasa ku-, to tow.

Fungate, a period of seven days
after the completion of the wed-
ding, during which the bride's
father sends food to the bride-
groom and his friends.

Fungisha ku-, to shut against.

Fungo, a civet cat.

Fungu, plur. mafungic, a bank, a
shoal, a heap, a part, a week.

Fungua. See Mfunguo.

Fungua ku-, to unfasten, to open,
to let loose, to leave off fast-
ing.

FUN

FYU

277

Funguka 7cu-, to become unfastened,

to be unfastenable.
Funguliwa ku-., to have unfastened

for one, to be unfastened.
Funguo (plur. of Ufunguo), keys.
Funguza Jcu-, to present with food

during the Eamathan.
Funika ku-, to cover (as with a lid),

to close a book.
Funikika ku-, to become covered.
Funikiza ku-, to cover (as with a

flood).
Funo, a kind of animal.
Funua ku-, to lay open, to uncover,
to open a book, to unpick sew-
ing, to show cards.

Kufunua macho, to open one's
eyes.
Funuka ku-, to become opened, to

open like a flower, &,c.
Funza, a maggot.
Funza ku-, to teach.

Kvjifunza, to learn.
Fupa, plur. mafupa, a large bone,

the anus (?).
•fupi, short. It makes fupi with

nouns like nyumba.
Fupiza ku-, to shorten.
Fura ku-, to swell, to be pufled up

from the eflects of a blow only.
Furaha, gladness, joy, pleasure,

gladly.
Furahani, with gladness, liappiness.
Fur alii ku-, to rejoice, to be glad.
Furalda ku-, to rejoice in.
Furahisha ku-, to make glad.
Furahiwa ku-, to be made glad, to

be rejoiced.
Furijika ku-, to moulder away.
Furika ku-, to run over, to boil

over, to inundate.
Furukuta ku-, to move, as of some-
thing moving under a carpet.

Furumi, ballast.

Furungu, plur. mafurungu, a large

citron, a shaddock, a kind of

anklet.
Furushi, a bundle tied up in a

cloth.
Fusfus or Fussus, precious stones.
Fnsi, rubbish.
Futa ku-, to wipe.

Kufuta kamasi, to blow the nose.
Futa ku-, to draw a svfOTd(=vuta9).
Futari, the first food taken after a

fast.
Futi, plur. mafuti, the knee (A.)
Futhuli, oflSciousness.
Futika ku-, to tuck into the girdle

or loin-cloth.
Futua ku-, to open out a bundle,

take out what was tucked in.
Futuka ku-, to get cross or angry.
Futukia ku-, to get cross with.
Futuri, a span.
Futuru ku-, to eat at the end of a

fast, to break a fast.
Fuu, plur. mafuu, a small black

fruit.
Fuvu, plur. mafuvu, an empty shell.

Fuvu la kitiva, a skull.
Fuza leu-, to go on, not to stop.
Fuzi, plur. mafuzi, a shoulder

(A.).
Ficata ku- = Fuata ku-.
Fyoa ku-, to answer abusively.
Fijolea ku-, to answer a person with

abuse and bad language.
Fijonda ku- or Fyonja ku-, to suck

out.
Fyonya ku-, to chirrup. See

Fiomja.
Fyonza ku-, to suck.
Fyoma ku-, to read (M.).
Fyuka ku-, to go off, to drop, to

escape like a spring.

278

GAA

GAR

G.

G is always to be pronounced
hard, as in *'gate." Much con-
fusion arises from the way in which
the Arabic letters jim and kaaf or
qaf are pronounced by different
Arabs. Jim is properly an Englisli
_;, and is so used by the Swahili,
and qaf is properly a guttural k,
but most Arabs in Zanzibar pro-
nounce either jim or qaf as a hard
g. This must be remembered in
writing or looking for many Swahili
words.

The Arabic GJiain is retained in
many Swahili words borrowed from
the Arabic, and a similar sound
occurs in African languages also.
It is here written gli. Most Euro-
peans think it has sometliing of an
r sound, but this is a mistake ; it is
a hard grating gr, made wholly in the
throat. It resembles the Dutch g,
and the German g approaches it.
SeeiV.

Gaagaa ku-, to turn over restlessly,

to roll like a donkey.
Gahri. See Kahuri.
Gadi, a woodea prop to keep a

vessel from falling over when

left by the tide.
Gaclimu ku-, to put gadi.
Gaga, plur. magaga, rubbish, dirt.
(?a^, plur. magai, a large piece of

potsherd.
Galme. See Kalme, the small mizen

mast of a dhow.
Galawa, a canoe, a small canoe

hollowed out of the trunk of a
tree, and have two long poles
tied across, to the end of which
pieces of wood pointed at both
ends are attached, which serve
to prevent the canoe upsetting.
These outriggers are called
matengo. See Mtumbwi.

Gamha. See Jigamha.

Gana, the tiller, the rudder handle.

Ganda, plur. maganda, husk, rind,
shell, hard bark.
Ganda la tatu, the three of cards.

Ganda ku-, to stick, to freeze.

Gandama ku-, to cleave, to stick.

Gandamana ku-, to cleave to-
gether, to coagulate, to curdle, to
freeze.

Gandamia ku-, to stick to, to cleave
to.

Gando, plur. magando, the claw of
a crab.

Ganga ku-, to bind round, as when
a stick is sprung to bind it
round with string, to splice, to
mend, to cure.

Gauge, a soft white limestone.

Gango, plur. magango, a cramp, a
splint, something which holds
other things together in their
riglit place.

Gani! What? What sort of?
Ihe name of the thing queried
about always precedes the word
gani.

Ganzi.
Imekufa ganzi, it has lost all

feeling. See Faganzi.
Kutia ganzi la meno, to set the
teeth on edge.

Gari, plur. magari, a carriage, a
wheeled vehicle.

Garofuu, cloves. Also, a kind of rice.

G AU

GHU

279

Gauza, Gauha, etc. See Geuza,

Geuka, etc.
Gaica ku, to divide, to part out.

Kugaica harata, to deal cards.
Gaicanya hu-, to divide, to share.
Gaya ku', to change one's mind,

to vacillate.
Gayami, a post with a cleat at the

side of the poop, to fasten the

sheet of a dhow sail to.
Gayogayo, a flat fish, (?) a sole.
Gema ku-, to get palm wine. They

cut the immature flowering shoot

and hang something under to

catch what flows from the wound,

which is the temho, or palm wine.

The cutting is renewed from

time to time to keep up the

flow.
Gerribe, plur. mageiribe, a hoe. See

Jembe.
-geni, foreign, strange.
Genzi.

Mkuu genzi, one who knows the
roads well, a guide.
Gereza, a fort, a prison.
Geua kvr, to turn, to change (Mer.).
Geuha ku-, to become changed, to

turn, to change.
Geuza ku- or Geusha ku- (?), to

cause to change, to turn, to

change.
Geuzi, plur. mageuzi, a change,

changes.
Ghdfalu, suddenly.
GhafaUka ku-, to be imprudent, not

to attend to, to neglect.
Ghdfula = ghdfala.
Ghairi ku-, to annul, change one's
mind as to, put an end to.

Kutia ghairi, to offend, to irri-
tate.
Ghala, a wareroom, a store place,

especially the rooms on the
ground-floor of Zanzibar houses,
which have generally no win-
dows, but merely a few small
round holes (jniangazd) near
the ceiling.

Ghali, dear.

Ghalirae. See Galme, Kalme

Ghalisha ku-, to make dear.

Ghangi, a kind of dhow resembling
a bagala, except that it has not
so long a prow.

Ghanima, good luck, profit.

Gharama, expense, payment to a
native chief by a caravan.

Gharika, a flood, the flood.

Ghariki ku-, to be flooded, to be
covered with water.

GJiarikisTia ku-, to flood, to over-
whelm.

Gliarimia ku-, to go to expense
about, to be at the expense of.

Ghasi, a measure of about a yard.

Ghasi, rebellion.

Ghasi ku-, to bother, worry.

Ghasia, bother, coming and going,
want of privacy.

Ghathabika ku-, to be enraged, to
be angry.

Ghathalisha ku , to enrage, to make
angry.

Ghathahu, anger.

Ghelihu ku-, to master.

Gheiri, jealousy, jealous anger.

Ghiana, an aggravating person.

Ghofira, plur. maghofira, pardon.

Gliofiri ku; to forgive sins ; used of
God only.

Gliofiria ku-, to forgive a person.

Ghdrofa, an upper room.

Glioshi ku-, to adulterate.
Ghuha (?), a sheltered place, a
screen.

280

GHU

GUM

Ghubarij plur. maghubari, a rain

cloud.
Ghubha, a bay.
Ghumiwa ku-, to be startled, to

stand aghast.
GhuriJca ku-, to be arrogant.
Ghururi, arrogance.
Ghushi ku- = Glioshi hu-, to adul-
terate.
Ghusuhu ku; to cheat, to swindle.
Gidam, the strap of a sandal,

passing between the toes.
Ginsi, sort, kind.

Ginsi ilivyokuioa njema, &c., it
was so good, &c.

Crinsi gani ? or Gissi gani ?
Why ? How is it ?
Giza or Kiza, darkness.
Gnamha or Ng'amba, a hawk's-head

turtle.
Gnomhe or Ng'omhe, an ox, cattle.
Goa. See Coo.
Gohoa ku; to break off the cobs of

Indian corn.
Godoro, plur. magodoro, a mattress.
Gofia, a pulley.
Gogo, plur. magogo, a log of timber,

the trunk of a tree when felled.
Gomba ku-, to be adverse to, to

oppose, to quarrel with.
Gombana ku-,to squabble, to quarrel.
Gombeza ku-, to forbid.
Gombo, plur. magombo, a sheet of a

book.
Gome, plur. magome, bark of a tree.
Gomea ku-, to fasten with a native

lock.
Gomeo, a native lock.
Gonga ku-, to knock.
Gonjweza ku-, to make ill.

Kujigonjweza, to make oneself
out an invalid, to behave like a
sick man.

Gongo, plur. magongo, a large

stick.
Gongojea ku-.

Kujigongojea, to prop oneself with
a staff, to drag oneself along by
the help of a stick.
Gongomea ku-, to hammer in.
Goo. See Mtondo goo.
Gora, a piece of cloth, a package of

cloth. See Jura.
Gorong'ondwa, a kind of lizard.
GosM, the tack of a sail.

Upande wa gosTiini, the weather
side.

Eupindua kwa gosliini, to tack.
Gota ku-, to tap, to knock.
Gote, plur. magote, the knee.

Kupiga magote, to kneel.
Goteza ku-, to jumble together

different dialects or languages.
Govi mho, uncircumcised.
Gubeti, prow of a dhow.
Gubiti, barley-sugar (?).
Gudi, a dock for ships.
Gudulla or Guduwia, a water-cooler,

a porous water-bottle.
Gugu, plur. magugu, undergrowth,
weeds.

Gu^u mwitu, a weed resembling
corn.
-gugu, wild, uncultivated.
Gugumiza ku-, to gulp, to swallow

with a gulping sound.
Guguna ku-, to gnaw.
Gugurusha ku-, to run with a

shuffling noise like a rat, to drag

along with a scraping noise.
Guia ku-, to seize (Mer.).
Guiana ku-, to cling together.
Gulegule, a dolphin.
Gumba.

Kidole cha gumba, the thumb.
Gumegume.

-GUM

HA

281

Bunduld ya gtimegume, a flint gun.

-gumu, hard, difficult.

Guna hu-, to grunt, to make a dis-
satisfied noise.

Gundua hu-, to see one who thinks
himself unseen, to discover un-
awares, to catch.

Gunga ku-, (1) to warn against
doing something, (2) to refuse
temptation.

Gungu, a kind of dance.

Gungu la hufunda, danced by a

single couple.
Gungu la kukwaa, danced by two
couples. »

Gunia, a kind of matting bag.

Gunzi, plur. magunzi, a cob of
Indian com.

Gura hu-, to change one's place of
residence (A.).

Gurisha hu-, to make to remove, to
banish (A.).

Guru.
Suhari guru, half -made sugar.

Gurudumo, plur. magurudumo, a
wheel.
Gurudumo la mzinga, a gun-
carriage.

Guruguru, a large kind of burrow-
ing lizard.

Gusa hu^, to touch.

Gutuha hu-, to start, to be startled.

Guu, plur. maguu, leg (A.).

Gwa hu-, to fall [Tumbatu].

Gwanda, a very short hanzu.

Gwia hu- = Guia hu-.

Giciana hu- = Guiana hu-.

H.

H has the same sound as in the
English word " hate."
There are in Arabic two distinct

ft's, one wholly made in the throat,
the other somewhat lighter than the
English h. In Swahili there is only
one h sound, which is used for both.

The Arabic hli is pronounced as
a simple h in all words whicli are
thoroughly incorporated into Swa-
hili. The hli is used by Arabs and
in words imperfectly assindlatod.
Some people regard it as a mark of
good education to give the proper
Arabic sounds to all words of Arabic
origin.

In Arabic a syllable often ends
with h, which is then strongly pro-
nounced ; but in Swahili the h is
generally transposed so as to pre-
cede the vowel.

Kuilttimu, to finish one's educa-
tion = Kuliitimu.

H-, sign of the negative in tlie
second and third persons sin-
gular.

H-upendi, thou lovest not.

H-apendi, he lovest not.
Ha-, sign of the third person sin-
gular negative when referring
to animate beings, and of the
negative when prefixed to
the affirmative prefixes in the
plural, and in the third person
singular when not referring to
animate beings.

Ha-tupendi, we love not.

Ha-mpendi, you love not.

Ha-icapendi, they love not

Ha-ifai, it is of no use.

The final a of this ha- never
coalesces with the following
letter.
Ha-, a contraction for niha.

Hamicona, and I saw him.

282

H AB

HAL

The third person singular present
negative is distinguished by
the final i.
Hamiconi, he dors not see him.
Haha, little, few, shallow.
Habahi, my lord.

Bahari, news, information, message,
story.
Hdbari zangu zUizonipata, an ac-
count of what had happened to
me.
HabusMa. plur. mdhdbushia, an
Abyssinian. Many Galla women
are called Abyssinians, and the
name is sometimes used for a con-
cubine of whatever race.
Hadaa, deceit, cheating.
Hadaa ku-, to cheat.
Eadaika ku-, to be cheated, to be

taken in.
Hadidi, the semicircular ornament
to which Arab women attach the
plaits of their hair.
Hadimu, a servant, slave. See Mu-

hadimu.
HaditM, a tale, a story, especially
one bearing upon Mohammedan
tradition.
Hadithia ku-, to relate to.
Hafifu, light, insignificant.
Hafithika ku- = Hifatliika Icu-, to

be preserved.
Hahithawahetha (Ar.), these and

these.
Saiba, a beauty, not beauty gene-
rally, but one good point.
Hai-, sign of third person singular
negative agreeing with nouns
which do not change to form
the plural.
Sign of the third person plural
negative agreeing with nouns
in mi'.

Hai = Hayi, alive.
Haina, it is not, there is not.
Haitassa, not yet.

Haithuru, it does not harm, it is of
no consequence, never mind, it
would be as well.
Haj, the pilgrimage to Mecca.
Haja, a request.

nana haja, he is good for no pur-
pose, he has no occasion.
Hajiri ku-, to go to live elsewhere.
Eajirika ku-. to remain overlong,

delay.
Hakali.

KumsJiika hakali, to require a
stranger who goes upon work-
men's work to pay for his in-
trusion, to make him pay his
footing.
Haki-, sign of the third person
singular negative, agreeing with
nouns in ki- or ch-.
Haki, justice, right, righteousness.
Haldka, true, certain, certainly.
Hakika yako, it is true of thee,
thou certainly.
Hakiki ku-, to make sure, to ascer-
tain, to prove.
Hakiri ku-, to humble.
Hakirisha ku-, to despise.
Hako, he is not there.
Baku-, sign of the third person

negative indefinite.
Baku-, sign of the third person
singular of the negative past,
referring to animate beings.
This form is distinguished from
the preceding by the final lettei
of the verb, which is -i in the
indefinite and -a in the past tense.
Bakuna, there is not, it exists not,

no.
Bal wdradi, otto of roses.

HAL

HAP

283

Halaf bilkithih, perjury.
JSalafu, afterwards, presently.
Halali, lawful.
Halasa, sailors' wages.
Halt, state, condition, health.
U halt gani ? How are you ?
Wa halt gani ? How are they ?
Amehuica hali ya hicanza, he is
reduced to his former condition,
he is as he used to be.
It is also used as a kind of con-
junction, being, i^ it be, when
it is, supposing, so it was.
Hali for Aliali, family, connections.
Hali; sign of the third person
singular negative, agreeing with
nouns which make their plural in
ma-.
Halilisha Tiu-, to make lawful.
Halili yaJio, at your disposal.
Halisi or Hdlisi, exactly, without

defect or variation.
Halua, a sweetmeat made of ghee,
honey, eggs, arrowroot (?), and
spice.
Haluli.

Chumvi ya Tialuli, sulpliate of
magnesia.
Ha'm-, sign of the second person

plural negative.
HUma ku; to change houses, to '

move.
Hamali, plur. mahamali, a porter,

a coolie.
Hamami, a public bath. There are

now public baths in Zanzibar.
Hamaya, protection.

Fi hamayat al Ingrez, under
British protection.
Hamdi, praise.
Hami, protection.
Hami ku-, to protect.
Hamili ku-, to be pregnant.

Hamira, leaven, made by mixing
flour and water and leaving it to
turn sour.
Hamisha ku-, to cause to remove, to
cause to change one's place of
residence, to banish.
Ha^mna, there is not inside, no !
Hamo, he is not inside.
Hamsi, five.
Hamsini, fifty.
Hamstashara, fifteen.
Hamu, grief, heaviness.
Hamivimhi ? Don't you sing ?
Hana, he has not.
Eana ku-, to mourn with, to join

in a formal mourning.
Hana kicao, he has no home, a

vagabond.
Hanamu, obliquely.
Hanamu, the cutwater of a dhow.
Handaki, a dry ditch, a trench.
Hangaika ku-, to be excited.
Hangoe, the guttural Arabic h, tlie

hha. See Mdaicari.
Hanikiza ku-, to interrupt people,
to talk so loud and long as to
prevent other people from doing
anything.
Hanisi, a man sexually impotent.
Haniti, a catamite, a sodomite.
Hanzua, a kind of dance.
Hao, or Haico, these or those before
mentioned, referring to animate
beings.
Hapa-, sign of the third person
negative, agreeing with mdhali,
place or places.
Hapa, here, this place, in this place.
Hajyana, there is not, no !

Havana refers rather to a par-
ticular place, Hakuna is gene-
ral.
Hapo, here, this or that time.

284

HAR

HAT

Tangu hapo, once upon a time.
Hapo hale, in old times.
Tokea hapo, ever so long.
Toka hapo I get away ! get out of
this!
Hara Jcu-, to be purged.

Harisha ku-, to act as a drastic
purgative.
Haraka, haste.
Haraka ku-, to make haste.
Harakisha ku-, to hasten.
Haramia, a pirate, a robber.
Haramu, unlawful, prohibited.
Harara, prickly heat, heat, hot

temper.
Harara, quick-tempered.
Hararii, hot-tempered.
Hari, heat, perspiration.

Kutoka hari, to perspire.
Harihika ku-y to be destroyed, to

spoil.
Harihu ku-, to destroy, to spoil.

Kuharibu mimba, to miscarry.
Harijia ku-, to spend money, to lay
out money, to provide (a feast),
&c.
Harimisha ku-, to make or declare

unlawful.
Harimu ku- = Harimisha ku-.
Earioe, a cry raised on seeing a

dhow come in sight (M.).
Hariri, silk.

Harufu, Harufi, or Herufu, a letter
of the alphabet, letters, cha-
racters.
Harufu, a scent, a smell of any kind.
Earusi, a wedding; vulgarly, the
bride.
Bwana harusi, the bridegroom.
Bibi harusi, the bride.
Hasai = Maksai, castrated.
Hasara, loss.

Kupata hasara, to lose.

Hasara ku-, to spoil a thing so that

its value is gone.
Hasha, not at all, not by any means,

a very strong negative.
Hasho, a patch in planking, a piece

let in.
Hasi ku- or Khasi ku-, to geld, to

castrate.
Hasibu ku-, to count.
Hasida, a kind of porridge.
Hasidi, envy.
Hasira, anger.

Kuica na hasira, to be angry.
Kutia hasira, to make angry.
Hasira ku-, to injure.
Hasiri ku-, to vex, to do harm

to.
Hasirika ku-, to be injured, to be

grieved.
Hasirisha ku-, to injure.
Hassa, exactly.
Hata. See Hafta.
Hatamu, a bridle.
Hatari, danger, fear.
Hathari, caution, care.

Kuwa na hathari, to beware, to

be on one's guard.
Kufanya hathari, to become care-
ful, to become anxious.
Hdtif, an angel.
Hatiki ku-, to bother, to annoy

(A.).
Hatima = Khatima, end, conclusion,

at last.
Hatirisha ku-, to venture, to run

the risk.
Hatiya = Khatiya, fault. '

Kutia hatiyani, to find fault with.
Mioenyi hatiya nami, who has
done me wrong.
Hatta, until, so far as, to, at length,
when a certain time had ar-
rived. It is used to introduce

HAT

HER

285

the time when something fresh
happened.
Hatta siku moja, one day.
Eatta assuhui, in the morning,

but in the morning.
Hatta baada ya mwezi kupita, and
when a month had passed.
Hattia, for nothing.
Hattiya — Hatiya.
Haiu; sign of the first person plural

negative.
Hatua, a step, steps.
Eau-, sign of the third person
singular negative agreeing with
nouns in m- or miv-, not denoting
animate beings, or withthose in u-.
Havi-, sign of the third person
plural negative agreeing with
plural nouns in vi- or vy-.
Eawa-, sign of the third person

plural negative.
Eaw<i-, Eve.
Eawa. these, referring to animate

beings.
Eawa or Eewa, air.
Eawa or Eawat, longing, lust,
loving.
Usifanye hawa nafsi, don't be
partial, don't show favour.
Eatoa or Eawara, a catamite, a

paramour.
Eaicala, transfer of a debt, bill of

exchange.
Eawezi, he is ill. See Weza Jcu-.
Eawi, he is not.

Eavnli Itu-, to take upon oneself
what was due from another, to
guarantee a debt, &c.
Eaya-, sign of the third person
plural negative agreeing with
plural nouns in ma-.
11 ay a, these, referring to a plural
substantive in ma-.

Eaya, shame, modesty.

Eana hay a, he is shameless.
Kuona haya, to feel ashamed, to

be bashful.
Kutia haya, to abash, to make
ashamed.

Eaya ! Work away I Be quick !
Come along !

Eayale, those, those things.

Eayamkini, it is impossible.

Eayaicani, a man without his
proper senses, an idiot.

Eayi, plur. icahayi (?), alive.

Eayo, these or those before men-
tioned, referring to plural sub-
stantives in ma-.

Eaynko, vulgarly used in Zanzibar
for hako, he is not there.

Eazi-, sign of the third person
plural negative agreeing with
nouns which do not change to
form the plural, or with those
which begin in the singular with

M-.

Eazibu ku- = Eesahu ku-.

Hazina, a treasure.

Eazitassa, not yet.

Eedaya, a choice thing, a tale.

Eejazi, the Eejaz in Arabia.

Eekalu, the temple at Jerusalem, a
great or famous thing.

Hekima, wisdom, cleverness.

Eehimiza ku-, to make a man under-
stand, to put him in possession of
knowledge.

Eemidi ku-, or Eamidi ku-, to praise.

Eenza, halyards.

Eenzarani, cane-work.

Eeri = Kheiri, happy, fortunate, it
is well.
Ni heri, I had better, it will be

well for me.
Kua heri, good bye.

2^(5

HER

HIY

3Itu wa heri, a fortunate man.
Heria, a cry raised on first seeing a

dhow coming. Compare Hariowe.
Herimu = Marika.
Hero, a wooden platter.
Herufu or Harufu, a letter of the

alphabet.
Hesahu, accounts, an account.
TIesahu ku-, to count, to reckon.
Hpshima, honour.
Reshimu ku-, to honour.
Ileth, menstruation, rat uses.

Kuwa na hdh, to menstruate.
Hetima. [ancestors.

Kusoma hetima, to pray fur one's
Hewa or Haica, air.
Hezaya, a shame, a thing causing

confusion.
Hi; for Niki-. See -ki-.
Hiana, a grudging person, one who

withhokls things. Compare

Ghiana.
Hiari, choice.

Hiha, property left after death.
Hi'dima, service.
Hifathi ku-, to preserve, to keep.
Hifathika ku-, to be preserved.
Hifukuza = Nikifukuza.
Hii, this, referring to singular

nouns which do not change to

form the plural ; these, referring

to plural nouns in mi-.
Hiile, that, those.
Hikaya = Hedaya, a wonderful

thing.
Hiki, this, referring to singular

nouns in ki- or ch-.
Hikile, that, yonder.
Hila. a device, a stratagem, a deceit.

Mtu wa hila, a crafty man.
Hili, this, referring to singular

nouns which make their plural

in ma-.

Hilo, this or that before mentioned,
referring to singular nouns which
make their plural in ma-.

Hima, haste, hastily, quickly.

Eimahima ! be quick !

Himili ku-, to bear, to support.

Himiza ku-, to hasten.

Hina, henna, a very favourite red
dye, used by women to dye the
palms of their hands and the soles
of their feet, often used to dye
white donkeys, &c., a pale red
brown.

Hini ku-, to refuse to give, to with-
hold.

Hirizi, a written charm worn on the
side.

Hirimu, an equal in age.

Hirimu mqja, of the same age

Hisa, pardon.

Nipe hisa yangu, pardon me.

Hitari ku-y to prefer, choose. See
Ikhtiari.

Hitima, the feast which concludes
a formal mourning.

Eitimu ku-, to finish one's learning,
to leave off school, to know one's
trade.

Hitimisha ku-, to finish a scholar, to
bring to the end of his learning of
whatever kind.

Hivi, thus, these, referring to plural
nouns in vi- or vy-.

Hivile, those.

Hivyo, after which manner, these
mentioned before, referring to
plural nouns in vi- or vy-.

Hiyari, choice.

Hiyo, this mentioned before, re-
ferring to singular nouns which
do not change to form the plural ;
these mentioned before, referring
to^lural nouns in vii- or in //m-.

HIZ

HU J

287

Hizi, these, referring to plural
nouns which do not change to
form the plural, or which begin
in the singular with u- or w-.
Siku hizi, some days ago, some
days hence, now.
Hizi ku; to trei^t with contumely, to

groan at, to cry out against.
Hizile, those.

Hizika hu-, to be put to the blush.
Hobe I now go on, be ofiF.
Eicenda hohe, to go wherever it
may be.
Hohu, grandchild.
Hodnri, strong.

Eodi! a cry made by way of
inquiry whether any one is within.
No one ought to enter a house
until he has received an answer.
Hogera ku-, to perform a particular
washing customary after cir-
cumcision.
Eogo, plur. mahogo, a very large

root of cassava.
Hohe hake, a phrase used to denote
extreme poverty and destitution.
Hoho.

PUipili Twho, red pepper.
Mkate wa hoho, a cake made with
fresh palm-oil.
Hoja = Hiija.
Homu, fuver.

Hongo, a present demanded by a
local chief for liberty to pass
through his country.
Hongjia, a Comoro dance.
Horari, clever (?).
Hari^ or Khori, a creek, a small arm

of the sea.
Hori, plur. mahori, a kind of canoe

with a raised head and stem.
Hu; a quasi-personal prefix de-
noting a customary action. It

applies to all persons and both
numbers.
Huhijihu, it is in the habit of

answering me.
Hnenda, he, &c., commonly goes.
Husenia, they say.
Hu- = h-u-, the negative prefix of
the second person singular.
This form is distinguished from
the preceding by the ttrmina-
tiou of the verb.
Hnenda, people go.
Huendi, you do not go.
Hua, a dove. They are said to cry.
Mama akafa, Baha akafa, nime-
salia mimi, tu, tu, tu, tu, tu, My
mother is dead, my father is
dead, I am left alone — lone— lent-
— lone. Another cry of the same
class of birds is explained a^;,
Knku mfupa mtupu, mimi nyama
tele tele tele, A fowl is bare
bones. I am meat plenty, plenty,
plenty.
Huhha, love, afiection.
Hubiri, to announce, to give news.
Hudumia ku-, to serve.
Hudumu, service.
Hui ku-, to revive, to come to life

again.
Huika ku-, to be brcnight to life

again, to live again.
HuUha ku-, to revive, bring to life

again, resuscitate.
Huja or hoja, sake, account, con-
cernment, reasoning.
Kina huja nyingi, it is full of

bother, it is troublesome.
Hakina huja, it is all clear, it is
plain sailing.
Hujambo ? Are you weH ?
Euji ku-, to inquire into, seek out,
Hiijuru ku-, to desert.

u 2

288

HUK

Huho, there, at a distance.

Iluko na huko, hither and thither.
Euhu, here, there, near.

Huhu na huku, this way and
that.
HvJmmu, judgment, authority, law.
Hukumu ku-, to act as judge, to

have supreme authority over.
Huhumia ku-, to judge, to exercise

authority upon.
Hulukiwa ku, to be created, to be

a creature.
Humuma, plur. 7na-, a man who

knows no religion.
Hundi, a draft, a bill of exchange.
Huo, this or that before mentioned,

referring to singular nouns in

u- or W-, or which make their

plural in mi-.
Hum, free, not a slave.

Kuweha or Kuacha hum, to set
free from slavery.
Hum, plur. mahuru, a freed man.

Mahuru wa Balyozi, or Baruzi,
slaves freed by the British
consulate.
Hum, diamonds in cards.
Huruma, pity.
Hurumia ku-, to pity, to have pity

upon.
Hussu ku-, to divide into shares, to

put each one's share separate.
Ev^udu ku-, to do wanton violence,

to grudge at, to envy.
Eusumu ku-, to strive, to contend

with.
Eusuni, a fort.
Eusuru ku-, to besiege.
Euthuria ku-, to be present.
Euu, this, referring to nouns in

the singular which make their

plural in mi-, or to singular nouns

beginning with u- or to~.

Euule, that.

Euyo, this or that before mentioned,

referring to an animate being.

In chasing a man or animal, any

one who sees him cries out,

Euyo! huyo ! huyo I Here he is !

Euyu, this, this person, this one,
referring to an animate being.

Euyule, that.

Euzuni, grief, heaviness.

Ewenda, perhaps.

I is pronounced like ee in feel.

I before a vowel generally be-
comes y. It is in many cases im-
material whether i or y be written,
but where the accent would other-
wise fall upon it, its consonantal
character becomes obvious.

An unaccented i is often inter-
changed with a short u sound.
Thus the word for lead may be pro-
nounced either risasi or rusasi.

N has generally an i sound im-
plied in it. It is sometimes ex-
pressed following the n, as in the
prefix ni. The final i of ni- disap-
pears in rapid pronunciation, and in
the first person of the future, as n
cannot coalesce with t, both letters
are often omitted. When n is fol-
lowed by a vowel, or by d, g, j,
or z, the e sound is lost. When n
is followed by other consonants it
eitlier disappears altogether or the
i sound is more or less distinctly
prefixed, so as to make the n a syl-
lable by itself. The i sound is more
distinct iu the dialect of Zanzibar
than in more northern Swahili.
' Where i follows the final o of a

IMI

289

prefix (except the negative prefix
ha) it coalesces with a into the
sound of a long e.

1, is or was, governed by a singular
noun of the class which does
not change to form the plural;
are or were, governed, by a
plural noun in mi-.

J-, or before a vowel, y-, the personal
prefix used with verbs whose
subject is a singular noun of
the class which does not change
to form the plural, or a plural
in mi; it or they.

-«'-, the prefix representing the ob-
ject of the verb when it is a
singular noun of the class which
does not change to form the
plural, or a plural noun in mi-.

-*-, the reflective prefix in King'ozi
(and in Nyamwezi), self.

Iha Jew- (the kw- is frequently re-
tained in the usual tenses), to
steal, to take surreptitiously.

Ibada, worship.

Ibia kw; to rob, to steal from.

Idadi.

Hayana idadi, there is no count-
ing them.

Idili = Adili, right conduct.

Idili ku; to learn right conduct.

Idilisha ku-j to teach right con-
duct.

Iftahi, bringer of luck.

Iga ku; to mock, to imitate (M.
igiza).

Ih: See Hi:

Ihtah'di ku; to strive.

Ih'taji ku; to be wanting.

Ih'tajia /cm-, to want, to be wanting to.

Ih'tUafu, different. Also a fault,
difference.

IWUmu ku; to finish learning, to

complete one's education.
Ijara, pay, hire, rent.
Ijaza, a reward.
Ijaza ku; to grant permission for

worship.
HMiari, choice.
Tkhtiari ku-, to wish.
Ikiza ku; to lay the beams of a
roof.

Kuku ya kuikiza, a fowl cooked
with eggs.
Iko, there is, it is there.
Ila, a defect, a blemish.
He, that yonder, referring to a

singular noun of the class which

does not change to form its

plural; those yonder, referring

to a plural noun in mi-.
Hi = mi.
Hiki, cardamoms.
Hioko, which is, or was there.
Hiopandana, the composition of a

word.
Hizi, a small round thing held

to be a great charm against

lions.
Hia, except, unless, but.
Hlakini, but
Bli. in order that.
Hmu, learning.
Ima — ima, either— or.
Lna ku-, to stand up {Eing'ozi and
Yao).

Njia ya kwima, a straight road.
Ima ku-, to eat up food provided
for other people.

Ametuima, he has eaten our share
as well as his own.
Imani, faith.
Imara, firm.
Imha kw-, to sing.
Imbu, mosquito, mosquitoes.

290

I MI

ITA

Imulia hu-i to set up, to make to

stand.
Tmnia.

Wa imma, to a certainty.
Ina, it has, they have.
Inama hu-, to bow, to stoop, to bend

down, to slope.
InarrdslM few-, to make to bend

down, to bow.
Inang'aro^ it is briu:ht. See nffaa.
Inchi, land, country, earth.
Inda.

Kufanya inda, to give trouble.

Liga Icu; to scare away birds.

-iitrji, many, much. It makes jingi

with nouns like kasha, and

nyingi with nouns like nyumha.

Ingia Jm-, to enter, to go or come

into.
Ingilia ku-, to go or come into, for,

or to.
Ingiliza ku-, to cohabit with.
ingine, other, different. It makes
mgine or mminrjine with nouns
like mtu and mti ; jingine witli
nouns like kasha ; ngine or nyi-
ngine with nouns like nyumha;
and piTi^ine or pangiiie with
nouns of place.
Wangine — wangin€,some — others.
Iiigiza ku-, to make or allow to enter.
Ini, plur. tnaini, the liver.
Inika ku-, to hang down, to lay upon

its side. See Jiinika.
Initm, truly.

InshaUah, if God will, perhaps. It
is used as a general promise to do
as one is asked to do.
Inta = Nta.

Inua ku-, to lift, to lift up.
ImJca ku; to be lifted, to become

raised.
Inya, mother (A.).

-inyi = -enyi,h.d^\mg,vfith.. It makes
mwinyi, wenyi, yinyi, zinyi, linyi,
kinyi, vinyi, and penyi.
Inzi, plur. mainzi, a fly.
Jpa ku-, to want, desire to have.
Kuipa roho mbele, to long ff)r
everything one sees, to havu
unrestrained desires.
Ipi.

Kupiga ipi, to slap (,X.).
Ipi^ what?

Kama ipA ? how ?
Ipua kw; to take off the fire.
Iriba, usury.
Iriwa, a vice (the tool).
Isha kw, to finish, to come to an
end. The kw- is retained in
the usual tenses, but sometimea
the w is dropped, as ameMsha
for amekwisha, he has done.
Kwisha is commonly used as an
auxiliary : thus, Amekwisha
kuja, he has come already.
Alipokwisha kuja, when he
had come.
Akaisha, or Akesha, after that,
when he had done this.
Ishara, a sign, signal.
Ishi ku-, to last, to endure, to live.
Isimu or Ismu, name, especially the
name of God.
Ma ismak (Ar.)? What is your
name?
Istara, a curtain.
Isfiska, dropsy.

Ita kw-, to call, to call to, to name,
to invite. The kw- is fre-
quently retained.
Rwitwa, to be called, is sometimes
constructed as if it were ku-
icitiva.
Ita ku-, to cast in a mould.
Italassi, satin.

ITH

JAA

291

Itiiini, sanction.

Kutoa ithini, to sanction.
Ithneen, two.

Itia Jiu-, to call for some purpose.
Itika hu-, to answer when called.
Itikia ZcM-, to reply to, to answer a

person when called to.
Itikiza ku-, to assent to.
Ito la gvM (A.), the ankle.
Iva ku- or Wiva ku-, to become ripe,

to become completely cooked, to

get done. The ku- is frequently

retained.
Ivu, plur. maivu, ash, ashes (M.).
Iioapi ? where is it ?
Iza ku-, to refuse.
Izara ku-, to tell scandal about, to

make things public about a

person improperly.

/. The correct pronunciation of
this letter, and especially that of
the Mombas dialect, is a very pecu-
liar one. The most prominent saund
is that of ^ but it is preceded by
anoth«- resembling d. The French
di is perhaps the nearest European
representative. The Swahili write
it by the Arabic jim, which is ex-
actly an English j.

In the more northern dialects and
in the old ix>etieal Swahili the J is
represented by a pure y,

Moya = moja, one.

Mayi = maji, water.

A d in the dialect of Mombas
very commonly becomes a J in that
of Zanzibar.

Ndia (M.), a road, Njia (Zanz,).

Kutinda (M.), to slaughter ; Ku-
chinja (Zanz.).

Many words which are properly

spelt with a z are vulgarly pro-
nounced with a j in Zanzibar, as,

Kanju, for kanzu.

Chenja, for chenza.

This is only carrying to excess the
rule that a 2 in the neighbouring
mainland languages becomes a j
in Swahili.

The Arabs and some Swahili
confuse J with g. Thus the late
ruler of Zanzibar was often spoken
of as Bicana Magtdi, his proper title
being Seyid Mdjid.

J-, a prefix applied to substantives
and adjectives in the singular of
the class which make their plural
in ma-f when they begin with a
vowel. Seejt-.
■Ja, like.

Ja ku- (l^e ku- carries tl^e accent
and is retained in the usual
tenses), to come. The impera-
tive is irregular, Njoo, come.
Njooni, come ye.
Ja is used to form several tenses.

1. With -^o- added, meaning even
if; iva-JapO'kupiga, even if they
beat you.

2. With negative prefixes mean-
ing not yet ; ha-ja-ja, he is not
yet come.

3. With negative pn-fix and sub-
junctive form. An-je-lala, be-
fore he goes to shep, or that he
may not have already gone to
sleep.

Jaa ku; to become full, to fill, to

abound with.
Maji yanajaa, the tide is coming

in.
Mtungi umejaa maji, the jar is

full of water.
See Jawa ku-.

292

JAA

JAS

Jaa.

Sliika mdjira ya jaa, steer north-
wards.
Jaa, a dust heap.
Jahali, plur. majahali, a rocky hill.

Also see Kama.
Jabari, absolute ruler, a title of God.
Jadiliana hu-, to argue with.
Jaha, good luck, unexpected good
fortune.

KilarKjo cha jaha, the gate of
Paradise.
Jahazi, a vessel, a ship.
Jahili hu-, to dare, not to fear.
Jalada, the c^)ver of a bound book.
Jali ku', to give honour to.
Jalia hu-, to bless, to enable, to
grant to.

Muungu aJdiiijalia, God willing.
Jaliwa hu-, to be enabled, to have

power, &c., given one.
Jaliza ku; to fill up, used of vessels

which have already something in

them.
Jamaa, family, assembly, gathering,

society, company.
Jamaa hu-, to collect together,

gather.
Jamaat (Hind.), a council of elders.
Jamala, courtesy, good manners,

elegance.
Jamanda, plur. majamanda, a solid

kind of round b;i.-ket with a lid.
Jamba, breaking of wind down-
wards.
Jamba hu-, to break wind down-
wards.
Jambia, plur. mojambia, a curved

dagger always woru by Bluscat

Arabs.
Jambo, plur. mambo (from huamba,)
a word {?), a matter, a circum-
stance, a thing, an affair.

Ahanitenda hilla jambo la leema,
and he showed me all possible
kindness.
Jambo for si jambo, hu jamho, ha
jambo, &c., I am well, are you
well? lie is well, &c., &c.

Jambo Sana, I am very well, are
you very well ? &c.
Jami hu-, to copulate, to have con-
nection with.
Jamil, many, a good collection, the

mass, the company of, the body of.
Jamiisha hu-, to gather.
Jamvi, plur. majamvi, a coarse kind

of matting used to cover floors.
Jana, yesterday.

Mwaha jana, last year.
Janna, paradise.
Janaba, filth, uncleanness.
Janga, punishment.
Jangiva, plur. majangwa, a large

desert,
Jani, plur. majani, a leaf. Majani

is commonly used for any grass

or herbage.
Janvia = Jambia.
-jaj)o-y sign of a tense signifying
even if.

Vjapofiha, even if you arrive.
Jarari, the ropes passing through

the pulley attached to a dhow's

halyards.
Jarihu hu-, to try.
Jarifa, plur. majarifa, a seine or

drag-net made of European cord-
age. See Juya.
Jasho, sweat.

Kufanya jasho, to sweat.
Jasirisha hu-, to dare.
Jasisi hu-, to explore.
Jasmini or Jasmin, jasmine. The

flowers are sold in the streets of

Zanzibar for their scent.

J AS

JIB

293

Jassi, pliir. majassi, the ornament
in the lobe of the ear. It is
generally a silver plate about an
inch and a half across.
Jalhari, take care !
Jaioa, a coarse kind of Indian
earthenware.
Kihomhe cha Jaiva, a cup of coarse
Indian ware.
Jawn A-W-, to be filled with, to be
full of : used of something
which ought not, or could not
be expected to be there.
JUaji yamejaica dudu, the water
is full of insects ; but mtungi
urnejaa niaji, the jar is full of
water.
JoAmhu, an answer, a condition, a

matter.
Jmcahir (Ar.), jewels.
Jaza ku; to fill.
Jazi, a common thing, a thing which

is abundant.
Jazi hu-, to supply, to maintain.
Jazilia hu-, to reward.
/e/ Hullo! Well! What now I

-je ? how ?
Jebu, an ornament worn by women,

hanging under the chin.
Jekundu, red. See -ekundu.
Jdidi JtU; to bind books.
Jema, good. See -ema.
Jemadari, plur. majemadari, a com-
manding officer, a general.
Jemhamba, narrow, thin. See

-embamha.
Jembe, plur. majembe, a hoe.
Jembe la kizungu, a spade.
Jenaiza or Jeneza, a bier.
Jenga ku-, to construct, to build.
Jengea ku-, to build for, or on ac-
count of.
Jerigo, plur. majengo, a building.

Majengo, building materials.

Jenzi ku-, to construct.

Jepa ku- (A.), to steal.

Jepesi, light, not heavy. See -epesi.

Jeraha, a wound.

Jenbu ku- = Jaribu ku-, to try.

Jeruhi ku-, to be wounded.

Jeshi, plur. majeshi, a host, a great
company.

Jetea ku-, to be puffed up, to be
over proud, to rely upon, to
trust in,

Jethamu, a leprosy in which the
fingers and toes drop off, ele-
phantiasis (?).

Jeuli or Jeuri, violence.

AnajeuU, he attacks people wan-
tonly.

Jeupe, white. See -eupe.

Jeusi, black. See eu^i.

Ji-, a syllable prefixed to substan-
tives which make their plural
in ma-, if they would otherwise
be of one syllable only. This
syllable is sometimes inserted
after a prefix to give the idea
of largeness, or to prevent con-
fusion with some other word. Be-
fore a vowel it becomes j- only.

-ji-, an infix giving a reflective
meaning to the verb.
Kupenda, to love.
Kujipenda, to love oneself.

Kuponya, to save.
Jiponye, save yourself, look out I

Jia ku-, to come for, by, to.
NJia uUyoJia, the road you came
by.

Jibini, cheese.

Jibiica ku, to receive an answer, be
answered.

Jibu ku-, to answer, to give an
answer.

294

JIB

JON

Jibwa, ^lnT.majihwa,a.n exceedingly

large dog.
Jicho, plur. macho, the eye.

Jicho la maji, a spring of water.
Jifu, plur. majifu, ashes.
Jifya, plur. mafya^ one of three

stones to support a pot over the

fire. Mafya is the usual word

in the town, mafiga is commonly

used in the country.
Jigamba ku-, to boast, to praise one-
self.
Jiiniha Jcu-, to lie on the side.
Jiko, plur. melco, a fireplace, one of
the stones to rest a pot on (?).

Jikoni, in the kitchen, among the
ashes.
Jilia Uu-, to come to a person on

some business.
JUiwa, plur. majUiwa, a vice (the

tool).
JimM, a cock.
Jimbi, Allocasia edulis. Both

leaves and root are eaten : (a sort

of Arum).
Jimbo, plur. majimho, a place a part

of the country (Old Swahili).
Jimbo.

Kuosha na jimbo, to wash a new-
born child with water and
medieine.
Jina, plur. majina, a name.
Jina lako nanif what is your

name?
Jina la hupangwa^ a nickname.
Jinamisi, nightmare.
Jingi, much. See -ingi.
Jingine, other. See -ingine.
Jini, plur. majmi, jins, spirits, genii.
Ji)M, plur. meno, a tooth, a twist or
strand of rope, or tobacco, &c.
Kamba ya meno matatu, a cord of
three strands.

Jioni, evening.

Jtpu, plur. majipu, a boil.

Jipotoa leu-, to dress oneself up
excessively.

Jipya, new. See -pya.

Jirani, a neighbour, neighbours,

Jlsi, quality.

Jisu, plur. majisu, a very large
knife.

Jitenga ku-, to get out of the way.

Jiti, plur. majiti, a tree trunk.

Jiiimai, excessive sorrow.

Jito, plur. mato = Jicho, the eye (M.).

Jitu, plur. matu or majitu, a great
large man, a savage.

Jituza ku-, to make oneself mean or
low. See Tuza.

Jivari, purchase (of a dhow hal-
yards).

Jivi, a wild hog.

Jivu = Jifu.

Jiwa ku-, to be visited.

Jiwe, plur. mawe, a stone, a piece

of stone. Plur. majiwe, of very

large pieces of stone.

Jiice la manga, a piece of freestone.

Nyumba ya mawe, a stone house.

Jodari, a kind of fish.

Jogoi ■=■ Jogoo.

Jogoo, plur. majogoo, a cock.

Johari, a jewel.

Joho, woollen cloth, a long loose
coat worn by the Arabs.

Joka, plur. majoka, a very large
snake.

Joko, a place to bake pots in.

Jokum, charge, responsibility.

Jombo, plur. majombo, an exceed-
ingly large vessel.
Jongea ku-, to approach, come near
to, move.
Jongea mvulini, move into the
Bhade.

J ox

JTTZ

295

Jongeleza hu-, to briug near to, to

offer.
Jongeza hu-, to bring near, move

towards, move.
Jongo, gout.

Jongoe, a large kind of fish.
Jongoo, a millepede.
Jorjiya, a Georgian, the most valued

and whitest of female slaves.
JororOy soft. See -ororo.
Josh, a voyage, a cruize.

= GosH Luff!
Jotqjoto.

Eupata jotojoto, to grow warm.
Joy a, plur. majoya, a cocoa-nut

which is filled with a white

spongy substance instead of tlie

usual nut and juice. They are

prized for eating.
Jozi, Jeozi, or Jauzi, a pair, a pack

of cards.
Jozi, a walnut.
Jua, plur. majtia, the sun.

Jua Tcitwani, noon.
Jim hu-, to know how, to under-
stand, to know about, to know.

Namjua aliko, I know where he is.

Najua Jciunguja, I understand the
language of Zanzibar.

Najua hufua chuma, I know how
to work in iron.
Juba, a mortice chisel.
JubuTU hu-, to compel.
Jugo, ground nuts.
JvJittdi, an effort, efforts.

Kufanya juhudi, to exert oneself.
Juju, plur. majuju, a fool.
Juku^ risk, a word used by traders.
Jukioari, a scaffold, scaffolding.
JuUa hu-, to know about, see to.
Jtdisha hu-, to make to know.
Juma, Friday, a week.

Juma a most, Saturday.

Juma a pUi, Sunday.

Juma a tatu, Monday.

Juma a 'nne, Tuesday.

Juma a tano, Wednesday.
Juma, small brass nails used for

ornamentation.
Jumaa, an assembly.
Jumha, plur. majumha, a large house.
Jumhe, plur. majumbe, a chief, a

head-man, a prince, a sultan.
Jumla, the sum, the total, addition

(in arithmetic).
Jumlisha hu-, to add up, sum up,

put together.
Junta, a kind of matting bag. See

Gunia.
Jura, a pair; a length of calico,

about thirty-five yards.
Jusi.

Haijusi, it is unfitting.
Jut Kdsam (Hind.), pu-rjury.
Juta hu-, to be sorry for, to regret.
Juu, up, the top, on the top.

Yuho juu, he is up-stairs.

Juu ya, upon, above, over, on the
top of, against.
Juvisha hu-, to make to know, to

teach.
Juvya hu-, to make to know.
Juya, plur. majuya, a seine or drag-
net made of cocoa-nut fibre rope.
Juza, obligation, kindness.
Juza hu-, to make to know.
Juzi, the day before yesterday.

Mwaha juzi, the year before last.

Juzijuzi, a few days ago.
Juzia hu-, to compel, to have power

to compel.
Juzu, necessity.

Jambo la juzu, a necessary thing.
Juzu hu-, to oblige, to hold bound,

to have under an obligation to do

something.

296

JUZ

KAB

Juzuu, a section of the Koran.
There are in all thirty, which are
often written out separately. All
the Juzuu together are Khitima

E.

K is pronounced as in English.

The Arabs have two fe's, one, the
Itef or Itaf^ a little lighter than the
English h; and one, the kahf or
qaf, made wliolly in the throat, and
confounded by many Arabs with a
hard g. There is a curious calch in
the throat between the preceding
vowel and the qaf, very hard to
explain, but easy enough to imi-
tate. Although the correct pronun-
ciation of these two A;'s is an ele-
gance, it is not necessary nor very
commonly observed in speaking
Swahili.

Ki is very commonly pronounced
chi in Zanzibar, especially by slaves
of the Nyassa and Yao tribes.

Kh, the Arabic hha, occurs only
in words borrowed from the Arabic,
and subsides into a simple h so soon
as the word is thoroughly natu-
ralized.

Khahari or Hahari, news.

Kheiri or Heri, well, good, for-
tunate.

Ka-, -ha-, a syllable prefixed to or
inserted in the imperative and
subjunctive of verbs, with the
force of the conjunction " and."
'ha-i the sign of a past tense, used
in carrying on a narration ; it
includes the force of the con-
junction " and."

Akamwambia, and he said to
him.

Nika- is often contracted into ?ia-.
Kaa ku-, to sit, to dwell, to stay, ta
live, to be, to stand, to remain,
to continue, to live in, or ai

Knkaa kitako, to sit down, to re-
main quietly.
Kaa, plur. makaa, a piece of char-
coal.

Makaa, coals, charcoal, embers.

Kaa la Tiioshi or Makaa ya mmhi,
soot.
Kaa, a crab.

Kaa makoko, small mud crabs
with one large claw.

Kaa la kinwa, the palate.
Kaaka or Kaakaa, the palate.
Kaanga ku-, to fry, to braze, to cook

with fat.
Kaango, plur. makaango, an earthen

pot to cook meat in.
Kaba ku-, to choke, to throttle,
Kaha la kanzu, a sort of lining round

the neck and a short way down

the front of a kanzu, put in to

strengthen it.
Kahari, a wedge.
Kdbibu, narrow.
Kabila, a tribe, a subdivision lees

than taifa.
Kabili ku-, to be before, to be op-
posite.
Kabilisha ku-, to put opposite, to set

before.
Kabisa, utterly, altogether, quite.
Kabitlii ku-, to give into the hand.
Kabla, before, antecedently.

Kabla ya, before (especially of
time).
Kahuli, acceptance.
Kabuli, pillaw.
Kaburi, plur. tnakahuri (pronounced *

KAD

KAL

297

by many Arabs Gabri), a grave,

t^c^^aaamu, a servant, the lowest of
the three chief men usually set
over the slaves on a plantation.
On the Zambezi the man who
stands at the head of the canoe
to look out for shoals is called
Kadamo.

Kacliri or Kadri, measure, modera-
tion, capacity, middling, mode-
rate, about, nearly, moderately.
Kadri gani ? how much ?

Kadiri ya, as, whilst.

Kadiri ku-, to estimate,

Kadri = Kadiri.

Kafara, an offering to avert evil, a
sacrifice of an animal or thing to
be afterwards buried or tiirown
away, a charm made of bread,
sugar-cane, &c., thrown down in
a cross-way. Any one who takes
it is supposed to carry away the
disease, misfortune, &c.

Kafi, plur. mdkafi, a paddle.

Kafiri, plur. makafiri^ an infidel, an
idolater, one who is not a Moham-
medan.

Kafuri, camphor.

Kaga hu-, to put up a charm to
protect something.

Kago, plur, mago, a charm to pro-
tect what it is fastened to.

Kagua ku-, to go over and inspect.

Kahaba, plur. viakahaba, a prosti-
tute.

Kahawa, coffee.

Kahini, plur. moMliini, a priest, a
soothsayer.

Kai hu-, to fall down to, embrace
the knees.

Kaida, regularity.
Fa kaida, regular.

-kaidi, obstinate.

Kaimu, plur. makaimu, a vice-
gerent, a representative.
Kaka, a lemon after it has been

squeezed, the rind of a lemon,

the shell of an egg, &c.
Kaka, a brother {Kihadvmtt, see

Muhadimu^.
Kaka, a disease with swelling of

the hand and opening into sores.
Kakakaka, very many.
Kakamia, hard of heart.
Kakamia ku, to be longsuflfering,

slow to be affected.
Kakamuka ku-, to make an effort,

to strain (as at stool, or in

travail).
Kakawana ku-, to be strong, capable

of great exertion, well-knit and

firm in all the muscles.
Kaki, a very thin kind of biscuit or

cake.
Kalafati ku-, to caulk.
Kalamika ku-, to prevaricate in

giving evidence (?), to cry from

pain caused by medicine (?).
Kala'mka ku-, to be sharp, to have

one's eyes open.
Kala'mkia ku-, to outdo, to be too

sharp for.
Kalamu, a pen. The pens for
writing Arabic are made of
reed, and the nibs are cut
obliquely.

Kalamu ya micanzi, a reed pen.
Kalamuzi, cunning, crafty.
Kalasia, little brass pots.
Kale, old time, formerly.

-a kale, old, of old time.

Zamani za kale, old times.

Hapo kale, once upon a time.
Kalfati or Kalafati, caulking.
'kali, sour, sharp, keen, savage,

298

K AL

KAN

cross, severe, fierce. It makes
"kali with nouns like nyumba,
Jua Italic a hot sun.

Kalia ku-, to remain for.
Ku'mkalia tamu, to remain as he
would wish.

Kalibu, a mould, a furnace.

Kama, Kamma, Eana, or Kwamha,
as, as if, like, if, supposing.

Kama hu-, to milk, to squeeze.

Kamamanga, a pomegrauate.

Kamali, a game played by chucking
pice into a hole. If only one
goes in they say " Maliza," and
the player throws a flat stuue on
the one that is out.

Kamasi, mucus from the nose.
Kufuta Icamasi, to blow the nose.
Siwezi kamasi, I have a cold in
my head.

Kamoia ku-, to lay hold of, take,
seize, clasp.

Kamatana ku-, to grapple, to seize
one another.

Kamati, balls of wheat-flour lea-
vened with temho.

Kamba, a crayfish.

Kamba, rope.
Kamha ulayiti, European or
hempen rope.

Kambaa, plur. of u^camhaa, cord,
string (M.).
Kambaa, a plaited thong or wliip
kept by sohoolmasters and
overlookers in Zanzibar.

Kambali, plur. makambali, a cat-
fish living in fresh water.

Kawbarau, a forebrace carried to
the weather side to steady the
yard of a dhow.

Kambi, plur. makambi, f\ circular
encampment, a place where a
caravan has hutted itself in.

Kambo.

Baba tea kambo, stepfather.
Mama tea kambo, stepmother.

Kame, quite dried up, utterly
barren.

Kami, a bulbous plant with large
head of red flowers.

Kamia ku-, to reproach.

Kujikamia, to reproach oneself.

Kamili, perfect, complete.

-kamilifu, perfect, wanting nothing.

KamiUka ku-, to be perfect.

Kamilisha ku-, to make perfect.

Kamua ku-, to press, to press
out.

Kamusi, an Arabic lexicon.

Kamice (M.), not at all, never.

Kamici = Kamioe.

Kana, a tiller.

Kana, if, as. See Karaa.

Kana ku-, to deny.

Kanda, plur. makanda, a long nar-
row matting bag, broader at the
bottom than at the mouth.

Kanda ku-, to knead dough, to
knead the limbs, to shampoo.

Kandamiza ku-, to press upon.

Kande, food (Mer.).

Kanderinija, a kettle.

Kandika ku-, to plaster.

Kandili, plur. makandili, a lantern.

Kan.do, side, aside.

Kando ya or Kandokando ya,
beside, along by the side.

Kanga, a guinea fowl.

Kanga, a dry stem after the cocoa-
nuts have been taken olF.

Kanga ku-.

Kukanga moto, to warm.

Kangaja, a small mandarin orange.

Kania ku-, to deny a person.

Kaniki, dark blue calico.

Kanisa, plur. makanisa, a church.

KAN

EAR

299

Kanisha Jcu-, to deny, to make to

deny.
Kanji, starch, arrowroot.
Kanju, plur. maJcanju, a cashew

apple (M,).
Kanju, vulgarly used for Kanzu.
Kanuni, a thing implied, a neces-
sary condition, of necessity.
Kamca, plur. maJianva, the mouth.
Kanya ku-, to contradict.
Kanijaga hu-, to tr^ad, to tread

upon, trample on.
Kanyassa leu-, to scold.
Kanzi, a treasure.

Kanzu, a long shirt-like garment
worn both by men and women
in Zanzibar. Men's kanzus
are white or of a brown yellow
colour, with ornamental work
in red and white silk round
the neck and down the bieast;
they reach to the heels. Wo-
men's kanzus are generally
shorter, and are made of every
variety of stuff, frequently of
satin or brocade, but are always
bound with red.
Parts of a Kanzu (men's) :
Tao la kanzu, hotbnn hem.
Magongp nene, seams.
Badani, front and back pieces.

Also Kiino.
Taharizi, side pieces.
Sijafu, pieces turned in at the
wrists, to receive the darizi.
' Viku-apa, gores.

Lisani, flap under the opening

in front.
Jabaliy red line across the back.
MhaUxn-i, lining at the back of

the darizi in front.
Kanha. lining of the neck and
shoulders.

Shada, tassel at t]:e neck.
Kitanzi, loop opposite the tassel

in front.
Kazi ya shingo, the elaborately
worked border round the
neck, including —
Tiki, red sewing over of the

edge of the neck.
Mrera, lines of red round

the neck.
Viboko, small zigzag orna-
ment in the middle of the
neck-border.
Vinara, small spots forming
the outer edge of the
border.
Darizi, lines of silk worked
round the wrists and down
the front.
JMjuzi (Ar. shararaji), orna-
ment at the bottom of the
strip of embroidery in front.
Mkia wa mjuzi, line of silk
running up the front from the
mjuzi.
Vipaji, or viguu, four little
projections on the sides of
the mjazi.
Kanzu ya ziki, worked with white
cotton round the neck instead of
red silk.
Kaoleni, one whose words are not
to be trusted, a double-tongued
man.
Kaomwa, calumba root.
Kapi, plur. makapi, a pulley.
Kapi, plur. makapi, bran, husks.
Kapiana ku- (mikoiw), to shake

hands.
Kapu, plur. makapu^ a large basket

or matting bag.
Kapicai, a kind of rice.
Karafati ku- — Kalafafi.

300

EAR

KAT

Karafu mayiti, camphor.

Karama, a special gift of God, an

answer to a holy man's prayer,

an honour.
Karamu, a feast.
Karani, a secretary, a clerk, a

supercargo.
Karani, tucks.
Karara, the woody flow^er-sheath of

the cocoa-nut tree.
Karata, playiiig-Ccirds.
Karatha, a loan of money.
Karatasi, paper.

Karib, near, come near, come in,
Earibia hu-, to approach, to draw

near to.
Karibiana hvr, to be near to one

another.
Karibisha, to make to come near, to

invite in.
Karihu^ near, a near relative.

Karihu na or ya, near to, near.
Karimu, liberal, generous.
Karipia Jcu-, to cry out at, scold.
Karirislia ku-, to recite.
Kasa, a turtle.
Kasarani, sorrow, grief.
Kasasi, retaliation, revenge, ven-
geance.
Kasha, plur. malcasha, a chest, a

large box.
Kashifu hu-, to depreciate.
Kashmir, the ace of spades.
Kasia, plur. mahasia, an oar.

Kuvuta makasia, to row.
Kasiba, a gun barrel.
Kasidi, intention, purpose.
Kasifa, inquisitiveness.
Kasifu ku-, to be inquisitive.
Kasiki, a large earthen jar for ghee.
Kasvoiele, the juice of grated cocoa-
nut before water is put to it.

Tui la }casimde. See Tui.

Tui la kupopoloa, the same after
mixing with water, and strain-
ing again.
Kasiri, towards the end, late.
Kasirika ku-, to become vexed.
Kasirisha ku-, to vex.
Kasiri ku-, to hurt, vex.
Kaskazi, the northerly wind which
blows from December till
March.
Kaskazvni, in a northerly direc-
tion.
Kasoro, less by.
Kassa, less by.

Kassa robo, three-quarters of a
dollar.
Kassi. See Ktassi.
Kasi, hard, with violence.
Kwenda kassi, to rush along,
Kutia kassi, to tighten.
Kasumba, a preparation of opium.
Kataa ku-, to refuse.
Kata, plur. makata, a ladle made of
a cocoa-nut, only about a third of
the shell being removed. A kata
holds from a quarter to half a pint,
Kata, a ring of grass or leaves put
on tlie head under a water-pot or
other burden.
Kata ku-, to cut, clip, divide.
Kujikata, to cut oneself.
Kukata hananu, to cut obliquely.
Kukata maneno, to settle an affair,

to decide.
Kukata nakshi, to ornament with

carving, to carve.
Kukata tamaa, to despair.
Njia ya kukata, a short cut, the
nearest way.
Kdtaba ku-, to write.
Katakata ku-, to chop up.
Katalia ku-, to deny all credence,
to refuse to be convinced.

KAT

KAZ

301

Kulani, flax, thread, string, cotton-
thread.
Kataza ku-, to prohibit, to deter.
Kathdlika, in like manner.
Kathdicahatha, many, many more.
Watu hathaicahatha, such an]
such people.
Kathi, plur. mahathi, a judge, a

cadi.
Kati, inside, middle, the court

within a house.
Katia }:u-, to cut for.

Kukaiiwa, to have cut, or cut out

for one.
Ni hiasi cJiangu hama nalihatiica
mimi, it fits as though I had
been measured for it.
Kafilca, among, at, from, in, about.
Eatiha implies nearness at least
at the beginning of the action ;
it has very nearly the same
meaning as the case in -ni.
Katika safari mle, during that
journey.
Katika ku-, to come apart, to be cut,

to break, to be decided.
Katikati, in the midst.

Katikati ya, &c., in the midst of,
between.
Katili, a murderous, bloodthirsty

person, an infidel.
Katinakati, in the middle.
Katiti (A.), little.
Kaiiza ku-, to put a stop to, to

break ofi", to interrupt.
Kato, plur. maJcato, a cutting, a

breaking ofi".
Katu, a kind of gum chewed with

betel.
Katua ku-, to polish, to brighten.
Kaiuka ku-, to be polished, to be

bright,
Kauka ku-, to get dry, to dry.

Sauti imekauka, I am hoarse.
Kauli, a word.
Kauri, a cowry.

Kausha ku-, to make dry, to dry.
-kavu, dry. It makes kavu with

nouns like nyumha.
Kaica, a conical dish-cover of
plaited straw, often ornamented
with spangles, &c.
Kava, mildew, spots of mould.
Kufanya kawa, to get mildewed
or mouldy.
Kawa ku-, to be delayed, to tarry,

to be a long while.
Kawadi (a term of reproach), a bad

man.
Kawaida, necessity, custom.
Kawe, a pebble, a small stone (M.),
Kau-ia ku-, to delay.
Kaicilia ku-, to loiter about a busi-
ness.
Kaicisha ku-, to keep, to delay, to

cause to stay.
Kaya, plur. makaya, a pinna, a kind

of shell-fish.
Kayamba, a sieve, a sort of rattle.
Kaza ku-, to fix, to tighten, (of
clothes) to fit tightly, to go
hard at anything.
Kukaza kicimha, to sing louder.
Kukaza mhio, to run hard.
Kazana ku-, to fix one another, to
tigliten together, to hold together
tightly, to be robust.
Kazi, work, labour, employment,
business.
Ndio kazi yake, that is what he

always does.
Kazi mhi si mtezo rmvema? Is
not poor work (as good as) good
play (mhi for n-ici) ?
Kazika ku-, to become tight, to
become fixed.

302

-KAZ

KHE

-kazo, nippins:, pressing tight.

-he, female, f :i mine, the weaker.

Kee = Kelele (N.).

Keezo, a lathe, a machine for turn-
ing.

Kefule ! an exclamation of con-
tempt.

Kefyakefya Tcu-, to teaze, to put in
low spirits.

Kehe, a drill. The carpenters in
Zanzibar always use drills, which
are much better suited to the
native woods than gimlets are.
The iron is called kelcee, the wood
in which it is fixed msulcano, the
handle in which it turns Jivu,
and the bow by which it is turned
Uta.

Kehee, a kind of silver bracelet.

Kelele, plur. mahtlde, noise, uproar,
shouting.

Kein (Ar.), How much? How many?

Keniea Ttu-, to rebuke, to snub, to
scold.

Kenda = Kioenda and Eaenda,

Kenda, nine.

Ya Icenda, ninth.

Kendain ? for Incenda wapi, going
where, i.e., where are you going ?

Kenge, a large water-lizard with
slender body and long limbs and
tail.

Kengea, the blade of a sword, knife,
&c.

Kengele, a bell.
Eupiga kengele, to ring a bell,

Kera ku-, to worry, to nag at.

Kerani = Karard.

Kereketa ku, to irritate the throat,
to choke.

Kereza ku-, to saw, to turn, to cut
a tree half through, and lay it
down, so as to make a fence.

Kerimu ku-, to feast, to be liberal to.

Kcring'ende, a dragon-fly, the red-
legged partridge.

Kero, trouble, disturbance, uproar.

Kesha, a watch, a vigil.

Kesha ku-, to watch, to remain
awake, not to sleep.

Kesheza ku-, to make, to watch, to
keep awake.

Kesho, to-morrow.

KesTio kutwa or kuchwa, the day
after to-morrow.

Kete, a cowry.

Keti ku-, to sit down, stay, live (M.).

Khahari, news, information.

Khadaa, fraud.

Khafifu, light, unimportant.

Kliaini, a traitor.

Klicilds, the end, there is no more.

KJidlifu ku- or Halifu ku-, to resist,
oppose, rebel against.

KJialisi ku-, to deliver.

Khami, a chess bishop.

Khamsi, five.

Khamsini, fifty.

Khamstasliara, fifteen.

Kharadali, mustard.

KJidrij ku-, to spend.

Kliashifu ku- = Kaslnfu ku-,

Khatari, danger.

Kliati, a note, letter, document,
memorandum, writing, hand-
writing.

Khatihu, flzx. makhatibu, a secre-
tary, a preacher.

Ehatima, end, completion.

Kliatimisha ku-, to bring to an end,
complete.

Ehatiya, fault. See Ratiya.

Khazana, a treasure.

Khema, a tent.

Eheiri = Heri, well, fortunate.
trappy, good.

KHI

KIA

303

Mtu wa Wieiri, a happy man.
Kwa Mieiri, for good.
Ni kheiri, I had better.
Khini Jcu-, to betray.
Ehitari leu-, to choose.
Khitima nzima, a complete copy of

the Koran. See Juzuu.
Khofisha hu-, to frighten.
Khofu, fear, danger.

Kuwa na hliofu, i to become
Kuingiwa na hhofu, S afraid.
Kutla hhofu, to frighten.
Khorj, a pad used as a saddle for

donkeys.
Khoshi (?), paint, colour.
Khuhiri hu-, to inform, give news.
Khusumu, enmity.
EJiutuhu hu-, to preach.
Khuzurungi or Huthurungi, a stuff
of a brown yellow colour, of which
the best men's kanzus are made.
Ki-, a prefix forming a diminutive.
It becomes ch- before a vowel,
and in the plural it becomest-i-
and vy-, or in other dialects zi-
or thi:
Ki- as a prefix also means (es-
pecially if prefixed to proper
names), such a sort ; and when
used alone, words of such a
sort, i.e. such a language.
Mavazi ya hifaume, royal robes.
Viazi vya hizungu, European

potatoes.
Kiarabu, Arabic.
Kiyao, the Yao language.
Ki- or ch-, the adjectival and pro-
nominal prefix proper to words
agreeing with substantives of the
above forms.
Ki- or ch-, the personal prefix of
verbs having substantives of the
above form as their subject.

hi-, the objective prefix of verbs
having substantives of the above
form as their object.
hi-, the sign of that tense which
expresses a state of things,
being that, which may be trans-
lated by the help of the words,
if, supposing, when, while, or
be treated as a present parti-
ciple in -ing.
Niki- may be contracted into hi-.
Alikuwa ahiogolea, he was bath-
ing.
Ahija, if he comes, or when he

comes.
The syllable -hi- is inserted in
the past perfect tense to de-
note a continuing action or
state.
Walipo-hi-pendana, when or while
they loved one another.
Kia, plur. via, a piece of wood, a

kind of latch, a bar.
Kia hu-, to step over.
Kiada, slowly, distinctly.
Kialio, plur. vialio, cross pieces
put in a cooking pot to prevent
the meat touching the bottom
and burning.
Kianga, the coming out of the sun

after rain.
Kiapo, plur. viapo, an ordeal, au

oath.
Kiarabu, Arabic.

Ya hiarabu, Arabian.
Kiasi — Kiassi.
Kiass cha bunduhi, a cartrid£'e.
Kiassi, measure, moderation.

Kiassi gani i or Kassi gani ? How

much ?

Kiatu, plur. viatu, a shoe, a sandal.

Viatu vya mti, a sort of tall

wooden clog worn in the house.

104

KI A

KIC

and especially by women. They
are held on by grasping a sort
of button (msitruaJci) between
the great and second toe.
Kiazi, plur. viazi, a sweet potato.

Kiazi Tiikiiu, plur. viazi vihuu, a
yam.

Kiazi sena, with white skin.

Kiazi Mndoro, with red skin.
K'ha haluli, a knot of malcuti to

light a pipe with.
KilKiha, a measure, about a pint

basin full, a pint basin, about a

pound and a half.
Kibakuli, a kind of mtama.
Kibali hu-, to prosper.
Kibanda, plur. vibanda, a hut, a

hovel, a shed.
Kibanzi, plur. vibanzi, a splinter, a

very small piece of wood.
Kihao, plur. vibao, a shelf, a small

piece of plank. In Tumbatu a

chair is called kibao,
Kibapara, a pauper, a destitute

person (an insulting epithet).
Kibarango, a short heavy stick.
Kibaraza, plur. vibaraza, a small

stone seat.
Kibarua, plur. vibarua, a note, a

ticket. Kibarua is now used

in Zanzibar to denote a person

hired by the day, from the

custom of giving such persons a

ticket, to be delivered up when

they are paid.
Kiberiti, sulphur.

Viberiti, matches.
Kibeti, a dwarf.

Kuku kibeti, a bantam.
Kibia, plur. vibia, an earthen pot-lid.
Kibiongo, plur. vibiongo, a person

bent by age or iufirmity.
Kihohwe, plur. vibobwe, a piece of

cloth tied round the loins during
hard work.

Kibofu, plur. vibofu, a bladder.

Kihogoshi, plur. vibogoshi, a small
skin bag.

Kiboko, plur. viboko, a hippo-
potamus. See also Kanzu.

Kibiia, a small iish.

Kibueta, plur. vibueta, a box.

Kibula, the kebla, the point to
which men turn when they pray.
Among the Mohammedans the
kibula is the directiun in which
Mecca lies, which is in Zanzibar
nearly north. Hence kibula is
sometimes used to mean the
north.

Kibula ku; to point towards, to be
opposite to.

Kibumba, plur. vibumba, a small
paper box or case of anything.

Kiburi, pride.

Kiburipembe, a native bird.

Kichaa, lunacy.

Mwenyi kichaa, a lunatic.

Kichaka, plur. vichaka, a thicket, a
heap of wood or sticks.

Kichala, plur. vichala, a bunch.
Kichala clia mzabibu, a bunch of
grapes.

Kiclieko, plur. viclieko, a laugh, a
giggle.

Kicliikichi, plur. vicMkicM, the
small nuts contained in the fruit
of the palm-oil tree.

Kichilema, plur. vichilema, the
heart of the growing part of
the cocoa-nut tree, which is
eaten as a salad, and in various
ways.

Kicho, plur. vicJio, fear, a fear.

Kicliocheo, the act of pushing wood
further into the fire, an instru-

KIC

KIP

305

ment for doing it, exciting words '

to stir up a quarrel.
KichocliorOy plur. vichoclioro, a very

narrow passage, such as is gene-
rally left between the houses in

Zanzibar.
Kichicay plur. vichwa, for Kitiva, the

bead.
Kidaha, plur. vidaJca, a recess in

the wall.
Kidaha, plur. vidaJca, a cocoa-nut

when just formed.
Kidaka tonge, the uvula.
Kidanga, a very small fruit, before

it gets any taste.
Kidariy the chest : h'dari is used of

both men and animals, hifua of

men only.
Kidau^ plur. vidau, a small vessel.

Kidau cha wino, an inkstand.
Kidevu, plur. videvu, the chin.
Kidimbwi, plur. vidimbwi, a pool

left on the beach by the falling

tide.
Kidinga popo, the dengue fever.
Kidogo, plur. vidogo, a little, a very

little, a little piece, a morsel, a

crumb.
Kidoko.

Kupiga h'doko, to click with the
tongue.
Kidole, plur. vidole, a finger, a toe.

Kidole elm gumha, tlie thumb.
Kidonda, plur. vidonda, a sore, a

small sore, a wound.
Kidonge, plur. vidonge, a very small

round thing, a lump in flour, a pill.
Kidoto, plur. vidoio, a small piece of

cloth tied over a camel's eyes

while turning an oil press.
KielezOj plur. videzo, a pattern,

something to make something

elstJ clear.

Kievu (A.) = Kidevu.

Eiendelezo, progr(;ss.

Kifa, plur. vifa, the nipple of a gun.

Kifa uwongo, the sensitive plant.

Kifafa, epilepsy, fits.

Kifafa, plur. vifafa, sparks and

crackling of damp firewood.
Kifani, plur. vifani, the like, a

similar tliing.
Kifano, plur. vifuno, a likeness.
Kifaranga, plur. vifaranga, a

chick, a very small chicken.
Eifaru, plur. vifaru, a rhinoceros,

a small rhinoceros.
Eifaume, royalty, a royal sort.

Ya kifaume, royal.
Eifiko, plur. vifiko, arrival, point of

arrival, end of journey.
Eifu ku-, to suffice.
Eifu ndugu, the os coccygis, the

bone which the Mohammedans

say never decays.
Ei'fua, plur. vifua, the chest, the

bosom.
Eifufu, plur. vifufu, the shell of the

cocoa-nut (M.).
Eifako, plur. vifulu), a little bag, a
pocket, a purse.

Eifuko cha kutUia fetha, a purse.
Eifumbu, plur. vifumhu, a small

round basket or bag for squeezing

scraped cocoa-nut in to get out

the tui.
Eifunibo, plur. vifumho, a very large

kind of matting bag.
Eifundo cha mguu, the ankle.
Eifando cha mkono, the wrist.
Eifungo, plur. vifungo, anything

which fastens, a button, prison,

imprisonment, a kind of rice.
Eifnngua, an unfastener, an opener.

Eifungua kanica, early food,
breakfast.

306

KIF

K IJ

Kifungua mlango, a present made
by the bridegroom to the Tiungu
of the bride before she allows
him to enter the bride's room,
on the occasion of his first
visit to her.
Kifuniko, plur. vifuniko, a lid, a

cover.
Kifuo, plur. vifuo, a stick stuck in
the ground to rip the husk off
cocoa-nuts with.
KifurusM, something tied up in the

corner of a cloth
Kifusi, rubbish, rubbish from old

buildings.
Kifuu^ plur. vifuu, a cocoa-nut

shell.
Kigaga, plur. vigaga, a scab.
Kigai, plur. vigai, a piece of broken

pottery or glass, a potsherd.
Kiganda cha pili, the two of cards.
Eigaogao, the Pemba name for a
chameleon, meaning changeable.
Kigego = Kijego.

Kigeren]ienza, plur. vigerenyenza, a
very small piece of broken pottery
or glass, a splinter.
Kigelegele, plur. vigelegele, a shrill
trilling scream much used as a
sign of joy, especially on the
occasion of a birth.
Kigogo, a little block of wood.
Kigogo cha Jcushonea, a small
oblong piece of wood used by
shoemakers.
Kigongo, the hump of a humpbacked
person.
Mwenyi kigongo, a humpback.
Kigono, plur. vigono (Yao), a sleep-
ing place.
Kigosho, a bend.

Kigosho cha mhono, an arm that
cannot be straightened.

Kigugumizi, stammering, a stammer-

Kigulu, lame.

Kigunni, plur. vigunni, an oblong

matting bag of the kind in which

dates are brought to Zanzibar.
Kigunzi, the day before the SiJm a

mwaka.
Rig we, plur. vigwe, a plaited cord.

reins, a string of beads, a piping

on the edge of a dress.
Eiharusif cramp.
Kiherehere (cha moijo), trepidation,

palpitation (of the heart).
Eihindi, the Indian sort, an Indian
language.

Ya hihindi, Indian.
Eihoro, sorrow at a loss, fright,

homesickness.
Eiini, kernel, the heart of wood.

Eiini cha yayi, the yolk of an

Eiinimacho, a conjuror.

Eiisha or Eisha, afterwards, next,

this being ended.
Eijakazi, plur. vijaJcazi, a slave girl.
Eijamanda, plur. vijamanda, a

small long-shaped box commonly

used to carry betel and areca-

nut in.
Eijana, plur. vijana, a youth, a

young man, a complimentary

epithet, a boy or girl, a son or

daughter.
Eijaluha, plur. vijaluha, a small

metal box.
Eijamha, plur. vijamba. a small rock.
Eijaraha, plur. vijaraha, a small
wound.

Eijaraha cha hooni, sores on the
penis, syphilis.
Eijego, plur. vijego, a child which

cuts its upper teeth first. They

are reckoned unlucky, and among

KIJ

KIK

107

the wikler tribes are often killed.

Applied by way of abuse to bad

children.
Kijibokoy plur. vijlhoko, a little

hippopotamus.
Kijicho, envy, an envious glance.
Kijiguu, plur. vijiguu, a little leg.
Eijifco, plur. vijiko, a small spoon,

a spoon.
Kijiti, plur. vijiti, a little tree, a

bush, a shrub, a small pole, a

piece of wood.
Kijito, plur. vijitOy a small stream,

a brook.
Kijito (M.) = Kijiclio,
Kijitioa or Kijichwa, plur. vijitica,

a little head.
Kijici, thievish.
Kijogoo, plur. rijogoa, a mussel, a

kind of shell-fi:ih.
Kijoli, the slaves belonging to (me

master.
Kijomha, Swahili (M.).
Kijongo = Kigongo^ a humpback.
Kijuhuu, plur. vijuhuu, a great-
grandchild.
Kijumhe^ plur. vijumhey a go-
between, a match-maker.
Kijurriba, plur. vijumba^ a little

house, a hovel.
Kikaango, plur. rihaango, a sma'l

earthen pot for cooking with oil

or fat.
KiTxdka, over-haste.
Kikale, old style, the antique.

Fa kikale, of the ancient kind,
antique, of old times.
Kikao, plur. vikao, a seat, sitting,

dwelling-place.
Kikapu, plur. vilaipiL, a basket, a

matting bag.
Kikaramha, a very old person (dis-
respectful).

Kikisa ku-f to understand half of
what is saiil.
Haiti hii yanik.kisa, I know some
of the words, but not all.

Kiko, plur. viko, a tobacco pipe, a
pi|.e. The native pipes consist
of a vessel half full of water with
two stems, one leading to the
bowl and one to the mouthpiece :
the water vess> 1 is properly the
kiko. See hori, digali, malio, and
shilamu.

KikocL, plur. vikoa.

Kula kikoa. to eat at the expense
of each one in turn.

Kikoii, the inside of the fingers.

Kikohozi, a cough.

Kikoi, plur. vikoi, a white loin-
cloth with coloured stripes near
the border.

Eikombe, plur. vikomhe, a cup.

Kikomho, a little crooked thing.

Kikomo, plur. vikomo, end, end of
journey, arrival.
Kikomo cha hso, the brow, es-
P' cially if prominent.

Kikondoo. See Kondoo.

Kikongice, plur. rikongice, an ex-
tremely old person, a feeble old
w<3man.

Kikono, plur. vikono, the prow of a
small native vessel.

Kikonyo, plur. vikonyo, flower and
fruit stalks, the stalks of cloves.

Kikoromhice, a cry made into the
hand by way of signal, a call.

Kikod or Ukosi, the nape of the neck.

Kikoto, plur. vikoto (M.), a plaited
thong or whip carried by an
overlooker and used in schools.

Kikozi, plur. vikozi, a detachment,
a band, company, division.

Kikuba, plur. vikuha, a small packet

308

KIK

KIM

of aromatic leaves, &c., worn in
the dress by women. It is com-
posed of reliani, sprinkled with
dalia, and tied up with a strip of
the mlcadi.
KJhuJcu, plur. viliuhu, a bracelet, an
arm ring.
Kiliuku dm hupandia frasi, a
stirrup.
KiJninazi (?), labia (obscene).
Kif:mnbo.
Kupiga hilcumlo, to push aside,
to shove out of the way.
Kilcuta, plur. vilmta, a small stone

wall.
Kihwapa, the perspiration from the

armpit. ^*ee also Kanzu.
Kikwi, plur. vikm', a thousand, ten

thousand.
Kilango, a narrow entrance.
Kilango cha hahari, straits.
Kilango cha jaha, the gate of
Paradise.
Kile, that, yonder.
KiJeji, a round ilat wheaten cake.
KiJele, plur. vilele, a peak, a sum-
mit, a pointed top, a pointed
shoot in a tree or plant.
Kilema, plur. vilema, a deformed
person.
Si vema Ituclicha Idlema, it is
wrong to laugh at one who is
deformed.
Kilemha, plur. vilemba, a turban, a
customary present at the comple-
tion of a job and on many other
occasions.
Kilemhwe, a great-grandson.
Kileo, plur. vileo, iiitoxicatio.n, an

intoxicating thing.
Kilete, plur. vilete, metal rowlocks,

crutches.
ViZerw = Kidevu.

Kilifu, plur. vilifu, the cloth-like

envelope of the young cocoa-nut

leaves.
Kiliina, plur. vilima, a hill, arising

ground, a mound of tarth.
Kilimhili, the wrist.
Kilimia, the Pleiades (?).
Jiz7mo, cultivation, the crop planterl.

Kilimo cha nini? what is the
crop to be ?
Kilindi^ plur. vilindi, the deeps,

deep water,
Kilinga popo (?), rheumatism.
Kilinge cha maneno, cha uganga,

speaking in a dark munner not

generally understood.
Kilio, plur. vilio, a cry, weeping.
Kiliza hu-, to chink money.
Killa or Kulla, every.

Killa nendapo, wherever I go, or,
every time I go.
Kiluthu, velvet.
Kima, a monkey.
Kima, price, measure.
Kimaji, damp,
Kiinanda, an omeleite.
Kiinandu, the piece of wood put on

behind the sill and lintel of a

door to receive the pivots on

which it turns.
Kimanga, a small kind of grain.
Kimanga, of the Arab sort. See

Manga.
Kimango.

Chut himango, a full-grown leo-
pard.
Kimashamha, belonging to the
country, a country dialect.

Ya Mynashamba, countrified.
Kimhaumhati, a chameleon.
Kinibia hu-, to run away, to flee.
Kimhiza hu-, to make to run away,

to put to flight.

KIM

KIN

309

Kimhizia Jcu-, to make to run away
from.

Kimerima. See Mer'^ma.

Kimeta, a sparkling:, a glitter.

Kimetimeti, plur. viinetimeti, a fire-
fly.

Kimia, plur. vimia, a circular cast-
ing-net.

Kimio, the uvula, an enlarged
uvula.

Kimo, it is or wns inside.

Kimoja, one. See Moja.

Kimporoto, nonsense.

Kimurimuri, plur. vimurimuri, a
fire-fly.

Kimvunga, a hurricane.

Kiimca ku-, to be tired, disgusted,
to be cross at having anything to
do.

Kimicondo, plur. vimifondn, a mis-
sile, a shooting star, because they
are said to be thrown by the
angels at the Jins.

Kiniya, silence, perfect stillness.
Mtu wa Idmyahimyaf a still man.

Kina.

Kina sisi, people like us.
Mahasha liaya ya kina AhfJallah,
these chests belong to Abdal-
lah's people.

Kina, plur. vina, a verse, the final
syllable of the lines, which is the
same throughout the poem.

Kinai ku-, to be content without,
to withhold oneself from desiring,
to be self-satisfied, to revolt at,
to nauseate.

Kinaisha ku-, to revolt, to make
unable to eat any more, to take
away the desire of.
Kinamizi or Kiinamizi, stooping to

one's work.
Kinanda, plur. vinanda, a stringed

instrument, applied to nearly all
European instruments.
Kinara, plur. vinara, a little tower,

a candlestick. See also Kanzu.
Kinaya, self-content, insolence.
Kinayi ku- = Kinai ku-.
Kinda, plur. makinda, a very young

bird, the young of birds.
Kindana ku-, to object to, to stand

in the way of.
Kinena, the abdomen.
Kinga, plur. vinga, a brand, a half-
burnt piece of firewood.
Kinga, a stop, a limit put to a

thing.
Kinga Jcu-, to put something to catch
something, to guard oneself, to
ward a blow.
Kukinga mvua, to put something
to catch the rainwater.
Kingaja, plur. vingaja, a bracelet nf

beads.
Kingalingali, on the back (of falling

or lying).
Kingama ku-, to lie across.

Mti umekingama njiani, a tree
lies across the road.
Kingamisha ku-, to block, to step,

to spoil.
Kinge, too little.

Chakula kinge, too little food.
Kingojo, a watch, time or place of

watching.
Kingozi, the old language of Me-
linda, the poetical dialect, difii-
cult and ill-understood language.
Kingubwa, the spotted liyaena.
Kinika ku-, to be certain or ascer-
tained about a person.
Kinjunjuri.

Kukata kinjunjuri, to shave all
the hair except one long tuft.
Kinono, plur. vinono^ a futliug.

310

KIN

KIP

Kinoo, plur. vinoo, a whetstone. [
Kirioo.

Emhe kinoo, a small yellow kind

of mango.

Kinu, plur. vinu, a wooden mortar

for pounding and for cleaning

corn, an oil-mill, a mill.

Kinu cha hushindikia, a mill for

pressing oil.
Kinu cha moshi, a steam mill.
Kinuhi, plur. vinuhi, a harp.

Ya Kinuhi, Nubian.
Kinwa = Kinywa.
Kinwa, plur. vinwa, a mouth.
Kinica mchuzi, the imperial, the

place where the imperial grows.
Kinyaa^ filth, dung.
Kinyago, plur. vinyago, a thing to
frighten people, such as a mock
ghost, &c., &c.
Kinyegere^ a small animal, a skunk.
Kinyemiy pleasant, good.
Kinyenyefu, a tickling, a tingling.
Kinyezi. See Kinyaa.
Kinyi, having. See -inyi.
Kinyonga, plur. vinyonga, a chame-
leon.
Kinyozi, plur. vinyozi, a barber, a

shaver.
Kinyuma = Kinyume.
Kinyume, afterwards.
Kinyume, going back, shifting,
alteration, an enigmatic way of
speaking, in which the last syl-
lable is put first. See Appendix I.
Kinyumha, a kept mistress.
Kinyunya, plur. vinyunya, a kind
of cake, a little cake made to try
the quality of the flour.
Kingwa, plur. vinywa^ a drink, a

beverage.
Kinywaji, plur. vlnyivaji, a beve-
rage, a Ubual beverage.

Kinza ku-, to contradict, deny.
Kiogaj plur. vioga, a mushroom.
Kiohosi, plur. violcosi, a reward for
finding a lost thing and returniug
it to the owner.
Kioja, plur. vioja, a curiosity.
Kionda, a taster.

Kionda mtuzi. the imperial, the
place where the imperial grows
(M.).
Kiongozi, plur. viongozi, a leader, a

guide, a caravan guide.
Kiongwe, plur. viongwe, a donkey
from the mainland ; they are re-
puted very hard to manage.
Kioo, plur. vioo, glass, a glass, a
looking-glns!^, a piece of glass, —
a fish-hook (M.).
Kiopoo, a pole or other instrument
to get things out of a well, &c.,
with.
Kiosha miguu, a present made by
the bridegroom to the kungu of
the bride on the occasion of his
first visit.
Kiota, plur. viota^ a hen's nest, a

laying place, a bird's nest.
Koto = Kiota.
Kio7i;e.
Kupiga kiowe, to scream, cry for
help.
Kiowevu, a liquid.
Kioza, putridity.

lupa mkono, a present made by the

iDridegroom to the bride when he

first sees her face.

Kipaa, plur. vipaa, a thatched roof,

the long sides of a roof.

Kipaa cha mbele, the front slope

of the roof.
Kipaa cha nyuma, the back slope
of the roof.
Kipaje, a kind of mtama.

KIP

KIR

Kipaji, a kind of cosmetic. See

also Kanzu.
KipaJiu, plur. vipaku, a spot or

mark of a different colour.
Kipamho, adornment.
Kipande, plur. vipande, a piece, an
instrument, a small rammer for
beating roofs.

Vipande vya Jcupimia, nautical
instruments.

Kipande hilichonona, a piece of
fat.
Kipanga, a large bird of prey, a

horse-fly.
Kipangozi, a sluggish incurable

sore on a horse or ass.
Eipara, plur. vipara, a shaved place

on the head.
Kipele, plur. vipele^ a pimple.
Kipendi, a darling, a favourite.
Kipenu, plur. vipenu, a lean-to, the

side cabins of a ship.
Kipenyo, a small place where some-
thing passes through.
Kipepeo, plur. vipepeo, a fan for

blowing the fire, a butterfly.
Kipeto, plur. vijjeto, a [acket.
Kipi or Kipia, a cock's spur.
Kipigi, a rainbow (?).
Kipila, a curlew.
Kipilipili.

Nyele za Mpilipili, woolly hair.
Kipindi^ a time, a period of time, an
hour.

Kipindi chote, at every period.

Kipindi cha atJdhuuri, the hour
of noon.
Kipinda.

Kufa Ttipinda, to die a natural
death, as cattle, &c.
Kipindupindu, cholera.
Kipingwa, plur. vipingwa, a bar.
Kipinij plur. vipini, a hilt, a haft,

a handle of the same kind as a
knife handle, a stud-shaped orna-
ment worn by women in the nose,
and sometimes in the ears also.

Kipimo, plur. vipimo, a measure.

Kipofu, plur. vipofuy a blind per-
son.

Kipolepole, a butterfly.

Kiponza, paralysis.

Kipulcuba, dropped early, cast fruit,
etc.

Kipukute, Kipukuse = Kipukvba.
Ndizi kipukute, little bananas.

Kipuli, plur. vipuli, a dangling
ornament worn by women in the
ear; they are often little silver
crescents, five or six round the
outer circumference of each ear.

Kipungvx), plur. vipunguo, defect,
deficiency.

Kipupwe, the cold season (June and
July).

Kipwa, plur. vipwa, rocks in the sea.

Kiraka, plur. viraka, a patch.

Kiri ku-, to confess, accept, acknow-
ledge, assert.

Kirtba, plur. viriba, a water-skin.

Kirihi ku-, to provoke.

Kirihika ku-, to be provoked, to be
offended.

Kirihisha ku-, to make ofi'ended, to
aggravate.

Kirimha, a cage for wild animals,
a meat-safe.

Kirimu ku-, to feast.

Kirithi hu-, to borrow, specially to
borrow money.

Kiroboto, plur. tirdboto, a flea. The
Hathramaut soldiers are nick-
named Tirdboto, and their song
as they march is parodied by,
Kiroboto, Kiroboto, tia motOj tia
moto.

312

KIR

KIS

Kirukavjia, a kind of mouse found

in Zanzibar.
Kirukia, a kind of parasite growing

on fruit trees.
Kiruu, blind rage.
Kisa, plur. visa, a cause, a reason,
a short tale.
Visa vingi, many affairs, a com-
plicated business.
Kisa cha JcohOy kernel of a stone.
Kisaga, a measure equal to two

Eihahas.
Kisafiani, plur. visahani, a plate, a

small dith.
KisanduTiu, plur. visanduhu, a small

chest, a box.
Kisarani, a greedy fellow, a miser.
Kisasi, revenge, retaliation.
Kislmda, a tailless kite.
Kishaha, plur. vi<ha]:a, a thicket.
Kisheda, a bunch of grapes, a paper

fluttering in the air like a kite.
Kishenzi, of the wild people.
Lugha ya Idslienzi, a language of
the interior.
Kishi, a chess-queen.
Kishigino = Kisigino.
Kishinda, a small residue left in a
place or inside something, as
in a water-jar less than half
full.
Vishinda vingapi umetia ? How
many portions (of grain) have
you put (in the mortar, to bu
cleaned) ?
Kishindo, noise, sliock.
Kishogo, the back of the liead and
neck.
Alcupaye hisliogo si mwcnzin, one
who turns his bac'c upon you
is not your friend.
Kishwara, a loop of rope to haul by
in dragging a vessel into or out

of the water, a loop in the side of

a dhow to pass an oar through

for rowing.
Klsi Im-, to guess.
Kuliisi tanga, to shift over a sail

to the opposite side.
Kisi, Keep her away !
Kisilao, plur. risihao, a waistcoat
with or without sleeves; tiiey
are very commonly worn in
Zanzibar.

Kidbao cha miliono, a sleeved
waistcoat.

Kisibao cha vihapa or vikwapa, a
sleeveless waistcoat.
Kisibu (?), a nickname.
Kisigino or Kishigino, the elbow.

Kisigino cha mguu, the heel.
Kisiki, plur visiki, a log. Used in

slang language for a prostitute.
Kisiki cha mvua, a rainbow (M.).
Kisima, plur. visima, a well.
Kisirni (obscene), the clitoris.
Kisitiri, a screen, screen-wall,

parapet.
Kisiiva, plur. visiwa, an island.
Kisiyangu [Tumbatu] = Kizingiti.
Kisimso.

Kisiwiso cha choo chauma, consti-
pation.
Kishoka, plur. vishoka, a hatchet, a

small axe.
Kishuhaka, plur. vishuhaka, a small

recess, a pigeon-hole.
Kishungi, plur. vishungi, the ends of

the turban cloth, lappets.
Kisma, a part.
Kisombo, a paste made of beans,

mcihogo, &c,
Kisongo, plur. visongn, a piece of

wood to twist cord or rope with.
Kisoze, a very small bird witli back

blue, and breast yellow.

KIS

KIT

313

Kf'su, pliir. visH, a knife.

Ki^ua, a suit of clothes.

Kisugulu, plur. visngulu, a mound
of eartlj, an ant-hill.

Kisuiigura, plur. visungura, a little
rabbit or hare (?).

Kfsunono, gonorrhoea.

Kisiiiiono cha damu, ■with passing

blood.
Kisunono cha uzaha, with passing

matter.
Kisunono cha mhojo, with constant
micturition.

KisusuU, a whirlwind (?) a boy's
kite (?).

Kisusi, plur. visusi, the hip of a
roof. The main roof starts from
the long front and back walls,
and is called the paa ; small
roofs start from the end walls,
and are carried to the ridge under
and within the 'paa : these are
the visusi.

Kisuto = Kisutu.

Kisutu, plur. visutu, a large piece
of printed calico, often forming
a woman's whole dress, a cover-
lid.

Kiswa = Kisa.

Kitahu, plur. vitahu, a book.

KitagaUfa, a small matting bag for
halua, &c.

Kitakizo, plur. vltaJdzo, the head
and foot-pieces of a bedstead.

Kitalco, sitting.
Kuliaa kitako, to sit down, to re-
main in one locality.

Kitale, plur. vitale, a cocoa-nut just
beginning to grow.

Kitali, sailcloth.

Kitalu, a stone fence, a wall.

Kitamhaa^ plur. vitambaay a small
piece of cloth a rag.

Kitnmhaa cha kufutia mkono, a

towel.
Kitamhaachameza, Q.tah\eua.Y>kin.
Kitamhi cha kilemha, a piece of stuff

for making a turban.
Kitamho, a short time.
Kitamiri, a kind of evil spirit.
Kitana, plur. vitana, a small comb.
Kitanda, plur. vitanda, a bedstead,

a couch.
Kitanga, plur. vitanga, a round mat
used to lay out food upon.
Kitanga cha mkono, the palm of

the hand.
Kitanga cha mzani, a scale pan.
Kitanga cha pepo, the name of a
dance.
Kitani, flax, linen, string.
Kitanzi, plur. titanzi, a loop, a

button-loop.
Kitaoica, the kind proper for a
devotee.
Amevaa nguo za kitaoica, he is
dressed like a devotee.
Kitapo, plur. vitapo, a shivering, a

shiver.
Kitata, plur. vitara, a. curved aword.
Kitara, an open shed in a village,
where people sit to talk and trans-
act business.
Kitasa, a box lock, a lock.
Kitatangi, a cheat. Also a very
bri;j:ht-coloured sea-fish with
spines, a sea-porcupine.
Kitawi, a kind of weed.
Kitaici, plur. vitaici, a branch, a

bough, a bunch.
Kite, feeling sure, certainty, faith-
fully (?), affection.
Kana kite haye, he has no affec-
tion.
Kupiga kite, to cry or groan from
inward pain.

314

KIT

KIT

Kiteflefu, soLbing before or after

crying.
Kitefute, the clieek, the part of the

face over the cheek-bone.
KHeJcu, a tosser.
Kitembe, a lisp.
Kitemhwi, a thread of flax or fine

Kitendawili, plur. vitendawili, an
enigma. The propounder says
KitendawiH; the rest answer
Tega; he then propounds his
enigma.
Kitendo, plur. vitendo, an action.
Kitengenya, a small bird spotted

with white, yellow, and red.
Klleo, plur. viteo, a small sifting

basket.
Klteso, a vase.

Kitewe, loss of the use of the legs.
Klthiri ku-^ to grow large, in-
crease.
TJmeldthiri kuzaa, it has borne
more than before.
Kiti, plur. viti, a cliair, a seat.

Kiti chafrasi, a saddle.
Kitimhi, plur. vitimbi, an artifice,

an artful trick.
Kitinda mimba, the last child a

woman will bear;
Kitindi. See Vitindi.
Kitisho, plur. vitisho, fear, a terrify-
ing thing.
Kititi, plur. vUiti, a hare, a rabbit,

a little thing (M.).
Kititi, to the full, entirely, alto-

irether, all at once.
Kititi cha hahari, the depths of the

soa.
Kititia, a child's windmill.
Kitiwanga, chicken-pox. The
natives say an epidemic of Jiiti- {
icanga, always precedes one of

small-pox. Also titiwanga, and
peihaps tete ya 'kicanga.
Kito, plur vito. a precious stone.
Kitolca (M.) = Kishoha,
Kitoma, plur. vitoma, a small round

pumpkin.
Kitoma, orchitis.
Kitone. plur. vitone, a drop.
Kitonga, hydrocele (?).
Kitongoji, a village.
Kitongotongo.

Kutjzama kitongofnngo, to glance
at contemptuously with half-
shut eyes.
Kitoria, a kind of edible fruit.
Kitofeo (M.) = Kichocheo.
Kitoto, plur. vitdto, a little child.
Kifovu, plur. vitnvu, the navel.
Kitoweo, plur. vitoweo, a relish, a
something to be eaten with the
rice or other vegetable food, such
as meat, fish, curry, &c.
Eitu, plur. vitu, a thing, especially
a tangible thing.
Si kitu, nothing, worthless.
Kitua, p^ur. vitua, the shade of a

tree, &c.
Kituko, startledness, fright.
Kitukuu, plur. vitukuuy a great

grandchild.
Kitulizo, plur. vitulizo, a soothing,

quieting thing.
Kitumhva. ydur. vitumhua, a sort <^f
cake or fritter made in Zanzibar.
Kitunda^ plur. vitunda, a chess

pawn.
Kitundwi, a water-jar [TumbatuJ.
Kitunga, plur. vitunga, a small

round basket.
Kitungu (?) a small round earthen

dish.
Kitungule, plur. vitungule, a hare or
rabbit (?).

KIT

KIW

Kitunguu, plur. vitunguu, an onion.

Kitunguu somu, garlic.

Kitungica, a small bird like a

sparrow.
Eituo, plur. vituo, an encampment,
a resting-place, a putting down.

Sana hituo, he is always gadding
about.
Kitupa, plur. vitupa, a little bottle,

a vial.
Kitutia.

£ahari ya Mtidia, a boiling sea,
deep and rough.
Kitica, plur. vitwa, the head.
Kiticangomba, a somersault.
KitwaMtwa, topsy-turvy.
Kitwana, plur. vitu-ana, a slave boy.
Kiu, thirst.

Kuwa na Mn, to be thirsty.

Kuona Mu, to feel thirst.
Kiua, plur. viua, an eyelet hole.
Kiuha Jiu-, to step over.
KiuTiia = Kiruhia.
^Kiuma, plur. viuma, a fork.
Kiuma mhuzi, a small dark-coloured

lizard.
Kiumbe, plur. viumhe, a creature,

created thing.
Kiumhizi, a peculiar way of beating

the drum ; the people sing the

while, Sheitani ndoo tupigane

fimho.
Kiunga, plur. viunga, a suburb, the
outskirts of a town.

Kiungani, near the town, in the
suburbs.
Kiungo, plur. viungo, a joint, — an

acid thing put into the mchuzi.
Kiunguja, the language of Zanzibar.
Kiungicana, the free or gentlemanly
sort.

Ta kiungicana, civilized, cour-
teo.s, becouiiag a free man.

Mwanamke tea Jciungwana, a lady.

KiunguHa, plur. viungulia, an eruc-
tation, a breaking of wind.

Kiuno, plur. viuno, the loins.

Kiunza, plur. viunza, the plank laid

over the body before the grave / /

is filled in. (Coffins are never P^^t-'^'*^
used.) "~

Eluwaji, murderous, deadly.

Eivi, the elbow.

Kivimha, plur. vivimha, the girth of
a tree, the circumference.

Kivimbi, a small swelling.

Kivu}:o, plur. vivuko, a ford, a ferry,
a crossing-place.

Kivuli, plur. vivuli, a shadow, a
shade, a ghost.

Eivumhazi, a strong-smelling herb
said to scare mosquitoes : wash-
ing in water in which it has been
steeped is said to be a preventive
of bad dreams.

Etvumho, lonely (?).

Elvumi, plur. vivumi, a roaring,
bellowing sound.

Eivyao — Eizao.

Eivyazi, birth.

Eiicamhaza, plur. viwambaza, a
mud and stud wall.

Eiwambo, something straint-d
tightly over a frame, like the
skin of a drum, a weaving frame.

Eiwanda, plur. viwandn, a work-
shop, a yard, a plot of land.

Eiicango, plur. tiicango, a number,
position in the world, duties be-
longing to one's position, a man's
place.

Eiicanja = Eiwanda.

Eiicao, a great feast [Tumbatu].

Eiwavi, plur. viwavij a nettle, a sea-
nettle.

Eiicavu chana (A.), ribs.

316

KI W

KOH

Kiloe, plur. viwe.

Kiive cha uso, a small kind of
pimple on the face.
Kiwele, an udder.
Kiicemhe, a pocket-knife.
Kiiceo (Bl.), thigh, lap.
Kiwete, loss of the use of the legs.
Kiwi, moon-blindness, a dazzle.

Kufanya Jciwi, to dazzle.
Kitci, plur. viici, a small stick, a

piece of wood, a bar.
Kiidlco.

Kiicilco cJia mlwno, the wrist.

Kiwilio cha mguu, the ankle.
Kiu-iliwili, the human trunk, the

body without the limbs.
Kiyama, the resurrection.
Kiyamhaza, a bulkhead, partition.

Also = Kiwambaza.
Kiyamho, neighbourhood, a village.
Kiza or Giza, darkness.

Kutia Mza, to darken, to dim.
Kizao, plur. vizao, a native, one

bom in the place.
Kizazi, plur. vizazi, a generation.
Kizee, diminutive of mzee, gene-
rally used of an old woman.
Kizibo, plur. vizibo, a stopper, a

cork.
Kizio, plur. vizio, half of an orange,

cocoa-nut, &c.
Kizimhi, plur. vizimhi, a cage.
Kizinda, a virgin.
Kizinja, plur. vizinga, a large log

half burnt.
Kizinjiti, threshold, the top and

bottom pieces of a door or window

frame, bar of a river.
Kizingo, turnings, curves of a river,

&c., (?) a buiial ground.
Kizingo, sharp shore sand used for

building.
Kiziici, plur. viziici, deaf.

Kizuio = Kizuizi.

Kizuizi, plur. vizuizi, a stop, a thing

which hinders or stays.
Kizuizo, plur. vizuizo, a hindrance.
Kizuha, plur. vizuJca, a kind of evil

spirit, a woman who is staying

in perfect secrecy and quiet

during the mourning for her

husband. See Ecla.
Kizungu, a European language.

Ya kizungu, European.
Kizunguzungu, giddiness.
Kizuri, beauty, a beauty.
KizusJii, an intruder.
Kizuu, plur. vizuu, a kind of evil

spirit, which kills people at the

order of its master.
Ko, -}co, -Ico, where, whither, whence.

Ko hole, whithersoever.
Koa, plur. mahoa, a snail.
Koa (plur. of Ukoa), the silver rings

on the scabliard of a sword, &c.,

plates of metal.
Kobe, a tortoise.
Koche, plur. malwche, the fruit of a

kind of palm.
Kodi, rent.
Kodolea ku-, to fix the eyes upon,

to stare.
Kofi, plur. makofi, the flat of the
hand.

Kupiga kofi, to strike with open
hand, to box the ears.

Kupiga makofi, to clap the hands.
Kofia, a cap.
Kdfila, a caravan.
Kofua, emaciated.
Koga = Kuoga.
Koliani, a small red fish like a

mullet.
Koho, a large bird of prey.
Kolioa, ku-, to cough.
Kolwzi, expectorated matter.

KOI

KON

317

Koikoi, plur. maJcoikoi, a sort of

evil spirit.
Koja, a gold ornament for the

neck.
Kojoa ku; to make water.
Koka = Kuoka.
Koka ku-, to set on fii-e.
Koko, plur. makoko, kernels, nuts,

stones of fruit.
Koko, plur. makoko, brushwood,
thickets, bushes.

Mbica koko, a homeless dog that
lives in the thickets and eats
carrion.
Kokomoka ku-, to vomit, to belch

out, blurt out.
Kokota ku-, to drag.

Kukokota roho, to breathe hard.
Kokoteza ku-, to do anything slowly

and carefully.
Kokoto, plur. makvkoto, a small

stone, a small piece of stone.
Kokwa, plur. makokwa, nuts, stones

of fruit.
Kolekole, a kind of fish.
Kolea ku-, to become well flavoured,

to get the right quantity of a

condiment.
Koleo, plur. makoleo, tongs.
Kologa ku-, to stir.
Eoma, plur. makoma, a kind of fruit.
Koma ku-, to cease, to leave ofi", to
end a journey, to arrive at a
destination.

Koma usije ! Come no further !
Komaa ku-, to be full grown.
Komaza ku-, to mock, to make game

of.
Komba, a galago.

Komba ku-, to scrape out, to clean
out.

Dafu la kukomba, a cocoa-nut in
which the nutty part is but just

forming, which is then reckoned
a delicacy.

Kukomba mtu, to get all his money,
to clean him out.
Kombamoyo, plur. makombamoyo.

one of the rafters of a thatched

roof.
Kombe, plur. makombe, a large dish.

Kombe la mkono (A.), the shoulder-
blade.

Kombe za pwani, oysters (?).
cockles (?), sea-shells.
Komheka ku-, to be cleaned out, to

have had all one's money got from

one.
Kombeo, a sling.
Kombo, plur. makombo, scraps,

pieces left after eating.
Kombo, a defect, crookedness.

Kutoa k'ombo, to notice a defect.
Komboa ku-, to ransom, to buy back.
Komboka ku-, to be crooked.
Kombokombo, crooked.
Kombora, a bomb, a mortar.
Kombozi, a ransom.
Konie, plur. makome, a pearl

oyster (?), a mussel (?), a shell.
Komea ku-, to fasten with a native

lock (Jcomeo).
Komeo, a kind of wooden lock.
Komesha ku-, to make to cease, to

put a stop to.
Komwe, plur. makomice, the seeds of

a large climbing plant abundantly

furnished with recurved thorns ;

they are used to play the game of

bao with.
Konda ku-, to grow thin and lean.
Kondavi, large beads worn by

women, as a belt round the loins.
Konde, a fist.

Kupiga moyo konde, to take heart,
to resolve firmly.

318

KON

KOR

Kondesha hu-, to make to grow lean.
Kondo, war (Merima).
Kondoa, a sheep [Lindi].
Kondoo, sheep.

Yuafa Jiikondoo, he dies like a
sheep, silently (which is high
praise).
Konga ku-, to grow old and feeble.
Kongoa hu-, to draw out nails, &c.,

to take to pieces.
Kongoea, Mombas.
Kongoja ku-, to walk witn difficulty,

to totter.
Kongolewa ku-, to be taken to pieces.
Kongomero, throat.
Kongoni = Kunguni.
Kong'otaj a sort of woodpecker,

black and yellow.
Kongica, a slave-stick.
Kongwe.

Kutoa kongwe, to lead off the solo
part of a song, in whicJi others
join in the chorus.

-kongwe, over-old, worn out with
age.
Kono, a projecting handle, like that

of a saucepan.
Konokono, a snail.
Konyeslia ku- = Eonyeza ku-.
Konyeza ku-, to make a sign by

raising the eyebrows.
Konzi, what can be grasped in the
hand, a fist full.

Kupiga konzi, to rap with the
knuckles.
Koo, plur. makoo, a breeding animal
or bird.

Koo la kuku, a laying hen.

Koo la mhuzi, a breeding goat.
Koo, plur. makoo, throat.
Koonde, plur. makoonde, cultivated

laud, fields, the piece of ashamha

allotted to a slave for his own i.se.

Konyoa ku-, to break off the cobs of

Indian corn.
Kojm, hearts, in cards.
Kopa, plur. makopa, a piece of dried

muhogo, which has been steeped

and cooked.
Ko2m ku-, to get goods on credit for

the purpose of trading with, to

cheat, to swindle.
Koiie, plur. of Ukope, the eyelashes.
Kope, plur. makopje, the wick of a

candle.
Kopesa ku-, to wink.
Kopesha ku-, to supply a trader with

goods on credit, to give on trust.

to lend.
Kopo, plur. makopo, a large metal

vessel, a spout.
Kopoa ku-, to drag out of one's

hand, = Chopoa ku-.
Kora ku-, to seem sweet to, to be

loved by.
Koradani, a sheave of a pulley.
Korija, a pucker in sewing. Also, a
Korja, a tcore. [score.

Koroana ku-, to steep in water.
Korofi, a bird of ill omen, a

messenger of bad luck.
Korofisha ku-, to ruin a man.
Koroga ku-, to stir, to stir up.
Koroma,-pluT. makoroma, a cocoa-nut

in its last stage but one, when the

nut is formed but has not yet its

full flavour. It has ceased to be

a dafu and is not yet a nazi.
Koroma ku-, to snore.
Korongo, a crane.
Korongo, plur. makorongo, a hole

dibbled for seed.
Kororo, a crested guinea-fowl,
Korosho, plur. makoroslio, cashew

nuts.
Koru, the waterbuck.

KOS

-KUB

319

Eosa hu-, to err, mistake, miss, go

wrong, do wrong, blunder.
Kosekana hu-, to be missed, not to

be there.
Eosesha hu-, to lead astray.
Kosudia hu-, to purpose, to intend,
= Kusudia.
Kota, plur. makota, the stalks of a

kind of millet which are chewed
Kota, a crook. [like sugar-cane.
Kota ku-.

Kukota mote, to warm oneself.
Kotama, a curved knife u^ed in

getting palm wine.
Kate, all. See -ate.
Kotekote, on every side.
Koto.

Kupiga koto (M.), to strike with
the knuckles.
Kavo, plur. makovo, scar.
Ka- or Ktc-.

1. The indefinite verbal prefix
answering to there in English.
Ku-likuwa, there was.
Ku-katanda, and there spread.

2. The sign of the infinitive.
Ku-piga, to strike.
Kw-enda, to go.

The infinitive may be used as a
substantive answering to the
English form in -ijig.

Kufa, dying, the act of death.

Kwenda, going.

The ku- of the infinitive is re-
tained by monosyllabic verbs,
and by some others in all
tenses in which the tense
prefix ends in an unaccented
syllable.

3. The prefix proper to adjectives,
pronouns, and verbs agreeing
with infinitives used as sub-
stantives.

Kufa kicetu kicema kutampendeza,
our good deaths will please him.

4. The prefix proper to pronouns
agreeing with substantives in
the locative case (-ni), where
neither the being or going
inside, nor mere nearness, is
meant.

Enenda nyumhani kicangu, go to
my house.

Ziko kwetu, there are in our pos-
session, at our place.

5. In a few words a prefix signi-
fying locality,commonly so used
in other African languages, but
generally represented in Swa-
hili by the case in -ni.

Kuzimu, among the dead, in the
-ku-. [grave.

1. The sign of the negative past
always preceded by some nega-
tive personal prefix.

Sikujua, I did not know.
Hazikufaa, they were of no use.

2. The objective prefix denoting
the second person singular.

Nakupenda, I love thee, or you.
Alikupa, he gave thee, or you.
Sikukujua, I did not know you.

3. The objective prefix referring
to infinitives of verbs, or to
huku, there.

Kua ku-, to grow, to become large.
-kuha or -kubwa, great, large.
Kuhali ku, to accept, assent to,

acknowledge, approve.
Kuhalika ku-, to be accepted, to be

capable of acceptance.
Kubalisha ku-, to make to accept.
Euhha, a vaulted place.
-kubwa, large, great, elder, chief.

It makes kubwa with nouns like

nyumha.

T 2

320

KUC

KUM

Kucha, or Kumehucha, the dawn.

Usiku Jcucha, all uight.
Kuchua Tiu-.
Kamha imejikucliua, the rope has
worn away, chafed, stranded.
Kufuli, a padlock.
Kufuru ku; to become an infidel,

to apostatize.
Kufuru hu-, to mock, to deride.
Kiguni,t]ie hartebeest (boselaphus).
Kuke. See -ke.
Mkono wa kuke, the left hand.
Kukeni, on the female side.
Kuko, yonder, to yonder.

Kwa kuko, beyond, on yon side.
Kuku, a hen, a fowl, fowls, poultry.
Kuku na liuku, backwards and for-
wards.
-kukuu, old, worn out. It makes

kukuu with nouns like nyumha.
Kulahu, a hook to steady work with.
Kule, there, far oif, yonder.
Kulee, yonder, very far oif. As the
distance indicated increases the
e is more dwelt on, the voice
raised to a higher and higher
falsetto.
Kulekule, there, just there.
Kulia ku-, to become great for, to

become hard to.
Kuliko, where there is or was.
Kulikoni'i Where there is what

= why ? (T^I.).
Kuliko, is used in the ordinary way
of expressing the comparative.
Mwema kuliko huyu, good where
this man is, and therefore
better than he. Because if a
quality becomes evident in any-
thing by putting some other
thing beside it, the first must
possess the quality in a higher
degree than the other.

Kiilla, often pronounced killa, every,
each one.

Kululu, nothing at all.

Nikapatakululu = Sikupataneno.

Kululu, tiger cowries, Cyprsea tigris.

Kulungu, a sort of antelope.

Kuma, the vagina.

Kumha ku-, to push against, to take
and sweep off the whole of any-
thing, e.g. to clear water out of a
box, to bale a boat.

Kumbatia ku-, to embrace, to clasp.

Kumbatiana ku-, to embrace (of two
persons).

Kumhe ? What ? An expression of
surprise used especially when
something turns out otherwise
than was expected, commonly
joined with a negative verb.

Kumhi (Mer.), circumcision.

Anaingia kumhini, he is being
circumcised.

Kumhi, plur. makumhi, cocoa-nut
fibre, the husk of the cocoa-nut
and the fibrous mass out of which
the leaves grow. Also, at Mgao,
gum copal.

Kumhikumbi, ants in their flying
stage.

Kumbisha ku-, to push off upon, to
lay upon some one else.

Kumhuka ku-, to think of, to remem-
ber, to ponder over, to recollect.

Kumbukumbu, a memorial, a men-
tion.
Kumbura, an explosive shell.
Kumbusha ku-, to remind.
Kumbwaya, a kind of drum stand-
ing on feet.
Kumekuclia, there is dawn, tU

dawn.
Kumi, plur. makumi, ten.
Kumoja, on one side.

KUM

KUN

321

Kumpuni, plur. maJcumpuni, a per-
son who has obtained full know-
ledge of his trade.
Kumunta ku- (Mer.), to shake out

or off.
Kumunto, a sieve of basket-work.
Kumutiha ku-, to desire (?).
Kumvi, husks and bran of rice.
Kuiia, there is,

Kunaye, depending upon him.
Kunani ■? What is the matter ?
Kuna kwambaje ? What da you
say? [Tumbatu].
Kuna ku-, to scratch.
Kunakucha, there is dawning, the

dawning.
Kunazi, a small edible fruit.
Kunda ku- (M.) = Kunja ku-.
Kunda, plur. makunda, a green

vegetable like spinach.
Kundaa ku-, to be short and small

of stature.
Kundamana ku- = Kunjamanaku-.
Kunde, beans, haricot beans,
Kundi, plur. makundi, a crowd, a

herd, many together.
Kundua ku-, to please (?).
-kundufu, giving pleasm-e.

Nyumba ni kundufu, the house

is commodious.
Muungu ni mkundufu, God is the
giver of all good things.
Kunduka ku-, to grow larger, to
open.
Moyo umekunduka, he is gratified
(N.).
Kun<ja ku-, to hem.
Kunga, cleverness, clever.

Kazi haifai ilia kwa kunga, it
wants to be done cleverly.
Kungali.

Kungali na mapema hado, while
it is yet early.

Kungu, mist, fog.
Kungu manga, a nutmeg.
Kunguni, a bug.

Kunguru, a crow, a bird a little
larger than a rook, black, with
a white patch on the shoulders
and round the neck : it feeds on
carrion.
Kung'uta ku-, to shake off, to shake

out.
Kung'uto, plur. makung'uto, a sort
of basket used as a sieve or
strainer.
Kuni, firewood. The singular,
ukuni, means one piece of fire-
wood.
Kunia ku-, to scrape or scratch

with, or for.
Kunia ku-, to raise the eyebrows in

contempt.
Kuniita, telling me to come.
Kunja ku-, to fold, to wrap up. to
furl.
Kiikunja uzi, to wind thread.
Kujikunja, to flinch, to shrink.
Kukunja uso or Kukunja vipaji,
to frown, to knit the brows.
Kunjana ku-, to fold together, to

dwindle, to wrinkle.
Kunjamana ku-.

Uso unakunjamana, his face is
sad, sour, and frowning,
Kunjia ku-, to fold for, to wrap up

for, to crease.
Kunjika ku-, to become folded or

doubled up, to be creased.
Kunjua ku-, to unfold.

Kukunjua miguu, to stretch one's
legs.
Kunjuka ku-, to become unfolded,

to spread over.
KunjuUwa ku-, to be open and un-
folded.

322

K UN

KWA

Kunrathi, don't be offended, excuse
me, pardon me.

Kunu alamu, be it known.

Kunya Jcu-, to ease oneself. See
Nya.

Kimyata hu-, to draw together.
Kujikunyata, to draw oneself to- j
gether, to shrink. I

Kunyua Tiu- or Kunyula Tcu-, to |
touch secretly (with a scratching
motion) by way of signal or of
calling attention privately, to
make a scratch on the skin. !

Kupaa. See Makupaa.

Kupe, a tick, a cattle tick. \

Kupua hi-, to shake sometliing off
one's dress, out of one's hand,
&c.

Kura, the lot.
Kupiga hura, to cast lota.

Kuru, a sphere, a ball.

Kuruhia Tcu-, to come near to.
Nalihuruhia, &c., had a good
mind to, &c.

Kurumhizi, a small yellow bird,
very inquisitive : they say if he
sees a man and woman talking
together, he cries, " Mtu anasema
na mume."

Kusa Jcu, to make to grow.

Kusanya ku-, to collect, gather, as-
semble.

Kusanyana ku-, to gather together.

Kusanyika ku-, to be gathered, to
assemble.

Kushoto, on the left.

Mkono wa kushoto, the left hand,

Kusi, the southerly winds which
blow from May till October.
Ku^ini, in the diiection of the
Kusi, southerly.

Kusndi, plur. makasudi, purpose,
design.

Kusudia ku-, to purpose, to intend.

Kuta, plur. of Ukuta, walls.

Kuta ku-, to meet with, to see, to

find, to come upon.
Kutana ku-, to come together, to

meet, to assemble.
Kutanika ku-, to become assembled.
Kutanisha ku-, to bring together, to

assemble.
Kutu, rust.
Kutuka ku-, to be startled, to be

suddenly frightened.
Kutusha ku-, to startle, to alarm

suddenly.
-kuu, great, chief, noble. Kuu refers
more to figurative, kuhica to
physical greatness. It makes
kuu with nouns like nyumba.

Ana makuu, he is vain.
Kuume. See -ume.

Mkono wa kuume, the right hand.

Kuumeni, on the male side.
Kuvtili.

Mkono ica kuvuli, the right hand.
Kuwa, to be, to become (?). See

Wa.
Kuicadi, also Kawadi, a procuress

(Mtu anayewatoncjoslia icatii).
Kuwili, twice over, in two ways.
-kuza, large, full grown.
Kuza ku-, to make bigger.
Kuza, to sell. See Uza.
Kuzi, an earthen water bottle larger

than a guduivia, with a handle

or handles and a narrow neck.
Kuzikani, a funeral.
Kuzimu, in the grave, under the

earth.
Kw-. See Ku-.
Kwa, ^yi\h., as an instrument,

through, to a person, to or at

the place where any one lives;

for, on account o£

K W A

KWE

323

Eica *ngi (?), generally.

Kwa, of, after verbs in the infini-
tive used as nouns, and after the
case in -ni.

Kicaa TiU; to strike the foot, to
stumble.

Kicaje? how?

Kwahe, to him, with him, to or at
his or her house; his, her, or
its, after a verb in the infinitive
used as a substantive, or the
case in -ni.

Kwako, to thee or with tliee, to or
at thy place, your, thy, of thee
or you, after verbs in the infini-
tive used as a noun, and after the
case in -ni.

Kicale, a partridge (?).

Kwama Jcu-, to become jammed, to
stick.

ivu'am&a, saying (?}, if, as if, though,
Ya Jcwamba, that. [that.

Kwamisha Jcu-, to jam, to make to
stick in a narrow place.

Kwamua hu-, to unjam, to free, to
clear.

Kwangu, to or at my house, to or
with me, my, of me, after the
infinitives of verbs used as sub-
stantives, and after the case in
-ni.

Kioangua Jcu-, to scrape up, to scrape
one's shoos, &c.

Kwani for, because, wherefore, for
why.

Kwanua Jcu-, to split down, to tear
down, to break.

KwanyuJca Jcu-, to be split down
like the boughs and branches of
a tree, which some one has been
trying to climb by them.

Kwanza, beginning, at first, for-
merly.

Ta Jcwanza, first, the first.
Ngoja Jcwanza, wait a bit.
Kioao, plur. maJcwao, a stumble, a

stumbling-block.
Kwao, to or with them, at or to
their place ; their, of them, after
verbs in the infinitive u^sed as
nouns, and after the case in -ni.
Kwapa, plur. maJcwapa, the arm-
pit.
Kwapani, under the armpit. The
people of the African coast
wear their swords by a strap
over the left shoulder only ; the
sword hangs under the armpit,
and is said to be Jcwapani.
Kicaruza Jcu-, to scrape along, to slip

with a scrape.
Kicata, or Kicato, a hoof.

Kupiga Jcicata, to strike the hoof,
to strike with the hoof.
Kxcatu, a horseshoe (?).
Kicayo, a stumbling-block.
Kwaza Jcu-, to make to stumble.
KuJcwaza meno, to jar the teeth
like grit in food.
Kwea Jcu-, to ascend, go up, climb.
Kiveli, true, the truth.

Ya Jewell, true. *

Kwelu = Kweu.

I Kwema, good, well, it is well there.
j Eweme, the seed of a gourd, very
I rich in oil.

' Kwenda, to go. See Enda, going.
Eicenda, perhaps.

Eicenu, with you, to or at your
place, your, of you, after verbs in
the infinitive used as nouns or
after the case in -ni.
i Eicenyi, till, since, up to the time of,
i from the time of.
j Eicepa Jcu-, to start out of the way.
: Eweta Jcu-t to raise.

324

K WE

LAD

Kicetu, to or with us, to or at our

place, our, of us, after a verb in

the infinitive used as a noun, and

after the case in -wt.
Kweu, clear.
Kioewpe, white. See -eupe.

Kuna Tiioeupe, grey dawn.
Kiceza 7im-, to make to go up, to drag

up a boat out of the water.
Kweza Im-, to bid up an article at
an auction.

Kukweziva, to have things made
dear to one by others bidding
them up.
Kwiba. See Iha hu-, stealing, to

steal.
Kuiihana, robbing one another.
Kwikive, hiccup.

Kwikwe ya hulia, sobs.
Kwisha. See Isha ku-, ending, to

end.
KwOj which.

L.

L is pronounced as in English.

L is not distinguished from r
m African languages of the same
family -as Swahili. The distinction
becomes important in Swahili on
account of the Arabic words which
have been incorporated into it.
Thus—

Mahali, means a place, but
Mahari a dowry.

Waredl means a rose, but Waledi
a youth. Slaves, however, fre-
quently confound even these.

When r can be used for I, it has a
light smooth sound, as in English.

There is a latent I sound between
every two consecutive vowels in
Swahili and at the beginning of

some verbs, which appears in their
derivatives and in other African
languages : thus the common pas-
sive of kufungua is kufunguliwa.

So far is this disposition to drop
an Z carried, that even kuleta, to
bring, is in old Swahili eta. It is
characteristic of the Merima dialect
to retain these Vs.

L and u are sometimes appa-
rently interchanged.

Mlango, a door, is vulgarly pro-
nounced Mivango.

Ufalme, a kingdom, may be
written TJfaume.

In these cases, however, both
forms are probably contractions
from Midango and Ufcdume.

L becomes d after «, and is some-
times confounded with d in inexact
pronunciation.

Ndume = Nlume or Nume, male.

L- or li-, the prefix proper to pro-
nouns and verbs governed by
words in the singular, of the
class which make their plural
in ma-.

La, no.

La ku-, to eat, to consume, to wear
away, to take a piece in chess, &c.
The ku-, bears the accent and is
retained in the usual tenses. The
passive of kula is kuliwa.

Laabu ku-, to play, to sport with.

Laana, plur. malaana, a curse.

Laani ku-, to curse, to damn.

Laanisha ku-, to bring a curse upon.

Ldbeka = Lebeka.

Lahuda, perhaps.

Ladu, sweet cakes composed of trea-
cle, pepiDer, and flour or semsem
seed, made up into balls.

LAG

LET

325

Laghai, a rascnl. Also Eagai.
Laika, plur. malaika, one of the

hairs of the hand or arm.
Laini, smooth, soft.
Lainisha hu-, to make smooth or

soft.
Laiti! Would that! Oh that!

expressing regret at something

past.
Lake or Lakwe, his, hers, its. See
Laki ku; to go to meet. [-ake.

Lakini, but, however.
Lakki, a hundred thousand, a lac.
Lako, thy. See ako.
Lola ku-, to sleep, to lie down.

Nyumba imelala inclii, the house
is fallen flat on the ground.
Lalama ku-, to confess, to cry for

mercy ; used of extorted confes-
sions.
Lalamika ku-, to be made to cry

out, to be quite beaten, to shout,

to scream.
Lalika ku-, to be slept upon,
Lalika ku- = Alika ku-, to inform,

announce to.
Lami, pitch or tar.
Lana ku-, to eat one another.
Landa ku-, to be equal with.
Langu, my. See -angu.
Lao, their. See -ao.
Laomu ku-, to blame. Also Lau-

mu.
Lapa ku-, or Baj^ia ku-, to be ra-
venously hungry.
Launi, sort, species, form.
Laumu ku-, to blame.
Laioa ku-, to come from (Mer.).
Lawana ku-, to blame, to scold.
Laza ku-, to lay down, to lay at its
length.

Knjilaza, to lie down.
Ldzim, of necessity.

Lazima, surety, bail, necessity.
Lazimisha ku-, to compel.
Lazimu ku-, to be obligatory upon.
-le, his, hers, or its.
Lea ku-, to bring up.

Ameleioa vema, he is well bred.
Lebeka, the humble manner of re-
plying when called, often short-
ened into Ehhe, or even Bee.
Legea ku-, &c., &c. See Regea ku-,

&c., &c.
Lekea ku-, to be opposite to, to tend

to.
Lekeza ku-, to put opposite to.

Kulekeza hunduki, to level a gun
at.
Lekezana ku-, to agree, come to an

agreement.
Lelam, by auction.
Lelimama, a dance to the music

made by beating buffalo horns.
Lema or Dema, a kind of fish-trap.
Lemaa, disfigurement.

Mwenyi lemaa, disfigured by dis-
ease.
Lembuka ku-, to be weak, limp.
Lemea ku-, to oppress, to lie heavy

upon, to overburden.
Lengelenge, plur. malengelenge, a

blister.
Lenu, your. See -enu.
Lenyi. See -enyi.

Bakuli lenyi mayayi, a basin with
eggs in it.
Leo, to-day.
Leppe, drowsiness, dozes, snatches

of sleep.
Leso, a handkerchief.

Leso ya kufutia kamasi, a pocket-
handkerchief.
Leta ku-, to cause to arrive at the

place where the speaker is, to

bring, to send, to fetch.

326

LET

LIN

Letea hu-, to briug or send to or for
a person.
Kuletewa, to have brought or sent
to one.
Letu, our. See -etu.
Levuka ku-, to get sober.
Levya ku-, to intoxicate.

Kujilevya, to make oneself in-
toxicated, to get drunk.
Levyalevya ku-, to be giddy.
Lewa ku-, to become drunk.
Lervalewa ku-, to swing or sway

about like a drunken man.
Li, it is.

Li- or Z-, the prefix proper to pro-
nouns and verbs governed by a
singular noun of the class which
makes its plural in ma-,
-li-, 1. The objective prefix repre-
senting a singular noun of the
class which makes its plural in
ma-, governed by the verb to
which it is prefixed.

2. -li-, or -ali-, the sign of that
past tense which denotes an
action complete in past time.

3. -li- sometimes represents the
substantive verb, as in aliye, he
who is ; nikali, and I am ; ali,
he is, or he being.

Lia ku-, to breed (M.).
Lia ku-, to eat for, &c.

Chumha cha kulia, a room to eat

in.
Mkono wa kulia, right hand, being
the only one ever used to eat
with.
Lia ku-, to cry, to weep, to cry fmt ;
applied to the cries of animals
generally. Also, to give a
sound.
Kulia ngoa, to weep for jealousy.
Lialia wazi, it sounds hollow.

Lihasi, clothes.

Liclia, whether it be, though.

Liliamu, solder.

Lihani, a cloth of a particular

Lijamu, a horse's bit. [pattern.

Lika ku-, to be eaten, to become

worn away, to be eatable.
Likiza ku-, to dismiss, to give leave
to go, to release.
j Liko, plur. maliko, a landing-place.
Lilia ku-, to weep for, to cry about.
Lima ku-, to cultivate, to hoe.
Lima, the feast made by the bride-
groom on the first day of the
wedding.
j Liniao, plur. malimao, a lemon.
I Limxitia ku-, to delay, to loiter ('A.).
Limhika ku-, to leave till it is fit, to
wait for fruit till it is ripe, or for
water till it is collected in the
dipping hole, to put aside till it
is fit.
Lhnhuka ku-, to taste the first of a

new crop.
Limhusha ku-, to bring to be tasted.
Limiza ku-, to make to hoe, &c.
Linalokuja, which is coming.
Linda ku-. to guard, to watch, to
keep.
KuUnda ndege^ to scare birds from
corn, &c.
Lindi, plur. malindi, a pit, a deep

place.
Lindo, a watching place.
Linga ku-, to swing the head round

in dancing,
Linga ku-, to make to match, or to

be level.
Lingana ku-, to match, to be level
with or like one another.
i Lingana ku-, to call, to invite (A.).
Linganisha ku-, to make to match,
to compare together.

Liy

M

^327

Lini f "VMien ?

Linyi = Lenyi.

Lipa ku-, to pay (a debt).

Lipia Jcu-, to pay (a person).

Lipiza Jiu-, to cause to be paid.
Kujilipiza, to take one's due, to

repay oneself.
Kujilipiza kasasi, to avenge one-
self, to take one's revenge.

Lisani, a piece of cloth put in
behind an opening, a flap to
obviate the effect of gaping at the
fastening, a tongue. See Kanzu.

Lisha Jcu-, to feed.

Lishisha kit-, to cause to be fed, to
cause people to give one food.

Liica ku-, to be eaten, to be worn
away, to be consumed.

Liica, a fragrant wood from Mada-
gascar, wiiich is ground up and
used as a cosmetic, and as an
application to cure prickly heat;
Madagascar sandal wood.

Liicali, plur. maliwali, for Al Walt,

Liza ka-, to sell to. [a governor.

Liza ku-, to make to weep.

Lizana ku-, to make one another
weep, to cry together.

-Zo, thy, your.

Lo, -lo; or -lo, which, representing
a singular noun of the class
which makes its plural in 7na.
Lo lote, whatsoever.
Hakufanya lo lote, he has done
nothing at all {neno under-
stood).

Loa ku-, to get wet with rain, &c.

Loga ku-, to bewitch, to practise
magic Mer.;

Lo or Loo ! Hullo ! An exclamation
of surprise; the number of o's
increases in proportion to the
amount of surprise.

Lote, all. See -ote.

Lo lote, whatsoever.
Lozi, an almond.
Luanga, a kind of bird.
Luha, a leech.
Lugha, language.
Lulu, a pearl.

Lumha ku-, to make a speech.
Lumhika ku-, to gather little by

little, to pick up small pieces one

by one.
Lumbwi, a chameleon (?).
Lutlitha, flavour, savour.
Luva, sandal wood (?).

M.

Mia pronounced as in English.

M before h generally represents
an n. Mb stands sometimes for
lib, Sia nyumba mbaya, for nyumba
n-baya; sometimes it represents mo
or nv, as mbingu for n-wingu.

M is frequently either followed
by w or u, or else has a sort of semi-
vowel power, as if preceded by a
half-suppressed w.

The natives of Zanzibar very
rarely say mu ; they change it into
um or rather 'm. Even Mivenyiezi
Muungu, Almighty God, becomes
'Mnyezimngu.

It is important to write *m, and
not m only, where it represents mu
if a & or 10 follow, because otherwise
the in might be supposed to coalesce
with them. Ifany other consonants
follow, it is immaterial, for m must
then always stand for mu, and be
capable of being pronounced as a
separate syllable.

Any verb may be turned into a
substantive by prefixing 'm or mw

328

M-

MAA

to mean one who does, &c., followed
immediately by the object of the
verb or the thing done. The last
letter is sometimes changed into i
and liji is added to the substantive
it gets the sense of one who habit-
ually does what the verb signifies.

M-, 'm, mu; or mw-, sign of the
second person plural prefixed to
verbs.
M-, 'm, mu, or mic-, the singular
prefix of those nouns which
jnake their plural in ica-, if they
denote animate beings, or in mi-,
if they do not.
M-, 'm-, mu; or mw-, the prefix
proper for adjectives agreeing
with a singular substantive de-
noting an animate being, or with
any substantive beginning with
mu-, *m-. mw-, or u-.
-m-, -*m-, or -mw-, the objective
prefix referring to a singular
substantive denoting an animate
being.
M-, mu-, or mic-, the prefix proper to
pronouns governed by the case in
-ni, when it denotes within or in-
side of.
Ma-, the sign of the plural prefixed
to substantives (and to adjec-
tives agreeing with them)
which have either no prefix
in the singular or begin with j-
oxji-.
All words intended to denote
something specially great of
its kind make theii" plural in
Via-.
Foreign words denoting a person,
or an ofiSce, make their plural
in ma-. In the vulgar dialect

of Zanzibar nearly all foreign
words are made plural by pre-
fixing ma-.
Many plural nouns in ma- must be
translated as though they were
singulars, the true singular
being used only to denote some
one exceptionally large or im-
portant instance.
When followed by an i or e, the a
of ma coalesces with it and
forms a long e sound.
-ma-. See -we-.
Maaddm, while, during the time,

when.
Maadin = Madini.

Maadin ya Tdmjwa, what rises
into the mouth without inter-
nal cause, water-brash.
Maafikano, bargain, estimate, es-
teem.
Maagano, contract, agreement,

covenant.
Maagizo, commission, direction, re-
commendation.
Maahuli, diet. food.
Maalum, fixed, recognizable = Mli-

chotamhulihana.
Maana, meaning, reason, cause,
sake.
Eutia maanani, to remember,
think about.
Maandasl, biscuits, cakes, &c., also

pastry, preserves,
illoanc? «7t-o, writing, place for putting
out food, the act of spreadinsr a
meal, a description, things writ-
ten.
Maandishi, things which are writ-
ten, put out, set in order, &c.
Maanguko, ruin, fall, ruins.
Maa^mzi, judgment.
Maarifa, knowledge.

M AA

M AH

329

Maaruf, understood, I understand.
Maasi, rebellion.
Maazal^ while.
Maazimo, a loan.
Mabaya, bad. See haya.
Mabakia, the remnant, what is or

was left.
MabicM, raw. See -bicM.
Mabiwi, heaps, piles of sticks and

rubbish. See Biici-.
Mabovu, rotten. See -ovu.
Maehache, few. See -chache.
Machela, a litter, a palanquin.
Machezo, a game, games.
Macho (sing, jicho), eyes.
Yu macho, he is awake.
Macho ya watu icaicili, or Mazitca
ya icatuwawili, dragon's blood.
Macho ya jua, the sun-rising,
east.
Machukio^ hatred, abomination, dis-
gust.
Machica ya jua, the sun-setting,

west.
Madaha, a graceful manner.
Madanganya, deception, trick.
Madaraha, arrangements, provision.
Madefu, beard.
Madevu, a kind of rice.
Madifu, the fibrous envelope of the

cocoa-nut leaves,
Madini, metal, a mine.
Madoadoa, spotted.
Madogovi, a kind of drumming, &c. ,

used in exorcisms.
Maficho, concealment.
Mafu, death, dead things.
Maji mafu, neap tides.
Mafua, a chest complaint causing
a cough, a cold in the head, a
stoppage in the nose.
Mafundisho, instruction, precept,
direction.

; Mafundo, cross-btaras in a dhow, to
steady the mast, &c.

Mafungulia, unfastening.

Mafungtdia ng'ombe, about 8 a.m.

Mafupi, short. See -fupi.

Ma/usho, steam from a pot of ma-
jani, used as a vapour-bath in
fever, &c.

Mafuta, oil, fat.

Mafuta ya uta, semsem oil.
Mafuta ya mbariha, castor oil.

Mafuu, crazy, cracked.

Mufya, Monfia.

Mafya (smg.jifya), the three stones
used to put a pot over the fire
upon.

Magadi, rough soda.

Magamba, scales of a fish.

Maganda, peel, husks.

Magarasa, 8, 9, and 10 in cards
(not used in playing).

Mageuzi, changes.

Maghofira, remission of sins.

Maghrebbi, or Magaribi, or Ma-
7?<7aribi, sunset, the sunset prayers
of the Mohammedans, the west,
Morocco.

Maghrib ayuh, N.W.

Maghrib ahrab, S.W.

Maghuba, the winding of a stream.

Mago. See Kago.

Magongonene. See Kanzu.

Magugu, weeds, undergrowth.

Magundalo, an instrument of tor-
ture, in which the victim is sus-
pended, and weights being at-
tached to him, he is jerked up

^and down. Used for extracting
evidence.

Mahaba, love, fondness.

Mahala or Mahali, place, places.
Mahali pa, in place of, instead of.
Mahali pate, everywhere.

330

MAH

M AK

Mdhana (Ar.), excessive worry.
Maharazi, a shoemaker's awl,
Mahari, dowry paid by the liusband

to the wife's relations.
Mahati, a carpenter's tool used for

marking lines to a measure.
Mahazamu, a shawl worn round the

waist.
Mahindi, Indian corn, maize.
Mahiri, clever, quick.
MaholM, devil, evil spirits, madness.
Maisha, life, continuance.

Maisha na milele, now and for
ever.
Haiti = Mayiti, a dead body, a

corpse.
Mnjahaha, dock for ships.
Majana (?), honeycomb.
Majani, grass. The singular,Jon«,
means a leaf.

Bangi ya majani, green.

Majani ya picani, gra<s wort,
samphire (?).
Majaribu or Majeribu, trial, tempta-
tion.
Majazo, reward.
Majengo, building materials.
Majeribu = Majaribu.
Majeruhi, wounded.
Maji, water, liquid, juice, sap.

3Iaji maji, wet.

Kama maji, fluently.

Maji kujaa na kupu:a, the tides.

Maji ya pepo, Maji ya baridi
Maji matamu, fresh water.

Maji mafu, neap-tides.

3Iaji a baliari, blue, sea-water
colour. ^

Maji a moto, hot water, a large
yellow kind of ant which makes
its nest in trees.
Majibu, an answer.
Majilio, coming, or mode of coming.

Majilipa, revenge.

Majira, time.

Mdjira, course of a ship.

Majonsi, grief for a loss.

Majori, an elder.

Majuni, a cake made of opium, &c.,

very intoxicating.
Majutio, regret, sorrow for some-
thing done.
Majuto, regret, repentance.
Mahaa, coal, coals, embers.

Makaa ya miti, charcoal.
Makalalao, cockroaches ; applied in

derision to the Malagazy colony

in Zanzibar.
Malcali, fierce. See -halt.
Makanadili, places in the stern of

native craft, the quarter galleries

of a dhow.
Makani, dwelling, dwelling-place.
Mukao, dwelling, dwelling-place.
Makasi, scissors.

Makatazo, prohibition, objections.
Makatibu, agreement.
Makavu, dry. See -kavu.
Makazi, dwelling.
Makengeza, squinting, a squint.
Maki, thickness.

Nguo ya maki, stout cloth.
Makimbilio, refuge, place to run to.
Makindano, objections.
Makini, leisure, quietness.
Makiri, a thumb-cleat in the side of

a dhow.
Makosa, fault, faults, mistakes, sins.
Makoza (obscene) testicles.
J^aksai, a bullock, castrated.
Makuhwa or Makuu, great. See

-kubwa and -kuu.
Makukuu, old. See -kukuu.
Mdkuli, diet.

Makulya, food [Tumbatu].
Makumbi, cocoa-nut fibre.

MAK

MAN

331

Mdkumhi ya popoo, areca-nut

husk.
Mdkumhi ya usumha, cocoa-fibre
cleaned for mattresses, &c.

Makumi, tens.

Makumi mawili, twenty.

Makupaa, the sheaves at the mast-
head of a dhow, through which
the henza leads.

Makiisanyiko, place of assembly,
assembly.

Makusudi, purpose, design, on pur-
pose, designedly.

Makutano, assemblage.

Makuti, leaves of the cocoa-nut tree.
Makuti ya viungo, leaflets made

up for thatching.
Makuti ya kumha, leaves plaited

for fences.
Makuti ya pande, half leaves
plaited for fences or roofs.

Makwa, the notching and shaping
at the end of a pole to receive
the wall-plate of a house.

Malaika (plur. of Laika), the hair
on the hands and arms.

Malaika, an angel, angels. A baby
is often called malaika.

Malaki or Malki, a king.

Malalo, sleeping-place.

Malazi, things to lie upon.

Malazie — Marathie.

Malele, orchilla weed.

Malelezi, changes of the rnonsoon,
time of the easterly and westerly
winds.

Malenga, a singer.

Mali, goods, property, riches. Pro-
perly a singular noun making
no change for the plural, but
treated sometimes as a plural in
ma-.

MaUdadi, a dandy.

Maliki ku-, to begin a building, a
boat, or a house.

Malimo, master, navigator. In the
canoes on the Zambezi the steers-
man is called malimo.

Malimwengu, business, affairs, mat-
ters of this life.

Malindi, Melinda.

Malio ya kiko, the bubbling sound
of the water when a native pipe is
being smoked.

Maliza ku-, to complete, to finish,

Malki or Malaki, a king.

Malkia, a queen.

Mama, mother.

Mama wa kamho, stepmother.

Mamha, a crocodile.

Mamha, the scales of a fish (M.).

Mambo, circumstances, affairs,
tLiugs (plur. of Jamho).

Mamiye (Mer.), his mother.

Mamlaka, power, authority, domi-
nion.

Mamoja, ones, same.

Mamoja pia, it is all one, I don't
care.

Mana = Mwana,

Manamize, a name for a hermit
crab.

Manane.

Usiku wa manane, the dead of
night.

Manda, a loaf.

Mandasi, a pudding. See Maan-
da si.

Manemane, myrrh.

Maneno, language, message, busi-
ness, matters, things (plur. of
Neno).
Maneno ya fumha, dark sayings.
Maneno ya Eiunguja, &c.. the
language of Zanzibar, &c.

Manga. Arabia.

332

MAN

MAR

Mangaribi, sunset. See Maghrehbi.

3Iangi, many. See -ngi.

Mangiri or Marikiri, a cross-piece

at the bows of a dhow for fastening

the tack of the sail.
Mango, a round hard black stone

used to grind with.
Mang'ung'um, secretly, in fearful

expectation.
Mani (obscene), semen.
Mani, a weight, about three rattel.
Manjano, turmeric.

Bangi a manjano, yellow.
ManMri. See Mangiri.
Manoleo(&mg. noZeo), the ring where

the blade of a knife issues from

the handle.
Manuka, smell, scent.
ManuJcato, scent, good smells.
Manyang'amba, flour balls in a

sweet sauce.
Manyiga, a hornet.
Manyoya, feathers of a bird, hair of

a goat.
Manyunyo, a shower, a sprinkle.
Maomboleza, loud wailing.
Maomvi, begging.
Maondi, taste.

Maondoleo, removing, taking away.
Maongezi, conversation, amusement.
Maongo, the back.
Maonji, tasting, trying.
Maoteo, growth from old mtama

stools.
Maotwe, Mayotte.
Mapalilo, hoeing-up time, hoeing

between the crops.
Mapana, broad. See -pana.
Mapatano, agreement, conspiracy.
Mapema, early.
Mapendano, mutual affection.
Mapendezi, pleasing things, the

being pleased.

Mapendo, affection, esteem.

Mapenzi, liking, affection, pleasure,
love, things which are loved.

Mapepeta, a preparation of imma-
ture rice.

Ma-pigano, a figbt, a battle.

Mapiswa, silliness, dotage.

Mapoza, remedy, healing things.

Mapooza, things which do not serve
their purpose, fruit which drops
prematurely.

Mapululu, the wilderness.

Mapumbu, testicles, the scrotum.

Mara, a time, sometimes, at once.
Mara moja, once, at once.
Mara mbili, twice.
Mara ya pili, the second time.
Mara nyingi, often.
Mara kwa mar a, from time to

time.
Mara ngapi^ how many times,
how often ?

Maradufu, double.

Marahaba, thanks, very well, wel-
come.

Marakaralta, chequered, spotty.

Maraaharasha, a sprinkle, sprink-
ling.

MarasM, scents.

Maraslii maivaridi or ya mzomari,
rose-water.

Marathi, disease, sickness.

Marathie, sociable.

Sina kiburi, maratliie mimi, I am
not above fraternizing.

Marefu, long. See -refu.

Maregeo, return, reference.

Mareliemu, that has obtained mercy,
deceased.

Marejeo, return.

Marfua, a desk, book-rest.

Marimba = Marahaba.

Marhamu, ointment.

MAR

MAT

30(

Marigeli, a large pot.

Marijani,xed coral, imitation coral,
gum copal.
Marijani ya fethdluka, the true
red coral.

Marika, a person of the same age.

Marika, Merka, a town on the So-
mauli coast.

Marikabu = Marikehu = Mtrikebu,
a ship.

Marindi, the little flap of beads
worn by a string round the loins
by native women.

Marisaa, shot, small shot.

MarWiawa, abundance, plenty of
space, material, &c,

Marizabu, a spout.

Marra = Mara, time, times.

Mavufuku, a forbidden thing, pro-
hibited.
Kupiga marufuku, to give public
notice against.

Marungu (M.), biliousness.

Masahaha, the companions of Mo-
hammed.

Masafi, purity.

3Iasaibu, calamity.

Masakasa (Yao), an encampment.

Masakini, or Maskini, or Meskini,
poor, a poor person.

Masalkheiri, good afternoon.

Masameho, pardon.

Masango, wire.

Masanufi, a kerchief used for throw-
ing over the shoulders, &c.

Masazo, what is left, remainder.

Mashairi, verses, poetry.
Shairi, one line of verse.

Mashaka, doubts, difficulty.

Mashamba, the countiy. Plural of
Shamba, a plantation.

Mashapo, sediment.

Mashariki, the east, easterly.

Mashendea, rice which is watery

and imperfectly cooked.
Mashindano, a race.
Mashindo.

Kwenda kica mashindo, to trot.
Mashtaka, accusation.
Mashua, a boat, boats, a launch.
Maahur or Mashuhur, remarkable.

notable.
Mashutumio, reproaches, revilings.
Mashutumu, reviling.
Mashuzi, breaking wind,

Fathili ya putida ni mashuzi =
You cannot make a silk purse
out of a sow's ear.
Masia.

Kwenda masia, to walk up and
down,
Masika, the rainy season, t.e., Marcli,

April, and May.
Masikani, a dwelling.
Masikini = Masakini.
Masingizio, slander.
Masiwa, the Comoro Islands and

Madagascar.
Masizi, grime, soot, &c., on the

bottom of cooking pots.
Maskini = Masakini.
Masombo, a girdle of cloth.
Masri =■ Misri, Egypt.
Masruf, provisions.
Masua, giddiness.

Nina masua, I am giddy.
Masukuo, a whet-stone.
Masuto, reproaches.
Mata, bows and arrows, weapons.
Mataajabu, wonders, astonishment.
Matakatifu, holiness.
Matako, the seat.
Matakioa, request, want, desire.
Matambavu, the side, a man's side.
Mata'mko, pronunciatiou.
Matamu, sweet. See -tamu.

334

MAT

MAV

Matamvua, fringe.

MatandiJco, bedding, harness, v.hat

is spread.
Mafana, leprosy.
Matanga, large mats, sails.
Kykaa matanga, to keep a formal
mourning, generally for from
five to ten days.
Kuondoa matanga, to put an end

to the mourning.
Matanga kati, wind abeam.
Matangamano, a crowd.
Matata, a tangle, an embroilment.

Kutia matata, to tangle.
Matayo, reproaches, revilings.
Mate, spittle.
Mategemeo, props, a prop, support,

protection.
Mateka^ spoil, booty, prisoners.
Matemhezi, a walk.
Matengo, the outriggers of a canoe.
Mateso, afflictions, adversity.
Mateto, quarrel.
Mathahahu = Mathhah.
Mathabuha, a victim, a sacrifice.
Mathahabi or Mathhah, sect, persua-
sion.
Mathara, mischief, harm.
Mathhah, an altar.
iTIai/ie/iebM, manners, habits, customs,

= Mathahabi (?).
Matilo, lift from the after part of a
yard to the mast-head of a dhow.
Matindi, half-grown Indian corn.
Matindo, a slaughter-house, a place

for killing beasts.
Matiti.

Kwenda hwa matiti, to trot.
Matlaa, the east wind.
Matlaa mjuk, N.E.
Matlaa akrab, S.B.
Matlai = Matlaa.
Mato, eyes (M.).

Matoazi, cymbals.
Matokeo, going-out places.

Matokeo ya hari, pores of tlie
skin.
Matomoko, a custard apple.
Matubwitubivi, mumps.
Matukano^&lthy and insulting ex-
pressions, such as —
Mwana kumanyoko.
Mwana wa haramu.
Kazoakazoa.
Kumanina.
Matukio, accidents, things which

happen.
Matumaini, confidence, hope.
Matumbawi, fresh coral, cut from
below high- water mark : it is
used for roofs and where lightness
is an object.
Matumho, the entrails.
Matupu, bare. See -tupu.
Maturuma, stiflTeners put on a door,
the knees in a dhow, ribs of a
boat, &c.
Matusu, bad and abusive language.
Matuvumu, accusation, blame.
Maua (plur. of Ua), flowers,
Maulizo, questions, questioning.
Maumivu, pain.

Maungo, the back, the backbone.
Mauthuru, unable.
Mauti, death.
Mavao, dress, dressing.
Mavazi, dress, clothes. Plural of

Vazi.
Mavi, dung, droppings, excrement.

Mavi ya chuma, dross.
Mavilio. See Vilio.
Mavulio, clothes cast off and given
to another, clothes worn by one
who is not their owner.
Mavunda, one who breaks every-
thing he has to do with.

MAV

MB I

335

Mavundevuncle, broken, scattered

clouds.
Mavumi, hum of voices.
Mavuno, harvest, reaping.

Mavuno ya nyuki, honeycomb.
Mavuzi (plur. of Vuzi), the hair of

the pubes.
Mawazi, clear. See loazi.
Maice (plur. of Jiwe), stones, stone.

Ya mawe, of stone.

Mawe ya kusagia, a hand-mill.

Mawe, a vulgar ejaculation, rub-
bish!
Mawili, both.
Mawimbi (plur. of Wimhi), surf, a

sea.
Maivindo, game, produce of hunt-
ing.
Mayayi. See Yayi.
Mayiti, a dead body.
Alayugica, a green vegetable cooked

like spinach.
Mazao, fruit, produce.
Maziko, burial-place.
Mazinga omboy sleight of hand

(Comoro).
Mazingiwa, a siege.
Mazingombioe, magic, witchcraft.
Mazishiy burial clothes, furniture,

&c.
Mazvca, milk, (plur. of Zhca)
breasts, lakes.

Maziwa mabivu, curdled milk.

Maziwa ya watu wawili, dragon's
blood.
Mazoea, custom.

Mazoezo, habits, customs, practice.
MazoJca, evil spirits.
Mazu, a kind of banana.
Mazumgu'inzOy amusement, conver-
sation.
Mbali, far off, separate.

Mbali mbali, distinct, different.

Potelea mbali! Go and be hanged !
Tumivulie mbali, let us kill him

out of the way.
When used with the applied
forms of verbs, it means that
the person or thing is by that
means got rid of, or put out of
the way.
Mbango, a bird with a parrot-like
beak, a person with projecting
teeth.
Mbano, a circumcising instrument.
Mbau (plur. of Ubau), planks.
'Mbau, plur. mibau, planking, tim-
bers.
^Mbaruti, plur. mibaruti, a weed
with yellow flowers and thistle-
like leaves powdered with white.
Mbasua, giddiness.
Mbata, a cocoa-nut which has dried
in the shell so as to rattle, with-
out being spoilt.
Mbati, wall-plate.
Mbavu, ribs, side.

Mbavuni, alongside.
Mbawa, wing feathers. See Vbaica.
Mbayani, clear, manifest.
Mbayuwayu, a swallow (A.).
Mbega, a kind of monkey, black,
with long white hair on the
Mbegu, seed, seeds. [shoulders.

'Mbeja.

'Mbeja wa hani, young man of
strength.
Mbele, before, in front, further on.
Mbele ya, before, in front of.
Kuendelea mbele, to go forward.
Mbeleni, in the front. This word
is used in Zanzibar with an
obscene sense.
Mbeyu = Mbegu, seed.
Mbilo, plur. mibibo, a cashew-nu:
tree.

z 2

336

MBI

MCH

Mbiehi, fresh. See -hicM.
]\Thigili, small thorns, briers.
Mbili, two. See -wiU.

Mbili mbili, two by two.
Mbiliwili, the wrist (?).
Mbingu, plur. of Uwingu, the skies,

the heavens, heaven.
Mbio, running, fast.

Kwpiga mbio, to run, to gallop.
Mbiomba, mother's sister, aunt.
Mbirambi zako, be comforted. A

Swahili greeting to one who has

just lost a relative.
Mbisi, parched Indian com.
Mhiu, a proclamation, public notice.
Mbivu, ripe. See -bivu and -wivic.
Mbizi.

Kupiga mbizi, to dive.
Mboga, vegetables, greens.

BIboga mnanaa, a kind of mint.
'Mboga, plur. miboga, a pumpkin

plant.
Mboleo, manure.

Mbona? Why? for what reason?
^ Used especially with negatives.
Blboni ya jicho, the apple of the
Mbono, castor-oil plant (?). [eye.
Mboo, the penis.
JSIboto, a climbing plant yielding a

superior kind of oil.
Iflbovu, bad, rotten, corrupt. See

-ovu and -bovu.
Mbu = Imbu, a mosquito.
Mbui, a buffalo's horn, which is

beaten as a musical instrument.
Mbuja^ a swell, dandy, gracefully.

Kusema mbuja, to say elegantly.
Mbulu, a crocodile (?).
Mbungu, a hurricane (Kishenzi).
Mbuni, an ostrich.
Mbuyu, plur. mibuyu, a baobab

tree, a calabash tree. They are

generally looked upon as haunted.

Mbuzi, a goat, goats.

Mbuzi ya hukunia nazi, an iron
to scrape cocoa-nut for cooking
with.
Mbwa, a dog, dogs.

Mbwa wa mwitu, a jackal,
jackals.
Mbwayi, wild, fierce.
Mbwe, little pebbles, little white

stones larger than changarawi.
Hlbweha, a fox.
Mbweu, eructation, belching.
Mclia, one who fears.

Mclia Jfzmngu, a God-fearing man.
Mchafu, filthy.

Mcliago, the pillow end of the bed.
Mchahacho, footsteps (?).
Mchana or Mtana, daylight, day-
time, day.
Mchanga or 3Itanga, sand.
McJiarci, plur. wachawi, a wizard.
3Ifhayi, lemon grass.
Mche, plur. Miche, a plant, a slip, a

seedling.
Mche, a kind of wood much used in

Zanzibar.
Mchekeshaji, plur. wachehesliaji, a

merry body, one who is alwajs

laughing.
Mcliele, cleaned grain, especially

rice.
Mchelema, watery.
MchesM, a merry fellow, a laugher.
Mchezo, plur. michezo, a game.

Mchezo wake huyu, it is this man's
turn to play.
Mchi, plur. micM, or Mti, plur, miti,

the pestle used to pound or to

clean corn with. Also a screw

of paper to put groceries in (?).
McMclia, plur. michicha, a common

spinach -like plant used as a

vegetable.

MCH

MEK

Mcldliichi, plur. micliildchi, the
palm-oil tree.

Mchilizi, plur. michilizi, the eaves.

Mchiro, plur. wacMro, a mangouste.

Mchochoro, passage, an opening be-
tween.

Mcliofu = Mclwvu.

Mchongoma, plur, micliongoma, a
thorny shrub with white flowers
and a small black edible fruit.

Mchorochoro, a rapid writer.

McTcovu, plur. wachovu, weary, lan-
guid, easily tired, tiring, tire-
some.

Mchumba, a sweetheart, one who
seeks or is sought by another
in marriage.
Mhe mchumha, widow (?).

Mchumhuluru, a kind of fish.

Mchunga (or Mtunga), plur. wa-
chunga, a herdman, a groom, one
who has the care of animals.

Mcliungaji, a herdsman, shepherd.

Mchuruzi, plur. Wachuruzi, one who
keeps a stall, a trader in a very
small way.

Mchuzi, or Mtuzi, curry, gravy, soup.

Mcli ica, white ants.

Mda or Muda, a space of time, the
space, &c.

Mda, plur. mida (?), a piece of plank
propped up to support a frame-
work, &c. = 'mu7ida.

Mdago, a kind of weed.

Mdalasini, cinnamon.

MdaraJiani, an Indian stuff.

Mdaicari.

He mdawari, the softer Arabic h,
the he.

Mdeli — Mdila.

Mdila, plur. midila, a coffee-pot.

Mdomo, plur. midomo, the lip.
Mdomo tea ndege^ a bird's beak.

' Mdudu, plur. wadudu, an insect.
Mdudu, a whitlow.
Mdukico, a push in the cheek.
j Mdumu, a mug.
il/e-, see ilia-. Many words are pro-
nounced with ma- at Mombas,
and with me- at Zanzibar.
•me-, the sign of the tense which
denotes an action complete at
the moment of speaking, an-
swering to the English tense
with have. Sometimes it is
used to denote an action com-
plete at the time referred to,
and must then be translated by
had.
This tense may often be used
as a translation of the past
participle.
Yu hayi, ao amehufa ? Is he

alive or dead ?

Most Swahili verbs denoting a

state Imve in their present

tense tbc meaning of entering

that state or becoming, and in

the -me- tense the meaning of

having entered or being in it.

In some cases the -me- tense is

best rendered by another verb.

Anavaa, he is putting on, amevaa,

he wears.
In some dialects the me is pro-
nounced ma.
Mea ku-, to grow, to be growable.
Medun, tortoiseshell.
Mega ku-, to break a piece, or gather
up a lump and put it in one's
mouth, to feed oneself out of the
common dish with one's hand, as
is usual in Zanzibar.
Mekameka ku-, to glitter, to shine.
Meko (plur. of Jiko), a fireplace.
Mekoni, a kitchen, in the kitchen.

138

MEM

MFU

Memetuka ku- (A.), to sparkle.
Mende, a cockroach, cockroaches.

Also a slang term for a rupee.
Mengi or Mangi, many. See -ngi.
Meno (plur. of Jino), teeth.
Menomeno, battlements.
Menya ku-, to shell, to husk, to
Menya ku-, to beat (Kiyao). [peel.
Merikebu, a ship, ships.

Merikebu ya serikali, a ship be-
longing to the government.
Merikehu ya mizinga or manowari,

a man-of-war.
Merikehu ya <oy'a, a merchant ship.
Merikehu ya milingote mitatu, a

full-rigged ship.
Merikehu ya milingote miicili na

nussu, a barque.
Merikehu ya doJiaan or ya moshi,
a steamship.
Merima, the mainland of Africa,
especially the coast south of
Zanzibar.
Wamerima, people who live on

the coast south of Zanzibar.
Kimerima, the dialect of Swahili
spoken on the coast south of
Zanzibar.
Merimeta ku-, to glitter, to shine.
Meshmaa, a candle, candles.
Mesiki or Meski, musk, scent.
Meskiti = Moskiti, a mosque.
Metameta, to shine, to glitter.
Methili or Methali, like, a parable.
Meza, a table.
Meza ku-, to swallow.
Mezawwereh

Waraka mezaioicereh, forgery.
Mfaa, centre piece of a door.
Mfalme, plur. icafalme, a king.
Mfano, plur. mifano, a likeness.
Mfano tea maneno, a proverb, a
parable.

Mfanyi biashara, plur. wafanyi, a

man who does business, a trader,

a merchant.
Mfariji, plur. wafariji, a comforter.
Mfathili, plur. uafathili, one who

does kindnesses.
Mfeleji, a water channel.
Mfilisika, a bankrupt.
Mfinangi, plur. u-afinangi, a potter.
Mfinessi, plur. mifinessi, a jack fruit

tree.
Mfu, plur. wafu, a dead person.
Mfua, plur. wafua, a smith, a
worker in metal.

Mfua chuma, a blacksmith.

Mfua fetha, &c., a silversmith, &c.
Mfuasi, plur. wafuasi, a follower, a

retainer, a hanger-on.
3Ifnko, plur. mifuko, a bag, a

pocket.
Mfuma, plur. wafuma, a weaver.
Mfumhati, plur. mifumhati,ihe side-
pieces of a bedstead.
MfunguQ, a name applied to nine of
the Arab months.

Mfunguo wa mosi, is the Arab

Mfunguo ica pili, is the Arab

Th'il Kaada.
Mfunguo wa tatu, is the Arab

ThHl Hajj.
MfunguA) wa ^nne, is the Arab

Moharram.
Mfunguo wa tano, is the Arab

Safr.
Mfunguo wa sita, is the Arab

Eabia al aoical.
Mfunguo wa saha, is the Arab

Bahia al aklir.
Mfunguo wa none, is the Arab

Jemad al aoical.
Mfunguo tea kenda, is the Arab

Jemad al aklir.

MFU

MIK

3.^9

Mfunguo wa is often so pro-
nounced as to sound like
Fungiia.
The other three months, Eajdb,
Shaaban, and RamatliaUj keep
tlieir Arabic name?.
Mfuo, plur. mifuo, a stripe.

Karatasi ya mifuo, ruled paper.
Mfupa, plur. mifupa, a bone.
Mfuto, winning five games out of

six at cards.
Mfyozi, an abusive person.
Mgala, plur. wagala, a Galla.
Mganda, plur. miganda, a sheaf or

bundle of rice.
Mganga, plur. waganga, a medicine
man, a doctor, a dealer in white
magic.
Mgao, a place near Cape Delgado.
Mgawo, a deal in card-playing.
Mgeni, plur. wageni, a guest, a

foreigner.
Mghad, a horse's canter.

Kwenda mghad, to canter.
Mgine = Mwingine, another, other.
Mgogoro, an obstacle in a road, a
stumbling-block. In slang, a
nuisance, crush, worry.
Mgoja or Mngoja, plur. wagoja, one
who waits, a sentinel.
Mgoja mlango, a door-keeper, a
porter.
Mgomha, plur. migomha, a banana

tree.
Mgombwe, bull's-mouth shell. Cassis

rubra.
Mgomvi, plur. wagomvi, a quarrel-
some person, a brawler.
Mgonda, a slave's clout.
Mgongo, plur. migongo, the back,
the backbone.
Nyumha ya mgongo, a penthouse
roof.

Mgonjica or Mgonjua, plur. imgon-
jwa, a sick person, an invalid.

Mf/o^e = Mlingote, a mast.

Mgunda, cultivated land.

Mgunya, plur. Wagunya, a native of
the country between Siwe and
the Juba.

Mguruguru, plur. waguruguru, a
large kind of burrowing lizard.

Mguu, plur. miguu, the leg from the

knee downward, the foot.

Kwenda Jtica miguu, to walk.

m,-. See iHwTi.

3IJialbori. See Kanzu.

Mlv'mili, plur. mihilimi, a girder, a
beam, a bearing post, a prop.

Mhulu, a large tree lizard.

Mhunzi, plur. wahunzi, a black-
smith.

Me-, plural prefix of substantives,
and of adjectives agreeing with
them, which begin in the singular
with m-, or 'm-, mu-, or mio-, and
do not denote animate beings.

-mi, an objective sufBx denoting
the first person singular. This
sufBx is poetical, not used in
Zanzibar.

Mia, a hundred.

Miteen, two hundred.

Mialamu, the ends of a piece of
cloth.

MiasMri, pieces lying fore and aft
to receive the stepping of the

Miayo, yawning, a yawn. [mast.

Miha or Miiba, thorns.

Mibau, timbers.

Mifuo, bellows.

Mikaha, marriage.

Mikamhe.

Kupiga mikamhe, in bathing, to
duck down and throw over one
leg, striking the water with it.

340

MIL

M JU

Mila, a custom.
Milamba.

Kioenda milamha, to go round by
a new road to avoid war or
some other obstacle, to strike
out a new way.
Milele, eternity.

Ya milele, eternal.
Milhoi, jins, which having been

merely singed, not killed by the

missiles of the angels, lurk in

by-places to deceive and harm

people.
Miliki = MUM.
Miliki hu; to reign, to possess.
Milki, kingdom, possession, pro-
perty.
Milumbe, a speech, an over-long

speech.
Mimba, pregnancy.

Kuwa na mimba or Kuchuhua
mimha, to be pregnant.

Kuharihu mimha, to miscarry.
Mimbara, the pulpit in a mosque.
Mimi, I, me. ,

Mimina hu-, to pour, to pour over.
Miminika hu-, to be poured over, to

be spilt, to overflow.
Mingi, many. See -ingi.
Mingine, others. See -ingine.
Mini (Ar.), right.

Mini wa shemali, right and left.
Minyonoa, a kind of flowering

acacia.
Miongoni mwa, in respect of, as to,

on the part of, from among.
Miraha, muscles. See Mr aha.
Mirisaa, shot.
Mishithari, crooked.
Misho, Russia.
Misri, Egypt.
Miteen, two hundred.
Miunsi, a whistling.

Miusi, black. See -eusi.

Miica (plur. of Mud), sugar-canes.

Miwali, midribs of a palm-leaf.

Miivani, spectacles.

Miyaa, leaves for making mats.

Miye, me, it is I.

Mizani, balances, steelyard, scales.

Mizi, roots (M.).

Mizizi, roots, rootlets.

3Ija na maji, one who has come
over the sea, a foreigner. Also,
a slave.

Mjahazi, plur. wajahazi, a woman
slave.

Mjanga, Bembatooka bay in Mada-
gascar.

Mjangao, melancholy, silent sorrow.

Mjanja, plur. wajanja, a cheat, a
shameless person.

Mjani, a widow.

Mjasiri, plur. wajasiri, a bold ven-
turesome man.

Mjassusi, inquisitive.

Mjeledi, a whip.

Mjemba, a plough (?).

3Iji, plur. miji, a town, a city, a
village, the middle part of a piece
of cloth.

Mji, the uterus.

Mjiari, plur. mijiari, tiller ropes.

Mjiguu, plur. mijiguu, large long
legs.

Mjinga, plur. wajinga, a raw new
comer, a simpleton; applied es-
pecially to newly arrived slaves,
ignorant, inexperienced.

Mjisihafiri, a kind of lizard.
Mjoli, plur. wajoli, a fellow-servant.
Mjomha, plur. wajomha, uncle.
Mjugu.

Mjugii nyassa, ground-nuts.
Mjugu mawe, a hard kind of
ground-nut.

M JU

MKO

MJhJcuu, plur. tcajukuu, a cousin, a

.ofrandchild.
MJumba, plur. icajumba, an uncle.
Mjumhakaka, a kind of lizard.
3Ijumhe, plur. wajumhe, a mes-
senger.
Mjume, a weapon-smith.
MJiimu, studded with brass,
Mjusi, plur. wajusi, a lizard.

i\Ijusi wa kanzu. See Kanzu.

Mjusi kafiri, a rough kind of
small lizard.

3Ijusi salama, a smooth kind of
small lizard.
Mjuvi, plur. ivajuvi, a chattering,

officious person.
Mjuzi, plur. wojuzi, a person of in-
formation, one who knows.
Mkaa, plur. wakaa, one who sits.

Mkaa jikoni^ Mr. Sit-in-the-
kitcheu.

Mkaa, an astringent wood used
in medicine.
Mkahala, opposite.
Mkahil, future.
Mkadi, plur. mikadi, the pandanus

tree; its flowers are valued for

their smell.
Mlcaidi, obstinate, wilful. See

-kaidi.
Mkaja, a cloth worn by women,

given as a present at the time of

a w^edding.
Mkali, fierce. See -kali.
Mkamilifu, perfect.
Mkamshe, plur. mikamshe, a kind of

wooden spoon.
Mkandaa, plur. mikandaa, a kind

of mangrove tree full of a red

dye much used for roof beams.
Mkanju, plur. mikanju, a cashew

tree (M.).
Mkaragazo, Si strong tobsicco. Also,

manfully, again and again

(slang).
Mkaralidla, a medicinal shrub.
Mkasama (in arithmetic), division.
Mkasasi, a handsome tree, whose

wood is useless. Hence the

proverb,

Uzuri wa mlcasasi,
Ukipata, maji, hasi.

Mkasiri, a tree whose bark is used

to dye fishing-nets black.
JSDiataha, a written agreement.
Mkatale, the stocks.
Mkate, plur. mikate, a cake, a loaf.

Mikate ya mofu, cakes of mtama
meal.

Mikate ya kusonga, ya kumimina,
&c., cakes of batter, &c.

Mkate wa tumhako, a cake of
tobacco.
Mkazo, nipping, pressing tight.
Mke, plur. wake, a wife, a female.

Mke aliofiwa na mumeive,a. widow.
Mkehe, a pot to burn incense in, a

drinking pot.
MJceka, plur. mikeka, a fine kind of

mat used to sleep upon.
Mkeo = Mkewo.

Mkereza, plur. wakereza^ a turner.
Mkewe, his wife.
Mkewo, your wife.
Mkia, plur. mikia, a tail.
Mkimhizi, plur. wakimhizi, one who

runs away.
Mkindu, plur. mikindu, a kind of

palm whose leaves are used to

make fine mats.
Mkizi, a kind of fish.
Mkoha, plur. mikoha, a scrip, a

small bag.
Mkoche, plur. mikoche, a kind of

branching palm with an edible

fruit.

3i2

MKO

MLI

Mkojo, urine.

Mkoko, plur. miJcoko, a mangrove

tree.
Mkohoto, plur. mikokoto, the mark
made by a thing being dragged
along.
Mkoma, plur. mikbma, a large tree

bearing an edible fruit.
Mkomhozi, plur. wakomhozi, a

redeemer.
Mkondo.

Mkondo wa maji, a current.
Mkongojo, plur. mikongojo, an old
man's staff for him to lean upon
as he walks,
Mkono, plur. mikono, the arm, es-
pecially from the elbow to the
fingers ; the hand, a sleeve, a
projecting handle like that of a
saucepan, a measure of nearly
half a yard, a cubit.
Ya mkono, handy.
Chno clia mkono, a handbook.
Mkorofi, ill-omened.
Mkuhwa, great, the eldest. See

-kuhwa.
Mkuchyo, Magadoxa.
Mkufu, plur. mikufu, a chain, es-
pecially of a light ornamental
kind.
Mkufunzi, plur. wakufunzi, a

teacher.
Mkuke, plur. mikuke, a spear with
a sharp point and triangular
blade.
Mkuku, the keel of a ship.
Mkule, a gar-fish.

Mkulima, plur. wakidima, a culti-
vator, a field labourer.
Mkulimani, plur. wakuUmani, an

interpreter.
Mkulo, plur. mikulo, a pottle-shaped
matting bag to strain tui through.

Mkumavi, a kind of red wood much

used in Zanzibar.
Mkumbi (Mgao.), gura-copal tree.
Mkunga (?), midwife.
Mkungu, plur. mikungu, the fruit

stalk of the banana.
Mkungu, plur. mikungu, a kind of
earthen pot.

Mkungu wa kufunikia, a pot lid.

Mkungu wa kulia, a dish.
Mkuu, plur. wakuu, a great man, a
chief.

Mkuu wa asikari, a commanding
officer.

3Ikuu wa genzi, a guide.
Mkuza, large, full grown.
Mkwamha, a kind of thorny shrub.
Mkwasi, plur. wakwasi, a wealthy

person, rich.
Mkwe, plur. wakwe, a father or

mother-in-law, a son or daughter-
in-law.
Mkweme, a climbing plant bearing

a gourd with round flat seeds

rich in oil.
Mkwezi, a climber, one who goes

up.
Mlafi, plur. walafi, a glutton.
Mlala, plur. milala, hyphaene, a

branching palm.
Mlamha, a dark-coloured bird that

eats insects, and drives away

other birds, even the crows.
Mlango, plur. milango, a door, a

gate.
Mlanza, a pole for carrying things.
Mlariha, plur. walariba^ usurer.
Mle, there within.
Mlevi, plur. walevi, a drunkard.
Mlezi, plur. walezi, a nurse, one

who rears children.
Mlezo, plur. milezo, a bnoy.
Mlima, plur. milima, a mountain.

ML I

MOE

43

Mlingote, plui. milingote, a mast.

MUngote ica Ttalmi or galmi, the
small mizen-mast carried by
large dhows.
Mlingote ica maji, the bowsprit.
MUnzi, plur. walinzi, a guard.
Mlisld, plur. u-alisM, a feeder, a

shepherd.
Mlish", the month Shaaban.
Mlizamu, a waterspout on a house.
il/ ?o7e, the comb of a code.
Mlomo, plur. milomo, a lip. Also,

3Idomo.
Mmoja, one, a certain man. See

-moja.
^Mna, there is within.
Mnada, plur. minada, a sale, an

auction.
Mnadi, an auctioneer, huckster.
Mnadi hu-, to sell by auction.
Mnafihi, plur. icanafilu, a hypocrite.
Mnaja, a prophet going to ask a

thing of God.
Mnajimu, plur. wanajimu, an as-
trologer.
Mnajisi, plur. tcanajisi, a profane

person, blasphemer.
Maara, plur. minara, a tower, a

minaret, a beacon.
Mnaziy plur. minazi, a cocoa-nut

tree.
Mnena, one who speaks.

Mnena l-weli, one who speaks the
truth.
Mnene, stout. See -nene.
Miieni, plur. icaneni, a speaker, an

eloquent person.
Mngazidja, plur. Wangazidja, a

native of Great Comoro.
Mngwana, plur. wangicana,a gentle-
man, a free and civilized person.

iU'/to, exceedingly, excessively. ilf«o

always follows the word qualified
by it.

Mnofu, meatiness, fleshiness.

Mnono, fat. See -nono.

Mnunuzi, plur. icanunuzi, a buyer,
a purchaser, a customer.

Mnyamavu, plur. wanyamavu, a
silent person, still, quiet.

Mnyang''aniji, plur. tcanyang'anyi, a
robber, one who steals with vio-
lence.

Mneyo, a tickling, itching, a creep-
ing sensation.

Mnyiriri, plur. mmyiriri, the arms
of the cuttle-fish.

Mnyonge, plur. icanyonge, an insig-
nificant, mean person.

ilf/iT/ororo, plur. minyororo, ormnyoo,
plur. minyoo, a chain.

Mmjwa, plur. tcanyica, a drinker,
one who drinks.

iHo, -wo, or -mo-, the particle de-
noting place inside something
Mumo humo, there inside, [else.

3IoalU, Mohilla.

Mofa, small round cakes of vitawa
meal.

Moliulla, a fixed time, a term. Also
Muliulla.

Moja, plur. mamoja, one, same.
Marnoja pia, it is all one.

-moja, one.

Moja moja, one by one.

Moja haada ica 7itoja, alternately.

Mtu mmoja, a certain man.

Moja wapo, any one.

Mola, Lord. Used of God.

Moma, a kind of poisonous snake.

Momhee, Bombay.

Moris, Mauritius.

Kutoha Moris, to score twenty-
nine or more in a game at
cards.

344

MOK

MR A

Kicenda 3Ions, to mark less than
twenty-nine in a game at cards.
Mororo, soft. See -ororo.
Moshi, plur. vdoslii, smoke.
Mosi, one (in counting).

Ya mosi, first.
MosTdti, a mosque, the ace of spades.
Mote, all. See -ote.
Moto, plur. mioto, fire, a fire, heat.

Ya moto, hot.

Kupata moto, to get hot.
Morjo, plur. mioyo or nyoyo, heart,
mind, will, self.

Ya moyo, willingly, heartily.
Mpagazi, plur. wapagazi, a caravan

porter.
Mpaji, plur. wapaji, a giver, a

liberal person.
Mpaka, plur. mipalm, a boundary,

Mpalia mmoja, adjacent, [limit.
Mpaha, until, as far as.

Tutaclieka mpalia Jculia, we shall
laugh till we cry.
Mpamhi, plur. wapamhi, a person

dressed up with ornaments.
Mpanzi, a sower.
Mpapayi, plur. mipapayi, a papaw

tree.
Mparamiizi, plur. miparamuzi, a

sort of tree said to be unclimb-

able.
MpatanisM, plur. wapatantshi, a

peacemaker, one who brings about

an agreement.
Mpato, interlaced work, lattice.
Mpeehwa, plur. icapeehica, a person

sent, a missionary, = Mpelekwa.
Mpekuzi, plur. wapelcuzi, one who

scratches like a hen, an inquisi-
tive person.
3Ipelelezi, plur. wapelelezi, a spy.
Mpenzi, plur. wapenzi, a person
who is loved, a favourite.

Mpera, plur. mipera, a guava tree.

^Mpia, new. See -2?ya.

Mpiga ramli, plur. wapiga, a. for-
tune-teller, one who prognosti-
cates by diagrams. Formerly
they did so by throwing sand,
whence the name.

Mpiho, plur. mipiko, a pole to carry
burdens on.
Kuchukua mpikoni, to carry on
a pole over the shoulder.

Mpingo, ebony.

Mpini, plur. mipini, a haft, a
handle.

Mpira, india-rubber, an india-rub-
ber ball.

Mpishi, plur. wapishi, a cook.

Mpofu, plur. wapofu, the eland.

Mpotevu, plur. wapotevu, a wasteful
person.

Mpotoe, plur. wapotoe, perverse,
wilful, good-for-nothing.

Mpumhafu, plur. icapumhafu, a fool.

Mpwiga, rice, either growing or
while yet in the husk.

Mpjungaii, plur. mipungati, a kind
of cactus.

Mpuzi, plur. uapuzi, a silly chat-
terer.

Mpwa, the sea-beach (M.).

jSIpiceke, plur. mipioeke, a shor
thick stick, a bludgeon.

Mpya, new. See -p^a.

Mr aha, plur. miraba, muscles.
ilfi^M wa miraba minne, a very
strong man.

Mrdbba, square.

Mradi, preferably (?).

Mramma, the rolling of a ship.

MrasM, plur. mirashi, a long-necked
bottle, often of silver, used to
sprinkle scent from; a woman's
name.

I- I tt*. Jft-Ol^'i

r'

MRE

Mremo, plur. icaremo, a Portuguese.

Also Mrenu.
Mrenalia, the thorn-apple plant.
Mrenu, plur. TTareizu, a Portuguese.
Mrithi, plur. warithi, an heir, an

inheritor.
Mruha, plur. miruba, a leech.
Mrungura, people who rob and com-
mit violence at night.
Mrututu, sulphate of copper, blue-
Msaada, help. [stone.

Msafara, plur. misafara, a caravan.
Msafiri, plur. wasafiri, a traveller,
'**^ one on a journey.
, Msahafu, plur. misdhafu, a koran,
a sacred book.

Msahafu wa Sheitani, a butterfly.
Msahau, plur. wasahau, one who

forgets, a forgetful person.
Msaji, teak.
3hala. See Miisala.
Msalaba^ a cross.
Msaliti, a betrayer of secrets.
Msamehe, plur. tcasarnehe, forgiving.
Msangao, astonishment.
Msapata, a kind of dance.
Msasa, sandpaper, a shrub with

leaves like sandpaper.
Msayara, kind, gentle.
Msazo, remainder.
MseleMsha, plur. waseleMsha, a

peacemaker.
Msemaji, plur, wasemaji, a talker,

an eloquent person.
Msemi, plur, wasemi, a talker, a

speaker.
Mseto, a sort of food, a mixture of

mtama and chooko.
Msewe, plur, misewe, a sort of

Castanet tied to the leg.
Mshahaha, similar.
iVfs/ja/iara, plur. jn/s/iaTiara, monthly

pay, wages.

MSH

345

MshakiM, small pieces of meat
cooked on a skewer.

Mshale or Mshare, plur. mishale, an
arrow.

Msharika, plur. washarika, a
partner.

Mshayi = Mchayi.

Msheheri or Mshehiri, plur. TFas/ie-
Aeri, a native of Sheher in
Arabia, many of whom are settled
in Zanzibar. The butchers and
coarse mat makers are almost all
Sheher men.

Mshiki, one who holds.

Mshiki sMTcio, the steersman.

MsMndani, plur. washindani, ob-
stinate, resisting.

Mshindio, woof.

Msliindo (obscene), coitus.

MsMpa, plur. misMpa, a blood-
vessel, a nerve, any disease affect-
ing these, hydrocele,

BIsMpavu, plur. wasMpavu, obsti-
nate.

MsMpi, plur. mishipi, a net, a girdle.

Mshoni, plur. washoni, a tailor, a
sempster.
Mshoni viatu, a shoemaker.

Mshono, plur. mishono, a seam.

Mshtaka, plur. misMaka, an accusa-
tion, a charge before a judge.

Mshtaki, a prosecutor.

Mshuko, coming down, coming away
from performing one's devo-
tions.
Mshuko wa magaribi, about a
quarter of an hour after sunset.
Mshuko wa alasiri kasiri, about

5 P.M.

Mshuko wa esha, about an hour
after sunset, or from 7 till
8 p.m.
Mshumaa = Meshmaa.

346

MSI

MT A

Msiha, plur. irn'siha, a calamity, a
grief, mourning.

M<ifu, a flatterer.

Msifu'mno, plur. wasifuhnno, an
excessive praiser, a flatterer.

Msijana, a bachelor (?).

Msimamizi, plur. wasimamizi, an
overlooker, a steward, the head
man over a plautation, who is
nearly always a free man, often
an Arab.

Msinji, plur. misinji, foundations,
trench for laying foundations.

Msinzi, plur. misinzi, a sort of man-
grove tree.

Msio, a piece of stone to rub liwa
on.

Msio, a fated thing, what will de-
stroy or affect a person. See
Mzio.

Msiri, plur. wasiri, a confidential
person, one trusted with secrets.

Msitani [Pemba] = Barazani.

Msiiu, a forest.

Msitu wa miti, a thick wood.

Msomari, plur. muomari, a nail, an
iron nail. See MarasM.

Msondo, a very tall drum, beaten on
special occasions.

Msonyo, a whistling.

Mstadi, plur. loastadi, a skilful
workman, a good hand.

Mstahamili or Mstahimili, plur. wa-
stahimili, a patient, enduring,
long-suffering person.

Mstaki, plur. wastaki, a prosecutor-

Mdamu, a shoe; a piece of wood
fixed to the keel, with a hole to
receive the heel of the mast.

Mstari, plur. mistari, a line, a line
ruled.
Kupiga mstari, to draw a line.

Ms o/ele, a custard apple.

Msudki, plur. misuahi, a tooth stick,
a little stick of the zamharau
tree, used as a tooth-brush. It
is prepared by chewing the end
until it becomes a mere bunch of
fibres.
Msufi, plur. misufi, a tree bearing a
pod of soft cotton, Eriodendron
anfractuosum.
Msukani, plur. misukani, a rudder.
Msukano. See Keke.
Msuluhiwa, a peacemaker,
Msumari = Msomari.
Msumeno, plur. misumeno, a saw.
Msumkule, the name of Lion go's

sword.
Msunohari, fir tree, deal.
Msuruald, plur. misuruaki, the
wooden button which is grasped
between the toes to hold on the
■wooden clogs commonly wora by
women and in the house.
Msuzo, the handle of a millstone.
Msioeni = Msueni, cholera.
Mta or Mtaa, plur. mita, a district,
a quarter of a town.
The mita of Zanzibar, starting
from the western point and
going round the outside first,
and then into the middle,
are : Shangani, Baghani, Gei e-
zani, Forthani, Mita ya pwani,
Kiponda, Mbuyuni, Malindi,
Funguni, Jungiani, Kokoni,
Mkunazini, Kibokoni, Kidu-
tani, Mzambarauni, Kijuka-
kuni, Vuga, Mnazimoja, Mji
mpya, Mtakuja, Jumea, Soko la
Mahogo, Kajificheiii, Mfuuni,
Migomboni, Tiuyani, Sham,
Hurumzi, Kutani, Mwavi. All
these are on the peninsula,
which joins the mainland only

MTA

MTO

347

at Mnazi moja. Fungnni is ]
on the point where the creek j
enters, which almost surrounds \
the town. Crossing the creek ;
by the bridge, there are the
following mita : — Ng'ambo,
Mchangani, Gulioni, Kwa
Buki, Vikokotoni, Kisimani
kwa kema, Mchinjani, I\Iwem-
bemjugu, Kikwajuui, Mkadini,
and then Mnazi moja again.
Mtaala = Mtala.
Mtahari, credible.

Mtai, a scratch, a slight superficial
cut.
Kupiga mtai, to scratch.
Mtaimho, plur. mitaimbo, an iron

bar, a crowbar.
Mtajiri, plur. watajiri, a merchant,
a rich man. More correctly
Tajiri.
Mtakaso, the rustling of new or
clean clotlies.
Kupiga mtaJcaso, to rustle.
Mtala = Mtaala, practice, study.
Mtali, plur. mitali, bangles, anklets.
Mtama, millet, CafFre corn.

Mfama mtindi, half-grown stalks

of mtama.
Mtama tete, fully formed but not
yet ripe.
Mtaviba, plur. m?Yam6a, a young she-
animal which has not yet borne.
Mtamho, plur. mitamho, a spring, a

trap with a spring, a machine.
Mtanashati, a swell, dandy.
Mtandi, a loom.
Mtando, the warp in weaving.
Mtani, plur. watani, one who belongs

to a kindred tribe or race.
Mtaoicay plur. wataoica, a devout

person.
Mtaramu, shrewd, wise.

Mtatago, a tree or beam thrown
across a stream.

Mtego, plur. mitego, a trap.

Mtendaji, nlur. watendaji, an active
person.

Mtende, plur. mitende, a date palm.

Mtepe, plur. mitepe, a kind of dhow
or native craft belonging chiefly
to Lamoo and the coast near it.
Mitepe are sharp at the bows
and stern, with a head shaped
to imitate a camel's head, orna-
mented with painting and tassels
and little streamers. They carry
one large square mat sail, and
have always a white streamer or
pennant at the mast-head : their
planking is sewn together, ami
they are built broad and shallow.

Mtesi, an adversary, a quarrelsome
litigious person.

Mtesteshi, comic.

Mteule, plur. tcateule, chosen, select.

Mthamini, a surety.

Mthulimu, a clieat, a thief.

Mti, plur. miti, a tree, pole, wood.
Mti katl, a tall post set in the
groimd between a prisoner's
legs, so that when his feet are
fettered together he can only
move in a circle round the post.

Mtishamba^ a chann of any kind.

Mti, scrofulous and gangrenous
sores.

Mtiha, a darling, a term of endear-
ment.

Mtii, plur. watii, obedient.

Mtima, heart, chest (old Swaljili
and Kiyao).

Mtindi, buttermilk.

Mtindo, size, form, shape, pattern.

Mtini, plur. mitini, a fig tree.

Mto, plur. mito, a river, a stream.

348

MTO

MUA

Mto wa Jiono, a branchiug river, a
delta.
Mto, plur. mito, a pillow, a cushion.
Mtohive, a kind of wood, of which

the best hakoras are made.
Mtofaa, plur. mitofaa, an apple-
like fruit.
Mtolii, a swelling of the glands at
the bend of the thigh followed
by fever.
Mtomo, firmness, good building.
MtomondOjiAuv. mitomoiido^the Bar-
ringtonia ; its fruit is exported to
India.
Mtondo, the day after the day afttr
to-morrow.
Mtondo goo, the day after that.
Mtondoo, plur. mitindoo, Callo-
phyllum inophyllum ; oil is made
from its seeds.
Mtongozi, plur. watongozi, a man
who dresses himself up to allure
women.
Mtoro, plur. watoro, a runaway.
Mtoto, plur. watoto, a child. Used
also generally of anything
small of its kind, when men-
tioned in connection with
something larger to which it is
attached ; e.g. young shoots,
small boats, &c.
Mtoto wa watu, a child of some-
body, having relations, a woman
of respectable family as dis-
tinguished from one of slave
parentage, a woman therefore
who has somewhere to go if she
leaves her liusband, or he her.
Mtoto wa meza, a drawer of a
table.
Mtovu, without manners, shameless.
Mtu, plur. icatu, a person, a man,
somebody, anybody.

Hdkuna mtu, there is nobody.
Mtu gani ? of what tribe ?
Mtu wa serJcali, a man in govern •
ment employ.

Mtidinga, plur. mUulinga, the col-
lar bone.

Mtidivu, plur. watulivu, a quiet
man.

Mtumaini, plur. watumaini, san-
guine, confident.

Mtumha, plui-. mitumha, a bale of
cloth made up for a caravan.

Mtumbuizi, plur. watumhuizi, a spy,
an inquisitive person (A.).

Mtumhwi, plur, mitumbwi, a canoe
hollowed out from the trunk of
a tree, distinguished from a
galawa by having no outriggers,
and being generally of larger
size.

Mtumej plur. mitume, an apostle, a
prophet. Applied especially to
Mohammed as a translation of
his title. Apostle of God.

Mtumke^ plur. watuwake, a woman,
a wife.

Mtumishi, plur. watumishi, a ser-
vant.

Mtumwa, plur. watumica, a slave, a
servant.

Mtundu, mischievous, perverse,
troublesome.

3Itungi, plur. mitungi, a water-jar.

3Itupa, plur. mitupa, euphorbia.

Mtupu, bare. See -tupu.

Mtutu, plur. mitutu (Ar.), a mul-
berry tree.

Mtuzi, curry, gravy (M.). Also
Mclmzi.

Mticango, plur. mitwango, a pestle
for pounding and cleaning corn.

Mil-. See M-.

MiM, plur. miwa, a sugar-cane.

MUB

MUS

349

Muhatharifu, extravagant.

Muda or Mda, a space of time, term.
Muda wa, the space of.

Mudu ku-.

Kujimudu,to gain a little strength
after illness.

Muhadimu, plur. waJiadimu, a ser-
vant, one of the original inhabi-
tants of Zanzibar. These waha-
dimu pay two dollars a year for
each household to the Munyi
mhuu, of which Seyed Majid now
(1870) takes one ; they also work
for him. They all live in vil-
lages in the country, and speak a
language of which there are at
least two dialects, materially
different from the Swahili of the
town.

Muharabu, plur. wdhardbu, mis-
chievous, destructive.

Muharibivu, plur. wahariLivu, a de-
structive person, one who ruins
himself, destroys his own chances.

Muhdruma, a kind of silk handker-
chief, worn instead of a turban.

Muhindi, plur. WaJiindi, a native
of India, especially an Indian
Mussulman, of whom there are
two chief sects settled in Zanzi-
bar, the Khojas and Bohras.

Muhindi, plur. mihindi, the Indian
corn plant. Also Mahindi.

Muhogo, cassava, manioc.

Muhtasari^ an abridgment, a sum-
mary.

Muhulla, time, a fixed period.

Muhuri, a seal.

Mujiza, plur. miujiza, a wonderful
thing, a nnracle. Also Micujiza.

Muli or Mulia, clever, knowing.

MuliJca ku-, to show a light, to
gleam.

Midki, a kingdom.

3Iume, male. See -ume.

Mumimi, Azrael, the angel of death.

Muraumje, plur, mamumunye, a kind
of gourd resembling a vegetable
marrow. It often grows of such
a shape that its hard rind, when
ripe, can be used for bottles,
ladles, and spoons.

Mumyani, a mummy. Mummy is
still esteemed as a medicament.

Munda, plur. miunda, a piece of
plank to serve as cap to a post.
See also 3Ida.

Mundu, plur. miundu, a bill, a
small hatchet.

Munyi, a chief, a sheykh. The
Munyi mhuu is esteemed the true
Sultan of the Swahili, at least in
the island of Zanzibar and the
parts adjacent. He is descended
from an ancient Persian family,
the heiress of which married,
some generations since, an Arab
from Yemen. The title is now
(1874) in abeyance. His chief
residence is at Dunga, near the
centre of the island.

Muomo, plur. miomo, the moustache,
the lip.

Muscda, plur. misala, an oval mat
used to perform the Mohammedan
devotions upon.

Musama, pardon.

Musimi, the northerly winds, which
blow in December, January, and
February. The musimi is some-
times reckoned to extend till
June.

Musimo — Musimi.

Mustarehe, enjoyment.

Mustarifu, with a competency,
neither rich nor poor.

350

MUT

MWA

Mutaabir, credible.

Mutia, obedience.

3Iuuaji, plur. loauaji, a murderer,

a slayer.
Muuguzi, plur. tcauguzi, a nurse,

one who nurses sick people.
Muumishi, plur. waumisM, a cupper.
Muundi wa mguu (A.), the shin.
Muungu, God, plur. miungu. The
Swahili rarely use Muungu or
'Mungu alone. They almost
always say Mwenyiezi 'Mungu.
Mashini ya Muungu, a poor free
person.
Muzimo, a place where offerings are
made to some spirit supposed to
haunt there. Baobab trees are
generally supposed to be haunted
Mvi, grey hairs. [by spii'its.

Mvili, the shade of a tree.
Mvinje, Cassiorinus.
Mvinyo, strong wine, spirits, wine.
Mviringo, round, roundness.
3Ivita, Mombas.
Mvivu, idle. See -vivu.
Mvua, rain, rains.

Mvua ya mwaka, the rain which
falls about August.
3Ivuje, assafoetida.
Mvuhe, vapour, steam.
ilvuhuto, plur. mivuJcuto, a lever.
Mvulana, plur. wavulana, a young
man whose beard is just begin-
ning to grow.
Mvule, the lesser rains, about

October or November.
Mvulini, in the shade.
Mvumay plur. mivuma, the borassus

palm.
Mvumilivu, plur. wavumilivu.

patient, long-suffering.
Mvumo,Q, rubber, six gunies won by
one side (in cards).

Mvunda, or Mvunja, plur. wavundn,
a breaker, a destroyer, one who
ruins.
Mvungu, the hollow of a tree, a
hollow tree.
Mvungu wa Mtanda, the space
under a bedstead.
Mvuvi, plur. wavuvi, a fisherman.
3Iw-. See M-.
3Iwa, of.

Mwaa, plur. miwaa, strips of the
leaf of a tree called mhoma (?),
used to make coarse mats and
baskets.
Mwafa hu-, to forgive.
Alwafaha, a conspiracy, an agree-
ment, a bargain.
BIwaga Jcu-, to pour away, to empty

out, to spill.
3Iwagia hu-, to pour upon, to empty

out for.
Mivajisifuni, a self flatterer.
Mwalca, plur. miaJca, a year. The
year commonly used in Zanzi-
bar is the Arab year of twelve
lunar months. There is also
the Persian year of 365 days,
beginning with the Nairuz,
called in Swahili the Siku a
mwaka. From this day the year
is reckoned in decades, each
decade being called a mwongo.
The year is called from the day
of the week on which it com-
mences : Mwaka juma, Mwaka
alhamisi, &c.
Mwaka jana, last year.
Mwaka juzi, the year before last.
Mwaka kwa mwaka, yearly.
Mwake, his, hers, its. See -ake.
Mwako, thy. See -ako.
Mwali. See Mwana mwali.
j Mwali, plur. miwali, a sort of palm

M WA

MWB

851

•with very long and strong leaf
stalks, •which are used for doors,
ladders, and other purposes.

Mwalimu, plur. icaalimu, a teacher.

Mwamale, treatment, mode of treat-
ing.

Mwambay plur. miamha, a rock.

Mwamha, plur. miamha, the wall
plate in a mud and stud house.

Mimmua, plur. icaamua, a judge.

Mwamua, husband's brother.

Micamuzi, plur. waamuzi, a judge.

Mwana, the mistress of the house,
a matron. It is polite in Zanzi-
bar to speak of one's own mother
as micana.

Mwana, plur. waana, a son, a child.
Micanangu, my child.
Micanao, your child.
Mvoanaioe, his or her cliild.
Mwanetu, our child.

Mwana Adamu, a child of Adam,
i.e., a human being.

Mwana maji, a seaman.

Mwana maua, a sprite represented
as a white woman with an ugly
black husband.

Mwana mke, plur. waana waJce or
icaanaahe, a woman.

Mwana mhe wa kiungwana, a lady.

Mwana mume, plur. waana waume
or waanaume, a man.
Mwana micali, a young woman
whose breasts are not yet flat-
tened, one who has not yet left
her father's house.

Mwanamizi, a soldier crab.

Mwandihaji, plur. waandikaji, a
waiter, a table servant.

Mwandiko, plur. miandiko, a manu-
script, handwriting.

Mwandishi, plur. waandishi, a
writer, a clerk, a secretary.

Mwanga, plur. mianga, light, a
light, a kind of rice.

Mwangalizi, plur. waangalizi, an
overseer, one who overlooks or
looks to.

Mwangaza, plur. miangaza, a light
hole, the small round holes which
are often left near the ceilings
of rooms in Zanzibar.

Mwango, plur. mz'awgo, a lamp-stand,
a piece of wood about eighteen
inches long, from near the bottom
of which two small pieces project
at right angles, to hold the com-
mon clay lamp of the country.
The micango is generally hung
against a wall.

Mwango = Mango.

^Mwango, plur. miwango, a kind of

Mwangu, my. See -angu. [shrub.

Mwangwi, echo.

Mwani, seaweed.

'Mwanzi, plur. miwanzi, a bamboo.
Miwanzi ya pua, the nostrils (?).

Mwanzo, plur. mianzo, beginning.

Mwao, a worry, bother.

Mwapuza, a simpleton.

MwasM, plur. waasM, a mason.

Mwatliini, one who calls to prayer
at the mosque, a muezzin. Also
Mueththin.

Mwavuliy plur. miavuli, an um-
brella.

Mwawazi, the Disposer, a title of
God.

Mwaya kw = Mwaga ku-, to pour
away.

'Mweli, plur. waweli, a sick person.

Mwema, good. See -ema.

Mwemhamba, thin. See -embamba,

Mwenibe, plur. miemhe, a mango tree.

Mwendanguu, a great and irre-
parable loss.

352

MWE

M WI

Mwendo, going, gait, journey.
Mwenendo, going on, behaviour.
Mioenge, plur. mienge, a bundle of

straw, &c., used to carry a light.
Mwenyeji, plur. wenyeji, a host, a
person who has a home in the
place.
Mwenyeive, plur. wenyewe, the owner,
self, myself, thyself, himself,
&c.
Mbau za mwenyewey some one
else's planks.
Mwenyi, having, possessing. See
-enyi.
Mwenyi ezi Muungu, Almighty

God.
Mwenyi clwngo, a one-eyed per-
son.
Mwenyi inchi, the lord of the

country.
Mwenyi Jcichaa, a lunatic.
Mwemji huhutubu, a preacher.
Mwenyi kupooza, a paralytic.
Mwenyi mali, a rich man.
Mwenzangu, plur. wenzangu, my

companion.
Mwenzi, pliu*. wenzi, a companion.
Mwere, a kind of corn or seed like
linseed, growing on a close spike
like a bulrush flower.
Mwerevu, plur. werevu, a shrewd

person, a man of the world.
Mwewe, a hawk, a kite, a kind of

fish.
Mweya ku-, to steal.
'Mweza, plur. waweza, able, having
power over.
Mweza mwenyewe, one's own
master.
Mioezi, the moon.

Mwezi, plur. miezi, a month. The
months in Zanzibar begin on
the day on which the moon is

first seen, unless the old month
has already had thirty days ; if
80, the day which would have
been the 31st, is the 1st of the
new month.
Mwezi mpungufu, a month of less

than thirty days.
Mwezi mwandamu or mwangamu,

a month of thirty full days.
Mwezi ngapi ? what is the day of

the month ?
Mwezi wa sita, the 6th day of the
month.
Mwiha, plur. niiiba, a thorn.
Mwibaji, plur. wehaji, an habitual

thief, a thievish person.
Mwigo, a sort of large dove with red
bill, white neck, and black body.
It cries Kooo ! Then one answers,
^^Mwigo!" Kooo! — ^^Niagulie! "
Kooo ! — " Kwema nendako ? "
Kooo ! — then one may go on. If it
answers not, it is a bad omen.
Mwiko, plur. miiko, a spoon, a
mason's trowel. Also a measure,
direction, prohibition, especial-
ly of a medical practitioner.
Kushika mwiko, to live by rule, to
live abstemiously.
Mwili, plur. miili, the body.
Mwimo, plur. miimo, side piece of

a door frame.
^Mivinda, plur. wawinda, a hunter.
Mwingajini, a common plant whose
leaves are said, when rubbed in,
to cure the aching of the limbs in
fever ; a decoction of the roots is
said to be useful in dysentery.
Mwingi, much, full.

Mwingi wa maneno, full of
words.
Mwinyi = Mwenyi, having, with.
See -enyi.

M WI

M Z 0

353

Mwisho, plur. miisho, end, conclu-
sion.

Micithi (Patta) = Micivi,

Mwito, calling, suuunons.

Mtcitu, forest.
Ya mwitu, wild.
Mhwa wa mwitu, jackals.
Mwivi, plur. icevi, a thief.

*Mwivu, plur. waudvUf a jealous
person.

Mwizi (A.) = Micivi.

Mwoga, plur. icaoga, one who fears.
a coward.

Mwokosi, plur. waoltosi, one who
picks up anything.

Miookozi, plur. waokozi, one who
saves, a saviour.

Mwomhaji, plur. waombaji, a beg-
gar.

Mwomhezi, plur. waombezi^ an inter-
cessor.

Mwomo = Mdomo.

Micongo, plur. miongo, a decade of
ten days, used in reckoning tlie
nautical or Swahili year, from
the siku a mwaka.
Mwongo micangapi, in what de-
cade is it ?

'Mwongo, plur. waicongo, a liar, a
false person.
Simekuwa 'mwongo f am I not a
liar?

Mwongofu, plur. icaongqfu, a con-
vert, a proselyte.

Minujiza, plur. miujiza, a miracle.

Mzaa, plur. tcazaa, a parent.

il/zaa bibi, a great-grandmother.

Mzahibu. plur. mizahibu, a vine.

Mzaha, sport, ridicule, derision.
Knmfanyizia mzaha, to deride
him.

Mzalia, plur. icaznlia, a native, a
slave born in the country.

I Mzalisha, plur. wazalisha, a mid-
1 wife.
Mzaramu, a pool of water.
Mzazi, plur. wazazi, a parent, fruitful.

(St mzazi, barren.
ilfzee, plur. icazee, an old person, an

elder.
Mzemhe, plur. wazewhe^ a careless

person.
Mzige, a locust
Mzigo, plur. mizigo, a burden, a

load.
Mzima, an extinguisher, one who

puts out.
Mzima, plur. wazima, a living or
healthy person.

Jftw mzima, a grown person.
Mzimu. See Zimwi, Muzimo,

Kuzimu.
Mzinga, plur. mizinga, a hollow
cylinder, a hollowed piece of
wood used as a beehive, a ran-
non.

i?ea?e i/a mzinga, a pillar dollar.
Mzingi or Mzinji, plur. mizingi,

foundations, trench for laying in

the foundation. Also Msinji.
Mzingile mwam^iji, a puzzle, a

labyrinth.
Mzingo, the circumference, brink.

Mzingo wa, around.
Mzio, that which wouldbe deleterious

to any one ; each person is said to

have his special mzio — of one it is

cuttle-fish, of another, red fish,

and so on. Also Msio.
Mzishi, plur. wazishi, a burier, one

who will see to one's funeral, a

special friend,
M~o, sixty pishi.
Mzofafa, on tiptoe.
Mzoga. plur. mizoga, a dead body, a
carcase.

354

BIZO

N

Mzomari. See Maraslii = Zomari.

Mzungu, plur. mizungu, a strange
and startling thing,

MzungUi plur. Wazungu, a Euro-
pean, one who wears European
clothes.

Mzungu wa pili, queen in cards.

Mzungu wa tatu, knave in cards.

Mzungu wa 'nne, king in cards.

MzunguhOj plur. mizunguico, a wan-
dering about.

Mzushi, a heretic, an innovator.

Mzuzi, plur. wazuzi, a tale-bearer,
one who reports maliciously or
untruly the word of others.

Mzuzu, plur. wazuzu, a simpleton.

Mzwea^ used to.

N is pronounced as in English.

An i sound is generally connected
with an initial n. It sometimes
precedes more or less distinctly,
and may be written in or 'n, making
the n a distinct syllable. Some-
times the n flows into the following
letter, so that the i sound is alto-
gether lost. Very often it follows
it as in the common syllable ni or
ny. It is characteristic of the Zan-
zibar dialect to make the initial i
sound distinct. Thus inchi, a coun-
try, is at Mombas 'nti.

Ni is often contracted into 'n or
n, and where n would be dropped
ni sometimes is so, as in the first
person of the future tense, nitapenda
or 'ntapenda or tapenda.

N cannot be placed before 6, ch,
f, k, I, p, r, s, t, V, or w.

Before h, w, and perhaps v, it be-
comes w, and w changes into h.

Before h, p, and perhaps t, it is
dropped, and the consonant
gets an explosive sound.

Before Z, r, and perhaps t, the n
remains, but the other conso-
nant becomes a d.

Before cli, J^ m, n, and «, it in
merely dropped.

N can stand before d, g, j, y,
and z.

N before h is in two cases at least
contracted into h.

Hapenda = Nikapenda.

Hipenda = Nikipenda.

There is a sound in Swahili which
is treated as a simple consonant,
which does not occur in European
languages as an initial sound. It
is very nearly the same with the
final ng in English, in such words
as loving, going, &c. The sounds of
n and g seem both audible, but so
blended that neither of them can be
carried on to the following vowel.
It is here written ng\ to distinguish
it from the common sound ng, in
which the g passes on to the follow-
ing vowel. There is some little
difierence in the way in which dif-
ferent persons pronounce it ; it has
sometimes more of a gn sound, and
might be so written it it be under-
stood that the two letters are so
fused together that neither can be
heard as if it stood alone. It has
been sometimes written n, which is
either a mistake or very misleading.
That the sound really is ng, may be
proved by the fact that such words
as begin with it are treated as words
beginning with n, and that when
other prefixes are applied they are

N-

N-

355

treated as if the root began with g.
It is not, however, a very common
sound in Swahili.

There is another sound com-
pounded of n and i, which is very
fairly represented by the Spanish n,
or by ni in such English words as
companion, &c. It is pronounced
perhaps in Swahili with a slightly
broader and more nasal sound. It
is here written ny, to distinguish it
from the common syllable ni, in
which the i has a vowel sound.

The ny sound in the dialect of
Zanzibar sometimes represents an n
in more northern Swahili, as in

Eunica or Jciinywa, to drink.

The change from n to ny has in
many verbs the effect of giving a
causative meaning, as in kupona, to
get well, kujponya, to make well, to
save.

N-, or ni-, the sign of the first per-
son singular of verbs, I.

-»-, or -ni-, the objective prefix
proper to denote the first person,
me.

N- (see ny-).

1. A prefix frequently occurring
in substantives which do not
change to form the plural. If
followed by d, g, j, or z, it is
pronounced with them and does
not form a distinct syllable.
Before other consonants it forms
a distinct syllable, and may be
written 'n- or sometimes in-.

2. The plural prefix of substan-
tives which begin in the singular
with U-, followed by a conso-
nant. The u is dropped and n
pref xed before d, g, j, and z.

Before h, and perhaps v, the n
changes into m, before w the mo
become mb. Before Z or r the
nl or nr become nd. Before k,
p, and t, the n is dropped and
the other consonant gets an ex-
plosive or aspirated sound, and
may be written k% p\ and t' ;
before ch, f, m, n, and s, the n is
merely dropped. Where, how-
ever, dropping the u- would
leave the word a monosyllable,
the u- is retained, and ny pre-
fixed.
N- (see ny-). The prefix proper to
adjectives agreeing with sub-
stantives of the class which does
not change to form its plural
of whichever number, or with
plural substantives which make
their singular in u-. Where the
simple form of the adjective
begins with a vowel, ny- is pre-
fixed, except -ema, good, which
makes njema or ngema. The
changes before a consonant are
the same as those given just
above for the plural nouns in u-.
Nyumla mhaya, not nhaya.

„ chache, not nchache.

„ ndogo.

„ fupi, not nfupi.

„ ngema.

„ njema.

„ kubwa, not nkvhwa.

„ moja, not nmoja.

„ nane, not nnane.

„ pana, not npana.

„ 'mpya, not npya oip>ya-

„ ndefu, not nrefu.

„ tatu, not ntaiu.

„ mhili, not nwili or npiJi.

>» nzuri.

356

N A

NAN

Na, and, also, with ; by, of the agent
of a passive, and with, of the
sharer in the action of a reci-
procal verb.

Na when joined with a pronoun
commonly forms one word with
it.

Nami, and I, or with me.

Nawe, and thou, or with thee.

Nao, nayo, nacho, nalo, and or
with them, it, &c., &c., &c.

Na joined with the verb kuwa, to
be, or with the personal prefix
only, constitutes the verb to
have. The object is frequently
joined with the na, — ana, or
anazo, anaclio, &c., &c., he has.

AlieJio nacho, which he has

Alicliokuwa nacho, which he had.

Atakachohuwa nacho, which he
will have.

Atahuwa nacho, he will have it.

The verb kuwa na is used some-
times in the sense of being, as
Palikuwa na mtu, there was a
man.

Hakuna, there is not.

Kuna, there is.

Zinazo, they are.
-na-, the sign of the present tense
of a continuing action.

Anakwenda, he is going.

Anasema, he is saying.

This tense has sometimes the
effect of a present participle.

Akamwona anakuja, and he saw
him coming.

N.B. — At Mombas the -na- tense
is used as a past tense. At
Zanzibar it is the most usual
present.
Na or 'Nna = Nina, I have.
Naam or Na'am, yes.

Nabihuha ku-, to exhort.

Nabii, a prophet.

Nadi ku, to proclaim, to make a
bid fur a thing, to sell by auction.
See Mnadi.

Nddira, rare.

Nafaka, corn, corn used as money.
Mtama, or millet, was formerly
used in Zanzibar as small
change : it was superseded by
the introduction of pice from
India about the year 1845.

Nafasi, space, room, time, oppor-
tunity.

Nafisisha ku-, to give space, to make
space.

Nafsi or Nafusi, self, soul, breath.

Nafuu, profitable.

Nahau, spelling, grammar.

Nahma ku, to revenge.

Nahotha ya maji, water-tank.

Nai, a sort of anvil fixed in a forked
piece of wood.

Najisi = Nejjis, profane.

NakhotJia or Nahoza, captain of a
vessel, master mariner.

Nakili ku-, to copy, to transcribe.

Nakishi, Naksh, or Nakshi, cavviDg.
Kukata naksh, to carve, to orna-
ment with carving.

Nakishiwa ku, to be carved or in-
laid.

Nakl, a copy.

Nako, and it was there.

Ndkudi, cash, ready money.

Nama ku- = Inama ku-, to bend
down, to bow the head.

Nami, and I, or with me.

Na'mna or Namuna, sort, pattern.

Namua ku- (Mer.), to take out of a
trap, to extricate.

Nana or Na'ana, mint.

Nana, mistress (N.).

NAN

NDI

357

Nanazi, plur. mananazi, a pine-
Nane, eight. [apple.

-nane, eight.

Ya nane, eighth.
Nanga, an anchor.

Kutia nanga, to anchor.
Kangonango, a worm (?).
Nani ? Who ?

Naiiigicanzula, a kind of lizard.
Nao, and they or with them, and it

or with it.
Naoza = NaTchotJia, a captain.
Na])0, and there, and here.
Nasa ku; to catch in a trap.
Nasi ku; to warn.
Nasihu, luck, fortune.

Kica nasihu, by chance, perhaps.
Nasihu 1:u, to appoint.
Nasiha Itu-, to suggest.
Nasihi ku-, to entreat, to beseech.
Nastahiba, I see it better, prefer.
Nasur, an abscess.
Nata ku-, to be adhesive, to stick.
NatJiari, choice.
Nathiri, a look, a glance, a vow.

Kuiceka nathiri, to vow.

Kuondoa nathiri, to perform a
vow.
Nathiri ku-, to glance.
Natoa, a blemish (?).
Nauli, freight.
Naica ku-, to wash oneself.

Kunawa mikono, to wash one's
hands.
Nazdr, quarrel.
Nazi, a cocoa-nut, a fully ripe nut.

Nazi kavu, copra, cocoa-nuts dried
fit for pressing.
Naziri = Nathiri.
Naziyana ku-, to quarrel.
'Ncha, the point, the end, tip, a

strand in cordage.
Nchi. See IncUi.

Ndaa (M.), hunger, = Njaa.
Ndama, a calf, the young of a

domestic animal.
Kdani, within, inside.
Ndani ya, inside of.
Kioa ndani, inner, secret.
Ndani kwa ndani, secretly.
Ndaroho.

Kusema cha ndaroho, to speak a
secret language.
Ndefu = Ndevii, the beard. Sing.

udevu, one hair of the beard.
Ndefu, long. See -refu.
Ndege, a bird, birds, an omen. To
see a woman with a load is lucky,
and would be culled ndege njema.
To see a man by himself carrying
nothing is unlucky, and is ndege
mhaya.
Nd^.re.

Unga wa ndere, a magic poison.
Ndewe, a hole pierced in the lobe of

the ear,
Ndezi, a kind of animal.
Ndi-, a prefix used with the short
form of the pronoun to express,
it is this, this is the one, I am
he, you are he, &c.
I, Ndimi,
Thou, Ndiice.
He or she, Ndiye.
It, Ndio, ndiyo, ndicho, ndilo^

ndipo, ndiko, ndimo.
We, Ndisi.
You, Ndinyi.

They, Ndio, ndiyo, ndivyo, ndizo.
Ndiyo yalio, that is just it, that
is how matters stood.
Ndia (M.) = Njia.
Ndimi, tongues. See TJlimi.
Ndio, yes.

Ndiioa (M.) or Njiwa, a pigeon.
Ndid, bananas, plantains.

8.38

K DI

NG A

Ndizi Bungala, a thick sweet
kind of banana.

Ndizi mjenga, a long kind of
banana used in cooking.

Ndizi msusa, a large ridged kind
of banana.
Ndoa, marriage.
Ndonya, a lip-ring, worn by the

Nyassa.
Ndoo and Ndooni (M.) = Njoo and

Njooni^ come.
Ndoo, a pail, a bucket.
Ndoto, a dream.
Ndovu, an elephant.
Ndugu, a brother or sister, a cousin,
a relation,

Ndugu Jiunyonya, a foster brother,
Ndui, small-pox. [&c.

Nduli, savage, given to slaying, a

man wholly without patience.
Ndume, male, from -lume or -ume.
Ndusi, a bos.
Nehii = Nahii, a prophet.
Neema, grace, favour.
Neemesha Jcu-, to enrich.
Nefsi = Nafd = Nafun, self.
Negesha ku-, to charge with, to at-
tribute falsely to.

Ahamnegesha mwivi, and he
called him a thief.
Nejjis, or Nejisi, or Najisiy profane,

blasphemous.
NelU, a pipe, a water-pipe.
Nembo, tribal murks.
Nena ku-, to speak, to name, to

mention.
Nenana ku-, to talk against one

another, to quarrel.
-nene, thick, stout, fat, whole, com-
plete, plump, sleek.
Nenea ku-, to talk to, of, at, for, or

against, to blame, to scold, to re-

cc>mmend.

Nenepa ku-, to grow fat, used es-
pecially of persons.
Neno, plur. maneno, a word, a thing.

Sikufanya neno, I have done no-
thing.
Nenyekea ku-, to be humble, to con-
descend.
-nenyekevu, humble, condescending.
Ne2Ja ku-, to sag, to dip in the

middle as a long rope does.

Neupe or Nyeupe, white. See -eupe.

Neusi or Nyeusi, black. See -eusi.

-nga- or -nge-, the prefix of the

present conditional tense.

ni-nge-kuwa, I should be.
Ngadu, land crabs.
-ngawa, though.

Ng'aa liu- = Ng'ara ku-, to shine.
■ngali-, the prefix of the past con-
ditional.

ni-ngali-kataa, I should have re-
fused.
Ngama, the hold of a ship.
Ng'amha, a hawkshead turtle, from

which tortoiseshell is procured.
Ng'amho, the other side of a river

or creek.
Ngamia or Ngamiya, a cameL
Ng'anda, a handful.
Ngano, a tale, a fable.
Ngano, wheat.

Amekula ngano, he has been dis-
graced ; that is, having been
as if in paradise, he has now
to eat the food of ordinary
mortals.
Ngao, a shield or buckler ; they are

circular and very small.
Ngara, the young cob of Indian

corn.
Ng'ara ku-, or Ng'ala, or Ng'aa, to

shine, to glitter, to be transparent,

to be clear.

NGA

N GU

359

Ngariba, a circumcisor.

N'gariza hu-, to fix the eyes, to glare.

Amening^ ariza viaclio, he glared
at me.
Ngaica, a civet cat (?).

The ngawa is a larger animal
than the fungo.
Ng'aza hu-, to make to shine, or to

be brilliant.
Ngazi, a ladder.
Ngazidja, Great Comoro.
'A^e, a scorpion.

'Tige-, sign of the conditional pre-
sent, would.

Yangedumu, they would still con-
tinue.
Ngedere, a small black monkey.
Ngema, good. See -ema.
Ngeu, ruddle used by carpenters to

mark out their work.
-ngi or -ingi, many, much,
Ngiliza. See Ingiliza.
-ngine, other, diiferent.

Wangine — wangine, some — other.
Ng'oa ku; to pull up, to root up, to

pull out.
Ngoa, lust.

Kulia 7igoa, to weep for jealousy.

Kutimia ngoa yakwe, to satisfy
his desires.
Ng'ofic, the roe of a fish.
Ngoja ku-, to wait, to wait for.
Ngoje, Angoxa.

Ngojea ku-, to wait upon, to watch.
Ng'oka ku-, to be rooted up.

Moyo unaning'oka, I was startled
out of my wits.
Ngoh, rope.

Ngoma, a drum, a musical perform-
ance generally.
Ng^omhe or Gnoinbe, an ox, a cow., a
bull, cattle.

Ng^ombe nduine, a bull.

Ngome, a fort.

Ng'onda ku-, to cure or dry fislj, «S:c.

Ng'onga.

Ana ng'onga (A.), he is inclined
to vomit.
Ng'ong'e, the strips of leaf or fibre

used for sewing matting, and for

tying.
Ng'ong'o, the thick edge of a strip

of matting.
Ngono, the share of her husband's

company which is due to each

wife.
Ngovi = Ngozi, skin.
Ngozi, skin, hide, leather.
Nguchiro, a mangouste. Also, a

sort of bird = Mcliiro.
Ngumi or Nyamgumi, a whale.
Ngumi.

Kupiga ngumi, to strike with the
fist.
Ngumu, hard. See -gumu.
Nguo, calico, cotton cloth, clothes.

Nguo ya meza, a table-cloth.

Nguo ya maki, stout cloth.

Kutenda nguo, to stretch the
threads for weaving.
Nguri, a shoemaker's tool shaped

like a skittle.
Nguru, a kind of fish.
Nguruma ku-, to roar, to thunder,
JSgurumo, a roar, distant rolling

thunder.
Nguruvu, a kind of jackal with a

bushy tail.
Nguruwe or Nguuwe, a pig, swine.
Nguruzi, a plug.
Nguue = Ngurmce, a pig.
Nguue, red paint.
Nguva, a kind of fish.
Nguvu, strength, power, authority.

Kica nguvu, by or with strength,
by force, strongly, rankly.

360

NGU

NJl

Nguzo, a pillar, pillars.

-ngwana, free, civilized.

Ngwe. See Ugwe.

2^gwe, an allotment or space for cul-
tivation.

Ngwena, a crocodile, a seal.

Ngwiro, a large kind of ant.

Ni, I am, was, is.

Ni is used to express is or was, for
all peroons and Loth numbers.

Ni (M.), by, with the agent of a
passive verb.

iVi-, W-, or N; I, the sign of the
first person singular. Before the
-ta- of the future it sometimes
disappears.

-711- or -11-, the objective prefix de-
noting the first person singular.

-7ii, added to substantives, forms a
sort of locative case, signifying
in, at, into, to, from, from out
of, near, by.

1. When followed by pronouns,
&c., beginning with 'm or mw,
this case implies within, inside
of, or the coming or going to
or from the inside of the thing
named.

2. When followed by pronouns,
&c., beginning with p, it signi-
fies nearness to, or situation at,
by, before, near.

3. When followed by pronouns,
&c., in kw, it denotes going or
coming to or from, or at, from,
and in, in a vague sense, or of
things far off.

-ni, added to verbs in the impera-
tive forms the second person
plural. It is sometimes suffixed
to common phrases, as huaheriai,
good-bye, and twendtzetuni, let us
go, and Ls explained as a short

form for enyi, or nyie, you ! yoii

there !
-ni, enclitic form for nini, what ?
-ni, enclitic for nyi as an objective
suffix (N.).

Nawaambiani, I tell you.
Nia, mind, intention, what one has

in one's mind.
Nia hu, to have in one's mind, to

think to do.
Nikaao, which I inhabit.
Nikali, and I am or was.

Nikali nikienda, and I am going.
Nil, blue (for washing).
Nikwata, the little wall lizard.
Nili, I being.

Nili hall ya kiiwa juu yoke, I
being on his back.
Nina, I have.
Nina, mother (N.).
Ninga, a kind of green bird some-
thing like a dove, a woman'a

name.
Ning^inia ku-, to swing.
Ning'iniza ku-, to set swinging.
Nini ? What ?

Kwa nini, or Ya nini ? why ? what
for?
Ninyi, ye, you.

Ninyi nyote, all of you, all to-
getlier.
Nipe, give me. See Pa ku-.
Nira, yoke.
Nisha, starch (?).
Njaa, hunger, famine.
'iV/e, outside, forth.

^Nje ya, outside of.

Kwa 'nje, outwardly, on the out-
side.
Njema, good, very well. See -ema.
Njia or Ndia, a way, a path, a road,
means.

Njia panda, cross roada.

N JI

NY-

361

Njiri, a kind of animal.

Njiwa, a pigeon, pigeons.
Njiwa manga, tame pigeons.
Njiwa ya mwi'tu, a wild pigeon.

Njomho, a fish barred with black and
yellow.

Njoo, come.

Njooni, come ye.

Njozi, an apparition, vision.

Njiiga, a dog-bell, a small bell
worn as an ornament.

NjugUy ground nuts.

Njugu nyassa, soft ground-nuts.
Njngu mawe, hard ground-nuts,

Njumu, inlaid with silver, inlaying
work. See Mjumu.

Njriwa = Njuga.

Nnaokaa, where I am living, which
I am inhabiting.

-fine, four.

Ya 'nne, fourth.

Noa hu, to whet, to sharpen on a
stone.

Noher, a servant.

Xohoa, the second head man at a
plantation, generally a slave.

Noleo, plur. manoleo, the metal ring
round the haft where a knife is
set into its handle.

Nona hu-, to get fat, applied espe-
cially to animals,

Nong'ona hu-, to whisper, to mur-
mur.

Nong^oneza hu-, to whisper to.

Nong'onezana hu-, to whisper to-
gether.

-nona, fat.

Nonoa hu- (?).

Noondo, or Nondo, a moth.

Nshi (A.), eyebrow.

Nso, the kidneys.

'Nta, wax, bees' -wax.

'liii — Inchi, laud, country, earth.

Nuele or Nioele — Nyele, hair.
Nuia hu-, to have in one's mind, to

intend.
Nuha hu-, to give out a smell, to
stink.
Ttimhaho ya hunuha, snuff.
Nuhato, plur. manuhato, a good

smell, a scent.
Nuhiza hu-, to smell out like a dog.
Nuhta, a point, a vowel point.
Nuna hu-, to sulk.
Nundu, a hump, a bullock's hump.
Nungu, a porcupine.
Nungu [Pemba], a cocoa-nut.
Nung^uniha hu-, to murmur, to

grumble.
Nunua hu-, to buy.
Xunulia hu-, to buy for.

Numdiwa hu-, to have bouglit
for one.
Nura hu-, to say the words of an

oath.
Ntiru, light.
Nusa hu-, to smell.

Tumhaho ya hunusa, snuff.
Nuss, or Nusu, or Nussu, half.
Nusuru hu-, to help.
Nioa hu- or Nywa hu-, to drink, to

absorb.
Nweleo, plur. manweleo, pores of

the skin.
Nwewa hu-, to be absorbed, to be

drunk.
Ny-, a common prefix to substan-
tives which do not change to
form the plural, where the root
begins with a vowel.
Substantives in u- or w- followed
by a vowel make their plural
by substituting ny- for the -u.
Dissyllables in u- make their
plural by merely prefixing ny-.
Ny-, the prefix proper to adjectives.

362

NY A

NYE

agreeing with substantives of
either number of the class
wliich do not change to form
their plural, or with the plural
of substantives in u-, when the
root of the adjective begins
■with a vowel, except -ema,
good, which makes njema or
ngema.
Nya Jcu-, to fall (of rain) ; the Jcu-
bears the accent, and is re-
tained in the usual tenses.
Mvua inakimya, the rain is fall-
ing (Zanzibar).
Mvua yanya, rainfalls (M.).
Nyaa, nails of the fingers (N.).
Nyaka ku-, to catch.
Nyakua ku-, to snatch.
^yala, sheaths. See Ala.
JKyalio, cross pieces put in the
bottom of a pot to prevent the
meat touching the bottom and
burning.
Nyama, flesh, meat, an animal,
animals, beasts, cattle.
Nyama mbioayi, savage beasts.
Nyamaa ku-, to continue silent, not

to speak, to acquiesce.
-nyamavu, silent.

Nyamaza ku-, to become silent, to
leave off talking, to cease (of
pain).
Nyamgumi, a whale.
Nyanana, gentle. See -anana.
•nyangdlika, a sort of a.

Kitu kinyangdlika, a sort of a

thing.
Mnyangalika ganil What sort
of a man is it ?
Nyang'anya ku-, to rob, to take by

force.
Nyangari, large (spider) shells.
Nyani, an ape, apes.

Nyanya, a small red fruit used as a
vegetable, &c.

Nyanya ya kizungu, ft sort of
small tomato.
Nyanyasa ku-, to profane, contemn.
Nyara, booty.
Nyasi, grass, reeds.
Nyati, a buffalo, buffaloes.
Nyatia ku-, to creep up to, to stalk

(an animal, &c.).
Nyauka ku-, to dry up, to wither,

to shrivel.
Nyawe, his mother (M.).
Nyayo, pliir. of uayo.
Nyea ku-, to cause to itch, to iteb

Imeninyea, I itch
Nyefua ku-, to devour like a beast

of prey.
Nyegi.

Kuwa na nyegi, to be in heat.
Nyekundu, red. See -ekundu.
Nyele, or Nuele, or Nicele, the hair,
sing, unyele, one hair.

Nyele za kipilipili, woolly hair.

Nyele za singa, straiglit hair.
Nyembamba, thin. See -emhamha.
Nyemelea ku-, to go quietly and

secretly up to a thing in order

to seize it.
Nyemi, a great dance.
Nyenya ku-, to talk a person into

telling something.
Nyenyekea ku-, to be humble.
Nyenzo, rollers, anything to make

things move.
Nyepesi, light. See -epesi.
Nyesha ku-, to cause to fall.

Kunyeslia mvua, to cause it to
rain.
Nyeta ku-, to be teasing, ill-condi-
tioned, never satisfied.
Nyeupe, white. See -eupe.
Nyeusi, black. See -eusi.

-NYE

N Y W

363

•nyevu, damp.

Nyie or Enyie, you there, I say ;

used in calling people at a dis-
tance.
Nyika, wilderness, cut grass (A.).
Nyima Jcu-, to refuse to, to withhold

from, not to give to.
Nyiminyimi, into little bits.
Nyingi, many, much. See -ingi.
Nyingine, other, another. See

-ngine,
NyingHnia Jcu-^ to sway, swing.

Also ISing'inia.
Nyinyi, you.
Nyinyoro^ a bulbous plant which

throws up a large head of red

flowers.
Nyoa, plur. manyoa, a feather, =

Nyoya.
Nyoa ku; to shave.
Nyoi (?), a locust.
Nyoka, a suake, a serpent, snakes.
Nyoka hu-, to be straight, to be

stretched out.
Nyonda, temptation, trial.
Nyondo, a moth. Also Noondo.
Nyonga^ the hip.

Nyonga ya sarara (A.), the loins.
Nyonga hu-, to twist, to strangle.
Nyongqnyonga Tcu-, to go from side

to side, to wriggle.
-nyonge, mean, insignificant, vile.
Nyongo, bile.
Nyong'onyeya ku-, to be weary,

languid, to get slack and power-
less.
Nyonya ku-, to suck.
Nyonyesha ku-, to suckle.
Nyonyo.

Mafuta ya nyonyo^ castor oil (?).
Nyonyoa ku-, to pluck a bird, to

pull out feathers.
Nyonyoka = Nyonyoa.

Nyonyota ku-, to make to smart.
Kyororo, soft. See -ororo.
Nyosha ku-, to stretch, to straighten,
to extend.

Kujinyosha, to lie down, to take
a nap.
Nyofa, a star, stars, point of the

compass.
Nyote, all, agreeing with ninyi, you.

See -ote.
Nyoya, plur. manyoya, feather.
Nyoyo, hearts. See Moyo.
Nyua, plur. of ua, a courtyard, en-
closure.
Nyuki, a bee, bees.

Asali ya nyuki, honey.
Nyukua ku-, to tweak, to pinch

sharply.
Nyuma, at the back, afterwards.

Nyuma ya, behind, after.

Nyumaye, after it, afterwards.

Kuriidi nyuma, to go back.
Nyumha, a house, houses.
Nyuraho, the wildebeest, catoblepas

gorgon.
Nyumhu, a mule, mules.
Nyundo, a hammer, hammers.
Nyuni, a bird, birds (M.).
Nyungo, plur. of Ungo.
Nyungu, a cooking pot.
Nyungunyungu, sores in the leg,

said to be caused by the biting of

•worms bearing the same name.
Nyunyiza ku-, to sprinkle, to

sprinkle upon.
Nyunyunika ku-, to murmur (?).
Nt/usM, the eyebrow.
Nywa ku- or Nwa ku-, to driuk,

suck up, absorb. The ku- bears

the accent and is retained in the

usual tenses.
Nywea ku-, to get very thin, to

Tfaste away.

364

N YW

ONE

Nywesha hu-, to give to drink.
Nzi, plur. manzi, a fly. Also Inzi.
Nzige, a locust.
Nzigunzigu, a butterfly.
Nzima, sound. See -zima.
Nzito, heavy. See -zito.
Nzuri, fine. See -zuri.

0 is pronounced a little more like
aw than is usual in English.

U before o sometimes becomes a
w, but very often disappears, as :
Koga for huoga, to bathe. This
word and some others in o are
sometimes incorrectly conjugated
as if beginning in ho.

-o or -0-, sign of the relative, re-
ferring to substantives in the
singular which make their plural
in mi-, or to singular substantives
in U-.

-0, the short form of wao, they or
them.

Oa ku-, to marry, used of the bride-
groom. Passive, huolewa.

Oana ku-, to intermarry, to marry
one another.

Oawa ku-, to become married (of
the man).

Oaza ku-, to marry.

Oga ku-, to bathe, frequently pro-
nounced koga.

Ogofisha ku-, to frighten, make
afraid, to menace, to threaten.

Ogofya ku-, to frighten.

Ogolea ku-, to swim, to swim about.

Ogopa ku-, to fear, to be afraid.

Oka ku-, to bake, to cook by fire
only.

Okoa ku-, to save, to take away.

Okoka ku-, to become saved, to
Okota ku-, to pick up. [escape.

Ole, woe.

Ole loangu, wenu, &c., woe unto
me, unto you, &c.
Olewa ku-, to marry or to be mar-
ried, used of tlie bride.
Oleza ku-, to make like, to follow a

pattern.
Omla ku-, to pray to, to beg of, to

beseech.
Ombea ku-, to intercede for, to beg

on behalf of, to pray for.
Oniboleza ku-, to wail.
Omo, the head of a ship.

Pepo za omo, head winds (?).
Ona ku-, to see, to perceive, to feel.

Kuona kiu, to feel thirst.

Eujiona, to think oneself, to
afiect to be.

Naona, I think so.
Oitana ku-, to meet.
Onda ku- (M.) = Onja ku-, to taste,

to try.
Ondo, plur. maondo (A.), the knee.
Ondoa ku-, to take away.
Ondoka ku-, to go away, to get up,
to arise.

Ondoka mhele yangu, depart from
me.

Kuondoka katika ulimwengu Jitku,
to depart out of this world.
Ondokea ku-, to rise to, or out of

respect to.
Ondokelea ku-, to arise and depart

from.
Ondolea ku-, to remove, to take
away from.

Kuondolea huzuni, to cheer.
Ondosha ku-, to make to go away,

take away, abolish.
Otiea ku-, to see for to anticipate

for, to bully, to oppress.

ONE

PA

365

Onekana hu-, to become visible, to

appear, to be to be seen.
Ongea ku-, to spend time, to waste

time in talking.
Ongeza ku-, to make greater, add to.

Kuongeza ure/u, to lengthen.
Ongezeka ku-, to increase.
Ongoa ku-, to convert, to lead

aright.
Ongofya ku-, to deceive by promises.
Ongoka ku-, to be converted, to be

led aright, to be healed.
Ongokewa ku-, to prosper.
Ongonga ku-, to feel nausea.
Ongoza ku-, to drive, to lead.
Ongua ku-, to hatch.
Onguliwa ku-, to be hatched.
Onguza ku-, to scorch, to scald.
Onja ku-, to taste, try, examine.
Onya ku-, to warn, to make to see.
Onyesha ku-, to show.
Opoa ku-, to take out, to fish up.
Opolea ku-, to fish up with, for, by,

&c.
Orfa, or Orofa, or Ghorofa, an upper

room.
-ororo, soft, smooth. It makes jororo,

with nouns like kasha, and

nyororo with nouns like nyuniba.
Osha ku-, to wash.
Osheka ku-, to have been washed.
Osia, learning of old times.
Ota ku-, to dream (kulota, Mer.).
Ota ku-, to grow.

-ote or ofe, all, every one, the
whole. It varies like the pos-
sessive pronouns.

Mertkehu zote, all the ships.

Merikebu yote, the whole ship.

Twende sote, let us go together.

Twende wote, let us both go.

Lo lote, cho cTiote, &c., whatsoever.
GUa ku-, to lie ia wait for.

-ovu or -hovu, rotten, bad, corrupt,
I wicked. It makes mbovu with
nouns like nyumha.
Ovyo, trash, any sort of thing.
Owama ku-, to be steeped.
j Owamisha ku-, to steep.
Oza ku-, to rot, to spoil, go bad.
Also, to marry (of the parents).

P.

P is pronounced as in English.

P, at the beginning of a word, has
frequently an aspirated or rather
an explosive sound, such as Irish-
men sometimes give it. This is
very marked in the name of the
island of Pemba or P'emba. F'e'po,
the plural of upepo, wind, has a
very strong explosive sound given
to the first p, but in upepo both ^'s
are smooth, like an ordinary Eng-
lish p. It is probable that this
explosive sound represents a sup-

P followed by a y sound some-
times becomes/; ku^gopa, to fear,
kuogofya, to frighten ; kuapa, to
swear, kuafya, to make to swear.

Pa- or P-, the prefix proper to ad-
jectives, pronouns, and verbs
of both numbers governed by
mahali, place or places.

The prefix proper to pronouns
following the case in -ni, when
it denotes nearness, at, by, near.

The prefix pa- is often applied to
a verb in the sense of the
English there.

Palina or palikiiwa na, there was.
Hapana, there is not.
2 B

366

P A

PAK

It is not quite so indefinite as hu-.
Pa hu-, to present with, to give to.

The Itu bears the accent ; hupa

cannot be used without a person

as its object, and tlie objective

prefix bears the accent. Ali-

hupa, he gave you; aUmpa, he

gave him. The passive is hu-

pawa or Jmpewa, and means, to

have given to one, to receive.
Paa, a gazelle, a small kind of

antelope.
Paa, plur. mapaa, a thatched roof.

Nyumha ya mapaa manne, a roof
of four slopes.
Paa Tiu-y to ascend, to go up.
Paa 7cu-, to scrape.

Kupaa samaki, to scrape the
scales off a fish.

Kupaa sandarusi, to clean gum
copal.

Kupaa moto, to take fire and
carry it on a potsherd, &c.
Paanda, a trumpet.
Paange, a horsefly, a gadfly.
PaangOy plur. mapaango, a cave,

a den.
Paaza ku-, to make to rise.

Kupaaza pumzi, to draw in the
breath.
Paaza ku-, to grind coarsely, not to

make fine meal.
Pacha, a twin.

Kuzaliwa pacha, to be lx)m twins.

Pacha ya nje, a child of which
its mother was pregnant while
suckling a previous child.
Pachika ku-, to put an arrow on

the string, to stick a knife in

one's girdle, &c.
Padiri or Padre, plur. mapadirl,

a padre, a priest, a clergyman.
Pofuy lungs.

Paga ku-, to strike hard, to harpoon

a whale.
Pagaa ku-, to carry on the shoulders,
to possess (of an evil spirit).

Amepagawa na pepo, he is pos-
sessed of an evil spirit.
Pagaza ku-, to make to bear, applied

to an evil spirit causing a man to

fall sick.
Pagua ku-, to take off, strip off (as

boughs and leaves).
Pahali, in the place, at the place.
Paja, plur. mapaja, the thigh.
Paje, red mtama [Pemba].
Paji la uso, the forehead.
Paka, a cat, cats.
Paka ku-, to rub in, to smear on.
Pakaa ku- — Paka ku-.
Pakacha, plur. mapakacha, a basket

made by plaiting together part

of a cocoa-nut leaf.
Pakacha, plur. mapakacha, people

who prowl about at night to do

mischief.
Pakana ku-, to border upon.
Pakanya, rue.

Pakasa ku- (Mer.), to twist rope.
Pakata ku-, to hold a child on the

lap or in front.
Pake, his, hers, or its, after mahali,

or the case in -ni signifying

nearness. See -ake.
Pakia ku-, to load a ship, to be

loaded with, to carry as cargo,

to have on board.
Pakicha ku-.

Kupakicha migun,to cross the legs
in sitting; reckoned improper
in Zanzibar.
Pakilia ku-, to embark for, to put

on board for.
PaMza ku-, to stow on board ship,

&C.

PAK

PAN

367

PaTco, thy, your, after maliali, or
the case in -ni denoting nearness.
See -aJio.
Pahua liU; to take out of the pot,

to dish, to lade out.
Pakuna ku, to scratch.
Pakutokea, a place to go out at, an

outlet.
Pale, there, that place, of things

not very far off.
Palepale, just there, at that very

spot.
Palia ku-y to hoe.

Eupalia moto, to pick up for. and

take live embers to a person.
Kupaliwa na mate or maji, to
choke with spittle or with
what one is drinking, so as to
send it into one's nose, ears,
&c.
Palikuwa na, there was or there

were.
Palilia hu-, to hoe up, to draw the
earth up round growing crops, to
hoe between crops.
Paliliza ku-, to cause to be hoed.
Paliza ku-, to lift up the voice.
Palu, plur. mapalu, little cakes of

sugar, bhang, and opium.
Pamba, cotton.

Parriba ku-, to adorn, to deck out,
furnish.
Kupamha merikehu, to dress a

ship.
Ku'mpamha mayiti, to put cotton
in ears, mouth, &c. of a dead
person before burying him.
Pambaja ku-, to embrace.
Pamhana ku-, to meet in a narrow
place where two cannot go
abreast; applied to ships it
means, to go alongside, to get
foul of one another.

Pamhamsha ku-, to bring together,

to compare.
Pamhanua ku-, to distinguish, to

separate, to discriminate.
Pambanulia ku-, to describe by

distinguishing.
Pambanya ku-, or Parribanyiza ku-,

to overbear by loud talking, &c.
Pambauka or Pambazuka ku-, to

become light in the morning.
Pambazua ku-, to speak plainly.
Pambele, in front.

Pambo, plur. mapambo, adornment,
dressing.
Pambo la «?/wm6a, house furniture.
Pamoja, in one place, together.

Pamoja na, together with, with.
Pana, there is or are, was or were.
-pana, broad, wide. It makes yana

with nouns like nyumba.
Pana ku-, to make mutual gifts.
Panapana, flat, level, even.
Panapo, where there is, are, was or

were.
Panchayat, five head men (Hind.),

governing council.
Panda (M.) = Panja.
Panda, a bifurcation, as where a
road divides into two, where
two streams join, where the
bough of a tree forks.
Njia panda, cross roads, or where
three ways meet; there is a
superstitious custom of empty-
ing rubbish and dirt at such
places.
Panda ku-, to mount, to get up,
ascend, ride, to go on board, to
go ashore (of a ship).
Panda ku-, to set aside.
Panda ku-, to plant, to sow.
Pandana ku-, to lie across Cue
another.

2 B 2

368

PAN

PAS

Pande mhili, on both sides. See

Upande.
Pandisha ku-, to make to go up, to

hoist, to raise.
Panga ku-, to rent, to hire a house.
Panga ku-^ to put in a line, to set

in order,
Panga, plur. of upanga.
Pangana ku-, to be in rows.
Pangine, another place, other places.
See -ngine.

Panginepo, elsewhere.
Pangisha ku-, to let a house to.
Pangisha ku-, to make people sit in

rows or in order.
Pangu, my. See -angu.
Pangusa ku-, to wipe.
Panja, the forelock.

Mapanja, the receding of the
hair on each side of the fore-
lock.
Panua kur, to widen, to make

broad.
Panulia ku-, to widen for, to set

wide apart.
Panuka ku-, to become broad, to

widen.
Panya, a rat, rats.
Panyamavu, a quiet place, a calm

spot. See -nyamavu.
Paza ku-, to set up, to raise.

Kupanza mtambo wa bunduki, to
cock a gun.
Panzi, a grasshopper, a kind of

fish.
Panzi ya nazi, brown rind of the

cocoa-nut kernel.
Pao, their. See ao.
Pao, clubs (in cards).
P^apa, a shark.
Papa liapa, just here.
Papa ku-, to transude, to allow

transudation.

Papasa ku-, to touch gently, to

stroke, to feel, to grope.
Papasi, ticks, especially those found

in native huts.
Papatika ku-, to flutter like a bird.
Papatua ku-, to shell, to husk.
Papayi, plur. mapapayi, papaws, a

common kind of fruit.
Papayuka ku-, to be delirious, to

wander.
Papayuza ku-, to make delirious.
Papia ku-, to eat all one can get, to

eat without bounds.
Papua ku-, to tear.
Papura ku-, to claw, to scratch

deeply.
Papuri, thin cakes flavoured with

asafoetida.
Papurika ku-, to be lacerated.
Papuriana ku-, to pick holes in one

another's reputation.
Para, a scraping, sliding.
Para, plur. mapara, cakes of sem-

sem.
Parafujo, a screw.
Paraga ku-, to climb a tree.
Parahara, a large kind of antelope.
Parapara ku-, to paw the ground

like a horse.
Paruga ku-, to be rough and grat-
ing.
Paruza ku-, to grate, to graze, to be

harsh and rough, to strike a

match.
Paruzana ku-, to graze (as of two

boats, &c.).
Pasa ku; or Pasha ku-, to come to
concern, to become a duty.

Imekupasaje ? What have you
to do with it ?

Imenipasa, I ought.
Pasha ku-, to lend money to, to
give privately or beforehand.

PAS

PEL

369

Kicpasha mofo, to warm up, to
set before the fire.
Past, a clothes-iron.

Kupiga pasi, to iron.
Pasipo, without, where there is not.
Pasiwe, without there being.
Pastia ku; to cleave, to split, to

rend.
Pasuka Jcu-, to become rent, to

burst, to crack, to be split.
Pasukapasuha Jcu-, to be split up,

rent to pieces.
Pata, a drawn game at cards where

each side marks sixty.
Pata ku-, to get, to reach, to suffer,
to find an opportunity, to suc-
ceed in doing, to happen to.

Kupata is often used with other
verbs where we use may or
might :
Apate huja, that he may come.

Kisu chapata, the knife is sharp.

Kisu Tiakipati, the knife is blunt.

Kilichomjyata, what happened to
him. I

Chapataje ? What is it worth ?

Kupata hasara, to lose.
Pata ku, to make a lattice, as by

weaving sticks or canework.
Patana ku-, to agree, to come to an

agreement.
Patanisha hu-, to bring to an agree-
ment.
Patasi, a chisel.
Pathiica ku-, to be born.
Pati, a coloured kind of stuff.
Patia ku-, to get for.
Patiala, a great cheat, a thorough

rogue.
Patikana ku-, to be procurable, to

be got.
Patiliza ku-, to visit upon, to re-
member against.

Pato, plur. mapato, what is got,

gettings, income, proceeds.
Patia, a hinge.
Patwa ku-, to be eclipsed.

Properly, to be got, referring to
the superstition that a huge
snake has seized the moon or
sun.
Pau (plur. of TJpau), the purlins
of a roof, the small sticks tied
horizontally to fasten the thatch
to. Also, rafters (?).
Payo, plur. mapayo, one who can-
not keep a secret.
Paijuka ku-, to blab, to talk without

thinking.
Payuza ku-, to make over-talkative.
Tembo limempayuza, the palm
wine has made his tongue go.
Pazia, plur. mapazia, a curtain.
Pea, a rhinoceros.
Pea ku-, to sweep (M.).
Pea ku-, to grow to full size, to get
its growth, to become such that
there is nothing more to do, to
reach its limit.
Pekeclia ku-, to bore a hole, to get
fire by twirling a stick, to trouble
people by tales and tale-bearing.
Peketeka ku-, to scorn, to have no

fear about one.
Pekee, onliness.

Wa pekee, only.
Peke yangu, &c.,by myself, I alone.
Peke is never used in Zanzibar
without a possessive pronoun
following it, and signifies that
the person or thing is alone, or
that it is the only one.
Pekeyefu, by ourselves, or we
alone.
Pekua ku-, to scratch like a hen.
Pele, plur. of upele, the itch.

370

PEL

PET

Peleka hu-, to cause to arrive at a

place distant from the person

speaking, to send, to take, to con-
duct.
Pelekea hu-, to send, take, or conduct

to a person.
Peleleza ku-, to spy out, to look

curiously into.
P'embe, horn, corner, ivory.

Pemhe ya nyoka, a small white
horn, esteemed to be a great
medicine.

Kuwa na pemhe pemhe, to have
corners, to be angular, to be all
corners.

Pemheni, in the corner.

Pemhe za mwaka, the four seasons,
points of the world.
Pembea, a swing.
Pembeleza ku-, to beseech.
Pemheza ku-, to rock, to lull.
Penda ku-, to like, to love, to wish,

to approve, to choose, to prefer.
Pendekeza ku-, to make pleasing.

Kujipendekeza, to ingratiate one-
self with, to flatter.
Pcndelea ku-, to favour.
Pendeleo, plur. mapendeleo, a favour.
Pendeleza ku-, to make another love

one.
Pendeza ku-, to please, to become

pleasing.
Pendezewa ku-, to be pleased, to be

glad.
Pendo, love.

Pendo la malt, the love of riches.
Pengi, many places. See -ingi.
Pengo, a notch, a place where a
triangular bit is broken out.

Ana pengo, he has lost a front
tooth.
Penu, your. See -enu.
Penya ku-, to penetrate.

Penyesha ku-, to pierce, to put

through, to cause to penetrate.
Penyi, having (of place), where is
or was.

Penyi mtende, where the date tree
Pepa ku-, to stagger. [was.

Pepea ku-, to fan.
Pepeo, plur. mapepeo, a fan, a screw

propeller.
Peperuka ku-, to be blown away.
Peperusha ku-, to blow away.
Pepesa ku-, to wink.
Pepesuka ku-, to totter.
Pepeta ku-, to sift, to toss in a flat

basket, so as to separate the chaff

and the grain.
Pepetua ku-, to force open.
Pepo, a spirit, a sprite, an evil
spirit.

Pepo mhaya, an evil spirit.

Peponi, paradise, in paradise.

Pepo (plur. of upepo), much wind.

Pepo za chamchela, a whirlwind.

Maji ya pepo, fresh water.
Pepua ku-, to sift apart the whole

from the broken grains.
Per a, plur, mapera, a guava.
Pesa, plur. peso, or mapesa, pice, the

Anglo-Indian quarter anna, the

only small coin in Zanzibar ;

sometimes a dollar is worth 140,

sometimes only 112.
Pesa ku- (M.) = Pepesa ku'.
Peta ku-, to bend round, to make

into a ring.
Peta kU' = Pepeta ku-.
Petana ku-, to bend round, to be

bent in a circle.
Pete, plur. pete or mapete, a ring.

Pete ya masikio, an earring.
Petemana ku-, to be bent round.
Peto, plur. mapeto, a bundle, a tljing

carried, a large matting bag.

PET

PIG

371

Fetu, our. See -etu.
-pevu, full grown.
Pevua hu-, to make full grown.
Kujipevua, to think oneself a
man.
Pevuka ku-, to become full grown,

to reach its full size.
Pewa hu-i to get from some one, to

be presented with, to receive.
Pezi, plur. mapezi, a fin.
-pi subjoined to the personal sign
makes the interrogative which ?
See Api.
Nitawezapi ? How can I ?
-pia or -pya, new.
Pia, all, the whole, entirely.

Pia yote, completely, utterly.
Pia, a top, a humming-top.
Piga ku-, to strike, to beat, to flap.
Kupiga na incM, to strike on the

ground.
Kupiga is used of many actions in
which the idea of striking does
not always seem to be implied.
Kupiga homba, to pump.

„ hunduki, hastola, &c., to
fire a gun, a pistol, &c.
„ chapa, to print.
„ falaki, to prognosticate

by the stars.
^ fundo, to tie a knot.
„ kelele, to shout.
„ kengele, to ring a bell.
„ kilemba, to wind a cloth
round the head so as to
make a turban.
„ kiowe, to scream.
„ kofi, to box the ears, to

slap.
„ kura, to cast lots.
„ makofi, to clap the hands.
„ magote, to kneel.
y, mhinday to whistle.

Kupiga mhio, to run, to gallop.
„ mbizi, to dive.
„ miao, misoiw, or miunzi,
to make a whistling
noise.
„ mikamhe, in bathing, to
duck under water and
fling over one leg.
Kupiga mizinga ya salaamu, to
fire a salute.
„ mstari, to rule a line.
„ mtakaso, to rustle like

new clothes.
„ mvuke, to smoke meat,
„ nyiayo, to gape. [&c.
„ past, to iron.
„ pemhe, to gore.
„ pigo, to strike a blow.
„ pua, to snort.
f, ramli, to prognosticate

by diagrams.
jt randa, to plane.
„ teke, to kick.
„ umemey to lighten, to

flash.
„ uwinda, to draw the ends
of the loin cloth be-
tween the legs and
tuck them in.
„ yowe, to cry for help.
„ zomari, kinanda, &c., to
play upon the flageo-
let, guitar, &c.
Pigana ku-, to fight.

Kupigana kwa mhavu, to wrestle.
Piganisha ku-, to make to fight, to

set on.
Piganishana ku-, to set on to fight

together.
Pigilia ku-, to beat as the stone
roofs are beaten. Small woodea
rammers are used, and a great
number of people are engaged for

372

PIG

POF

about three days, with music and

songs ; the object of this beating

is to prevent the roof cracking as

it dries, and to consolidate it

while moist.
Figiza Jcu-, to make to beat.

Kupigiza tanga, to go so close to
the wind that the sail flaps.
Pigo, plur. ma^ngo, a blow.
Fika ku-, to cook.
Pikia ku-, to cook for.

Kupikiwa, to have cooked for one.
Pilao, pillaw, an Indian dish.
P'ili, a large kind of snake.
Pibi, two (in counting).

Ya pill, the second.

Ya pill yake, the next.

Yule wa pili, the other.

Mara ya pili, a second time, again.
PMlipili hoho, red pepper.
Pilipili manga, common pepper.
Pima, plur. mapima, a fathom.
Pima ku-, to measure, to weigh.

Kupima maji, to sound.
Pinda ku-, to bend.

Kupinda na mguu, talipes.
Findana hu-, to bend together.
Pindi, plur. mapindi, a twisting, a

Avriggle, cramp.
Pindi, if, when (?), although.
Pindo, plur. mapindo, the longer

edge of a cloth, selvedge.
Findua ku-, to turn over, to upset.

Kupindua kwa damalini, to wear
ship.

Kupindua kwa gosTiini, to tack.
Pinduka ku-, to be turned over, to

be upset.
Pinga ku-, to hinder, to block the
way, to lay a wager.

Kupinga chombo kwa shikio, to
turn a dhow on one side by :
means of the rudder.

Pingamizi, a meddler, one who in-
terferes to spoil a bargain, or to

give trouble.
Pingia ku-, to fasten a door, &c., by

means of a bar.
Pingili.

Pingili ya mua, the piece of a
sugar-cane which lies between
two knots.
Pingo, plur. mapingo, a bar.
Fingu, fetters, consisting generally

of two rings and a bar.
Pini, plur. mapini, a haft, a hilt.
Pipa, plur. mapipa, a barrel, tub,

cask, pipe.
Pipya, new. See -pya.
Pirikana ku-, to be strong and well

knit.
Pish a ku-, to make to pass, espe-
cially without intending to do so,

let pass, make way for.
Pishana ku-, to pass while going

opposite ways.
Pishi, a weight of about 6 lbs. = 4

vihdba.
Pislio, cautery, marks of cautery.
Pisi, parched maize.
Pisi = Fisi.

Fiswa ku-, to become silly, to dote.
Pita ku, to pass, surpass, excel,
Pitisha ku-, to make to pass, to

pass.
Po, -po, or -po-, a particle signifying
where, or when, while, as, if.

Po pote, everywhere, wherever.
Poa ku-, to become cool, to become
Podo, a quiver. [well.

Pofu, plur. mapofu, scum, bubble,

froth.
Pofua ku-, to spoil the eyes, to make

blind.
Pofuka ku-, to have the eyes spoilt,

to become blind.

POG

POT

Pogo, on one side.

Kwenda pogo, to go onesidedly,
not straight.
Pointa, the wrist-stitching of a

coat.
Poka hu-y to take suddenly and
violently, to rob.

Kupohwa, to be robbed.
PoTiea hu; to receive, to take from

some one else.
Pohelea ku-, to receive for or on

account of another.
Pokezana ku-y to go on with by

turns.
Pokezanya ku-, to shift a burden or

work from one to another as each

gets tired.
Pokonya hu-^ to snatch away, to

extort.
Pole, a little, slightly.

Amengua pole, he is not very well.
Polepole, gently, moderately.quietly.
Pomhe, native beer.
Pomhoo, a porpoise.
Pomoka ku-, to fall in, to cave in.

See Bonioka.
Pomosha ku-, to cause to fall in.
Pona ku-y to get well, to become

safe.
Ponda ku-, to pound, to beat up, to

crush.
Pondeka ku-, to be crushed.
Pondekana ku-, to crush and bruise

one another, as mtama stalks do

after much rain and wind.
Pono, a kind of fish said to be
nearly always asleep.

Ana usingizi kama pono, he is
never awake.
Ponoa ku; to strip off.
Ponya ku-, to make well, to cure,
to save.

Jiponye I Look out !

Ponyesha hu-, to cause to be made

well, to cure.
Ponyoka ku-, to slip off, slip out of

one's hands.
Ponza ku-, to put in danger.
Poopoo, a bullet, a musket ball.
Pooza, plur. mapooza, a thing which

never comes to perfection.
Pooza ku-, to become useless, to
wither and drop.

Mwenyi kupooza, a paralytic.
Poozesha ku-, to paralyze.
Po^jo, a bat.
Popoo, the areca nut, commonly

chewed with betel-leaf, lime, and

tobacco.
Popotoa ku-, to wring, twist, strain,

distort.
Popotoka ku-, to be distorted.
Pora, a young cockerel not yet old

enough to crow.
Poroa ku-, to cool, to get thin or

watery.
Poromoka ku-, to slip down a steep

place. Also Boromoka.
Posa ku-, to ask in marriage.
Posha ku-, to give rations to.
Posho, rations.
Poso, a demand in marriage.
Posoro, an interpreter, a middle-
man.
Pole, all, of time or place. See

-ote.
Potea ku-, to become lost, to get lost,
to perish, to become lost to.

Kisu kimenipotea, I have lost my
knife.
Potelea ku-, to perish.

Potelea mhali, go and be hanged.
Poteza ku-, to cause to be lost, to

cause to perish.
Potoa ku-, to go crooked, to turn

aside. See Jipotoa.

374

-POT

F u N

-potoe, obstinate, good for nothing.

Potoka ku-^ to become crooked, to
be turned and twisted.

Povu, scum, skimmings, bubble,
froth.

Povuka ku- = Pofuka ku-^ to be-
come blind.

Poza ku-, to cure, to cool by lading
up and pouring back again.

Pua, the nose, the apex of an arch.
Mwanzi loa pua, the division
between the nostrils, the nos-
tril.

Pua, steel.

Pua ku-, to shell beans, peas, &c.

Pugi, a very small kind of dove.

Pujua ku-.

Kujipujua, to cast off all shame.

Pukusa ku-, to rub the grains off a
cob of Indian corn, to make to
fall off, to shake fruit from a tree,
to throw coins among a crowd,
&c.

Pukuie.

Pukute ya wait, rice so cooked
that the grains are dry and
separate.

Pukutika ku-, to shed, to drop like
leaves in autumn.

Pulika ku-, to hear, to attend to
(A.).

Pulikana ku-, to hear one another.

Puliza ku-, to puff or blow with the
mouth. Also, to let go an anclior,
to let down a bucket into a well.

Puliki, a spangle, spangles.

Pululu, plur. mapululu, wilderness,
waste country.

Puluni or Pululuni, in the wilder-
ness.

Puma ku-, to throb.

Pumha, plur. mapumba, a clod, a
lump.

Pumhaa ku-, to be sluggish about.
Pumhazika ku-, to become a fool.
Pumho or pumbu, the scrotum.
Mapumhu, or koko za pumbu, or
mayayi ya pumho, testicles.
Pumu, an asthma, the lungs.
Pumua ku-, to breathe.
Pumuzi, breath.
Kupaaza pumuzi, to draw in the

breath, to inspire.
Kushusha pumuzi, to breathe out,
to expire.
Pumzi = Pumuzi.
Pumzika ku-, to rest, to breath one-
self.
Pumzikio, plur. mapumzikij, a rest-
ing-place.
Puna ku-, to peel, scrape, scrape off.
Punda, a donkey, donkeys.

Punda milia, a zebra.
Punde, a little more.

Mrefu punde, a little longer.
Punga (sing. Upunga), the flower
and very first stage of the cocoa-
nut.
Punga ku-, to swing, to sway, to
wave. Swaying the arms in
walking is thought to give
elegance to a woman's carriage.
Kupunga pepo, to expel an evil

spirit by music, dancing, &c.
Kukunga upepo, to be fanned by
the wind, to beat the air.
Pungia ku-, to wave to, to beckon
to.
Eupungia nguo, to wave a cloth
up and down by way of beckon-
ing to some one to come.
P'ungu, a kind of fish, a large bird

of prey.
Pungua ku-, to diminish, waste,

wear away.
Punguani, a defect (M.),

PUN

K AH

375

Punguha T:u-, to become smaller, to

fall short.
Pnnguza hu-, to diminish, to make
less, to lessen.

Kupunguza tanga, to reef a sail.
Punja hu-y to swindle, to sell a

little for the price of a large

quantity.
Punje, grains of corn,
Puo, nonsense.
Pupa, eagerness, excessive rapidity.

Kula Tiica pupa, to eat so vora^*
ciously that one's companions
get little or none.
Puputiha ku-, to fall in a shower.
Pura hu-, to beat out com.
Puruha liu-, to fly off.
Purukusha ku-.

Kujipurukusha, to refuse to
attend to, to make light of a
Puta ku-, to beat. [matter.

Putika ku-, to be well beaten.
Putugali, a fowl [Pemba].
Puwo, nonsense.
Puza ku-, to talk nonsense, to

chatter.
Puzia ku-, to breathe, to blow with

the mouth.
Puzika ku-, to talk nonsense, to be

detained gossiping.
J'lca ku-, to ebb, to become dry.
Pwaga ku- = Kupwaya,
Pwai ku-, to be loose, to waggle

about. See Ptcaya.
Picani, the shore, on the beach,

near the shore.
Picaija ku-, to give a final cleaning

to rice by repouiiding it.
Pwaya ku-, to be loose (of clothes).
Pwayika ku- to be quite clear of

husks, dirt, and dust.
Pwaza ku-, to cook muhogo cut up

into small pieces.

Picea ku-, to be dry.

Sauti imenipwea, I am hoarse.
Pwekee, only, alone (A.).
Pweleka ku-, to be dried up, to be

left high and dry.
Pweica ku-, to become or be left
dry.

Kupwewa na sauti, to become
hoarse.
Pweza, a cuttle-fish.
-pya, new, fresh. It makes 'mpya

with nouns like nyumba ; jipya,

with nouns like kasha ; and ^(p?/a,

with nouns of place.

R.

B is pronounced as in English.

The Arabic B is much stronger
and more grating than the English,
more so perhaps than even the
Scotch and Irish r. In Arabic words
it is correct to give the r this strong
sound, but in Swahili mouths it
is generally smoothed down to-
wards that indeterminate African
sound which is frequently written
as an I. The Swahili, however,
often prefer to write and pronounce
it as a smooth English r. (See L.)

Badi, a crack of thunder, crashing
thunder, thunder near at hand.

Badu = Badi.

Raff, the wall at the back of a re-
cess.

Bafiki, plur. rafiki or marafiki, a
friend.

Baha, peace, joy, ease, pleasure.

Bahani, a pledge, a mortgage.

Baliisi = Bakhisi.

Bahman, a chart, a map.

876

E AI

KIS

Bai hu-, to put moisels of food into
a person's mouth as a mark of
honour or aflfection.

Rajahu, the seventh month of the
Arab year. It is esteemed a
sacred month because Moham-
med's journey to Jerusalem is
said to have taken place on the
27th of it.

BahMsi, or Ttahisi, cheap.

Bakldsisha Tcu-, to make cheap, to
undervalue.

BaTdbisha hu-, to put together, to
set up and put in order.

RaMhyueo, the composition of a
word.

Bamathani, the month of fasting.

Bamha, plur. maramha, a piece of
Madagascar grass cloth.

Bamha Tcu-, to lick.

Bamha, a chisel-shaped knife used
by shoemakers.

Bamli, sand (Ar.).

Kupiga ramli, to divine by dia-
grams.

Bammu, sadness.

Banda, a plane.

Kupiga randa, to plane.

Banda hu-, to dance for joy.

Bangi, colour, paint.

Barua hu-, to rend, to tear.

Bas il mail, chief possession.

BasMa ku-, to sprinkle.

Basi, head, cape.

Bdtaha, wet.

Bdtel, or ratli, a weight of about a
poimd.

Bathi, satisfied, content, gracious,
approving, approval, blessing.
Kuwa rathi, to be satisfied, to be

content with.
Niwie rathiy forgive me, excuse
me.

KunratM, don't be offended.
Bathiana ku-, to consent, assent.
Batihu ku-, to arrange.
Ratli = Bdtel.
Rausi ku-, to trim a sail.
Bayia, a subject, subjects.

Bayiat al Ingrez, British subjects.
Re or Ret, the ace in cards.
Rea or Reale, a dollar.

Reale ya thahahu, an American
gold 20-dollar piece.

Reale Fransa or ya Kifransa, a
French 5-franc piece.

Reale ya Sham or Fetha ya Sham,
black dollars.
-refu, long. It makes ndefu with

nouns like nyumha.
Regea ku- = Rejea ku-.
Regea ku- or Legea ku-, to be loose,

slack, relaxed, feeble.
Rpgesha ku- or Regeza ku-, to loosen,

to relax.
Rehani = Rahani.

Kuweka rehani, to pawn.
Rehema, mercy.

Rehemu ku-, to have mercy upon.
Rei = Re.

Rejea ku-, to go back, return, refer.
Rejeza ku-, to make to go back, to

repay.
Rekahisha ku-, to put on the top of.
Rekebu ku-, to ride.
■remo, Portuguese.
Rihani, a scented herb, sweet basil.
„ ya kipata, with notched

leaves.
„ ya kiajjemi, with long
sh-aight leaves.
Ringa ku- = Kulinga, to sway to

the tune of a song (only the chief

men may do this).
Bisasi, lead. Also Lisasi.

Bisasi ya hunduhi, a bullet.

RIS

S

377

Bisimu Jcu-^ to make a first bid |

when anything is offered for sale. I
RUM liU; to inherit (-th- as in thing).
Bithia Jcu- (-th- as in this), to be

contented with, to acquiesce in.
Bithika Jcu-, to satisfy, to content.
Riza, a door chain.
Biziki, necessaries, all that a man

has need of.
Boho, a quarter, a quarter of a
dollar.

Boho Ingreza, an English sove-
reign.
Bohota, a packet or parcel of goods.
Boda, sheave of a pulley.
Bofija.

Kupiga rofya, to fillip.
Boho, soul, spirit, breath, life.
Boho, greediness, the throat.
Buhani, a pilot, a guide.
Budi hu-, to return, to go back, to

correct, to keep in order.
Budiana Tcu-, to object to.
Budiha Ttu-, to be made to return, to

be kept in order, to be capable of

being kept in order.
Budisha hu-y to make to return, to

give back, to send back.
Budufya hu-, to double.
Bufuf, the shelf in a recess.
Euhusa = Buksa, leave.
Buhusa Tiu- = Buhhusu Jcu-, to give
BuJca Jcu-, to fly, to leap. [leave.
Bukaruka ku-, to hop.
BuJiia ku-, to fly or leap with, &c.
Buksa, or Buhusa, or BuJcJiusa, leave,
permission, liberty.

Kupa ruksa, to give leave, to set
at liberty, to dismiss.

Buksa, you can go.
Bukhusu ku- or Buhusu ku-, to give

leave, to permit, to allow, to dis-
miss.

BukJiuthu ku-, to run.

Bukwa ku-.

Kurukwa na akili, to lose one's
senses, to be stunned.

Bungu, a club, a mace.

Bupia, a rupee.

Bupta = Bohota, a bale.

Busasi = Bisasi, lead.

Busha ku-, to make to fly, to throw
up or off, to throw a rider, to
splash about.

Bushia ku-, to throw upon, to splash.

Bushwa, a bribe.

Butuba, dampness.

Butubika ku-, to be damp.

Butuhisha Jcu-, to make damp.

Buwasa, a pattern from which any-
thing is to be made.

BuzuJcu ku-, to supply with needful
things, especially of God provid-
ing for His creatures.

S.

S is pronounced as in eetieral, or
like the ss in German.

Sli is pronounced as in English,
or like sch in German.

S and sh are distinct in Arabic
and are generally distinguished in
good Swahili. There are, however,
many words in which they are used
indifferently, and in common talk
the sh seems to be rather the more
common. Many natives seem un-
conscious of any difference between
them.

S is used for the Arabic tha by
persons who cannot pronounce th.

In the Pemba dialect sh is often
used for ch.
1 Mashungica = MacJmngica.

378

SAA

SAK

Saa, hour, clock, watch. |

Saa ngapi ? what o'clock is it ?
According to Arab reckoning
the day begins at sunset. Mid-
night is iisiku saa ya sita ; four
A.M. saa a kumi ; six a.m. saa
a thenashara ; noon, saa a sita.
Saa ! You ! I say ! You now 1

Njoo saa! Come along, do 1
Saa ku-, to remain over, to be left.
Saala, plur. masaala, a question.
Saanda, a shroud, a winding-sheet.
Saba, or Sahaa, seven.

Ya saha, seventh.
Sahaa, a stay (in a dhow).
Sahahu, cause, reason.

Kwa sahahu ya, because of, be-
cause.
Sahaini, seventy, = Sabwini.
Sahatasliara, seventeen.
Sabuni, soap.
Sabuni ku-, to bid, to be in treaty,

to buy.
Saburi, patience.
Sahuri ku-, to wait.
Sabwini, seventy.
Sadaka, an offering, an alms, an act

of charity, anything done for the

love of God.
Sadiki ku-, to believe.
Safari, a journey, a voyage, used for
" time " or " turn."

Safari Mi, this time.
Saff, serene.
Safi, pure, clean.
Safi, ku-, to clean.
Safidi ku-, to clear up, to make

smooth and neat.
Safihi, rudeness
Sajika ku-, to be purified.
Safina (Ar.), a vessel.
Safiri ku- to travel, to set out on a

journey, sail, start.

Safirisha ku-, to make to travel, to

see any one off.
Safisha ku-, to make pure or clean.
Safu, a row, rows, a line.

Safu za kaida, regular rows.
Safura, biliousness, gall, a com-
plaint in which people take to

eating earth.
Saga ku-, to grind.

Kusagwa na gari, to be run over
by a cart.
Sagai, a spear, a javelin.
Sagia ku-, to grind with or for.

Mawe ya kusagia, millstones, a
mill, a handmill. Two loose
stones are often used, the upp^r
one is called mwana, and the
lower mama.
Sahani, a dish.

Sahari, checked stuff for turbans.
Sahau ku- or Sdhao ku-, to forget, to

make a mistake.
Saliauliwa ku-, to be forgotten.
Sahib, sir.
Sahibu, a friend.
Sahili.

Kutia sahili, to sign.
Saliihi, correct, right.
Sahihi ku-, to be correct, to be

right.
SahiJiisha ku-, to correct.
Saili ku-, to ask, to question,
Sailia ku-, to ask on behalf of.
Saka ku-, to hunt.
Sakafu, a chunammed floor, a floor

or roof of stone, covered with

a mixture of lime and sand, and

beaten for about three days with

small wooden rammers.
Sakama ku-, to become jammed, to
Sakani, a rudder. [stick fast.

Saki ku-, to come close to, to toucli,

to come home.

S A K

SE L

379

Sahifu Jcu; to make a chunammed
floor or roof.

^aZa, prayer, the prescribed Moham-
medan form of devotion includ-
ing the proper gestures.

Salaama = Salama.

Salaam, or Salaamu, or Salamu,
compliments, safety, peace.
Kupiga mizinga ya salamu, to
fire a salute.

Salahisha hu-, or SeleMslia, or Sulu-
Idslia, to make to be at peace.

Salala, the meat near the backbone,
the undercut of meat.

Salama, safe, safety.

Salt Jcu-, to use the regular Moham-
medan devotions, to say one's
prayers.

Salia ku-, to be left, to remain.

Salimu ku-, to salute.

Salimia ku-, to salute, to send com-
pliments to.

Saliti ku-, to betray secrets.

Saluda, a sweetmeat made of safl'ron,
sugar, and starch.

Sama ku-, to choke, to be choked.

Samadi, manure.

Samaki, a fish, fish.

Samani, tools, instruments, ma-
chine.

Samawati, the heavens.

Samawi, blue, sky colour.

Samlmsa, a little pasty.

Samche ku-, to forgive, to pass over.

Samiri ku-, to load a gun.

Sa'mli, ghee, clarified butter.

Sana, very, much. It is used to
intensify any action.
Sema sana, speak loud.
Vuta sana, pull hard.

Sanamaki, senna.

Sanamu, an image, a likeness, a
statue, a picture, an idol.

Sandale, sandal wood.
Sandarusi, gum copal, gum amiui.
Sanduku, a chest, a box.
Saniki ku-, to make excuse.
Saim ku-, to tout for customers.
Sarafu, a small coin.
Sarifa or Sarf, exchange, rate of
exchange.

Sarifa gani ya niji sasa 1 What

is the current rate of exchange ?

Sarifu ku-, to use words well and

correctly.
Sdruf, grammar.
Sarufu, a small gold plate with a

devout inscription, worn on the

forehead as an ornament.
Sasa, now.

Sasa hivl, directly, at once.
Sataranji, chess.
Sauti, voice, sound, noise.
Saioa, equal, right, just.

Kitu kisichokuka sawa naye, some-
thing unworthy of him.
Saivanisha ku-, to make alike,

equal, even, &c.
Sawasaiva, like, alike, even, all the

same, level, smooth, equal.
Saivawa, peas (Yao.).
Sawazisha ku-y to make equal or

alike.
-sayara, gentle, quiet, long-suffering.
Sayidia ku-, to help.
Say Hi ku- = Saili ku-.
Saza ku-, to leave over, to make

to remain.
Sazia ku-, to leave for.
Sebabu = Sabahu, cause, reason.
Sebula or Sebule, reception room,

parlour.
Sefluti, a poultice.
Sehemu, part, share, dividend.
Sekeneko, syphilis.
Selalia, a weapon.

380

SEL

SHA

Kupa selaha, to arm.
Selehisha hu- = Suluhisha, to make
to be at peace, to mediate be-
tween.
Selimu liu- or Sillim hu-^ to capitu-
late.
Sema ku-, to say, to talk, to speak.

Sema sana, speak out.
Sernadari, a bedstead, specially of

the Indian pattern.
Semhicse, much less.
Semea ku-, to say about.
Kusemea 'puani, to talk through
the nose.
Semeji = SJiemegi.
Sena, a kind of rice,
Sengenya ku-. to make secret signs of
contempt about some one who is
Senturi, a musical box. [present.
Sera, a rampart.

Serkali or Serikali, the court, the
government.
Mtu wa serikali, a man in go-
vernment employ.
Sermala, a carpenter.
Serujif an Arab saddle.
Sesemi, blackwood.
Seta ku; to crush.
Setaseta ku-, to crush up, to break

into fragments.
Seti, the seven in cards.
Setirika, &c. See Stirika, &o»
Settini, sixty.
Settiri, an iron (?).
Settiri ku-, or Setiri, or Sitiri, to
cover, to conceal, to hide, to atone
for.
Seuze, much less, much more. Also

Semhuse,.
Seyedia, lordly, belonging to the

Seyed.
Seyedina (Ar.), our lord, your ma-
jesty.

Sezo, an adze.

Shaahani, the eighth month of the

Arab year.
Shaba, copper, brass.
Sliahaha, aim.

Kutvcaa shabaha, to take aim.
Shabaha, like.

Nyama shabaha mbvoay an animal
like a dog.
Shahbu, alum.
Shabuka, a snare.
Shadda, a tassel. See Kanzu.
Shah, a chess king.
Shaha, the heart of the cocoa-nut

tree.
Shahada, the Mohammedan confes-
sion of faith. Also Ushahada.
Shahamu, fat.
Shahawa (obscene), semen.
Shahidi, plur. mashahidi, a witness,

a martyr.
Shaibu (Ar.), an old person.

Shaibu lajuzi, exceedingly old.
Shairi, a line of poetry.

plur. mashairi, verses, a poem.
Shaka, a bush.

Shaka, plur. mashaka, a doubt.
SJiake.

Kuingia na shake ya kulia, to sob.
Shali, a shawl.
Sham, Syria, Damascus.

Fetha ya Sham, German dollars.
Sharnba, plur. mashamba, a planta-
tion, a farm, a piece of land in

the country.
Shambulia ku-, to attack.
Shamua ku-, to sneeze. Also Shu-

mua,
Shanga, a town near Melinda, long
Shanga. [since ruined.

Mwana shanga, a northerly wiud,
not so strong or persistent as
the regular kaskazi.

SHA

SHI

381

Shangaa hu- or Sangaa 7:u-, to be
astonished, to stand and stare, to
stop short.

SJiangaza ku-^ to astound, to as-
tonish.

Shangazi,-pl\\T. mashangazi, an annt.

Shangilia hu-, to make rejoicings
for, to go to meet with music and
shouting, to be glad about.

Shangwi, triumph, shouting and
joy, an ornament of gold worn by-
women between the shoulders.

iS/tant, a startling, unexpected event.

Shanuu, plur. mashanuu, a comb, a
large coarse wooden comb.

Sha7-hu, a moustache.

Shari, evil, the opposite of Heri.

Sharia = Sheria.

Sharihi leu-, to share, to be partners
in.

Sharikia ku-, to share with, to be in
partnership with.

Sharikiana ku-, to be partners, to
share together.

Sharti, or Sharuti, or Shuruti, or
Shuti, a contract, of obligation,
of necessity, must. Also, the
downhaul of a dhow-sail, a
truss.
Eufanya sharti, to bind oneself.

Sliatoruma, shawl for the waist.

Shauko, love, exceeding fondness,
strong desire, will.

SJiauri, plur. mashauri, advice,
counsel, plan.
Kufanya shauri, to consult to-
gether.
Kupa shauri, to advise.

Skawi = Tawi.

SliawisM ku-, to persuade, to coax
over.

Shayiri, barley.

Shehena, cargo.

[ SJieitani, Satan, the devil, a devil,
excessively clever.

Shela, a black veil.

SJielabela, as it stands, in a lot, with
all defects.

Shelele ku-, to mn a seam.

Shelle, plur. mashelle, a shell.

Shema (Ar.), bees-wax.

Sliemali (Ar.), the left, the north
(because to the left of a person
looking east) ; the Persian Gulf,
Arabs (because to the north of
Muscat) ; mist (because it comes
on in the Persian Gulf with a
northerly wind).

SJiemhea, a kind of curved knife.

Shemegi, a brother or sister-in-
law.

Sliena (Ar.), orchilla weed.

Slieria, law.

Sheriz, glue.

Shetani, plur. mashetani — Sheitani.

Shetri, the poop of a dhow.

Sliiba kU', to have had enough to
eat, to be full, to be satisfied.

Sldhiri or Sliibri, a span.

Shibisha ku-, to fill with food, to
satisfy with food.

Shidda, difficulty, distress.

Shika ku; to lay hold of, to hold
fast, to keep, to determine.
Kushika njia, to take one's way.

to set out.
Shika lako, mind your own busi-
ness.
Sliika ras He, steer for that point

Shikamana ku-, to cleave together.

Shikana ku-, to clasp, to grapple, tc
stick together.

Shikio, a rudder, a thing to lay hold
of. See Sikio.

Slnkiza ku-, to prop up.

Shilamu, the stem leading to the
2 0

;82

SHI

SHU

mouthpiece in a native pipe.

See Kiko.
Shimo, plur. masMmo, a pit, an ex-
cavation, a large hole.
SMna, plur. masldna, a stump, a

trunk, a main root.
Shinda ku-, to overcome, to conquer,
to stay, to continue at.

Maji yashinda, it is half full of
water.

Amekwenda shinda, he is gone
out for the day.

Akasliinda kazi, and he went on
at his work.
Shindana ku-, to dispute, strive

with, race.
Shindania ku-, to bet, to oppose, to

object to.
Sldndano, plur. mashindano, a race.

See Sindano.
Shindika ku-, or Sindika, to shut, to
put to, to press in a mill.

Kushindika mafuta ya nazi, to
grind cocoa-nuts into oil.
Shindikia ku-, to show any one out,

to escort a person on his way.

See Sindikiza.
SMndilia ku- to press, to load a gun.
SJiindo, a shock.
Shingari, a consort, a dhow sailing

ill company with another.
Shingari ku-, to sail in company (of

dhows).
Sliingo, plur. mashingo, the neck.
SMuikizo or Sinikizo, a press.
Shirazi, Shiraz, from Shiraz. Per-
sian work is generally called

shirazi.
STdshwa ku-, to be weaned.
Shitumu ku-, to insult. See Shu-

tiimu.
Shoqa, a friend ; used only by wo- j

men in speaking of or to one an-'

other. In Zanzibar they rarely
employ any other word. At
Lamoo shoga means a catamite.

SJiogi, panniers, a large matting bag
with the opening across the
middle, so as to form two bags
when laid across a donkey's back.

Shoi = Shogi.

Shoka, plur. mashoka, an axe.
Shoka la hapa, an adze.
Shoka la tiss, an axe (Mer.).
Shoka la pwa, an adze (Mer.).

Sliola, an ear of corn, a head of

Shona ku-, to sew. [grass.

Shonea ku-, to mend for, to sew for,
with, &c.

Shonuka ku-, to become unsewn.

Sliote.

Kwetida shote, to go with a rush.

Shoto.

Wa kushoto, left.

Ana shoto, he is left-handed.

Shtaki ku-, to prosecute, to charge,
to accuse.

SJitua ku-, to startle, to tickle. See
Stusha.

Shtuka ku-, to be startled, to start.

Shua ku-, to launch. Pass, kushu-
liwa.

Shuha, the elders of a town.

Shuhaka, plur. mashuhaka, a recess
in a wall.

Shudu, what is left when the oil has
been ground out of semsem seed.

Shughuli, business, affairs, occupa-
tion, engagement.

Shughulika ku-, to be occupied, to
be worried.

Shughulisha ku-, to occupy, to dis-
tract attention, to interrupt.

Shuhuda, testimony.

Shuhudia ku-, to bear witness about,
for, or against.

SHU

-SIP

183

SJiuliudu Jiu; to bear witness.

Shuhuti.

Shuhuti ya Jiutolea chant, a small
piece of wood used by shoe-
makers in cutting strips of
coloured leather.

Shujaa, plur. mashujaa, a hero, a
brave man.

Shuha, a sheet.

ShuJca hu; to descend, go down,
come down, be let down, to land
from a ship.

Sliuke, the flower of Indian corn.

Shukrani, gratitude.

Sliuku liu-, to suspect.

ShiiTiuru, thanks.

Shuhuru ku-, to thank. This word
is very rarely used in Zanzibar,
except in relation to God ; and
Jcushukuru Muungu means almost
always, to take comfort, to leave
off mourning, or to become re-
signed.

Shuliiva ku-, to be launched.

Shumua ku-, to sneeze.

Shumvi, salt [Pemba], See Chumvi.

Shunga ku-, to drive away, to scare.

Shungi, a crest, long hair (?).

Shungi mbili, a way of diessing
the hair in two masses.

Shupatu, plur. masliupatu, a narrow
strip of matting. The broader are
sewn together to make floor mats,
the narrower are interlaced to
make the native couch or bed-
stead.

Shupaza, spades (in cards).

Shura, saltpetre.

Shuruti = Sharti, of necessity.

Shurutiza ku-, to compel, to force.
Alisliurutizica ndani, he was
pushed in.

Shu.<1ia ku-, to let down, to make to

descend, to land goods from a
ship.
Kushusha pu'inzi, to breathe out,
an expiration.
Shuti or Shuuti = Sharti, of neces-
Shutumiica ku-, to be reviled, [csity.
Shutumu ku-, to revile.
Shicali or Shwari, a calm.
Si, not.

Si vema, not welL
Si uza, sell not.
Si. is or are not.

Mimi si sultani, I am not a sultan ;

or, Am I not a sultan ?
Si yeye, it is not he or him.
Si-, the opposite of ndi-, expressing,
This is not it. Is not this it ?
Simi, Sisisi,

Siwe, Sinyi,

Stye, Sio, sivyo, sii/o,

Sio, siyo, silo, Sizo, simo.
Sicho, sipo, siko.
Si-, sign of the first person negative.
Sikuhali, I do not consent.
Sikukubali, I did not consent.
Sitakubali, I shall not consent.
In the present tense the final
letter of verbs in -a becomes -i.
Sioni, I do not see.
-si- inserted between the personal
prefix and the verb, is the sign
of the negative imperative or
subjunctive, the final letter of
verbs in -a becoming an -e.
Nisione, that I may not see, let
me not see, or without my
seeing.
-si-, sign of the negative in ex-
pressing relation.
Asio, he who is or was not, or
who will not be. Also Asiye
■ sipio-, sign of the tense expressing
not being.

2 c 2

384

SI A

SIK

Asipoona, he not seeing, if he I
does not see, though he does
not see, without his seeing,
when he sees not.
Sia ku-, to give a sentence, to pro-
nounce as with authority, to de-
clare.
Siafu, a large reddish brown ant,
that travels in great numbers
and bites fiercely.
Siagi, cream, butter.
Sibu Jcu-, to get, to succeed. See

Siibu.
Si/a, praise, character, character-
istic.
Sifara, a kind of rice.
Sifu hu-, to praise. Pass, kusifiu-a.
Kujisifu, to magnify oneself, to

boast.
KusijVmno, to overpraise, to
flatter.
Sifule (a term of reproach), a med-
dlesome fool.
Sifuru, a cypher, a figure of nought.
Sigizia hu-, to tack (in needlework).
Sihi ku-i to entreat.
Sijafu, the cuff, the hem. See

Kanzu.
Sijambo, I am well. The invariable
answer to hu jamho ? how are
you?
Si jamho punde, I am a little
• better.
Sikamo or Sikamoo, for Nashika
iiiguu, the salutation of a slave
to a master.
Siki, vinegar.

Sikia ku-, to hear, to obey, to under-
stand.
Sikilia ku-^ to listen to, to attend to.
Sikiliana ku-, to be heard, to be

audible.
Sikiliza ku-, to listen, to listen to.

Sikilizana ku-, to hear one another.

Sikio or Shikio, plur. masikio, the
ear.

Sikitika ku-, to be sorry.

Sikitikia ku-, to be sorry for. to pity.

Sikitiko, plur. masikitiko, sorrow,
grief.

Sikitisha ku-, to make sorry.

Sikiza ku-, to make to hear, under-
stand, &c.

Sikizana ku-, to be mutually intel-
ligible, to make one another liear.

Siku, a day of twenty-four hours,
from sunset to sunset, days.
Siku kuu, a great day, a feast.
The two great feasts are the
three days at the end of the
Kamathan, when every one
makes presents, and three days
after the tenth of Thil hajj or
Mfunguo wa tatu, when every
one ought to slaughter some
animal, and feast the poor.
Siku a mwaka (see Mwongo,
Kigunzi), iheNairuz, about the
23rd of August, the beginning
of the Swahili and nautical
year. The old custom is for
every one, but especially the
women, to bathe in the sea
in the night or morning : then
they cook a great mess of grain
and pulse, which is eaten about
noon by all who like to come.
The fires are all extinguished
and lighted again by rubbing
two pieces of wood together.
Formerly no inquiry was made
as to any murder or violence
committed on this day, and old
quarrels used regularly to be
fought out upon it.
Siku zote, alwavs.

SIL

S IT

385

Silihi ku; to improve, to reform.

Silihisha ku-, to make to improve,
to reform.

Silimu ku-, to become a Moham-
medan.

Siiuama ku-, to stand up, to come
to a stand, to stop, to be erect,
to stand in, to cost.

Simamia ku-, to stand by, to over-
look workmen, to cost to.

Simamisha ku-, to make to stand.

Simanga ku-, to crow over, boast
against.

Simanzi, grief, heaviness.

Simha, a lion, lions.

Simha uranga, a well-known man-
grove swamp at the mouth of
the Lufiji.

Simbati, a kind of wood brought
from near Cape Delgado.

Sime, a short straight sword used
on the mainland.

Simika ku-, to be erect, to be set
up, to stand (often used in an
obscene sense).

Simikia ku-.

Kusimikia mlango, to set up and
build in a door.

Simikisha ku-, to set up.

Similla, Simille, Simileni, probably

for Bismillah, the common cry

in Zanzibar, meaning, make

way, out of the way.

Similla punda, make way for a

donkey.
Similla uhau, make way for a
plank. I

Simo, I am not in it, am not con- i
cerned, have nothing to do with
it. I

Simo.

Simo Mi si njema, this event is
not good.

Imeingia simo mpya, something
new has turned up.
Simu, the electric telegraph.
Sindano, a needle (or shindano).
Sindano, a kind of rice.
Sindi, a long-tailed weasel.
Sindikia ku-, to crush.
Sindikiza ku-, to accompany part of

the way.
Sindua ku-, to open, to set open.
Singa, hair of an animal.

Nyele za singa, straight hair,
European hair.
Singa ku-, to scent, to put scent.
Singizia ku-, to slander, to spread

false reports about.
Sini, China.
Sini, no matter.
Sini-a, plur. masinia, a circular tray

used to carry and set out food

upon, generally of copper tinned.
Sinikiza ku-, to press.
Sinzia ku-, to doze, to nod, to flicker.
-sipo; sign of the tense signifying

the case of the thing mentioned

not being.
Siri, secrecy.

Mamho ya siri, secret affairs,
secrets.

Kica siri, secretly.
Sisi, we, us. Sometimes pronounced
swiswi, suisui, or sisici.

Sisi sole, all of us.

Sisi wote, both of us.
Sisimia ku-, to sigh (?).
Sisimizi, ants (?).
Sisitiza ku- (M.), to charge strictly,

to charge to keep secret.
Sita, six.

Ya sita, sixth.
Sita ku-^ to halt, to go lame (A.), to

hide.
Sitalia, the deck.

IS6

SIT

6TA

Sitashara, sixteen.
Sitaivi JiU; to flourish.

Ngoma ipi iviesitawi, which dance
is going best ?
Sitawisha hu-, to make to flourish.
Siti, whistle (of a steamer or
Sitti, my lady, lady. [engine).

Sittina, our lady. Applied by the
Arabs to St. Mary.
Sivimoja, different.
Sivijo, it is not thus. See Si-.
Siwa, an ivory horn only used on

great occasions.
^Siivezi, lam not well. See Weza ku-.
Siyo, that is not it, no. See Si-.
Siyu or Siu, Siwi, the chief town

of the district near Lamoo, the

chief seat of old Swahili learning.
Soda, lunacy.
Sodo, a woman's napkin.
Sofe, wool.

Soge, Sogi, Soi, = Shogi.
Sogea hu-, to approach affectionately,

to come near to.
Sogeza ku-, to lift to the lips and

kiss, to bring near to.
Sogezea ku-, to put ready for, to

bring for use.
Svho, plur. masoko, a market, a
bazaar.

Kicenda sokoni, to go marketing.
Sokota ku-, to twist, to plait, to spin.
Soma ku-, to read, to perform de-
votions.
Soma, plur. masoma, a kind of dance.
Sombela ku-, to work oneself along

on one's hands and seat without

using the legs.
SomesTia ku-, to teach to read, to

lead devotions.
Somo, plur. masomo, something read,

used as a title of friendship, a

namesake.

Sonda ku-, to suck out.

Sondo, swelled (?) glands.

Songa ku-, to strangle, to squeeze,

to stir together.
Song anasong ana ku-, to press against

one another like sheep in a flock.
Songea ku-, to push through, to

shoulder your way through a
Sonjoa ku-, to wring. [crowd.

Sony a ku- = Kufyonya.
Somali, trousers.
Sosoneka ku-, to be hurt or ache, so

as to writhe with pain.
Sosonesha ku-, to make to writhe

with pain.
Sole, all ; agreeing with sisi, we or
us. bee -ote.

Tu sole, we are together.

Twende sole, let us go together.
Soza ku; to beach a boat or vessel.
Ssaji or Safi, pure, clean.
Staajahu ku-, to wonder much, to be

greatly astonished.
Staamani ku-, to have confidence,

to rest trustfully.
Stdhahu ku-, to be pleased, to prefer.
Stahamili or Stahimili, patiently.
StaJii ku-, to honour, to have respect

for.
Stahiba ku- (?), to prefer. See

Stahahu.
Stahiki ku-, to resemble, to be of

one sort with.
Stahili ku-, to deserve, to be woi thy
of, to be proper, to be right and
fitting.

Aatahili, serves him right.
Staliimili ku-, to bear, to endure,

tolerate.
>Sfa?;a6a^/it, earnest, f;i stoning penny.
Stamhuli, Constantinople.
Starehe ku-, to sit still, to be at rest,
to remain quiet.

STE

SUM

3S7

Starehe .' Don't disturb yourself I
don't get up !

Sterehisha Jiu-, to give rest to, to
refresh. Also Stareliisha.

StiriJta ku-, to be covered, to be con-
cealed.

Stusha hu', to startle, to sprain, to
put out of joint.

Subana, small pieces of meat roasted
on two parallel sticks.

Suhana, a thimble.

Su'dri, patience.

Suhiri, aloes.

Siihiri ku; to wait.

Suhu ku; to cast in a mould.

Suhu ku- or Sibu ku-, to happen to.

Suhui, morning.

Suhulkheiri, good morning.

Suhuri, patience.

Suhutu ku- = Thuhutu ku-,

Suduku ku-, to ascertain, to know
the truth.

Suf, wool.

Suffi, a devotee, a hermit.

Snffuf, a great variety or number.

Sufi, woollen.

Snfuria, copper.

Sufuria, plur. sufuria or masufuria,
a metal pot.
Sufuria ya chuma, an iron pot.

Sugu, a mark, a callous place. Also,
obstinate, insensate.

Sugua kxi-, to rub, to scrub, to
brush, to scour.

Suheli, south.

Sui, an irrepressible, unconquer-
able man.

Sujudia ku-, to prostrate oneself to,
to adore.

Sujudu ku; to prostrate oneself, to
bow down.

Suka ku-, to plait, to clean.

Sukari, sugar.

Sukari guru, half-marle sugar.

Sukasuka ku, to shake, to agitate.

Suke, plur. masuke (or shuke), an
ear of corn, a head of mtama, &c.

Sukua ku-, to slacken, to loose.

Sukuma ku-, to push, to urge.

Sukumi, a steersman, quarter-
master.

Sukumiza ku-, to put upon another
person, to say it is his business,
to tlirow ofl' from oneself, to push
away in anger, to throw (a thing)
at a person who wants it. Also,
to avert (by sacrifice, &c.).

Sukutua ku-, to rinse out the mouth,
to wash one's mouth.

Sulibi ku; to crucify.

Sulihisha ku-, to crucify.

SuUhi ku-, to become, to be fitting
for.

Sulika ku-, to turn about, become
giddy.

Sulimu ku-, to salute.

Sultani, plur. masultani, a sultan,
a chief man. Sultani at Zanzi-
bar does not mean a king ; it is
used of the head men of a vil-
lage.

Sultan Rum, the Snltan of Turkey.

Sulubika ku-, to be strong.

Suluhu, strength, firmness.

Suluhisha ku-, to bring to accord,
to make peace between.

Suluhu, concord.

Sululu, a curlew.

Sumba ku-, to sway away, to twist
and turn oneself.

Sumbua ku-, to worry, to annoy, to
give trouble.

Sumhuana ku-, to worry one an-
other.

Sumbtika ku-, to be put to trouble,
to be harassed, to be annoyed.

;388

SUM

Sumhulia ku-, to speak sharply to.
Sumbusha ku-, to vex, harass,

trouble, worry, annoy.
Sumu, poison.
Sumugh, gum-arabic.
Sungura, a rabbit (?), a hare (?).
Sunni, advisable, recommended, a

tradition, what is advisable or

recommended, but not compul-
Sunohari, deal wood. [sory.

Sunza ku-, to search for anything

with a lighted brand at night.
Supaa ku; to be very hard or dry.
Supana = Supaa.
Sura, a likeness, a resemblance, a

chapter of the Koran.
Suria, plur. masuria, a concubine,

a female slave.
Suriyama, born of a concubine.
Sururu, an insect that lives in

cocoa-nut trees.
Surwali, trousers. See Soruali.
Sus, Hquorice.
Suso, a kind of hanging shelf, a

hammock.
Susupaa — Supaa.
Suta ku-, to reproach, to charge a

man with slander, to slander, to

seek out a man and ask whether

he has said such and such things.
Su'udi, or Suudi njema, salvation,

felicity.
Suza ku; to stir up. Also, to

rinse.
Suzia ku; to turn with (?).
Swafi = Safi.
Swali, a question.

T is pronounced as in English.
There are two t's, in Arabic, one
much thicker than the Eosflish L

but only very careful speakers dis-
tinguish them in Swahili.

T at the beginning of a word has
sometimes an explosive sound, as in
Vaka, dirt. It is probable that this
represents a suppressed n.

There is a slight difference in
sound between the fs of tatu, three,
and tano, five, the former being the
smoother, but natives do not seem
conscious of the difference.

T in northern Swahili frequently
becomes ch in the dialect of Zanzi-
bar.

Kuteka, to laugh (M.) kucheJca
(Zanz.). But /(•ute/.;a, to plunder,
or to draw water, does not
change.

Kutinda, to slaughter (M.) hi-
cMnja (Zanz.).

There is no sound similar to that
of the English th in the original
language of Zanzibar. It occurs in
some dialects of Swahili in place of
V or z. There are however in
Arabic four th^s. 1. Tha, pro-
nounced like the English th in
thing. 2. Thai, pronounced like
the English th in this. 3 and 4.
Thad and Tha" or Dthau, which
are scarcely distinguished by the
Arabs themselves, and have a very
thick variety of the thai sound.
Practically the two English th's are
quite sufficient, and the ear soon
catches the right method of employ-
ing them.

The Indians and many Africans
pronounce all these as z. Some
Swahili confuse the various th's with
z, and employ the thai sound for
words properly written with a z, as
wathiri for waziri, a vizir.

-TA-

T AG

389

-ta-, the sign of the future tense.
When the relative or the par-
ticles denoting time and place
are inserted in the future, the
prefix regularly becomes -tal-a-.
It is possible however to retain
-ta- to express a more definite
sense.

AtaJcvja, he will come.
Atahayekuja, who will come.
Atakapokuja, when he shall

come.
Atapokuja, when he come,
or, if he shall come.
In the first person singular the
ni-, which is the sign of the
person, is often dropped.

Takuja = Nitaknja, I shall
come.
Ta- at the beginning of Arabic
verbs is the mark of the fourth
or fifth conjugations or derived
forms.
Taa, a lamp, especially the small
open earthen lamps made in Zan-
zibar.
Taa, a large kind of flat fish.
Taa, beneath one's feet.
Tadbika ku-, to be troubled.
Taabisha ku-, to trouble, to annoy.
Taahu, trouble.

Taadabu ku-, to learn manners.
Taajabisha ku-, to make to wonder.

to astonish.
Taajabu ku-, to wonder, to be as-
tonished. See Staajahu.
Taajazi ku-, to tire.
Taali ku-, to study.
Taandu, a centipede.
Taataa ku-, to throw oneself about.
Tabaka, lining.
Tahakelo, a snuff-box.
Tabanja, a pistol (Ar.).

Tnhdssam ku-, to smile.
labia, constitution, temper, temper-
ament, climate.
Tabibia ku-, to doctor.
Tabibu, a physician.
Tabiki ku-, to line, to close to or
upon, to cling to as a fast friend.
Tdbikiza, to make to cling.
Tabiri ku-, to foretell, to prophesy.
Taburiidu ku-, to refresh.
Tadariki ku-, to accept the respon-
sibility of, to guarantee the result
of.
Tadi, violence, hurry.
Kwenda kwa tadi, to rush, to go
tumultuously.
Tadi ku-, to fight with.
I Tafakari ku-, to consider, ponder,
! think.

I Tafdthal or Tafailiali, please, I beg
j of you.

; Tafiti ku-, to seek out matters
i secretly, to be over-inquisitive.
; Tafsiri ku-, to explain, to interpret.
i Tafsiri, interpretation.
Tafsiria ku-, to explain to, to inter-
pret to.
Tafu (M.) = CMfu, cheek.
Tafu, gastrocnemic muscles.

Tafu ya mkono, the biceps muscle.
Tafuna ku-, to chew, to nibble.
Tafuta ku-, to look for, seek, search

for.
Tafutatafuta ku-, to search all

about.
Tafutia ku- or Taftia, to seek out

for some one, to look for.
Tagaa ku-, to straddle, to walk

with one's legs far apart.
ragfe,plur. matage, bow legs, crook-
edness.
Tagliafali ku-, to be off one's guard,
to forget to take notice.

r,90

TAG

TAM

Taghaiari hu-, to be changed.
Taghi ku-, to rebel.
Tagua, branches, main branches.
Tahafifu, gent'.y, in good time,
light, thJQ.

Nguo taliofifu, thin calico.
Tahamaha ku-, to look up to see

what is going on.
Taharaki ku-, to be troubled, to

be thrown into confusion.
Taharakiaha ku-, to put into a state

of anxiety, to excite, stimulate.
Taharizi. See Kanzu.
Taharuki ku-, to be troubled, to be

anxious, to be thrown into con-
fusion. Also, Taharaki.
Tahassa ku-, to go on board a ship

with a view to sailing.
Tahatliari ku-, to bew^are, to be on

one's guard.
Taliatliarislia ku-, to warn.
Tahayari ku-, to become ashamed.
Tahayarisha ku-, to shame, to make

ashamed.
Tahidi ku-.

KujitaJddi, to exert oneself, to
try hard.
Tahiri ku-, to circumcise.
Tahsila, farewell, leavj-taking.
Tai, a large bird of prey, a vulture.
Taifa, plur. mataifa, a tribe, a

nation.
Taja, hire.
Taja ku-, to name.
Taji, a crown.
Tajiri, plur. matajiri, a merchant,

a rich man, a capitalist, a prin-
-taka-. See -ta-. [cipal.

Taka, dirt.
Takataka, rubbish, sundries, small

articles.
Taka ku-, to want, to wish for, to
ask for.

Kutaka sliauri, to seek advice.
Takabali ku-, to accept; used of

God's hearing prayer.
Takabathi ku-, to carry on freight.
Takabathisha ku-, to pay freiglit

for.
Takdddam ku-, to be in advance of,

to get before.
Takalika ku-, to be very faint or

tired.
Takarimu, gift, largess.
Takasa ku-, to clean, to make clean

and clear.
Takasika ku-, to become cleansed.
Takata ku-, to become clean and
clear.

Uwingu umetakata, the sky is
clear.
-takatifu, holy, cleansed.
Takhari ku-, to stay.
Taki = Gliicha.
Takia, plur. matakia, a large

cushion.
Tako, plur. matako, the buttock.
Taksiri, a crime.
Takura ku-, to scratch, to dig with

claws or fingers.
Talaka, divorce.
Taldssim or Taladmu, plur. matala-

simu, a talisman, a charm, a

figure divided into squares and

marked with magic words and

symbols.
Tali ku- or Ta'ali ku-, to study.
TaWc = Tarik.
Taliza ku-, to smooth ofi", to smooth

up, plaster, &c.
Tama, out and out, final.
Tama ku- (M.) = Rama ku-, to re-
move.
Tama ku-, to sit, crouch (Yao.).
Tama.
Kusliika tama, to lean the head

TAM

TAN

3S1

on the hand, reckoned unlucky
in Zanzibar.
Tamaa, longing, avarice, greedi-
ness.
Kuhata tamaa, to despair.

Tamdlahi ku-, to be master of.
KujitamdIaM mwenyewe, to be
one's own master.

Tamani ku-, to long for, to lust
after.

Tamanika ku-, to be liked, to be an
object of liking.

Tamha ku-, to swagger.

tarnhaa ku-, to creep, to crawl.

Tamhi, vermicelli.

Tamho, a tall man.

Tarahoa, testicles.

Tamhua ku-, to recognize.

Tamhulia ku-, to understand.

TarnhuUkana ku-, to be recogniz-
able.

TambulisJia ku-, to make to recog-
nize, to explain.

Tamhuu, betel leaf chewed with
areca nut, lime and tobacco.

Tamhuza ku-, to put a new point or
edge, to weld on fresh iron or
steel.

Tamisha ku- (M.) = Hamisha ku-.

TaWaka ku-, to pronounce.

Tamu, sweetness, flavour, taste.

•taniu, sweet, pleasant. It makes
tamu with nouns like nyumba.

Tamuka ku- = Ta'mka ku-.

Tamvua, ends or corners of turban
cloth, &c.

Tana ku-, to divide, to slit, to comb,
to part.

Tanatana ku-, to divide up into
little bits.

Tana, a bunchlet of bananas, &c.
Bananas and plantains grow \
spirally in a large biinr^h, not con-

tinuously, but in little grt)ups:
each group is a tana.
Tanahahi ku-, to make up one's

mind, to know what to do.
Tanafusi ku-, to draw breath.
Tanda ku-, to spread, to be spread
out, to be overcast, to put rope.s
to a native bedstead.
Kujitanda, to stretch oneself
across.
Tandama ku- (?), to surround.
Tandaicaa ku-, to recline, to loll at

one's ease.
Tandaza ku-, to make flat.
Tandika ku-, to spread, to lay out,

to saddle.
Tandu, long slashes made on their

faces by Makuas and others.
Tandua ku-, to unsaddle, to take off

harness.
Tanga, plur. matanga or mojitanga,
a sail. The sails of mitepe and
madau are made of matting.
Tanga mbili, the seasons of

changeable winds.
Matanga kati, wind abeam.
KiiJcaa matanga, to sit at home
in sign of mourning, to mourn.
Tangaa ku-, to come to be known.
Tangamana ku-, to adjoin.
Tangamuka ku-, to be cheerful.
Tangamusha ku-, to cheer up.
Tanganya, &c. (M.) = Changanya,

&c., to mix, to shuffle cards.
Tangatanga ku-, to go backwards

and forwards, to wave.
Tangawizi, ginger.
Tangaza ku-, to spread news, to cir-
culate intelligence.
Tange, the trees and rubbish cleared

off" a new plantation.
Tangisha ku-, to make evident.
Tango, plur. matango, a sort of

o02

TAN

T AS

2:onrd eaten raw, resembling in

taste a cucumber.
Tangu, since, from.

Tangu lini^ Since when? How
long ago ?
Tangua Zcm-, to annul, to abolish, to
separate, untwist, unplait, with-
draw a promise, &c.

Kutangua ndoa, to annul a mar-
riage, to divorce.
Tangiika 7cu-, to be annulled.
Tangukana ku-, to separate.
Tangulia 7cu-, to precede, to go be-
fore, to go first.

Nimetangulia hultuamhia, I told
you beforehand.
Tangulifu advanced.
Tani, Othman.
Tani.

Kiva tani, backward, on his back.
Tano or Tanu, five.

Ya tano, fifth.
-tano^ five.
Tantanhelwa, a great bother, a

worry.
Tanua ku, to expand, to spread out,

to fend off a boat.
Tanuka ku-, to he on one's back and

spread oneself out, to sprawl.
Tanuru or Tanuu, a clamp for burn-
ing lime, an oven.
Tanzi, plur. matanzi, a noose.
Tanzia, news of a death.
Tao, plur. matao, an arch, an

arched opening, a bay.
Tapa ku-, to shiver.

Kujitapa, to magnify oneself, to
make 51 great man of oneself.
Tapatapa ku-, to jump about like a

fish when taken out of the water,

to shiver, to tremble.
Tapanya ku-, to scatter, to throw !

about. i

Tapanyatapanya ku-, to dissipate.

to waste.
Tapika ku-, to vomit.
Topisha ku-, to make to vomit.
Tapisho, plur. matapisho, an emetic.
Tapo, plur. matapo, a detachment,

a division, a part of an army

larger than kikozi.
Tarahe, side piece of a window,

door of planks.
Tarafu, on the part of.

Tarafu yoke, on his part.
Taraja ku-, to hope.
Taratliia ku-, to persuade in a

friendly way.
Taratihu, carefully, gently, orderly.
Taratibu, orderliness, an order or

form.
Taraza, an edging, a narrow silken

border usually woven on to tur-
ban and loin-cloths in Zanzibar.
Tarazake, business on a small scale.
Tarazaki ku-, to trade in a small

way.
Tarik, a date, year, &c., the clew-
line or bunt-line of a dhow-sail.

Kitahic cka tarik, a chronicle.
Tarimho = Mtaimho, an iron bar.
Tarizi ku-, to weave 0
Tartibu = Taratibu.
Tasa, a brass basin.
Tasa, a game of touch.
Tasa, a barren animal.
Tasaivari ku-, to do with certainty,
to be fully able.

Eatasawari, it is certain that he
does not do it.
Tasbihi, Mohammedan beads.
Tasfida, good manners.
Tashwishi, doubt.
Tasihili, quickness, quickly.
Taslimu, ready cash.
Tassa = Tasa.

TAT

TEK

303

Tata. See Matata.

Kwenda tatatata, to toddle.
Tataga ku-, to go above or over, to

cross a stream on a tree.
Tatana 1cu-, to be in a tangle, to be

puzzled.
Tatanisha ku-, to tangle, to puzzle.
Tatanya ku-, to unravel, disen-
tangle, solve a riddle.
Tatazana ku-, to be tangled.
Tathhiri, a merchant.
Tatia ku-, to wind, to tangle, to

complicate.
Tatiza ku-, to wind.
tatu, three.

Ya tatu, third.
Tatua ku-, to tear.
Tatuka ku-, to be torn.
Taumkaku- = Ta'mka ku-.
Tauni, plague, cholera.
Tausi, peacock.
Tauu (A.), the cheek.
Tawa, plur. matawa, a frying-pan.
Tawa, plur. taiva, a louse.
Tawa ku-, to live secluded (Yao.), to

tie.
Tawafa, a candle, candles.
Tawakali ku-, to trust in God and

take courage.
Tawakdwakatha, many.
Tawala ku-, to govern, to rule.
Tawanya ku-, to scatter.
Tawanyika ku-, to become scattered.
Tawashi, a eunuch.
Tawassuf, temperance.
Taioaza ku-, to make to rule.
Tawaza ku-, to wash the feet, to

perform the ablutions.
Tawi, plur. matavn^ a branch, a

bough, a bunch, an ear of millet,
Taya, jaw, jawbone.
Taya ku-, to reproach.
Tayari, ready.

Tayi, obedient.

Tatjo, plur. matayo, a reproach, re-
viling.
Tazama ku-, to look.
Tazamia ku-, to look out for.
Tazwi, forgery.
Teende la viguu, Barbadoes leg,

elephantiasis (?).
Tefua ku-, to reason, to search, to

throw about.
Tega ku-, to set a trap or snare, to

snare. See Kitendaidli.
Tegea ku-, to be lame.
Tegemea ku-, to lean upon, to be

propped up.
Tegemeza ku-, to support.
Tego, a virulent kind of syphilis

supposed to be the effect of a

charm.
Tegu, plur. mategu, a tape-worm.
Tegua ku-, to take a pot ofif the fire,

to remove a spell.
Teka ku- (M.) = Clieka ku-.
Teka ku-, to plunder, to take as
spoil, to draw water.

Kuteka 'mji, to plunder a town.

Kuteka ng'ombe, to carry off an ox.

Kuteka maji, to draw water from
a well.
Teke, plur. mateke, a kick.

Kupiga teke, to kick.
Tekelea ku-, to prove true, to come to.
Tekeleza ku-, to perform a promise,

restore a pledge.
Tekenya ku-, to tickle in the ribs.
Teketea ku-, to be consumed, to be

burnt away.
Teketeke, the soft, something soft.
Teketeza ku-, to consume, to cause

to be burnt down.
Tekewa ku-, to become bewildered.
Tekeza ku-, to run ashore, to coma

to an end, to die.

394

TEK

T E T

Tehia Tcu-, to prize up, to toss, to

throw up out of a noie.
Tele, plenty, abunrlantly, abundant.
Tele, gold lace or braid.
Telea ku-, to come down, descend,

land from.
Teleka ku-, to put a pot on the fire.
Telemua ku-, to pull down, to cause

to slip down.
Telemuka ku- or Telemka ku-, to

go down a steep place, to go

quickly down in spite of one's

self, to slither down.
Tdemuko, the bed of a river.
^Teleza ku-, to slip.
Tema ku-, to slash as with a sword.
Tema ku-.

Kutema mate, to spit.
T'emhe, a hen full grown but which

has not yet laid.
Teriibea ku-, to walk about, to take

my

Moyo icangu umefembea,
thoughts are wandering.
Temhelea ku-, to walk about.
Temheza ku-, to offer for sale by

auction, to hawk about.
Tembo, palm wine, wine.
Temho, an elephant.
Te'mka = Ta'mka.
Temsi, filigree work.
Tena, afterwards, again, further.
Tenda ku-, to do, to apply oneself to,
to act.
Kutenda zema or vema, to behave
well.
Tenda kani, a pole across a dhow to

fasten the sheet to.
Tendawala, a kind of bird.
Tende, a date, dates.

Tenda halwa or halua, Arabs
from the Persian Gulf, who
steal slaves by tempting them

into their houses with datea
and sweetstuff.
Tendea ku-, to do to, to behave to,

to treat.
Tendegu, plur. matendegu, the legs

of a bedstead.
Tendeka ku-, to be done, to be

doable.
Tenga, a sun-fish.
Tenga ku-, to separate, to remove.

Kujitenga, to get out of the waj*.
Tengea ku-, to be ready and in
order.

Duka limetengea, the shop is all
ready and open.
Tengeka ku-, to be put on one side.
Tengelea and Tengeleza = Tengeneza

and Tengenea.
Tengenea ku-, to be comfortable, to

be as it should be.
Tengeneza ku-, to finish off, to put

to rights, to touch up.
Tengezeka ku-, to be established,

made right.
Tengua ku-, to put aside.
Tepukua ku-, to cut away young

shoots.
Tepukuzi, plur. Matepukuzi, shoots

from the root of a tree.
Terema ku-, to be at ease.
Tesa ku-, to afiiict.

Kuteswa, to suffer, to be afflicted.
Teso, plur. mateso, afflictions, adver-
sities.
Teta ku-, to oppose, to strive against,

to be adverse to, to go to law

with, to mention disparagingly.
Tetea ku-, to cackle like a hen.
Tetea ku- (M.) = Chechea ku-, to

walk lame.
Tete ya kwanga, rubeola.
Tetema ku-, to tremble, to quiver.
Tetemea = Chechemea.

TE

THU

395

Tetemeka hu-, to tremble, to shake,

to shiver, to quake (as the earth;,

to chatter (of the teeth).
Teteri, a small kind of dove.
Tetcza hu-, to rattle. Also, to lead

a sick person by the hand.
Teua ku; to choose, select, pick

out = Cliagua ku-.
Teuka ku-, to dislocate, to sprain.
-teule, choice, chosen.
Tezama and Tezamia = Tazama and

Tazamia.
Tezi, a fibrous tumour, goitre.
Thahihu, an offering, a sacrifice.
'Hi obit, plur. mathahit, firm, brave,
Thahabu, gold. [steadfast.

Thahiri, evident, plain.
Thaldri ku-, to make plain, to

express.
Thaifu, weak, infirm, bad.
Thalatha, three. Also Thelaiha, &c.
ThalatJiatashara, thirteen.
Thalathini, tliirty.
Thalimu, a fraudulent person, a

swindler.
TJialimu ku-, to wrong, to defraud.
Tlialili, very low, very poor.
Thamana (th in this), a surety.
Thamani {th in thing), a price.

Ya thamani, of price, valuable.
TJiamhi, sin.
TJidmin, surety.
Thamini ku, to become surety.
Thamiri, conscience, thought.
Tliani ku-, to think, to suppose.
TJiania ku-, to think of a person, to

suppose him, to suspect.
TJiarau, scorn.
Tharau ku-, to scorn.
Tlidruha, (Ar. a stroke), a storm,
(in arithmetic) multiplication.

Tlidruha moja, at one stroke,
suddenly.

Tliathu, a kind of jay brought down

from Unyauyembe.
Tliaicahu, a reward ; especially re-
wards from God.
Thelatha, &c. See Tlialatha, &c.
Tltelimu ku-, to oppress.
Thelth, a donkey's canter.
Theluth, a third.
Themanini, eighty.
Themanini, a linen fabric.
Tliemantashara, eighteen.
Themanya, eight.
Themuni, an eighth.
Tlienashara, twelve.
TJieneen, two.

Thihaka, ridicule, derision.
Thihaki ku-, to ridicule, to make

game of.
Tldhirtsha ku-, to make clear, to

declare.
Thii ku-, to be in distress.
Thiiki ku-, to be put to straits.
Tliili ku-, to abase.
TJiiraa, a measure of about half a
yard, from the point of the
elbow to the tips of the fingers.

Thiraa konde, from the point of
the elbow to the knuckles of
the clenched fist.
Thoofika ku-, to be made weak, to

become weak.
Thoofisha ku-, to weaken, to make

weak.
Thoumu, garlic.
Tliuhutisha ku-, to give courage to,

to make certain, to convince, to

prove.
Thubutu, ku-, to dare, to have
courage for, to be proved.

Sithuhutu, I dare not.
Tliuku ku-, to taste.
Tliukuru ku-, to invoke.
I ThuUi, didtrtss, misery.

396

THU

TIT

Tfiulumu, wrong.

Thulumu ku-, to do wrong, to per-
secute.
Thuluru, a kind of sandpiper.
Thuluth, a third. Also Theluth.
Thumu liu-, to slander.
Thurea, a chandelier.
Tliuru hu-, to harm.
Haithuruy no harm, it does not
matter.
Tia hu-, to put, to put into.

Kutia nanga, to anchor.

Kutia cJiuoni, to put to school.
Tiara, a boy's kite.
Tiba, a term of endearment.
Tibilca hu-, to be cured.
Tihu ku-, to cure.
Tibu, a kind of scent.
Tibua ku-, to stir up and knock

about.
Tifua hu-, to cause to rise like dust

or a mist.
Tifuha hu; to rise in a cloud.
Til hu-, to obey.
Tiisha ku-, to make to obey, to

subdue.
Tika ku-, or twika, to put a burden

on a man's head for him.
Tiki, just like, exactly as.
Tikia ku-, to reply. See Itikia.
Tikisa ku-, to shake.
Tikiti, plur. matikiti, a sort of water

melon.
Tikitika ku-, to be shaken.
Tikitiki, utterly and entirely, to the

last mite. Also, (M.) into little

bits.
Tikiza ku-, to have patience with.
Tilia ku-, to put to, for, &c.
Tilifika ku-, to waste, to grow less.
Tilifisha hu-, to diminish, to make

to dwindle away.
Tiliju ku-, to ruin, to waste.

Tililia hu-, to darn.

Timazi, a stone hung by a line, used

as a plummet by masons.
Timbi, bracelets.
Timbuza hu-, to begin to show itself,

like the sun in rising.
Timia hu-, to be complete.
Timilia hu-, to become complete.
-timilifu, complete, perfect.
Timiliza hu-, to make complete.
Timiza hu-, to complete, to make

perfect.
Time, a woman's name.
Timvi, an ill-omened child.
Tinda hu- (M.) = Chinja hu-, to

cut, to cut the throat, to slaughter,
Tindiha ku- (A.), to fall short.
Tindikia ku-, to cease to.

Imenitindikia, I am out of it, I
have no more.
Tindikiana ku-, to be separated, to

be severed, as friends or relatious

at a distance from one anotlier.
Tiwgre, a game consisting in imitating

all the motions of a leader.
Tini, a fig, figs.
Tint (M.) = Chini, down.
Tipitipi, a brown bird, a mocking

bird.
Tipua ku-, to scoop out, to dig out,

to dip out.
Tiririka ku-, to glide, to trickle.
Tis'a = Tissia, nine.
Tisaini, ninety.
Tisatashara, nineteen.
Tisha hu-, to frighten, alarm, make

afraid.
Tissia, nine.

Tita hu; to tie up together.
Tita, plm*. madta, a faggot, a bundle

of firewood.
Titi, the nipple.
Tiiia ku-, to shake, to sink in.

TIT

TOM

397

Also (?) of the sea, when deep
and rough, to boil.
Titika hu', to carry a bundle of

sticks, &c.
Titima Jcu-, to roar and roll like

thunder.
Titia-anga, chicken-pox. See Kiti-

wanga.
Tiwo (?), paralysis.
'to, a suffix, denoting goodness or
propriety, rarely used in Zan-
zibar.
Euiceica, to put ;

Kuwekato, lo put properly.
Manuka, smells ;
Manukato, scents.
TfM ku; to put out, to take away,
give, expel, to deliver, to except,
to choose out.
Kutoa meno, to grin, to show the
teeth, to snarl.
Toazi, plur. matoazi, cymbals.
Toha, repentance.
Tohoa ku; to break through, to

break a hole in a wall.
Tohice, a simpleton, ignoramus.
Tofaa, plur. matofaa, a fruit shaped
like a codling with rosy-coloured
streaks, = Tomondo. See Mto-
mondo.
Tofali, plur. matofali, a brick.
Tofauti, difference, dispute.
Nimeingia tofauti kica kuv:a wee
umeniibia fetha ynngu, I have
a quarrel with you for stealing
my money.
Tofua ku-, to hurt or put out an

eye.
Tofuka ku-, to have an eye hurt or

put out.
Toga kur, to pierce the ears.
Togica, un fermented beer.
Tolinra, circumcision.

Tohara ku-, to purify by ablutions,

to perform the Mohammedan

ablutions.
Toi, a kind of wild goat.
Toja ku-, to slash, cut gashes, as a

means of bleeding, &c.
Tojo, a cut made for ornament, &c.
Toka or Tokea, from, since.
Toka ku-, to go or come out or away
from, to be acquitted, to go
free.

Kutoka damn, to bleed.

Kutoka Tiari, to sweat.
Tokana ku-, to go forth from one

another, to divorce, to be set free.
Tokea, from, since. See Toka.
Tokea hapo, in old time, from old

time.
Tokea ku-, to come out to, or from,

to appear.
Tokeza ku-, to ooze out, to project.
Tokomea ku-, to get out of one's
Tokoni, the pelvis. [sight.

Tokono (A.), the hips.
Tokora ku-, to pick one's teeth.
Tokosa ku-, to boil, to cook by

boiling.
Tokoseka ku-, to be well boiled, to

be done.
Tokota ku-, to become boiled, to be

cooked by boiling.
Tolea ku-, to put out for, to offer to.

Kutolewa, to have put out for
one, or to be put out, to be
dismissed.
Toma, orchitis, hydrocele.
Tomasa ku-,to poke with the fingers,

to feel, used of examining a

living creature, as Bonyesha, of

inanimate objects.
Tomha ku-, t© have sexual connec-
tion with.
Tomho, a quail.

2 D

398

TOM

TU A

Tomea ku- (RI.) = Chomea ku-.
Tomea ku-, to point by pla&tering

over and putting small stones in

to make the work firm.
Tomesha ku-, to set on (a dog, &c.).
Tomo, dross of iron, &c.
Toinise = Tomo.
Tomondo, a hippopotamus.
Toiaondo, plur. matomondo = Tofaa.
Tana ku-, to drop.
Toiia ku-.

Kutona hina, to lay and bind on
a plaster of henna until the
part is dyed red.

Kutona godoro, to sew through a
mattress here and there to con-
fine the stuffing.
Tandoo, a small brown nut con-
taining oil.
Toiiesha ku-, to strike against, to

touch a sore place, to make a sore

run.
Toae, plur. matone, a drop.
Toneza ku-, to cause to drop.
Tonga ku- (M.) = Chonga ku-, to

cut.
Tongea ku- = Chongea.
Tongosimba, a small bird black

with white neck ; it makes a

great noise in flying.
Tongoza ku-, to seduce.
Tope, mud, plur. matope, much mud.
Tojjea ku-, to sink in mire, to be

stogged.
Topetope, a custard apple.
Topeza ku-, to be too heavy for one.
Topoa ku-, to take out, to break a

spell, to clear for cultivation.
Tom, plur. matora, a small spear.
Toniti, the law of Moses, the Pen-
tateuch.
'Fwoka ku-, to rim away from a

master, from home, &c.

Torosha ku-, to abduct, to induce ti

run away.
Tosa ku-, to cause to sink, to drown

Eutosa macho, to spoil the eyes.
Tosa, plur. matosa, fruit just be-
ginning to ripen, all but ripe.
Tosha ku; to suffice, to be enough

for, to cause to come out.
Toshea ku-, to be astonished, to be

staggered.
Tosheleza ku-, to suffice.
Toshewa ku-, to be astonished.
Tola ku; to sink.
Totea ku- (]M.) = Chochea ku-.
Toteza macho ku-, to spoil the eyes.
Totoma ku-, to be lost, to wander.
Totora ku-, to pick one's teeth. Also,

Tokora.
Tooya = Chooya.
Towea ku-, to eat as a relish or

kitoweo.
Toiceka ku-, to vanish. At Lamoo

tliis word is used for to die.
Towelea ku-, to eat by mouthfuls.
Towesha ku-, to ruin, to put out of

the way.
Toweza ku-, to pour gravy, &c., over

the rice.
Tozi, plur. matozi (M.), a tear.
Trufu, trump (in cards).
Tu, only, nothing but this, only

just. The -u of tu is very short ;

it always follows the word or

phrase which it qualifies.
Tu, we are or were.
Tu or Tw; the sign of the first

person plural, we.
-tu- or -tw-, the objective prefix de-
noting the first person plural, ms,
TvM ku-, to put down, to put down
loads, to rest, to halt, to encamp,
to set (of the sun).

Jua likitua, at sunset.

TUA

TUM

i99

Tua ku; to grind by pushing a

stone backwards and forwards.
Tuama ku-, to settle, to clear itself.
Tuana ku-, to settle.
Tubia ku-, to repent of.
Tabu ku-, to repent.
Tufanu, a storm, a tempest.
Tufe, a ball.
Tuhumu ku-, to accuse of, to lay to

his charge, to suspect.
Tui (M.) = Cliui, a leopard.
Tui, the oily juice squeezed out of

the scraped cocoa-nut.
Tuiliza ku-, to prolong.
Tuja ku- (M.) = Chuja ku-, to strain.
Tuka, posts of a verandah or long

eaves.
Tukana ku-, to use bad language

to, to abuse, to address with in-
sulting or indecent expressions.
Tukano, plur. matukano, bad words,

insulting or filthy language.
Tukia ku-, &c. (M.) = Chukiaku-,&c.
Tukia ku-, to happen.
Tukio, plur. matukio, a thing which

happens, an accident.
Tukiza ku-, to project.
Tukua ku; &c. (M.) = Chukua
-tukufu, glorious, great. [ku-, &c.
Takuka ku-, to become exalted, to

grow great.
Tukum ku-, to move, to shake.
Tukuta ku-, to move about restlessly,

to shake nervously.
Tukutiza ku- (obscene).
Tukuza ku; to exalt, to make great.
Tulia ku-, to become quiet, to settle

down, to amend from a riotous

life.
Tulia, don't make a noise.
Tulia ku-, to grind with. See Tua.

Jiice la kutulia, a stone to grind
with.

Tulika ku; to be serene and tranquil.
Tulilia kur, to settle down lor or in
regard to.

YamekutuUUa f have you under-
stood me ?

Yamejiitulilia, I have.
Tuliliana ku-, to come to an agree-
ment.
TuUza ku-, to calm, to still.
Tulizia ku-, to calm for.

Kuti'lizia roho, to calm, to console.
Tuma ku; to t mploy, to send about

some business.
Tuma ku- (M.) = Chuma ku-, to
Tumaa ku-, to hope. [profit.

Tumai ku- = Tumaa.

Roho yatumai, I hope.
Tumaini ku-, to be confident, to

hope.
Tumainisha ku-, to make confident,

to make to hope.
Tumania ku-, to hope in, confide in.
Tumba, a long rice-bag.
Tumbako, tobacco,

Kuvuta tumbako, to smoke.

Tumbako ya kunuica or kunusa^
Tumbasi, an abscess. [snuff.

Tumbili, a small kind of light-
coloured monkey.
Tumbo, plur. matumbo, gut, belly,
viscera, womb.

Tumbo la kuenenda, diarrhoea.

Tumbo la kuharadamu, dysentery.
Tumbua ku-, to disembowel, cut

open, pick a hole in, open (an

abscess).
Tumbuiza ku-, to soothe, to sing to,

to sing by turns.
Tumbuka ku-, to burst, to be burst,

&c. See Tumbua.
Tumbukia ku-, to fall into.

Ametumbukia, kisimani, he hag
got into a scrape.

2 p 2

400

TUM

TUT

TumbuMza hu-, to throw into, to

cause to fall into, to get a person

into a scrape.
Turnbulia hu-.

KutumhuUa macJio, to stare at.
Tumbuu, a staple.
Tumbuza hu-, to disembowel, to

penetrate, to get through.
Tume, a messenger.
Tumia hu-, to employ, to spend, to

use.
Tumiha hu-y to be employed, to

serve.
Tumihia hu-, to be employed by, to

serve, to obey.
Tumu, taste, tasting.
TiimUy the month Eamathnn.
Tuna hu-, &c. (M.) = Chuva hu, &c.
Tuna hu-, to swell, to get cross.
Tunda, plur. matunda, a fruit.
Tundama hu-, to gather, to settle at

the bottom.
Tundiha hu-, to hang up, to be

suspended.
Tundu, plur. fundu or matundu, a
hole, a cage, a nest.

Tundu ya pua, a nostril.
Tunduaa hu-, to stand stockstill in

wonder at, &c.
Tunga, a round open basket.
Tunga hu-, to suppurate.
Tunga hu-, to put together in order,

to string beads, to make verses.
Tungama hu-, to clot, to congeal.
Tungamana hu-, to be steady.
Tungia hu-, to thread a needle.
Timgua hu-, to let down, to pull

down, to hook down.
Tunguha hu-, to be pulled or let

down.
Tungiha hu-, to depend upon, to

hang from.
Tungu (M.) = Chungu, ants.

Tunguja, a common weed, a species

of solanum.
Tunguliahu- (M.) = Chunguliahu-^

to peep.
Tuniha hu- (M.), to lose the skin, to

be flayed.
Tunu, a rarity, a choice gift, a

present.
Tunuha hu-, to love excessively, to

long for.
Tunuhia hu, to make a present to.
Tunza, plur. matunza, care.
Tunza hu-, to take care of, to look

after, to make gifts to.
Tupa, a file.

Tupa, plur. matupa (M.), a bottle.
Tujm hu-, to throw, to throw away.

Kutupa nathari, or macho, to cast
a glance, to cast the eyes.

Kutuxja mhono, to break off friend-
ship.
Tupia hu-, to throw at, to pelt with.
Tupiza hu-, to pass its proper mea-
sure or time.
-tupu, bare, empty. It makes tupu

with nouns like nyumba. See

Utupu.
Tupua hu-, to root out, to pull up.
Turuhani, tare, allowance for pack-
age, &c., in weighing.
Turuma. See Maiuruma.
Turupuha hu-, to slip out of one's

hand.
Tushiih, ascriptions of praise, a

rosary, the beads used by Mo-

liammedans in praying. Sea

Tasbih.
Tusha hu-, to lower, to make mean

or low.
Tushi, plur. moius^M, abuse, bad

language. See Matusu.
Tuswira, a pictura
Tula, plur. matuta, a heap of earth.

TUT

U

401

a raised bed for planting sweet
potatoes.
Tutu! Leave it alone ! Don't touch!

Used to little children.
Tutuka hu-, or Tutu'mlta or Tutu-
sika, to rise in little swellings, to
come out in a rash.
Tutuma ku-, to make a noise of

bubbling, to boil up.
Tuiumua ku-.
Kujitutumua, to gather oneself
up for an effort.
Tuza ku-i or Tuuza ku-, to weep (of
a wound).
Eutnza damn (M.), to run down
with blood, to bleed exces-
sively.
Tuza ku- = Tunza ku-.
Kujituza, to make oneself mean
or low.
Tuz-anya ku-, to come to an agree-
ment (A.).

-tw- = -tU:

Twa ku (M.) = Chwa ku-.
Twaa ku-, to take.

Kuticau nyara, to take as spoil.
Twalia ku-, to take from.
Twaliwa ku-, to be deprived of, to

have had taken from one. Used

also in the sense of, to be taken.
Twana ku- or Tuana ku-, to settle.
Ticana ku- = Twazana.
Twanga ku-, to clean corn from the

husk by pounding it in a wooden

mortar.
Twangia ku-, to clean corn for,

with, etc.
Twazana ku-, to resemble in face,

to be like,
Tweka ku-, to hoist, to raise, to

take up.
Twesha ku-, to go by night to see

any one.

Tiveta hu-, to pant, to strive for

breath.
Ticeza ku-, to despise, to hold in

contempt.
Twiga, a giraffe, a camelopard.
Ticika ku-, to put a load on a man's

head. Also Tika.

U.

TJ is pronounced like oo in food.

TJ before a vowel takes a conso-
nantal sound, and may be written
w. This change is not so marked
before a u as before the other vowels.
Sometimes both w's keep their vowel
sound. TJ before o is frequently
dropped :

Moyo = Muoyo.

The syllable mu- is seldom so
pronounced in Zanzibar; it becomes
mw- or 'm, or a simple m.

L and u are sometimes appa-
rently interchanged, as,

Ufalme or TJfaume, a kingdom.

Mlango or Micango, a door.

Nouns in u- or w- generally lose
their u- in the plural, most of them
substituting n- or ny- for it, but
dissyllable nouns keep the u- and
prefix ny-. See N.

The insertion of a -«- before the
final -a of a verb reverses its mean-
ing.

Kufunga, to fasten.

Kufungua, to unfasten.

There is a suppressed I between
the u and the a (as always in
Swahili between two consecutive
vowels), which appears in the ap-
plied forms.

Kufungulia, to unfasten for.

The pasaiye of the applied forms

402

u

UCH

of verbs in -ua is used also as the
passive of the simple form.

Kufunguliwa,to be unfa:;tened, or
to have unfastened for one.

Kuua, to kill, is irregular, and
makes its passive by adding -wa,
hiuaway to be killed.

U (Ar.), and.

U, thou art, it is, of nouns in m-,
and of those which make their
plural in mi-.

U- or W-, the sign of the second
person singular.

U- or wj-, the personal prefix of the
third person singular denoting a
substantive in w-, or one which
makes its plural in mi-.

-U-, or -W-, the objective prefix de-
noting a substantive in w-, or one
that makes its plural in mi-.

U- as a substantive prefix is used
to form abstract nouns, and also
to form the names of countries,

7:a, the Nyika country ;
Ugala, the Galla country ;
Dzungu, the country of Eu-
ropeans.
TJa ku; to kill.

Passive, kuuawa, to be killed.
Ua, plur. maua, a flower.
Ua, plur. nyua, a yard, an enclosure,
a fence.
Ua wa mahua, an enclosure fenced

with mtama stalks.
Ca ica maJcutiy&n enclosure fenced
with plaited cocoa-nut leaves.
Uanda, a court, a yard.
Uanda = Wanda,
Uanja = Uanda.
Uapo, plur. nijapo, an oath.
Uawa ku', to be killed.

Uayo, plur. nyayo, the sole of the

foot, a footprint.
Ubahwa, pap, a soft food for chil-
dren.

Ubafu or Uhavu, plur. mbavu, a rib.
Mbavuni, in or at its side.

Uhani, incense, galbanum.

Ubatili, nullity.

Ubau, plur. mbau, a plank.

Ubawa, plur. mbawa,Q, wiug feather.

Ubazazi.
Kufanya ubazazi, to make a bar-
gain.

Ubeleko, a cloth worn by women, a
customary present to the bride's
mother on the occasion of a
wedding.

UbisTii, a joke.

UbuyvL, the inside of the calabash
fruit.

Uchafu or Uchavu, filthiness.

Uchagaa = Utagaa.

Uchala, a raised stage to put corn
&c. upon.

Uchawi, witchcraft, black magic.
Kufanya uchawi, to practise
witchcraft.

Uchi, nakedness.

Uchipuka, plur. chipuTca, a shoot, a
blade of grass.

UchocJwro, a passage, opening be-
tween.

Uchovu, tediousness.

Uchu, a longing.

Uchukuti, the leafstalk of the cocoa-
nut leaf.

Uchukuzi, carriage, cost of carry-
ing.

Uchukwi, a kind of rice.

Uchumi = Utumi.

Uchungu, bitterness, pain, poison.

Uchungu, bitter. See -chungu.
Dawa uchungu, bitter medicine.

UD A

UK A

403

Vdaha, babbling, telling secrets.
Udevu, plur. ndevu, one hair of the

beard.
Udogo, smallnesa, youth.
Udongo, clay, a kind of earth used

to mix with the lime and sand in

making mortar.
Ufa ku-, to become cracked.
Ufa, plur. nyiifa, a crack.

Kutia ufa, to crack.
Ufagio, plur. fagio, a brush, a broom,

a bundle of the leaves of a palm

used to sweep with.
Vfahamu, memory.
Ufajiri = Alfajiri.
?7/aZmeorZ7/aM?ne,kingdom, royalty.
Ufidiwa, a ransom.
Ufisadif vice.
Ufishi, vice.
Ujito, plur. Jito, a thin stick, sticks

such ae those which are used as

laths to tie the maliuti thatch to.
Ufizi, plur. fizi, the gums.
fy/M, death, the state of being dead.
Ufufulio or Ufufuo, resurrection,

revival.
Ufuhara^ destitution.
Ufukwe, absolute destitution.
Ufumhi, valley, bottom.
Ufunga, stone bench, = Kiharaza.
Ufungu, relatives.
Ufunguo, plur. funguo, a key.
Ufuo, sandy beach.
Ufuta, semsem.
Ufuthuli, ofBciousness.
Vga, an open space in a town wliere

a house has been pulled down, or

where a dance could be held.
Ugali, porridge.

Uganga, white magic, medicine.
Ughaibu, the little packet of betel

leaf, areca nut, lime, and tobacco

made up for chewing. j

Ugo, enclosure, close.

Ugomvi, a quarrel, quarrelsomeness.

Ugonjica, sickness, a sickness.

Ugrani, a general collection of debts.
I Ugica ku-, to fall sick, to groan.

Ugtimu, hardness, ditficulty.

Uguza ku; to nurse, to take care of

Ugice, string. [a sick person.

Uhardbu, mischief.

Uharara, warmth.

Uharibivu, destruction, destructive-
ness.

Uhtaji, want, thing wanting.

Uhuru, freedom.

l7i?/i6o, plur. 7iyimho,a. song, a ballad.

Uirari (in arithmetic), proportion,
division of profits. See Worari.

Ui'zi, theft, thieving,

Ujahili, boldness.

Ujalifu, fulness.

Ujana^ youth.

Ujari, tiller-ropea.

Ujenzi, building.

Uji, gruel.

Ujima, help of neighbours, assist-
ance in work.

Ujinga, rawness, dulness, ignorance.

Ujio, coming.

Ujira, hire, reward.

Ujumhe, chiefship, headship.

Ujuvi, knowingness, officiousness,
pretended knowledge.

Ujusi, defilement, whatever is re-
moved by ablutions.

Ukaango, plur. kaango, an earthen
pot for cooking with oil or fat.

Ukafu.
Ukafu toa maj% a bubble on
water.

Ukali, fierceness, sharpness.

Kufanya ukali, to scold.
Ukambaa, plur. kambaa (M.), cord
line.

404

UKA

UKU

Ukamilifu, perfectness, perfection.

TJTianda, a strap.

JJkao, stay, stopping.

Ukarimu, generosity, liberality.

XTkawa, delay.

Ukaya, a long piece of blue calico,
often ornamented with spangles,
worn by slaves and poor women
in Zanzibar over tbeir heads:
it has two long ends, reaching
nearly to the ground.

Vhelele, plur. kelele, a cry, a noise.
Akapigiwa ukelele, and a ory was
made at him.

Uicemi, a call (Mer.).
Nipigie ukemi^ give me a call.

Ukengele, a sort of knife made in
Zanzibar.

TJketo, depth.

Ukingo, the brink, a screen, an en-
closure made with cloths.

Ukiri, plur. kiri, a strip of fine
matting about an inch broad, out
of which mikeka are made.

TJkhca, desolation, solitude where
people once were.

TJko or fltt/co, there.

Ukoa, plur. k'oa, a plate of metal,
one of the rings on the scabbard
of a sword, &c.

Ukoga, the tartar and dirt on the
teeth.

Ukohozi, phthisis.

Ukoka, grass cut for fodder.

Ukoko, the rice on the top of the
pot, which is often dry and
scorched through the custom of
pouring away the water when the
rice is done and heaping live
embers on the lid of the pot.
Ukoko (A.), a cough.
JJkologefu, decay*
Ukoma, leprosy.

Ukomha, a scraper, a curved knife
for hollowing out mortars, &c.

Ukomholewa, a ransom.

Ukomhozi or Ukomhoo, a ransom

Ukonde (wa tende), a (date) stone.

Ukangice, oldness, extreme old age.

Ukonyezo, plur. konyezo, a sign made
by lifting the eyebrow.

Ukoo, nastine^s, uncleanness (?).

Ukoo, ancestry, pedigree, family
origin and connections.

Ukope, plur. kove, a hair from the
eyelash.

Ukosi, the nape of the neck.

Ukuhali, acceptance.

Ukuhwa, greatness, bigness.

Ukucha, plur. kucha, a nail, a claw,
a boo/.

Ukufi, plur. hnfi, a handful,, what
will lie upon the hand.

Ukumbi, an apartment at the en-
trance, a hall, a porch. The
ukumbi is within a stone house
and outside a mud house.

Ulcumbulia, recollection.

Ukumhusho, memorial, a reminder.

JJkumhuu, plur. kumhuu, a girdle
made of a narrow cloth, a turban
cloth twisted tightly into a sort
of rope such as the turbans of
the Hindis are made of.

JJlcundufu, pleasingness, comm©-
diousuess, liberality.

ZHcungu, mould, mouldiness.
Kufanya nkungu, to get mouldy.

JJliungu, the first liglit of dawn.

Ukuni, plur. kuni, a piece of fire-
wood.

Ukurasa, plur. kurasa, a leaf of a

book, a sheet of paper.
Ukuta, plur. kuta, a stone wall.
TJkuti, plur. kuti, a leaflet of the
cocoa-nut tree.

UKU

UMK

405

Ukuu, greatness, size.

Ukwaju, a tamarind.

C/^u-ase/ii, necessity, having nothing.

UJcwasi, wealth, riches.

TJhvcato, plur. hwato, a hoof.

CTaZo, a tree or trees cut down so

as to fall across a river and make

a bridge over it
TJlaji^ gluttony.

TJlambiyambi, a very young dafu.
Ulanisi, a foul-mouthed person.
TJlxiya or ^VilalJa^ home ; applied

especially to the home of Euro-
peans, Europe.
Ulayiti, European, inferior calico.

Kamha ulayiti, hempen rope.
Ule, that, yonder.
XTI^di, a dhow boy, a cabin boy.
Ulegevu, relaxation, the state of

being slack.
Ulia Jcu-, to kill for, with, &c.

Tumulie mhali, let us kill him
out of the way.
Ulili, a couch or bedstead (Kianz-

want).
Ulimbo, birdlime, gum, resin.
Ulimhwende, dandyism.
TJlimi, plur. ndimi, the tongue, a

tenon, the heel of a mast.
Ulimwengu, the world, the universe,
a man's own world or circle of
duties and pleasures.

Kuwako ulimwenguni, to be alive.
Ulingo, a raised platform to scare
Ulio, which is. [birds from.

Ulitimu, the last three cards of the

pack.
Uliza ku-, to ask, to inquire of a
person.

Kumuliza hali, to ask how he
does.

Siicezi kuuUzica uicciigo,! cannot
tell a lie.

Ulizia ku-, to make inquiries on

behalf of.
JJIongo, falsehood. See Uwongo.
TJma, plur. nyuma, a spit, a large
fork, an awl.

Umaica kuokea nyama, a gridiron.
Uma ku-, to bite, to sting, to hurt,

to give pain to, to ache.
Umaheli, ingenuity.
TJmalidadi, dandyism.
Umande, dew, morning air, mist,

the west wind.
Umasikini, poverty.
Umati, a multitude, people,
TJmati Isa, Christians.
Umati Musa, Jews.
Umati Muhammad, Mohammedans.
Umha ku-, to create, to shape.
Umba ku-, to bale out a boat For

Kumha.
Umhaumha ku-, to sway about like

a drunken man.
Umbo, plur. maumho, form, outward
likeness, appearance, character,
species.

Najiona umbo la kuwa kiziici, I
feel getting deaf.
Umhu, plur. maumhu, a sister.
Umbua ku-, to allege a defect, to

depreciate.
Umhwa, or better Mbwa, a dog.
-uiTie (or -lume), male, strong. • It
makes ndum£ with nouns like
nyumlia.

Mkono ica kuume, the right hand.
Umeme, lightning.
Umia ku-, to give pain to.
Umika ku-, to cup.
Umio, the oesophagus.
Umito, heaviness, feeling heavy.
Umiza ku-, to hurt
Umka ku-, to swell, to rise when

leavened.

406

UMK

UP A

UmTcu (?) Icu-t to call.
Umo or Humo, there inside.
Umoja, oneness.
Umri, age.

JJmri wake apataje f How old
is he?
Umua ku-, to take honey from the

hive.
Una, you have, thou hast.

Una nini9 What is the matter
with you ?
Unazozitaka, which you are asking

for.
Unda ku-, to build ships or boats.
Undu, the comb of a cock.
Unene, stoutness, thickness.
Unenyekeo, humility, abasement,

reverence.
Unqa, flour, powder.

Unga wa ndere, a magic poison,
Unga ku-, to unite, to splice, to join.
Ungama, a place near Melinda,

swallowed up by the sea.
Ungama ku-, to acknowledge, to

confess of one's own accord.
Ungamana ku-, to bring together,

connect.
Ungamo, a yellow dye used for

dyeing matting,
Unganaku-, to unite, to join together.
Unae-, the sign of the second person
sing, conditional.

Ungedumu, you would continue.

Ungekuwa, you would be.
Ungi, much, plenty.
Ungo, the hymen (?).

Kuvunja ungo, to be deflowered,
to begin to menstruate.
Urigo, plur. maungo, a round flat

basket used in sifting.
Ungua ku-,to be scorched or scalded.
Unguja, Zanzibar.
Vngulia ku-, to scorch or scald.

Unguza ku-, to scorch or scald, to

burn.
Ungwana, the state of being a free

and civilized man, civilization.
-ungwana, civilized, as opposed to
-shenzi; free, as opposed to
-tumwa.

Kiungicana, of a civilized kind.
Unuele, or Unwele, or Unyele, plur.

7iyele, a hair.
Unyago. See Kimjago.

Kuchezea unyago, to teach wo-
manhood.
Unyasi, reed, grass.
Unyayo, plur. nyayo, the sole of the

foot, a footprint.
Unyele. See Unuele.
Unyende.

Kupiga unyende, to cry with a
feeble thin voice.
Unyika, the Nyika country.
Unyoa, plur. nyoa, a feather.
Unyofu, straightness, uprightness.
Unyogovu. idleness.
Unyonge, vileness, meanness.
Unyungu.

Kupiga unyungu, to strut about,
to show oneself off.
Uiiyushi, plur. nyushi, a hair from

the eyebrow.
Uo, plur. mnuo, a sheath.
Uoga, or Woga, fear,
Uovu, rottenness, badness, corrup-
tion, malice, evil.
Uozi, marriage.
Upaa, baldness.

Upaa wa kitwa, crown of the
head, baldness.
Upaja, plur. paja, the thigh.
Upaji, liberality.
Upamha, plur. pamba, a bill, a small

hatcliet.
Upana, width, breadth.

UFA

URA

407

Upande, plur. pande, a side, part.
Ujjande wa Mvita, near or about

Mombaa.
TJpande wa cJiini, the under side,

the lee side.
Upande wa juu, the upper side,

the weather side.
XJpande ica gosMni, the side where
the tack of the sail is fastened,
the weather side,
dpanga, a cock's comb.
Upanga, plur. panga, a sword.
Upanga wa felegi, a long straight
two-edged sword carried by the
Arabs.
Upanga wa imani, a short sword

with a kind of cross hilt.
Kuweka upanga, to set up a
sword on its edge.
Upao, plur. pao, one of the small
sticks used as laths to tie the
tiiatch to.
Upapi, the outer beading of a door

.frame.
Upataji, value.
Upato, a round plate of copper

beaten as a musical instrument.
Upawa, plur. jjaica, a flat ladle made
out of a cocoa-nut shell, used
for serving out curry, gravy, &-c.
An upawa differs from a Itata in
being very much flatter and
shallower ; more than two-
thirds of the shell are cut away
to make an upaica ; scarcely a
quarter is cut off in making a
TtaUi,
Upekeclio, the piece of wood used

to make fire by rubbing.
Upeketevu, destruction, harm, quar-
relling.
Upele, plur. pele, a large pimple.
Pele, the itch.

Upemho, curved end, hook, a stick

to hook down fruit with.
Upendaji, the habit of liking.
Upendavyo, as you please.
Upendelto, favour.
Upenzi, love, affection, liking.
Upen, plur. peo (M.), a sweeping

brush.
Upeo, the extremest point visible,

the extreme limit, something

which cannot be surpassed.
Upepeo, plur. pepeo, a fan.
UpepOy plur. pepo, a wind, cold.

See Pepo. The plural is used to

denote much wind.
Upesi, quickly, lightly.
Upia = Upya, newness.
Upindi, plur. pindi, a bow.

Upindi wa mvua, the rainbow
Upindo, a fold, a hem.
Upo, a water-dipper for a boat or

dhow.
Upofu, blindness.
Upogo, a squint.
Upogoupogo, zigzag.
Upole, gentleness, meekness.
Upondo, plur. pondo, a pole used to

propel canoes and small vessels.
Upongoe, plur. pongoe, the leaf stem

of a palm tree.
Upooza, paralysis.
Upote, string, bowstring.
Upotevu, waste, desti uctiveness,

wastefulness.
Upumbafu, folly.
Upunga, plur. punga, a tlower or

embryo nut of the cocoa-nut tree.
Upungiifu, defect, defectiveness.
Upupu, cow-itch.

Upuzi, nonsense, chatter, silly talk.
Upweke, singleness, independence.
Upya, newness.
Urathi, contentment.

408

URE

UTE

TJrefu, length.

Uremho, ornament, applied espe-
cially to the black lines painted
on their faces by the women of
Zanzibar by way of ornament.

Urithi, inheritance.

Urango = TJiwngo.

Urotha, invoice.

Uru, diamonds (in cards).

Usafy shavings and chips.

Usaha^ matter, pus.

Useini, talk, conversation.

TJshadi, plur. nyushadi, verses.

Ushahidi, or Ushuhuda, testimony.

Ushambilio, haste, suddenly.

Ushanga, plur. shanga, a bead.

Usharika, partnership, sharing.

Ushaufu, deceit.

Usherati, dissipation. Also Asherati.

Ushi, a string-course.

Ushujaa, heroism, great courage.

Ushukura, thanks.

TJshungUy a vegetable poison, used
to poison arrows.

Ushupafu, perversity, crookedness.

Ushuru, tax, duty, customs.

Usia few-, to leave directions or
orders, by will, &c. See Wana.

Usikizi, hearing, attention, under-
standing.

Usiku, night. The plur. siku is used
to denote days of 24 hours. Four
whole nights must be rendered
siku nne usiku kucha. Four days
and nights, siku nne mchana na
usiku.

Usimanga, mockery.

Usimeme, firmness.

Usinga, plur. singa, a (straight, not
woolly) hair. See Singa.

Usingizi, plur. singizi, sleep. See
Zingizi.

Usiri, delay.

TJsiwa, on the high seas.

TJso, plur. nyuso, face, countenance.

Ussuhui, for Assubui, in the morning,

the morning.
Usubi, a sandfly, a midge.
Usufi, silk cotton from the msitfi

tree.
Usukani, plur. sukani, a rudder.
UsuUani, sultanship.
Usumha, see Makumhi.
Uta, plur. nyuta or mata, a bow,
TJta. [bow and arrows.

Majuta ya uta, semsem oil.
Utaa, a raised stage to put corn,

&c. on.
Utabibu, medical science, being a

doctor.
Utagaa, a branch of a tree.
Utaji, a veil.
Utajiri, wealth.
Utakacho, what you wish.
TJtakatifu, holiness, purity.
TJtako (Mer.), keel of a dhow.
Utambaa, plur. tambaa, a bandage,

a rag.
TJtambi, plur. tambi, a lamp-wick, a

piece of stuff for a turban.
TJtambo {wa sufuria, &c.), a swing-
ing handle like tliat of a pail.
Utamvua, end or corner of a turban,

of a cloth, &c.
Utandu (A.) = Ukoko.
Utandui hymen.
Utani, a kindred race, the belonging

to a kindred tribe, familiarity.
Utanzu, plur. tanzu, a branch.
Utashi, desire.
Utasi, tonguetieduess.
Utawi.

Kupiga utawi, to drink grog to-
gether.
Vie.
Ute iva yayi, the white of an egg»

UTE

U WA

409

Utelezi, slipperiness.

Utemhe, the chewed refuse of betel
leaf, &c.

Utenzi, a poem, especially a reli-
gious poem.

Uteo, plur. teo (M.), a silting bas-
ket.

Utepe, plur. tepe, a tape, a band, a
fillet, a stripe.

Utepetefu, languor.

Ufesi, strife.

Uthabiti, bravery, firmncps.

Uthaifu, ■weakness, infirmity.

Uthani, weight.

Uthi hu; to harass, trouble.

Uthia, bother, noise, uproar.

Uthia TiU; to harass.

Uthibaji, cheat, deceit, stratagem.

TJtliika hu-, to be harassed.

UtJdlifu, calamity, great trouble.

TJthuru Jcu-, to excuse.

Uti.

TJti wa maungo, the backbone.

TJtiko, the roof-ridge of a thatched
house.

Utiriri, a provoking trick.

Utofu, dull, without amusement.

Utofu, thinness, weakness.

Utolco, mucus from the vagina.

Uto.

Uto wa riTjama, fat cooked out of
meat, dripping.

Utanwa, thick white sap.

Utondwi, small dhows trading about
Zanzibar, coasters.

Utosi, the top of the head.

Utoto, childhood.

Utufu, fatigue.

TJtuJiufu, greatness, exaltation,
glory.

Utvley wretchedness, weakness, un-
fitness.

Utulivu, quietness, patience.

Utumhavu, thickness, swelling,

rising.
Utumhuizo, a soothing thing, verses

sung during a dance.
Utume, sending people about.
Utumi, use, usage.
TJtumo, business, place of business.
Utuimva, slavery, employment, en-
gagement.

Kiitia ufumwani, to enslave.
TJtnngu (M.) = Uchungu.

Utungu, is used in the dialect of
Zanzibar only for the pains of
childbirth, Utungu ica uzazi.
Utupa, a species of euphorbia used

as a fish poison.
Utupu, naked (vulgar).

Mtu utupu, a naked man.

Mtu mtiipu, a mere man.
Uuaji, murderousness.
Uudi, aloes wood.
Uuza hu. See Uza hu-,
Uvi, a door [Tumbatu],
Uvivu, idleness, sloth.
TJvuguvugu, lukewarmness.

Maji yana uvuguvugu, the water
is lukewarm.
UvuU, shade.

Uvumha, incense, galbanum.
TJvundo, a smell of corruption.
Uvurujika, tendency to crumble, a

being spoilt and decayed.
Uvurungu, hollowness.

Jiwe la uvurungu, a hollow stone.
TJvyazi, birth.
TJwanda, a plain.
Uwanga, arrowroot.
TJtcanga, a sweet dish made of

wheat, flour, sugar, and ghee.
Uwanja, a courtyard, an enclosure.
Uicashi, masonry.
JJwati, a vesicular eruption on the

skin.

410

U W A

VAL

Uicaziri, the vizirship,
TJweli, sickness, disease.

TJweli wa viungo, rheumatism.
Uwezo, power, ability.
Uwinda.
Kwpiga uwinda^ to pass the ends
of the loin-cloth between the
legs and tuck them in, as is
done loosely by the Banyans,
and tiglitly by men at work.
Uicingu, plur. mhingu, heaven, sky.
The plural is the form more com-
monly used.
Uwivu, jealousy.
Vwongo, falsehood.
Manenoye yameliuica uicongo, he
has become a teller of lies.
Uyajuapo, if you know them.
Uyoga, a mushroom.
Uyuzi, ingenuity.
Uyuzi ku-, to ascertain.
Uza ku-, to ask, to ask questions.
Uza ku- or Za ku-, to sell.
The u in kuuza, or rather kuza,
to sell, is very short and insig-
nificant : it is possibly only a
partial retention of the ku-,
which bears the accent and is
retained entire in the usual
tenses. The u- in kuuza, to
ask, is much more important,
as is shown clearly in tlie ap-
plied forms.

Kuuliza, to ask of a person ;

pres. perf. ameuliza.
Kuliza, to sell to a person ;
pres. perf. ameliza.
Uzanya ku-, to be ordinarily sold,

to be for sale.
TJzazi, birth.
Uzee, old age.
Uzembe, indifference, apathy, slow-

Vzi, plur. nyuzi, thread, string, a
stripe.

TJziki, poverty.

TJzima, health, heartiness, complete-
ness, life.

TJzingizi. ^ee Zingizi opudi Unngizi.

Uzinguo, disenchantment, as from
the power of the evil eye.

Uzini or Uzinzi, adultery, fornica-
tion.

Uzio, plur. nyuzio, a hedge made in
the sea to catch fish.

TJzulia ku-, to depose.

TJzulu ku-, to depose, to remove from
an office.
Kujiuzulu, to resign, to give up a
place or ofiBce, to abdicate.

TJzuri, beauty, fineness, ornament.
Kufanya uzuri, to adorn oneself.

Uzuslii, raising from the bottom, as
in fisliing for pearls.

JJzuzu, rawness, greenness (of a
simpleton).

V is pronounced as in English.
V,f, and b, are sometimes a little

difficult to distinguish accurately in
the dialect of Zanzibar. This is
probably owing to the want of a v
in Arabic.

V and vy change in some dialects
into Z-, in others into th-.

Micivi, a thief, becomes mitizi at
Lamoo, and micitlii at Patta.
Vaa ku-, to put on, to dress in.
The past tenses are used in the

sense of, to wear.
Amevaa, he wears.
Alivaa, he wore.
Valia ku-.

VAO

VIT

411

Mshipi tea Ituvalia nrjiio, a girdle
to gird up one's clothes with.

Vao, plur. mavao, dress.

Varanga, interrupting and bother-
ing talk.

Vazi, plur. mavazi, a dress, a gar-
ment.

Vemttf well, very well.

Vema or Vyema, good. See -ema.

Ti- or Vy-, the plural prefix of sub-
stantives (and of adjectives and
pronouns agreeing with them)
which make their singular in hi-
or ch-.

Vi- or Vy-, sign of the third person
plural prefixed to verbs governed
by nouns in vi- or vy-.

Vi- or Vy- prefixed to adjectives
often gives them an adverbial

-vi-, the objective prefix represent-
ing nouns in vi- or vy-.
Via Jiu-, to stop short of perfection, '

to be stunted in its growth, to |

remain only half cooked for want

of fire, &c., &c.
Viaa ku- = Vyaa Jcu-.
Viatu (plural of Kiatu), shoes, san-
dals.

Viatu vya Kizungu, European
shoes.

Viatu vya ngozi, leather sandals.

Viatu vya mti, wooden ciogs.
Viazi (plur. of Kiazi), sweet pota-
toes.

Viazi vya Kizungu, potatoes.

Viazi vikuu, yams.
Viberiti (plur. of Kiberiti), matches,

lucifers.
Vidani, collars of gold, &c.
Viembe or Vyembe, arrows.
Vifaa, necessaiies, useful things.
Vigwe, braid, reins.

Vijiueno, little words, prattle.

Viha ku-, to clothe, to dress.

Vile, those yonder.

Vilevile, just those things, like
things, in like manner.

Vilia ku-, to stop and stagnate, as
the blood does in a bruise.

Vilio, a stagnation, a stoppage.
Mavilio ya damu, bruises, effusion
of blood.

Vimba ku-, to swell, to thatch.

Vimbisha ku-, to overfeed a person.

Vimbhoa ku-, to be overstuffed, to
overeat oneself.

Vimo, all of one size.

Vinga vya moto, firebrands, sing,
Kinga cha moto.

Vingi, many. See -ingi.

Vingine, others. See -ngine.

Vinjari ku-, to cruise about, to go
looking out for something, to
watch.

Vinyavinya ku-, to press and crush
food for children and sick people.

Viuyi. See Mweityi.

Vinyu = Mvinyo.

Vioga ku- (M.), to tread.

Viombo = Vyombo.

Viote or Vyote, all. See -ote.

Vipande vya kupimia, nautical in-
struments, sextants, &c.

Vipele (plur. of Kipele), small
pimples, a rash.
Vipele vya harara, prickly heat.

Viringa ku-, to become round.
Iiueviringa, it is round.

Viringana ku-, to become spherical.

Visha ku-, to give cluthes to.

Vita, war.

Vitanga vya mizam, scales, scale-
pans.

Vitindi vya shaba, bra-ss wire.

Vitwa vltioa, topsy-turvy.

412

VI

VUN

Vivia liu-, to smoulder.

Vivi Mvi, common, just there, just

so, anyhow.
-vivu, idle, dull, slow.

Kisu ni kivivu, the knife is blunt
(A.).
Vivyo, thus, in the way mentioned.
Vivyoliivyo, in like manner.
Viwbnhi (plur. of Kimmhi), wave-
lets, a ripple.
Viza few-, to stunt, to prevent its

attaining perfection, to interrupt,

to stop or hinder in work.
Vizia ku-, to watch, to spoil one's

work for one, to hinder one from

working.
Vizuri, fine, finely. See -zuri.
Vua ku-f to take off clothes.
Vua ku-j to save, to deliver, to take

across.
Vua ku-y to fi-h, to catch fish.
Vuuta ku- or Vwata ku-, to prets with

the teeth, to hold in the mouth.
Vuaza ku-, to wound by striking or

running into unawares, tu cut.
Vugaza ku-, to put to (a door).
Vugo, a horn played upon by beat-
Vuja ku-, to leak, to let water, [ing.
Vujia ku-, to ooze out.
VuJca ku-, to cross, to go over, to

pass a river, to be saved.
Vuke, steam, vapour, sweat.
Vukiska ku-, to take across, to ferry

over.
Vukiza ku-, to cause to fume, to

give off vapour.
Vukieta ku-, to blow bellows.
Vukuto, sweat.
Vule.

Dudu vule, an insect living in
wood, a carpenter bee (?).
Vuli, shade.

Mkono wa kuvuli, the right hand.

Vulia ku-, to catch fish for, or

with.
Vuma ku-, to blow as the wind, to

buzz like a bee.
Vu7na ku-, to lose (in card-playing).
Vumbi, plur. mavumbi, dust, flue,

muddiness in water.
Vumbika ku-, to put in under some-
thing, to stick into the embers, to

cover with a heap of leaves, &c.
Vumhikia ku-, to put seeds or plants

in the ground before rain, to get

them into the ground.
Vumbilia ku-.

Kuvumhilia vita, to get into a
quarrel.
Vumhu, plur. mavumhu, lumps in

flour, &c.
Vumhua ku-, to find after a search,

to discover.
Vumi, a noise as of blowing or

bellowing, often made with a

drnm.
Vumilia ku-, to endure, to tolerate,

to bear.
Vumisha ku-, to win (in card-play-

iag).
Vuna ku-, to reap.
Vuna ku-.

Kujivuna, to swell up, to be
puffed up.
Vunda, &c. = Vunja, &c.
Vunda ku-, to rot.
-vungu, hollow.

Vunja ku-, to break, to ruin, to
spoil, to change a piece of
money.

Kuvunja jungo, to have a final
feast, as before Ramathan.
Vunja jungo or chungu, a mantis

(Mantis roligiosa), so called from

the superstition that a person

touching it will break the next

VUN

-WA-

413

piece of crockery or glass he

handles,
Vunjia hu-, to break for, with, &c.
Vunjika hu-, to become broken.
Vuruga Jcu-, to stir.
Vurujika ku-, to break up into frag-
ments, crumble.
VurumisJia ku-, to throw a stone, &c.
Vusha hu-, to put across, to ferry

over, to put into the right way.
Vuta ku-, to draw, to pull.

Kuvuta maji, to bale out water.

Kuvuta makasia, to row.

Kuvuta tumhakOf to smoke to-
bacco,
Vuvia ku-, to blow.
Vuvumka ku-, to grow up quickly.
Vuzi, plur. mavuzi, a hair of the

pubes. Also, (A.) hair in gene-
ral.
Vy- = Vi:
Vya, of.
Vyaa ku-, to bear children, or fruit.

Pass, vyaioa or vyaliwa.
Vijake or Vyakwe, his, her, its.
Vyako, thy.
Vyakula (plur. of Chakuld), things

to eat, victuals, meals, provisions.
Vyaliwa ku-, to be born.
Vyangu, my, of me. See -angu.
Vyao, their, of them. See -ao.
Vyetu, our, of us. See -etu.
Yyenu, your, of you. See -enu.
-vyo or -vyo-, as.

Upendavyo, as you please.

TJnipendavyo, as you love me, for
my sake.

Alivyoagiza, as he directed. See
ginsi.
Vyo, -vyo, -vyo-, which. See -o.

Vrjo vyote, whatsoever.
Vyomho (plur. of CJwmho), vessels,

household utensils, baggage.

W.

W is pronounced as in English.

TV is commonly in Swahili a con-
sonantal u, and in many words w
or u may be written indifferently.
There are other cases, as in the
passive termination -ica, where the
sound can only be expressed by an
English w.

W- = U-, which see.
W-, the prefix proper to possessive
pronouns governed by substan-
tives either singular or plural
which denote animate beings.
Wa, of. See -a.
Wa nini, why.

Hamisi wa Tani, Tani's Hamisi,
i.e. Hamisi, the sou of Tani.
Wa or TJ, the Arabic and.
Wa ! an Arabic exclamation.
Wa-, the plural prefix of substan-
tives in ?n-, '/n-, or mw- which
denote animate beings.
Wa-, the plural prefix of adjectives
and pronouns agreeing with sub-
stantives which denote animate
beings.
Wa-, the prefix marking the third
person plural of verbs governed
by nouns denoting animate be-
ings.
"Where the tense prefix begins
with an -a- that of the personal
prefix coalesces with it, so that
there is no difference between
the second person singular and
the third plural.
-ica- the objective plural prefix
referring to substantives which
denote animate beinp-a
2 E

414

WA

WAL

Wa kit-, to be, to become (?) : the
hu- bears the accent and is re-
tained in the usual cases.
The present tense of the substan-
tive verb is generally rei^re-
Bented by ni or by the personal
prefix standing alone.
The present tense with the rela-
tive is represented by the syl-
lable -li: Aliye, he who is.
The present perfect amehuioa, &c.
has the sense of, to have be-
come. Was is represented by
the past perfect tense alikuwa,
&c.

Kuwa na, to have.
Simekuwa mwongo ? should I
not be a liar ?
Waa ku-, to shine much, like the

sun or the moon.
Waa, plur. mawaa, a spot, a blotch,

a stain.
Wabba, cholera.

Waboondei, the people living in the
low country between the sea and
the Shambala mountains.
Wadi, son of.
Wadi Mohammed, Mohammed's
son.
Wadi TcU', to complete a term.
Watu wa " London " wamewadi,
the (H.M.S.) " London's" com-
mission has expired.
Wadia ku-, to be fully come, to be

quite time for anything.
Wadinasi for Walad ennas, born
of people, that is, of decent
family.
Wadui, enmity, hostility.
Wafikana ku-, to conspire together.
Wafiki ku-, to suit, to be suitable

to.
Waga ku- (Mer.), to kill.

Wagunya, the Swahili living north

of Siwi.
Wahadi, plur. nyahadi (?), for

Ahadi, a promise.
Wahid, one.
Wai ku-, to be in time.
Wainua, verily.
Wdjib, rightness, it ought.
Wajihi ku-, to visit, to see face to

face.
Wajihiana ku-, to meet face to face,

to see one another.
Waka ku-f to blaze, to burn up, to

burn.
Wakati, time, season.

Wakati huu, now.
Wake or Wakwe, his, her, or its.
Wakf. [See -ale.

Kufanya wakf, to dedicate, to set
apart for holy uses.
Wakia, the weight of a silver dollar,

about an ounce.
Wakifu ku; to cost.
Wakijia ku-, to cost to.
Wakili, an agent, a representative.
Wako, thy.
Wakti = Wakati.

Wakti gani nije ? at what time
am I to come ?
Wala, nor, and not.

Wala — wala — , neither — nor — .
Where or would be used in

English after a negative wala is

used in Swahili.
Walai or Wallaye, the most com-
mon Swahili oath.
Walakini, but, and however.
Walao, not even.
Wale, those yonder.
Wall, cooked grain, especially rice.

Wali wa mwikuu, what is left
from some meal overnight to be
eaten in the morning:.

WAL

WAT

415

Walt, a governor.

Liwali for Al Wait, the governor,
is more commonly used in Zan-
zibar.
Walio. See Nyalio.
Walio, they who are.
Walirmcengu, the people of this

world.
WalU, a saint.

Wama ku-, to lie on the face.
Wamha Jcu-, to lace in the ropes

upon the frame of a hitanda, to

fill up.
Wamhiso, attachment.
Wana, they have,

Hawana, they have not.
Wanda hu-, to get very fat and

strong.
Wanda, plur. nyanda, a finger, a

finger's-breadth.
Wanga hu- (jMer.), to count, to

reckon.
Wanga, one who uses witchcraft

against another.
Wanga, arrowroot. Also Uanga.
Wanga or Wangwa, a cliff.
Wangine, others, other people.

Wangine — wangine — , some —
others — .
Wangu, my. See -angu.
Wangua hu-, to scoop up.
Wangwa, a desert, a bare waste i

place.
Wangwana or Waungicana, gentry,

free and civilized men.
Wanja.

Wanja wa manga, antimony.
Wano, plur. mawano, the shaft of

an arrow or harpoon.
Wao, they.
Wao, their. See -ao.
Wapi ? which people ?
Wapi ? or api 1 where ?

Commonly joined with the per-
sonal sign of the nuun.
Yu wapi or Yuho icapi ? where is

[he]?
Zi wapi or Ziho wapi ? where are
[they] ?

Wapilia hu-, to be laden with scent,
highly perfumed.

Wapo, a gift.

Waradi, or Waredi, or Waridi, a
rose.
I Waraha, plur. nyaraha, a letter.

Waria, a clever dhow-builder, a
clever man at any business.

Warr, a yard (measure) .

Wasa, plur. nyasa, small sticks to
fill up between larger ones in a
wall or roof.

Wasa hu-, to contradict.

Washa hu-, to light, to set fire to.
Kuwasha moto, to light up a fire.

WasTiarati, great dissipation, licen-
tiousness.

Washenzi, wild people, uncivilized
men.

Wasi, rebellion. Also JJasi.

Wasia, sentence, will, declared
opinion. Also Wosia.

Wasia hu-, to bequeath, to make a
will.

Wasili hu-, to arrive, to come clo.se
to, to reach.

Wasili, receipt, credit side of ac-
count, i.e. the left-hand column.

Wasilia hu-, to reach a person, es-
pecially of letters.

Wasilisha hu-, to cause to reach.

Wasio, who are not,

Wasio = Wasia and Wosia.

Wastani, middling, in the middle

Waswas, doubt.

Wathahisha hu-, to solve.

Wathihi. narrow.

2 E 2

il6

WAT

WIL

Watia TiU', to sit upon e^g^-

Watu, fenugreek.

Watu (plur. of Mtu\ people.

-a watu, other people's.
Wavu, plur. nyavu, a net to catch

gazelles, &c.
Wawili, two, two persons.

Wote wawili, both.
Waya, an earthen dish to bake

cakes on.
Wayawaya Tcu-, to sway like a bough

loaded with fruit, to swagger, to

be bent down and burdened.
Wayo, plur. nyayo, sole of the foot,

footprint. Also Uayo.

Waza ku-, to think, consider, refledt.

Wazao, progeny , offspring, posterity.

^wazif open, clear, manifest. It

makes wazi with nouns like

nyumba.

Kitwa hhcazi, bareheaded.

Panalia wazi, it sounds hollow.

Waziwazi, manifest.
Wazimu.

Ana wazimu, he is mad.
Waziri, plur. mawaziri, a vizier, a

secretary of state, a chief officer.
Wazo, plur. mawazo, thoughts.
-we, his, hers, its, for wahe.
-we, thee, for wewe.
Wea ku; to become the property of.
Weha Jcu; to place, to lay, to put
away, to keep, to delay.

Nyumha Jiainiwehi, I have no rest
in the house, I cannot remain
in the house.
Wekea hu-, to put away for.

Kuwehea amana, to entrust to.

Kuwehea wahf, to dedicate.
Weko.

Kutia weko, to weld.
Welcua TiU-, to break up, to remove.
Weleho, a cloth worn by women.

Well, sickness.

Well wa macho, ophthalmia.
Welti, saintly, a saint.
Wema, goodness.
Wemhe, plur. nyemhe (?), a razor.
Wenga Tcu-, to cause to break out

into sores.
Wengi, many. See -ingi.
Wengo, the spleen.
Wenu, your. See -enu.
Wenzangu, my companions = Wa-

enzi wangu.
Werevu, cunning, shrewdness.
Weu, a place cleared for planting.
Weupe, whiteness, clearness, light.
Weupe, white. See -eupe.
Wevi or Wezi, thieves. See Mwivi.
Wewe, thou, thee.
Weweselca ku-, to talk and murmur

in one's sleep. Also Weweteka.
Weye, you ! it is you.
Weza ku-, to be able, to be a match
for, to liave power over, to be
equal to.

Siwezi, I cannot, or, I am sick.

Nalikuwa siwezi, I was ill.

Sikuweza, I was not able.

Amehawezi, he has fallen sick.
-weza. See mweza.
Wezekana ku-, to be possible.
Wezesha ku-, to enable.
-wi, bad (old Swahili and Nyam-
Wia kw, to be to. [wezi).

Niioie rathi, don't be offended
with me.

2. to have in one's debt.
Kuwiwa, to be indebted.
Wibo, Ibo.

Wifi, husband's sister.
Wika ku-, to crow like a cock.
Wilaija = Ulaya, home, Europe
-wili, two. It makes mMli with

nouns like nyumba.

WIM

YAK

417

Wimhi, plur. maicimhi, a wave.

Mawinibi, surf.
Wimhi, a very small kind of grain.
Winda Tcu- or Winga ku-, to chase,

to hunt.
Wingi = Ungi, plenty, a great

quantity, much.
Wingu, plur. mawingu, a cloud.
Wino, ink.
Wishwa^ chaff, the husks of rice, the

flour sifted off along with the

husks.
WitirUf odd, not even.
Witwa (= Kwihca ?), the being

called.
Wiva Jiu- = Iva ku-,
-wivu, jealous.
-wivu = -hivu, ripe.
Wiwa ku-, to owe, to be indebted

to.
Wiza.

Mayayi mawiza^ eggs with
chickens formed in them, hard
set.
Wo, -wo, -W0-, which, who, whom.

Wo wote, whatsoever, whosoever.
-wo, thy, = Wako.
Wogofya, plur. nyogofya, a threat.
Wokovu, deliverance, salvation.
Wongo, falsehood. Also JJwongo.
Wonyesho, showing, display.
Worari, rateable division, sharing.

Ar. Wora, to cast pebbles.
Wosia, injunction, sentence, charge,

wise saying. Also Wasia.
Wote, all, both.

Twende wote, let us both go.

Wote wawili, both.
Wovisi, cool.
Woweka ku-, to soakt

Fis pronounced as in English.

Y is in Swahili a consonantal i,
and it is often indifferent whether it
be written i or y. The use of y
is however important to distinguish
such words as kimia, a cast-net,
and Idmya, silence.

The insertion of a ?/ sound before
the final -a of a verb has in many
cases the effect of giving it a causa-
tive meaning. See P.

KupoTia, to get well.
Kuponya, to cure.

Kuogopa, to fear.
Kuogofya, to frightea

7 = 1.

T-, the prefix proper to possessive
pronouns governed by singular
substantives of the class which
does not change to form the
plural, by plural substantives in
mi-, or by plural substantives in

Ya, of. See -a. [ma-.

Ya kitovu, in the naveL
Ya kwamha, that.
Yaninif Why?

Ya-, sign of the third person plural
prefixed to verbs governed by a
plural substantive in ma-.

-ya-, objective prefix denoting
plural nouns in ma-.

Yaa ku-, to sow seeds.

Ydbis, or Yahisi, dry, solid.

Yai = Yayi.

Yaika ku-, to melt.

Yake or Yakwe, his, hers, its. See
-ake.

Yakini, certainly, certainty, it is'
certain.

Yakinia ku-, to determine, to set
one's mind upon.

418

YAK

Yakinisha hu-, to make certain.
Yako, thy, your. See -alco.
Yakowapi, where are they?
Yakuti, emerald (?).
Yale, those yonder.
Yaliomo, which are within.
Yamho — Janibo.
Yamini, an oath.
Yamkini, possibly, possibility.

Kwa yamkim, possibly.
Yamkini ku- (?), to be possible.

Haiyamkini, it is not possible.
Yamur, deer.
Yange. See -nge-.

Yangedumu, they would remain.
Yangu, my, of me. See -angu.
Yani = Ya nini ? for what ? why ?
Yao, their, of them. See -ao.
Yasi, a yellow powder brought from

India, and used as a cosmetic.
Yatima, an orphan.
Yavuyavu, lights, lungs.
Yaya, a nurse, an ayah.
Yayi, plur. mayayi, an eg^.

Yayi ya pumhu, testicles.
Ye! = Je! Hullo! Well! What

now?
Ye, -ye, or -ye-, sign of the relative,
referring to animate beings,
who, which, whom.

Ye yote, whosoever.

Yeekwayee, common-place people.
-ye, his, hers, or its, = Yake.
Yee or Yeye, he or she, him or her.
Yei, a child's good-bye, " ta-ta."
Yemkini = Yamkini.
Yenu, your, of you. See -enu,
Yenyi, having. See -enyi.
Yefu, our, of us. See -etu.
Yeyuka ku-, to melt, to deliquesce.
Yeyusha ku-^ to cause to melt, to

melt.
Yinyi = Yenyi.

-yo, thy, = Yako.
Yo, -yo, -yo; sign of the relative,
which.
Yo yote, whatsoever.
Yoe = Yowe.
Yonga ku-, to sway.
Yote, all. See -ote.

Kwa yote, altogether, wholly.
Yoice, a cry for help.

Eupiga yowe, to cry for help.
Ytc, he or she is.

Yu-, sign of the third person sin-
gular, referring to an animate
being. It is used chiefly before
monosyllabic verbs and in the
Mombas dialect.
Yuaja, he comes.
Yuko, yumo, &c., he is there,
within, &c.
Yule, yonder person, that person.
Yuma ku-, to sway in the wind.
Yuna, he has.

Yungiyungi, the blue water-lily.
Yuza hu-f to declare, to make clear.

Z.

Z is pronounced as in zany, the
German s. Zin some dialects takes
the place of v or vy in that of Zan-
zibar.

Z is used by people who cannot
pronounce th, for the Arabic thai,
thod, and dtha. See T.

Z- or zi; the sign of the third person
plural prefixed to verbs which
are governed by plural substan-
tives of the class which does not
change to form the plural, or of
that which makes its singular
in U-.

Z-, the prefix proper to pronouns

Z A

ZID

419

governed by plural nouns of the
class wliich does not change to
forin the plural, or of that which
makes its singular in u.

Za, of. See -a.

Za Jcu: See Uza Tcu-, to sell.

Zaa Jcu; to bear, to breed, to beget,
to bear fruit.

Zdbadi, civet.

Zahibu, plur, mazabibu (?), grapes,
raisins.

Zahidi hu-, to take civet from the
ngaica.

Zahuni Jcu-, to buy.

Zahuri, the psalter, a psalm.

Zafarani or Zafrani, saffron, a wo-
man's name.

Zagaa hu-, to shine, to glisten.

Zaidi or Zayidi, more.

Zalca, tithes.

Zalce or ZaJtwe, his, hers, its. See
-ake.

ZaTco, thy, your. See -ako.

Zakula (A.) = Vyahula, victuals.

Zalia ku-, to bear to.

Zalisha Jiu-, to beget, cause to bear.

Zaliwa Tcu-, to be born.

Zama ku-, to sink, to dive.

Zamaniy times, long ago.

Zamani za kale, old times, long

ago, anciently.
Zamani za Shanga, when Shanga

flourished.
Zamani Mzi, nowadays.
Zamani zetu, our times.

Zamharau, a kind of fruit, in ap-
pearance not unlike a large dam-
son.
ZamisJia ku-, to make to sink.
Zamu, a turn, turns.

Kica zamu, by turns.
Zangefuri, cinnabar.
Zangu, my, of me. See -angu.

I Zani, adultery.

Zao, plur. mazao, fruit, produce.

Zao, their. See -ao.

Zarambo, a spirit distilled from palm
wine.

Zari, a precious kind of stuff, gold
thread, gold brocade.

Zatiti ku-, to set in order, arrange,
prepare for.

Zaica ku-, to be born.

Zawadi, a present, a keepsake, a
rarity.

Zaicaridi, a Java sparrow.

Zayidi, more.

Zazi (?), afterbirth.

-ze, his, her, or its, = Zahe.

-zee, old, aged.

Zehakh, mercury.

Zege, a dome.

Zelabia, a kind of sweetmeat con-
taining syrup«.

Zengea ku-, to seek for.

Zenu, your. See -enu.

Zenyi. See -enyi.

Zetu, our, of us. See -etu.

Zeze, a sort of lute with three
strings.

Zi- = Z:

-zi-, the objective prefix denoting a
plural substantive either of that
class which does not change to
form the plural or of that which
makes its singular in u-.

Ziha ku-, to fill up a hole in a wall.
&c., to plug up, to stop.

Zibana ku-, to be stopped up, to stop
itself up.

Zibo, plur. mazibo, a plug, a stopper.

Zibua ku; to unstop, to bore
through.

Zidi ku-, to increase, to do more
than before.
Kuzidi kujna, to know more.

420

ZID

ZU A

Zidisha hu-, to make greater, to

add to.
Zifuri, a cipher, a figure of nouglit.
Zika ku-, to bury, to inter.
Zikerezwazo, turnery, turned goods.

See Kereza.
Ziki.
Kanzu ya ziki, worked with
white cotton round the neck
instead of silk. See Kanzu.
Zikika ku-, to be impoverished.
Zikwi, plur. vikwi(y\.), a thousand.
Zile, those yonder.
-zima, sound, whole, healthy, com-
plete.
Zima ku-, to extinguish, to put out.

Kuzima roJio, to faint.
Zimia ku-, to put out.
Zimika ku-, to go out, to be extin-
guished.
Zimiliza ku-^ to rub out.
Zimu. See WazirAu, 'Mzimu, Ku-

zimu, Zimici.
Zimua ku-, to cool hot water by

adding cold to it.
Zimwi, plur. mazimici, an ogre,
a ghoul, an evil being which
devours men, &c.
Nazi ina zimwi, i.e. the cocoa-nut
has grown without anytliing
inside the shell.
Zina ku-, to commit adultery. See

Zini.
Zindika ku-, to hold an opening

ceremony in, to open for use.
Zindiko, an opening ceremony.
Zinduka ku-, to wake up suddenly
from a doze with a nod and a
start.
Zindukana ku-, to wake up sud-
denly.
Zi7iga ku-, to commit adultery (?).
Zinga ku-, to roll up.

Zingizi, sleep, great sleep. Also
Usingizi.
Zingizi la ku'mkomesha mzazi, a
sleep which is supposed to put
an end to all further child-
bearing.
Zingulia ku-, to relieve from the

evil eye.
Zini ku-, to commit adultery or for-
nication.
Zira ku-, to hate (jM.).
Ziriki (M.) = Riziki.
-zito, heavy, difficult, severe, sad,
clumsy, thick.
Asali nzito, thick syrup.
Zituo.

Hana zituo, he never rests.
Zhoa, plur. maziwa, a lake, a pond,

the breasts.
Zizi, plur. mazizi, a cow-yard, a

cattle-fold, a stable, palisading.
Zizi hizi, just these, common.
Zizima ku-, to become very calm,

very still, or very cold.
Zizimia ku-, to sink to the bottom.
Zo, -zo, -Z0-, sign of the relative,
which.
Zo zote, whatsoever.
-zo, thy, = Zako.
Zoa ku-, to gather into little heaps,

to sweep together.
Zoea ku-, to become accustomed, to

become used to.
Zoeza ku-, to accustom to, to make
used to.
Kujizoeza, to practise.
Zomari, a kind of clarionet, a pipe.
Zomea ku-, to groan at.
Zongazonga ku-, to wind.
Zote, all. See -ote.
Zua ku-, to pierce, to bore through,
to innovate, to invent.
Nimemzua, I have sucked him

ZUI

z uz

421

dry, I have got all the informa-
tion I can from him.
Zuia Jiu-, to hold in, to restrain, to
hinder.

Kuzuia pumzi, to stifle.
Zuilia ku-, to hold for, to keep off,

to hold in its place.
Zulia Jcu-^ to emerge, to rise.
Zuli, perjury.
Zulia, a carpet.
Zulia Tcu; to invent to, to make a

false excuse to, to say falsely that

one has such and such a message.
Zulisha ku-y to make crazy, to

flurry.
Zulu ku-, to be crazy.
Zumarid, an emerald.
Zumbili, consolation.
Zumhua ku-, to find.

Kuzumhua paa (A.), to take off
thatch.
Zumhukana ku, t»be to be found.

Zumgu^tnza ku-, to amuse, converse
with.
Eujizumgu'mza, to converse, to
amuse oneself.

Zunguka ku-, to go round, to sur-
round, to wind round, to revolve,
to wander.

Zungukazunguka ku-, to stroll about.

Zungusha ku-, to make to go round,
to turn.

Zuri ku; to lie, to swear falsely.

-zuri, fine, beautiful, handsome.

Zuru ku-, to visit.

Kwenda kuzuru, to go to visit.
Kuzuru kahuri, to visit a grave.

Zurungi = Huthurungi, the brown
material of which kanzus are
made.

Zuzua ku-, to puzzle a stranger, or
a greenhorn.

Zuzuka ku-, to be puzzled or be-
wildered, not to know what to do.

APPENDICES.

( 425 )

Apph-vdix I.

Specimen of Kinyume, as written out by Johari, a native of the
Bwahili coast a little south of Zanzibar. The Swahili is iu the Merima
dialect.

Swahili.

KiNYUMB.

English.

Ng'omhe

Mheng'o

An ox.

Mbuzi

Zimhu

A goat.

Punda

Ndapu

A donkey.

Nyamiya

Yangami

A camel.

Nyumba

Mhanyu

A house.

MkeJca

Kamke

A sleeping mat.

Kitanda

Ndakita

A bedstead.

Mlango

Ngomla

A door.

Mijengo

Ngomije

Buildings (?).

TJdongo

Ngoudo

Red earth.

Ngazi

Zinga

A ladder.

Daraja

Jadara

A staircase.

Maneno

Nomane

Words.

Basi

Siha

That will do.

Mvcanamuke

Kemicanamu

A woman.

Uzingizi

Ziuzingi

Sleep.

Samaki

Kisama

Fish.

Kweli

Likice

Truth.

Nazima

Manazi

I lend.

Sikupi

Pidku

I will not give you.

Ntakupa

PantaJcu

I will give you.

Ntakunyima

Mantakunyi

I shall withhold from you.

Macho

Choma

Eyes.

Mguru

Rumgu

A leg.

Rungu

Nguru

A club.

Nakuomba

Mbanakuo

I pray you.

SWAHILL

APPEND.

KiNYUME.

TX I.

English.

Njara inaniuma

Ranja mainaniu

I ache with hunger.

Vidole

Levido

Fingers.

Shingo

Ngoshi

The neck.

Si hweli

Lisikwe

It is not true.

Fundi

Ndifu

A master workman.

Sivyo

Vyosi

Not thus.

Karatasi

Sikaraia

Paper.

Kalamu

Mukala

A pen.

Wino

Nowi

Ink.

Pakura

Rapaku

Dish up.

Twende zetu

Tuticendeze

Let us be oflf.

Senendi

Ndiseue

I am not going.

Chakula

Lachaku

Food.

Utakwenda

Ndautakioe

You will go.

Mchanga

Ngamclia

Sand.

Samawati (Ar.)

Tisamawa

Heaven.

Aruthi (Ar.)

Thiaru

Earth.

Mutu

Tumu

Man.

Mungwana

Namungwa

A free man.

Mtumu-a

Mimmtu

A slave.

Sitaki

Kidta

I dislike it

Meza

Zame

A table.

Bweta

Tabive

A box.

Sanduku

Kusandu

A chest.

Kitahu

Bukita

A book.

Msahafu

Fumsaha

A Koran.

C 427 )

Appendix II.

Specimens of Swahili correspondence in prose and verse, containing :
— 1. Two Swahili letters, the one on giving, the other on receiving a
small present. The forms of address, &c., are those used ia all letters,
vs^hatever their subject may be. 2. Two specimens of verses sent as
letters, the first to excuse breaking an appointment, the second sent
from Pemba by a Mombas man to his friends at home, who upbraided
him for not returning. This form of writing is a very favourite oue.

Ula jenab il mobeb rafiki yangu, bwana wangu, bwana mkubwa,
D. S., salamu sana, ama baada ya salamu, nalilvuwa siwezi siku
nyingi, lakini sasa sijambo kidogo, ama baadahu, nimekuletea kitoweo
kidogo tafathali upokee, nao k'uku saba'a, wa salamu, wa katabahu
rafiki yako H. bin A.

To the honourable the beloved, my friend, my master, the great sir,
D, S., many compliments, but after compliments, I was unwell for many
days, but now I am a little recovered, and after this, I have sent you a
little kitoweo [i.e. something to be eaten with the rice or grain, which
forms the bulk of all meals], and I beg your acceptance, they are seven
fowls and compliments, and he who wrote this is H. son of A,

Ilia jenab, il moheb, il akram, in nasih, D, S., il Mwingrezi, insha*
Allah salaam aleik wa rehmet Allah wa barakatahu; wa baada,
nakuarifu hali zangu njema wa i^ama nawe kathalik ya afia, wa
zayidi amana yako ulioniletea imefika kwangu, ahsanta, Mwenyiezi
Muungu atakujazi kheiri ukae ukitukumbuka, nasi nyoyo zetu zinaku-

428 APPENDIX 11.

kumbuka sana, tunapenda uje 'nti ya Unguja, wewe na bibi, naye aje
tumwangalie, naye aje atazame 'ntiya Unguja, nasi kuUa siku tukilala
tukia'mka tunakuombea Muungu uje 'nti ya Unguja, tuonane kwa
afia na nguvu, nasi twapenda macho yetu yakuone wewe assubui na
jioni, na usipokuja we we, usitusahau kwa nyaraka allah allah.
Nisalimie bibi mke wako salamu sana. Nasi tunakutamani, kama
tungalikuwa ndege tungaliruka tulcija tukaonane nawe mara moja
tukiisLa tukarudi. Nyumbani kwangu mke wangu salamu sana. M.
bin A. akusalimu sana, wa katababu M. wadi S. 26 mwezi wa mfunguo
kenda.

To the honourable, the beloved, the noble, the sincere D. S., the
Englishman, please God, peace be with you and the mercy of God and
His blessing ; and afterwards, I inform you that my health is good, and
may you be the same as to health, and further, your pledge which you
sent me has reached me, I thank you. Almighty God will satisfy you
with good that you may continue to remember us, and as for us, our
hearts think much of you ; we wish you to come to the land of Zanzibar,
you and the mistress, and let her come that we may behold her, and
let her come that she may look upon the land of Zanzibar ; and we
every day when we sleep and when we wake pray for you to God that
you come to the land of Zanzibar, that we may meet in health and
strength, and we, we wish that our eyes should see you morning and
evening, and if you come not yourself, forget us not by letters, we
adjure you. Salute for me the mistress your wife with many compli-
ments. And we are longing for you, and if we had been birds we
would have come flying to see you once and then return. At home my
wife sends many compliments. M. son of A. salutes you much, and
he who wrote this is M. the son of S. 26 of the month Jemad al
akhr.

11.

Kala es sha'iri. The Verse says.

Risala enda kwa hima Go, message, quickly

Kwa Edward Istira To Edward Steere,

Umpe yangu salama Give him health,

Pamwe na kumkhubira, Together with telling him,

Siwezi yangu jisima I am ill in my body,

Ningekwenda tesira I would have gone readily

Kumtazama padira To see the Padre,

Pamwe na Edward Stira. Toirether with Edward Steere.

APPEND IX II. 429

Pamwe na Edward Stira. Together with Edward Steere.

Ilimu ya Injili The doctrine of the Gospel—

Yuaijua habara He knows how its news

Pia yote kufasili. To explain,— all of it.

Ni muhebbi akhyara He is a choice friend,

Kwetu sisi afthali. Especially in our house ;

Edi ni mtu wa kweli. He is a man of truth.

Kabbi, nipe tesira. O Lord, give me prosperity.

Hatukiati kisiwa kwa uvambume na upembe

Tukaifuasa hawa kulewalewa na ombe
Ni mpunga na maziwa na kulla siku ni ngombe

Twalalia kwa jivumbe, lipangine kwa rihani.

We shall not leave the island for tale-bearing and plotting,
And follow the fancy to be tossed on the sea.

Here are rice, and milk, and every day an ox ;

We sleep among perfumes, and strings of sweet basil.

Swahili letters are always written with a string of Arabic compli-
ments at the beginning, and Arabic words are freely introducfd
throughout. In letter-writing huarifu is used for to inform, and
Jiuwasilia (not kufikia) for to reach, as in the phrase your letter has
reached me — waraka ucako vmeniwasilia. Swahili verses are written in
an obsolete dialect full of Arabic words and foreign words generally,
called Kingozi. It has not yet been studied by any European. Among
its more remarkable peculiarities is the use of a present perfect made
by a change in the termination of the Verb, similar to those in use in
the Yao and in other languages of the Interior. Thus a poet may
write mhwene for nimeona, and nikomile for nimekoma. Some speci-
mens of this dialect will be found in the poetry at the end of the
" Swahili Tales."

2 T

( 431 )

Appendix III.

Part of a Swahili tale with the prefixes marked and explained. It
is printed first as in the main it would be written by a native ; next
the compound forms are marked by hyphens and explained ; and last
comes an English translation.

Yule kijana akafuta upanga wake, akanena, mimi nitaingia humo I.

The tale, of which this is a part, is called the Badithi ya Waridi, II,
na Ureda, na Jindi, na Sinebar. The portion of it here printed begins
with a verb in the Jca tense, because it is carrying on a narration
already commenced. The first words of the story are — AUonddkea mtu
tajiri. After this first verb in the U tense the rest are formed with ka,
unless they are constructed with a relative or particle of time or place,
which cannot be joined with Tea but only with li.

Yule, that; demonstrative (p. 115) referring to a singular sub-
stantive of the first class, MJana being regarded as the name of a
person. Ki-jana, a young man or woman, here a man. A-ka-futa,
and he drew ; a-, sign of third person sing., appropriate to a noun
of the first class or to any word denoting a living being; -ka-,
sign of the narrative past tense ; -futa, draw. U-panga, a sword ;
a sing, substantive of the sixth class. W-ake, his; possessive
pronoun, third person sing.; w-, prefix proper to a pronoun agree-
ing with a sing, substantive of the sixth class. A-ka-nena, and
he said ; a- and -ka-, as before ; -nena, speak or say out. Mimi, I. Ni-
ta-ingia, 1 wiU go in ; ni-, sign of the first person sing. ; -to-, sign of the
future tense; -ingia, go into, enter, ^wmo, inhere; a demonstrative

The youth drew his sword, and said, " I will go into this pit, whether III.

2 F 2 ,

432 • APPENDIX III.

I. shimoni, nikafe ao nikapone. Akaingia, akamwona mfoto amefungwa,
naye mwanamume. Akamwambia, nifungue nikupe khabari ya
humo shimoni. Akamfungua, akaona vichwa vingi vya watu. Aka-

II. proper to the -ni case, when it denotes being, &c., within. Shimo-ni,
into the pit; sMmo-^a, singular nouu of the fifth class; -nt, sign of
the locative case. Ni-ka-fe, and let me die ; ni-^ sign of first person
sing. ; -ka- and (p. 141) ; -/e, subjunctive form of /a, die. Ao, or. Ni-
ha-pone, and let me live ; ni- and -Jca-, as before ; -pone, subjunctive
form of pona, be saved. A-Jca-ingia, and he went in ; third sing.,
narrative past of ingta, go in. A-ha-mio-ona, and saw him ; a-ka-, and
he did ; -mw-, objective prefix proper to a substantive of the first class
(mtoto) ; -ona, see. M-toto, child ; sing, substantive of the first class.
A-me-fungwa, bound ; a-, sign of third person sing., governed by a
substantive of the first class (mtoto) ; -me-, sign of the present perfect,
which is here used as a sort of past participle : -fungwa, passive of
funga, hind. Na-ye, and he (p. 103). Mw-ana-m-ume, a male; mw-^
sing, prefix of a noun of the first class ; m- (for mw-), prefix agreeing
with a substantive of the first class ; -ume, male ; the whole word,
mwanamume, is used for a man, or any human being of the male sex.
A-ka-mw-amhia, and he said to him ; a-ka-, third sing, narrative past ;
-mw-, subjective prefix denoting a person (kijana) ; -amhia, say to. Ni-
ftingus, unbind me ; ni-, objective prefix, first person ; -fungue, impera-
tive sing, of fungua, unbind. I^i-ku-pe, that I may give you; ni-,
subjective prefix first person ; -ku-, objective prefix, second person ; -pe,
subjunctive of pa, give to. Khabari, news ; sing, substantive of the
third class. Y-a, of; y-, sign of agreement with a sing, substantive of
the third class (khabari). Humo, here in ; a demonstrative agreeing
with the -ni case when denoting icithin. Shimo-ni, in the pit ; -ni, sign
of the locative case. A-ka-m-fungua, and he loosed him ; a-, ka-, third
sing, narrative past ; -m-, objective prefix referring to a substantive of
the first class (mtoto); -fungua, unbind. A-ka-ona, and he saw, third
sing., narrative past. Vi-chiva, heads or skulls ; vi-, sign of a plural
substantive of the fourth class ; vichwa is in more elegant Swahili vitwa.
V-ingi, many ; v- or vi-, adjectival plural prefix, marking agreement
with a plural substantive of the fourth class (vichwa) ; -ingi or -ngi,
many. Vy-a, of; vy-, marking the agreement with a plural noun of

III. I die or live." And he went in and saw a boy, and he was bound. And
[the boy] said, " Unbind me, that I may tell you about what there is in
this pit." And he unbound him, and saw many human skulls. And he

APPENDIX III. 433

mwuliza, habari gani hii? Akamwambia, nana nyoka humo, kazi I.
yake kula watu, na mimi angalinila, lakini amenifanya mtoto wake,
miaka mingi nimetoka kwetu. Akamwuliza, sasa yuko wapi nyoka?

tlie fourth class (vichwa). Wa-tu, people ; tea-, plural prefix first class. II-
A-Jca-mw-uliza, and he asked him; a-, ha-^ third sing, narrative past ;
-mw-, objective prefix referring to a person (mtoto) ; -uliza, ask or ask
of. Habari or hhabari, news, sing, substantive third class. Gani,
what sort ? Hii, this ; demonstrative denoting a sing, substantive of
the thii'd class (habari). A-ka-mw-ambia, and he said to him; this
word is of constant occurrence, it means that one person told or said to
another ; there is no mark of sex or means of distinguishing which
person of several mentioned before was the speaker, these points must
be gathered from the context. M-na, there is inside ; m-na is part of
the verb Jiuica na, to be with or to have, used as it often is to denote
mere being (p. 153); it answers to the English there is; there may be
represented by hu-, pa-, or m- ; the last is used where the place suggested
is within something, it refers here to shimoni, in the pit. Ny-oka, a
snake, a sing, substantive in the form of the third class, denoting an
animate being, Humo, there within, referring to shimoni. Kazi, work
or employment, sing, substantive, third class. T-ake, his ; y-, prefix
agreeing with a sing, substantive of the third class ; -ake, possessive
pronoun, third person sing. Eu-la, to eat; ku-, sign of the infinitive ;
-la, eat. Wa-iu, people; wa-, plural prefix first class. Na, and.
Mimi, I or me. A-ngali-ni-la, he would have eaten me ; a , third sino-.,
agreeing with the name of an animal (nyoka) ; -ngali-, sign of the
past conditional tense; -ni-, objective prefix referring to the first
person ; -la, eat ; the tense prefix -ngali- cannot bear any accent, the
word is therefore pronounced angalinila. Lakini, but. A-me-ni-fanya,
he has made me ; a-, referring to nyoka ; -me-, sign of present perfect ;
ni-, objective prefix, first person; -fanya, make. M-toto, child; m-,
sing, prefix, fiji'st class. W-ake, his; w-, prefix agreeing with sing,
substantive of the first class (mtoto), Mi-aka, years ; plural substan-
tive of the second class (sing, mwaka) ; mi-, plural prefix. Mingi,
many ; m- or mi-, prefix, denoting agreement with a plural substantive
of the second class (miaka). Ni-me-toka, I have left; ni-, first person
subjective ; -me-, present perfect ; -toka, go out of. Ew-etu, home ;

asked, " What is this ? " And he said, " There is a snake in it, that eats IIL
men, and would have eaten me, but that it took me for its own son. It
is many years since I left home." And he asked, " Where is the snake

434 APPENDIX III.

r. Akamwambia, twende, nikakuonye mahala amelala. Akamwambia,
twende. Walipofika, yule kijana akamkata kichwa kimoja, akatoa cha
pili, akamkata, hatta vikatimu saba. Wakarudi, wakaenda zao.

II, liw-^ prefix agreeing with a substantive (perhaps nyumha) in the case
in -ni ; -etu (our). A-ha-mw-uliza, and he asked hini ; a-, third sing.
(Jcijana) ; -ha-, narrative past ; -mw-, third sing, objective (mtoto) ;
-uliza, ask. Sasa, now. Yu-ho, he is ; yu-, sign of third person
sing., referring to a substantive of the second class (nyoka) ; -ko,
denoting existence in space (p. 154). Wa'pi, where ? Ny-oha, snake ;
sing, substantive. A-Tca-mw-ambia, and he said to him. (See above.)
Tw-ende, let us go ; tw-, sign of the first person plural ; -ende,
subjunctive of enda, go. Ni-7ca-lcu-onye, and let me show you ; ni-,
sign of first person sing.; -Tea-, and (p. 211); -ku-, objective second
person sing. ; -onye, -subjunctive of onya, show. MahaJa, the place,
the place where. A-me-lala, he is asleep; a-, third sing, animate
(nyoTca); -me-, present perfect; -lala, lie down to sleep, to go to sleep.
A-ha-mw-ambia. (See above.) Tw-ende, let us go ; tw-, first person
plur. ; -ende, subjunctive of enda, go. Wa-li-'po-fika, when they
arrived; wa-, sign of third person plural agreeing with substantives
denoting persons (hijana and mtoto) ; -U- or -ali-, sign of the past
perfect, or of past time generally when joined with a particle of
relation ; -'po-, sign of time when ; -filca, arrive. Yule, that ; demon-
strative denoting a person (Idjana). Ki-jana, youth ; sing, substantive
fourth class, but denoting a person, and therefore joined as here
with pronouns and verbs in forms proper to the first class. A-Jca-
m-Tiata, he cut him ; a-, tliird sing, of a person (Idjana) ; -ha-, narra-
tive past ; -m-, objective prefix, referring to the name of an animal
(nyoha) (see p. 112); -Jcata, cut or cut off. Ki-chwa, head, sing, sub-
stantive fourth class. Ki-moja, one ; M-, prefix denoting agreement
with a sing, substantive of the fourth class (kichwa or kitwa) ; -nioja,
one. A-ha-toa, and he put forth ; a-, third sing., referring to a sub-
stantive denoting an aaiimal (nyoka) ; -ka-, narrative past ; -toa, put
forth. Cha pili, a second (p. 92) ; ch-, referring to a sing, substantive
of the fourth class (kichwa). A-ka-m-kata, and he cut him. (See above.)
Hatta, until. Vi-ka-timu, they were complete; vi-, third plural refer-

Ill, now ? " He said, " Let us go and let me show you where it is sleeping."
He said, " Let us go." When they got there the youth cut off one of its
heads ; it put forth a second, and he cut it off. until he had cut off
seven. And they returned, and went on their way.

APPENDIX III. 435

Akamwambia sasa twende zetu kwetu, lakini tukifika kwetu I.
weneude wewe kwanza kwa baba yangu, ukamwambie kana mtoto
wako nikikuletea utauipa nini ? Akikwambia, nitakupa mali yangu

ring to nouus of the fourth class, here to vichwa, heads, plural of kichwa : II.
-/:a-, narrative past; -timUyhe complete. Saha, seven. Wa-ka-rudi,
and they returned ; ica-, third plural referring to persons (Idjana
and mtoto) ; -A;a-, narrative pa:jt ; -rudi, return. Wa-ka-enda z-ao, and
they went away ; wa-, third plural (kijana and mtoto) ; -ka-, narrative
past ; -enda, go ; z-ao, their (ways) ; z-, a prefix denoting agreement
with a plural noun of the third or sixth, or in the dialect of Lamoo
of the fourth class ; -ao, their. Possibly zao agrees with njia, ways.
{See p. 112.)

A-ka-mic-ambia, and he said to him. Sasa, now. Tw-ende z-etu.
let us go away ; tw-, sign of first person plural ; -ende, subjunctive of
enda, go; z-, sign of agreement with a plural noun of the tliird or the
sixth class ; -etu, our. {See above.) Kw-etu, home ; hw-, sign of agree-
ment with the case in -ni- ; -etu, our. Lakini, but. Tu-ki-fika, when
we arrive ; tu-, sign of the first person plural ; -ki-, sign of the partici-
pial tense (p. 136) ; -fika, arrive. Kw-etu, home. W-enende, go ; w-,
sign of the s-cond person singular ; -enende, subjunctive of enenda, go,
or go on. Wewe, thou. Kwanza, first ; originally the infinitive of the
verb anza, begin; kwanza, to begin, beginning, and therefore first.
Ka-a, to a person, or to his house. Baba, father. Y-angu, my ; y-,
sign of an agreement with a singular noun of the third class, used here
c :)lIoquially with one denoting a person (baba); -angu, my (p. 109). U-
ka-mw-ambie, and say to him ; u-, sign of the second person singular ;
'ka-, and; -mw-, objective sign referring to a noun denoting a person
(Itaba)] -ambie, subjunctive of ambia, tell. Kana, if. M-toto, child.
W-ako, thy ; w-, sign of agreement with a singular substantive of the
first class (mtoto). Ni-ki-ku-letea, if I bring to you ; ni-, sign of the
first person singular ; -ki-, sign of the participial tense (p. 136) ;
-ku; objective prefix referring to the second person singular; -letea,
bring to. U-ta-ni-pa, you will give me ; u-, sign of second person sing. ;
-ta-, sign of the future tense ; -ni-, objective prefix referring to the
first person singular; -pa, give to. Nini, what? A-ki-kio-amhia, ii
he tells you; a-, sign of the third person singular referring to a

And [the boy] said, " Now let us go to my home ; but when we are III.
getting near to it do you go first to my father and say to him, ' If I brin^^
your sou to you, what will you give me ? ' If he says to you, ' I will ^[ye

436 APPENDIX III.

I. nussu kwa nussu, usikubali, mwambie nataka kofia yako uliyo ukivaa
ujanani mwako. Atakupa kofia ya thahabu, usikubali, ela akupe

II. person Qbdba) ; -Iti-, sign of the participial tense ; -hw-, objective prefix
referring to the second person singular; -amhia, say to. Ni-ta-lcu-pa,
I will give you ; ni-, sign of the first person sing. ; -ta-, sign of the
future tense; -ku-, objective prefix referring to the second person
singular ; -pa, give to. Mali, possessions ; treated sometimes as a noun
of the third class, sometimes as a plural noun of the fifth class.
Y-angu, my ; y-, sign of an agreement with a singular noun of the
third or with a plural noun of the fifth class. Nussu, half. Kwa,
by. Nussu, half. JJ-si-hubali, do not accept ; u-, sign of second person
singular; -si-, sign of negative subjunctive (p. 147); -kuhali, sub-
junctive of Jcubali, accept. Mw-ambie, tell him; mw-, objective
prefix referring to a person (baba) ; -ambie, imperative of ambia,
tell; mw- is known to be the objective third person, and not the
subjective second plural, by the form of the word ambia ; being an
applied form it must have the object expressed. N-a-taJca, I want ; w-,
sign of the first person singular ; -a-, sign of the present tense ; -talca,
want. Kofia, cap ; sing, substantive of the third class. Y-aJco, thy ;
y-, sign of agreement with a sing, substantive of the third class.
U-li-yo, which you, or which you are, or were ; u-, sign of the second
person sing. : -U-, used for the substantive verb ; -yo, relative sign
referring to a singular substantive of the third class (kofia). U-ki-
vaa, putting on ; w-, sign of the second person singular ; -ki-, sign of
the participial tense ; -vaa, put on. U-jand-ni, in youth ; u-, sign of a
sing, substantive of the sixth class ; -ni-, sign of the locative case.
Mw-ako, thy; mw-, sign of agreement with a substantive in the
locative case with the meaning of in. A-ta-ku-pa, he will give you ;
a-, sign of third person sing, of a person ; -ta-, sign of the future ; -ku-,
objective prefix referring to the second person sing. ; -pa, give to.
Kofia, cap; sing, substantive of the third class. Y-a, of; y-, sign of
Agreement with a sing, substantive of the third class. Thahabu,
gold ; substantive of the third class. U-si-kubali, do not accept ; u-,
sign of the second person sing. ; -si-, sign of the negative subjunctive;
-kuhali, subjunctive of kubali, accept. Ela, except. A-ku-pe, let him
give you ; a-, sign of the third person sing., referring to a person ;

III. you half of all I have,' do not accept that, but say, ' I want the cap which
you used to wear in your youth.' He will give you a cap of gold ; do
not accept it, unless he give you a cap quite worn out, take that. And

APPENDIX III. 437

kofia mbovu kabisa, hiyo pokea. Na mama yangu mwambie nataka I.
taa uliyo ukiwasha ujanani mwako. Atakupa taa nyingi za thahabu,
usikubali, ela akupe taa mbovumbovu ya chuma, hiyo pokea.

-^M-, objective prefix, referring to the second person sing. ; -pe, sub- II.
junctive of _pa, give to. Kofia, sing, substantive third class. M-hovu.
rotten ; w-, being n- converted into m- by standing before -h (p. 85),
sign of an agreement with a sing, substantive of the third class (kofia).
Kahisa, utterly. Hiyo, this one; demonstrative denoting a thing
mentioned before, and agreeing with a sing, substantive of the third
class (kofia). Pokea, receive : imperative sing, of pokea, receive.
Na, and. Mama, mother : sing, substantive in the form of the third
class denoting a person. Y-angu, my ; y-, sign of an agreement with
a sing, substantive of the third class, here used colloquially. Miv-amhie,
tell her ; mw, objective prefix referring to a person ; -arnbie, imperative
sing, of amhia, tell. N-a-taka, I want ; n-, sign of first person sing. ;
-a-, sign of present tense ; -taka, want. Taa, sing, substantive third
class. U-li-yo, which you, which you were or are ; -u, sign of the
second person sing. : -li-, used for the substantive verb (p. 151) ; -?/o,
relative particle referring to a slug, substantive of the third clu-ss
(tao). U-ki-icasha, lighting; u-, sign of second person sing.; -ki-,
sign of the participial tense ; -washa, light. TJ-jand-ni, in youth ; u-,
sign of a sing, substantive of tlie sixth class ; -ni, sign of the locative
case. Mic-ako, thy ; mic-, sign of agreement with a substantive in the
locative case with the meaning in. A-ta- kti-pa, she will give you ;
a-, sign of third person sing., referring to a person ; -ta-, sign of the
future tense ; -ku-, objective prefix referring to the second person sing. ;
■pa, give to. Taa, lamps ; plural substantive of the third class (shown
to be plural by tlie context). Ny-ingi, many ; ny-, sign of agreement
with a plural substantive of the third class (taa). Z-a, of ; z-, sign of
agreement with a plural noun of the third class. Thaliahu, gold.
U-si-kuhali, do not accept ; second person sing, negative subjunctive of
kuhali. Ela, except. A-ku-pe, let her give you ; a-, sign of third
person sing., referring to mama; -ku-, objective prefix referring to
second person sing. ; -pe, subjunctive of pa, give to. Taa, sing,
substantive third class. M-hovu-m-hovu, all spoilt ; m- (for n- before
-&), sign of agreement with a sing, substantive of the third class (taa) ;

iay to my mother, ' I want the lamp you used to burn in your youth.' \\i
She will give you many lamps of gold ; do not accept them, unless she
give you an old worn iron lamp, take that."

438 APPENDIX III.

Wakaenda zao hatta walipofika karibu ya mji, yule kijana aka-
mwambia, mimi 'takaa hapa, na wewe enende mjini kwetu, ukafanye
shuruti na baba yaugu kamma hiyo niliokwambia. Akaenenda.
Alipofika akaona mjiui watu hawaneni, wana msiba mkuu, akauliza,

II. the adjective is doubled to show thoroughness. F-a, of; t/-, sign ot
agreement with a sing, substantive of the third class. Ch-uma, iron ;
a sing, substantive of the fourth class ; it is used in the singular of iron
as a metal, and in both slug, and plur. with the meaning of a piece or
pieces of iron. Hiyo, this one ; demonstrative referring to something
mentioned before, and agreeing with a sing, substantive of the third
class (tad). Pokea, receive ; imperative sing, of pohea.

Wa-Tia-enda z-ao, and they went their way. (See above). Hatta, until.
Wa-li-'po-fiM, when they arrived. (See above). Karibu ya, near to-
M-ji, town ; m-, sign of a sing, substantive of the second class. Yule,
that. (See above). Ki-jana, youth. (See above). A-ka-mw-ambia, said to
him. (See above). Mimi, I. 'Ta-kaa, will stay ; ta-, sign of the future,
the prefix of the first person sing, being elided before it ; the sign of no
other person can be so elided. Hapa, here. Na, and. Wewe, thou.
Enende, imperative sing, of enenda, go, go on. M-ji-ni, to the town ;
m-, sign of a sing, substantive second class ; -ni, sign of the locative
case. Kw-etu, our ; kw-, sign of an agreement with a substantive in the
locative case. U-ka-fanye, and make ; u-, sign of second person sing. ;
-ka-, and ; -fanye, subjunctive of fanya, make. Shuruti, a covenant ;
sing, substantive third class. Na, with. Baba, father. Y-angu,
my. (See above, and p. 112). Kamma, as. Hiyo, that; demonstrative
referring to something mentioned before, and agreeing with a sing,
substantive of the third class (shuruti). Ni-U-o-kw-ambia, which I
told you ; ni-, sign of the first person sing. ; -li-, sign of the past tense
which must be used with a relative ; -o- (for yd), relative particle
referring to shuruti (p. 117) ; -kw-, objective prefix referring to the
second person sing. A-ka-enenda, and he went on. A-li-po-fika, when
he arrived. A-ka-ona, he saw. M-ji-ni, in the town ; m-, sign of a
sing, substantive of the second class; -ni, sign of the locative case.
Wa-tu, people ; wa-, sign of a plural noun of the first class. Hawa-
neni, they speak not ; hawa-, sign of the third person plural negative

III. And they went on till they arrived near the town, when the boy said.
" I will stay here, and you go on into the town, to our house, and make
the agreement with my father as I told you." And he went on ana
arrived in the city, where he saw the people not talking [but] in great

APPENDIX III. 439

msiba huu wa nini ? Wakamwambia, mtoto vra Sultani amepote siku I.
nyingi. Akauliza, nyumba ya Sultani ni ipi, nipelekeni. Wakampe-
leka watu. Alipofika akamwuliza baba yake, una nini ? Akamwa-
mbia, mtoto wangu amepotea. Akamwambia, nikikuletea utanipa

agreeing with a plural noiin of the first class (watu) ; -neni, negative II.
present form of nena, speak. Wa-na, they have ; third person plur.
present of kuwa na, to have, governed by watu. Msiba, grief; m-,
sign of a sing, noun of the second class. M-huu, great; m-, sign of
agreement with a sing, substantive of the second class (msiba).
A-ha-uliza, and he asked. Msiba, grief. Huu, this ; demonstrative
agreeing with a sing, substantive of the second class (msiba). W-a,
of ; w; sign of agremeent with a sing, substantive of the second class
(msiba). Nini, what? Wa-ka-miv-ambia, and they said to him.
M-toto, the child. W-a^ of ; w-, sign of agreement with a sing, sub-
stantive of the first class (mtoto). Sultani, the sultan ; a sing, sub-
stantive of the fifth class, but when viewed as denoting a person
constructed with adjectives and pronouns as of the first. A-me-potea,
is lost ; third sing, present perfect of kupotea, to become lost ; he has
become lost, i.e., be is lost. Siku, days ; plural substantive of the
third class. Ny-ingi, many ; ny-, sign of agreement with a plural
substantive of the third class (siku). A-ka-uliza, and he asked.
Ny-umba, house; ny-, sign of substantive of the third class. Y-a, of;
y-, sign of agreement with a sing, substantive of the third class
(nijumba). Sultani, sultan. Ni, is (p. 152). I-pi, which? i-, sign
of reference to a sing, substantive of the third class (nyumba). Ni-
pelekeni, take me ; ni-, objective prefix referring to the first person
sing. ; pelekeni, plural imperative of peleka, take. Wa-ka-m-peleka,
and they took him. Wa-tu, people. A-li-po-fika, when he arrived.
A-ka-mw-uliza, he asked him ; observe here and elsewhere the use of
the ka tense to carry on the narration, even where there would be no
connective employed in English. Baba, father. Y-ake, his. (See
above). U-na nini, what is the matter with you ? u-na, second person
sing, of the present tense of ku-wa na, to have; nini'? what? A-ka-
mw-ambia, and he said to him. M-toto, child. W-angu, my. A-me-

mourning, and he asked, " What is this mourning for ? " They told him, III.
" The Sultan's son has been a long time lost." He asked, " Which is the
Sultan's house? Take me there." And the people took him there. When
he reached it he asked the boy's father, " What troubles you ? " He said,
" My son is lost." And he said to him, " If I bring him to you what will

440 APPENDIX III.

nini ? Akamwambia, nitakupa mali yangu nussu kwa nussu. Aka-
mwambia, maraliaba. Akaenda akamtwaa, akaja naye. Alipomwona
babaye na mamaye, ikawa furaba kubwa mjini. Wakapenda sana
yule kijana kama mtoto wao.

Hatta alipotaka kwenda zake, yule kijana akamwambia, enende
kamwage baba na mama, mwambie akupe kofia na mama akupe taa.

II. potea, is lost. (See p. 132.) A-ha-mw-ambia, and he said to him. Ni-7:i-
Tiu-letea, if I bring to you. {See above). U-ta-ni-pa, you will give me.
(See above). Nini, what ? A-Jca-mw-ambia, and he said to him. Ni-
ta-ku-pa, I will give you. Mali, goods. (See above). Y-angu^ my. (See
above.) Nussu, half. Kwa, by. Nussu, half. A-Jca-mw-ambia, and he
said to him. Maraliaba, very good. A-ka-enda, and he went. A-ka-
m-twaa, and took him. A-ka-ja, and came. Na-ye, with him. A-li-
po-mw-ona, when he saw him. Baba-ye, his father ; -ye, enclitic form
of the possessive pronoun proper to the third person ; y-, sign of
agreement with a sing, substantive of the third class, used here with
one denoting a person (p. 111). Na, and. Mama-ye, his mother ; -ye.
(See above). I-ka-wa, it was ; i-, sign of agreement with a sing, sub-
stantive of the third class (furalia). Furaha, joy ; sing, substantive
third class. Kubwa, great ; agreeing with /wra/ia; as n-, which would
be the regular sign of agreement with a sing, substantive of the third
class, cannot stand before k, it is omitted altogether (p. 85). M-ji-
ni, in the town ; m-, sign of sing, substantive second class ; -ni, sign
of the locative case. Wa-ka-penda, and they (the father and mother)
loved. Sana, much. Yule, that. Ki-jana, youth. Kama, like.
Mtoto, child. W-ao, their.

Hatta, at last. A-li-po-taka, when he wanted. Kw-enda z-ake, to go
away. (See above and p. 112). Yule, that. Ki-jana, youth. A-ka-mw-
ambia, he said to him. Enende, go ; sing, imperative of enenda, go.
Ka-mw-age, and take leave of him ; ka-, and ; -mw-, objective prefix
referring to a person ; if mw had been the subjective second plur. the
ka would have followed it ; m-ka-age = and do ye take leave ; -age,

I [J you give me ? " He said, " I will give you half of all I have." He said,
" I am content." And he went and took the boy and brought him.
When his father and mother saw him, there was great joy throughout
the town. And they loved that youth as though he had been their
own son.

Wlien at last he wished to go away, the boy said to him, *'Go and
take leave of my father and mother ; tell him tc give you the cap and

J

APPENDIX in. 441

Akaenda, akawaambia, wakampa kofia nyingi, akakataa akamwambia, I.
nataka hiyo mbovn, wakampa, na mamaye akampa taa. Akawauliza,
kofia bii maana yake nini ? Wakamwarabia, mtu akivaa, haonekani
na mtu. Akavaa asionekane akafurabi sana. Akauliza, taa bii
tnaana yake nini ? W akamwambia, uki^Ya3ba batta bapa watatoka

imperative sing, of aga, take leave of. Baha, father. Na, and. II.
Mama, motber. Mic-ambie, tell him ; mio-, objective prefix referring
to a person ; -amhie, imperative sing, of amhia, tell. A-ku-pe, that be
may give you. Kojia, cap. Na, and. Mama, mother. A-ku-pe, that
she may give you. Taa, lamp. A-ka-enda, and he went. A-ka-ica-
ambia, and he told them (the father and motber). Wa-ka-m-pa, and
tbey gave him. Kofia, caps. Nij-ingi, many, A-ka-kataa, and he
refused. A-ka-mxc-amhia, and he said to him. N-a-taka, I want.
Siijo, this one, (^See above.} M-bovu, rotten. (See above). Wa-ka-m-pa,
and tbey gave him. Na, and. Mama-ye, his motber. (See above,
under babaye). A-ka-m-pa, she gave him. Taa, lamp. A-ka-ica-uliza,
and he asked tbem. Kofia, cap. Sii, this ; demonstrative referring
to a sing, substantive of the third class (kofia). Maana, meaning,
purpose ; sing, substantive third class. Y-ake, its ; y-^ sign of
agreement with a sing, substantive of the third class (maana). Nini,
what ? Wa-ka-mic-ambia, and tbey said to him. M-tu, person, any
one (p. 16) ; m-, sign of sing, substantive of first class. A-ki-vaa, if
he puts on. Ha-onekani, he is not to be seen ; ha-, negative prefix of
the third person sing, referring to a person ; onekani, negative present
form of onekana. Na, by. M-tu, any one (p. 16). A-ka-vaa, and he
put on. A-si-onekane, that he might not be seen : a-, prefix of third
person sing, referring to a person (kijana); -si-, sign of negative
subjunctive; -onekane, subjunctive form oi onekana. A-ka-furahi,Sknd
be rejoiced. Sana, much. A-ka-uliza, and he asked. Taa, lamp.
Hii, this. Maana, purpose. Y-ake, its. Nini, what? Wa-ka-mw-
ambia, and tbey told him. U-ki-irasha, if you light. Hatta, as far as.
Hapa, here. Wa-ta-toka, they will come out ; wa-, sign of third person

my mother to give you the lamp." He went and told them, and tbey III.
gave him many caps, but he refused and said, *' I want tbat worn-out
one ; " and tbey gave it to him, and the boy's motber gave him tbe
lamp. Then he asked, " What is the object of this cap ? " And they told
him, " When a man puts it on, no one can see him." He put it on so as
to become invisible, and was very gb^d. '• And be asked, What is tbe
object of this lamp ? " And tbey toM him, " If vou light it as fur as this.

442 APPENDIX III.

I. watu wawili wakutilie thahabu nyumbani mwako usiku kucha, na
ukiwasha hatta hapa watatoka watu wawili wakupige kwa vigo-
ngo usiku kucha. Akanena, maraliaba. Akafurahi sana, akaenda

II. plur. referring to a plural substantive of the first class (watu). Wa-tu,
people. Wa-wili, two ; wa-, sign of agreement with a plur. substantive
of the first class (watu). Wa-ku-tilie, that they may put for you ; wa-
sign of third person plur. referring to a plur. substantive of the first
class (watu) ; -ku-, objective prefix referring to the second person sing. ;
-tilie, subjunctive form of tilia, put for. Thahabu, gold. Ny-umhd-ni,
in house; ny-, sign of substantive of the third class; -ni, sign of
locative case. Mw-aho, thy ; mw-, sign of agreement with a noun in
the locative case denoting within. Usiku, night. Ku-cha, dawning or
sun-rising ; used after usiku, it means all niglit until the morning
comes. Na, and. U^i-washa, if you light. Hatta, as far as. Hapa,
here. Wa-ta-toka, they will come out. Wa-tu, people. Wa-wili, two.
Wa-ku-pige, that they may beat you ; -pige, subjunctive form of piga.
Kwa, with. Vi-gongo, cudgels; vi-, sign of a plural substantive of
the fourth class; ki-gongo is a diminutive (p. 19) of gongo, a staflF.
Usiku, night. Ku-cha, till morning. A-ka-nena, and he said.
Marahaba, thank you. A-ka-furahi, and he rejoiced. Sana, much.
A-ka-enda z-ake, and he went away.

III. two men will come out and bring you gold into your house all night
long ; but if you light it as far as this, two men will come out and beat
you with cudgels all night long." And he thanked them, and rejoiced
very much, and went his way.

( i43 )

Appendix IV.

USEFUL AND IDIOMATIC PHRASES.

The first fifty-four were collected towards a book of conversations,
which was begun with the help of our lamented friend, Mrs. G. E.
Drayton; the rest, which are arranged in alpliabetical order, were
noted from time to time, either as likely to be useful in conversation,
or as illustrating some special rule or idiom.

1. How many fowls have you there ?

Unao Jc'uJcu nrjapif

2. What do you want for them ?

Kiad gani unakuza (At how much do you sell) ?

3. Have you any eggs ?

Unayo mayayi ?

4. I will not give more than a pice apiece for the eggs.

Nitakupa pesa moja tu kununua yayi, sitatoa zayidi (I will
give you one pice only to buy an Qgg, I will not give more).

5. I don't understand you, say it again.

Sema mora ya pili, sikusikia.

6. Let me hear it again.

Sema mara ya pili, nipate kusilda (Say it a second time,
that I may get to understand).

7. Fetch me a basin for the eggs.

Letee hakuli nitie mayayi.

8. Bring the basin with the eggs in it.

Letee hakuli lenyi mayayi.

9. I don't want any to-day, come to-morrow.

Leo sitaki, njoo kesho.
10. Are lemons cheap now ?

Malimao rahisi sasa ?

444 APPENDIX ir.

11. I won't buy them, they are too dear.

Sitaki Jcununua, ni glialL

12. What do you want ?

Wataka nini ?

13. I don't know what you want.

Sijui ulitakalo.

14. Where do you come from ?

Watoka wapi ?

15. Don't wait ; I will send an answer immediately.

Enenda zako, usinrjoje, majihu yatakuja sasa Mvi (Go your
way ; do not wait for an answer, it will come immediately).

16. Is your master at home ?

Bwana yupo i »

17. Master is not at home ; he is gone out.

Bwana hako {ox liayukd) nyumhani ; ametoka.

18. Where are you going?

Unakwenda wapi f

19. I have lost my way.

Nimepotea, njia sijui (I am lost ; the way I don't know).

20. Will you guide me to the English mission ?

Nataka unionyeshe mosketini Ingreza ?

21. Can you understand English ?

Wewe unajua maneno ya Kiingreza f

22. I cannot speak Swahili [of Zanzibar].

Sijui kusema Kiunguja.

23. Did the water boil ?

Maji yameche^mka ?

24. Does the water boil ?

3Iaji yanache'mka ?

25. These plates are not clean.

Sahani liizi zina taka.

26. Wipe them carefully.

Futa vema kwa kiiamhaa.

27. Sweep this room well.

Fagia vema katika chumha Mki,

28. Dust the furniture.

Pangusa vumhi katika vyombo.

29. You have cracked that cup.

Umekitla ufa Mkomhe kile.
3(1. Throw it away.

Katupa.
31. Fetch me the vinegar, the pepper, and the salt

Niletee siki, na pilipili, na cliumvL

APPENDIX IV. 445

82. Don't make so much noise.

TJsifanye uthia.
33. Put a fresh wick in my lamp.

Tia katika taa yangu utamhi.
^. Fold up the table-cloth smoothly.

Kunja verna Mtanibaa cha meza, usiJcivunje (Fol(Ljeell the
cloth of the table ; spoil it not).

35. When you have swept the room put on clean clothes.

Kamma umekwisha hufagia, vaa nguo saji.

36. Take this to Miss T.

Chukua, upeleke kica hihi T.

37. You have put all these books upside down ; turn them.

Umepindua vyuo hivi vyote, uviweke upande mgine.

38. Leave that alone !

Acha !

39. Come here, I want to speak to you.

Kjoo hapa, 'nna maneno nitakwamhia (I have words I will
say to you).

40. Get ready to go for a walk.

t'anya tayari upate kicenda kutembecu

41. Are you ready ?

TJmekuwa tayari^

42. Which way shall you like to go ?

Njia gani utakao kupita 1

43. How far is it to your shamba ?

Kadri gani mbali ya shamha lako hatta kufika (How much
farness of your shamba till getting there) ?

44. Not very far ; perhaps an hour's walk.

Si mbali sana, Idbuda ikipata saa moja.

45. Shall you walk, or ride your donkey, or sail ?

Utakwenda kwa miguu, ao utapanda pttnda, ao utakvcenda
kwa mashua?

46. We will go round the town and home by the bridcre.

Tutazungiika katika mji, haJafa turudie dar aj a ni (Then let
us return by the bridge).

47. Bring me some hot water after breakfast.

Niletee maji ya moto, nikiisJia kula.

48. Half a bucket full.

Nxus ya ndoo.

49. Turn the mattress over every morning.

Geuza killa siku godoro, cliinijuu.
50. Turn it top to bottom.

Z'pande Jiuu nweke upande ica pili.

2 G

446 APPENDIX IV,

51. I am very glad to see you.

Umependa moyo wangu hukutazama.

52. What ship is that ?

Marikebu gani Mi ?

53. Has she cast anchor yet ?

Imetia nanga ?

54. No, she will come nearer the shore.

Bado, indkuja karibu ya pwani.

55. A good man does not desert his friends when they fall into

difficulties.
Mtu mwema hawaachi rafiki zake wakipatika na shidda.

56. Are you idle ?

Ati mvipu, ?

57. At what time shall I come ?

Wakti gani nije;

58. Did he stay long ?

Alikaa sana ?

59. No, he went away directly.

nda, alikwenda zake mara.

60. Does he drink wine ?

Hunywa divai ?

61. He does not.

Hanyivi.

62. Does this boat leak ?

Mashua Mi yavuja ?

63. Do not draw water from the well, the owner forbids it.

Usiteke maji kisimani, mwenyewe agombeza.

64. Don't jerk this rope ; if you do it will break.

Kamha Mi usiikutue, ukikutua itakatika.

65. Eat as much as you like.

Kula kadri utakavyo.

66. Find me a large hen.

Kanitaftia koo la k^uku.

67. Follow this road.

Fuata [or andama'] njia Mi.

68. I want you to follow me.

Nataka unifuate [or uniandame].

69. Give it only to me and not to them.

Nipe mimi tu, usiwape wale.

70. Go and see if the people have collected.

Kaangalia watu wamekutana.

71. Go and stop that talking.

Enenda kakomesha maneno haya.

APPENDIX IV. 447

72. Stop this outcry.

Makelele haya yakome (Let these cries cease).

73. Gro away, whoever you are.

Enda zako, hadri utakaokuwa.

74. Guard yourself, I am going to hit you.

Einga, takupiga.

75. Has he a large box ?

Ana kasha ?

76. He has.

Analo kasha.
11. Have you a pipe at home ?
Eiko kicako kiko ?

78. He built a bridge across the river.

Alijenga honth katikati ya mto.

79. He built a mosque by the river, and endowed it with a shamba

near ours.
Alijenga moskiti ng'awho, akawekea tcakf shamha karihu
shamba letu.

80. He described Mombas as it was in early times, as it is now, and

as it will be a hundred years hence.
Aliandika Mvita ilivyokuvca kicanza, ilivyo sasa, na ituka'
vyokuwa kica rniaka mia.

81. He does not believe me though I saw it.

Hanisadiki ningawa nimeiona.

82. He had the toothache.

AUkuica na jino likimwuma.

83. He has been abroad many years.

Alikuwa safarini miaka mingi.

84. He has presence of mind.

Moyo wake uwapo.

85. His mind is absent. Hapo ati.

86. He is a troublesome fellow to deal with.

Ana taahu kuingiana naye.

87. He is absorbed in his own thoughts ; even if you speak to him he

takes no notice.
Yu katika fikara zakwe ; ujaponena naye hawepo.

88. He is here.

Yupo hapa.

89. He is not here.

Hapo hapa.

90. He is yonder.

Tuko kule.

2 G 2

448 APPENDIX IV.

91. He is not there.

Haico Tiule.

92. He is not yet dressed.

Hajavaa.

93. He left us about ten days ago.

AUtimcha hadri tja (or kama) siku humi.

94. He ought to be beaten.

Aihtaji hupigiva.

95. He pretends to be satisfied, but do not trust him.

Ajifanya Imwa ratlii, usimwamini.

96. He rose up from his chair.

Aliondoka Tcitini kioaJce.

97. He runs as fast as he can.

Anakwenda mhio kama aivezavijo.

98. He says he will walk on the water !

Ati atakwenda mtoni kica miguu!

99. He that hateth suretyship is sure.

Mtu asiyekuhdli kuthamini ni katika amani.

100. He that is not against us is with us.

Mtu asiyekuwa juu yetu, hassi yee pamoja nasi.

101. He that is not with us is against us.

Asiyekuwa pamoja nasi, hassi huyujuu yetu.

102. He tried to make himself agreeable, and he succeeded.

Alijipendekeza ndipo akapendeza.

103. He was changed from a man into a horse.

Alibadiliwa mtu kuwafrasi.

104. He was more energetic than his father.

Huyu alikuwa akiweza zayidi ya haba yoke.

105. His non-appearance is unaccountable.

Kutoivekana kwake haitamhulikani.

106. His self-conceit is no good to him.

Majivuno yake hayamfai neno.

107. How are your household {i.e. your wife, daughters, &c.) ?

TJ hali gani nyumhani ktvako.

108. How far is it across the island ?

Kupataje mbali wake hapa hatta pwani ya pili ?

109. A fast walker would take from sunrise to the middle of the afternoor

Akiondoka mtu assuhui hatta alasiri, alio hodari kicenda,
kufika.

110. How long has he been ill ?

Tangu lini hawezi ?

111. How long ago was his illness?

Tangu lini alikuwa hawezi f

APPEXDIX IV. 449

112. How pleasant !

Imependeza.

1 13. How glad you must have been to hear that you were to go home.

Furaha ipi micaliposikia mwende zenu kweiiu.

114. lam amusing myself with a book.

Najizumgumza na cliuo.

115. I am here. Kipo liapa.
110. I am never without pimples.

Vipele havinitoha hahisa.

117. I am sleepy.

Ninao usingizi.

118. I cannot hold iu this horse.

Siivezi huzuia frasi hivju.

119. I cannot see so far as you can.

Sioni inhali, hama icaonavyo-wewe.
120 I don't like his way of tying it.
Sipendi ginsi afungavyo.

121. I don't see what you show me.

Sioni ulionyalo.

122. I don't see it, though he does.

Siioni angaica aona.

123. Take care, though you don't see it.

Kaangalia, ujapo hukioni.

124. I feel myself at home.

Hujiona niho Icicetu.

125. Make yourself at home.

Usifanye haya, liapa Jcama J:wal:o (Feel no modesty, here is
like your home).
12G. I gave him good advice, though he would not take it.
Nimemiconya illahini haJiuonyeha.

127. I had almost left off expecting you.

Nalilcarihia hukata tamaa ya kuhuona.

128. I had lost my way, and I came out close to your shamba.

Nalipotea njia nikatokea shamhaai kicaJco.

129. I have asked him again and again, but he will not tell me.

Nimemu'uUza raara kwa mara lakini hanamhii.

130. I have gained a hundred dollars.

Nalipata fayida reale mia.

131. I have made you my mark, if you step over it, look out (a common

defiance).
Nimekupigia mfuo wangii kiuka icangalie.

132. I know where he is.

Namjvxx malidli alipo.

450 APPENDIX IV.

133. I pray God not to visit it upon me.

Naomha Micenyiezi Muungu asinipatiUze.

134. I saw the flash of the gun, but did not hear the report.

Nimeona mwanga, lakini sikusikia mzinga kulia.
13.5. I shall go by sea as far as I can.

Nitakicenda kwa haJiari, hatta itakaponifikisha.

136. I shall go for a walk to stretch my legs.

Nitakwenda temhea kukunjua miguu.

137. I thought myself a king.

Nalikuica nikhcaza nimekuwa Sidtani.

138. I will shut the door that he may not go out.

Nitafunga mlango asipate kupiia.

139. If he strikes, you, hit him again.

Akikupiga, nawe mpiga tena.
HO. If you had been here he \fould not have been beaten.
Kama ungalikuwapo hapa, hangalipigwa.

141. It depends upon his coming.

Kuna atakapokuja.

142. It is bad weather.

Kumekaa vibaya,

Hakicendeki.

Hatokeki.

143. It is being hawked about by a salesman.

Kinatemhezwa kwa dalali.

144. It is not there, though you say it is.

Hakipo, ungaioa wasema kipo.

145. It is time for us to go.

Imekuwa wakati wa sisi kwenda zetu.

146. It is quite time for us to go.

Imewadia wakati wetu wa kwenda zetu.

147. It was a secret, but it oozed out.

Yalikuwa hahari ya siri, ikatokeza^

148. Let him go.

Mwacheni enende.

149. Moslems are forbidden wine.

Waslimu wameepushwa divai

1.50. Much self-exaltation ruins a man's position in the world.

Majivuno yakiwa mengi ya'mvunjia mtu cheo.

1.51. Nothing I do pleases him.

Killa nafanyalo halimpendezi (everything which I do
pleases him not).
152. Whatever I do he finds fault with me.

Killa nafanyalo hunitia khatiyani.

APPENDIX IV. 451

153. Put the water on the fire.

Kateleka maji.

154. Sit down.

Kaa kitako.

155. Don't get up.

Starehe.

156. The baobabs are now coming into leaf.

Siku Jiizi mihuyu inachanua mcijani.

157. The fields are flourishing.

Koonde imesitawi,

158. The music is first-rate.

Ngoma inafana.

1 59. The news has spread.

Khabari zimeenea. '

160. Spread the news.

Zieneza khahari.

161. The people who went to Bardera are come back.

Watu ivaliokicenda Baradera, wamekuja zao.

162. The room wants darkening.

Chumba chataka kutiwa giza.

163. The top of this mountain is inaccessible.

Juu ya mlima Jiuu haupandiki.

164. They [the trees] are almost all dead.

Kama kicamba iliokufa yote.

165. They are badly stowed.

Mapakizo yao mahaya.

166. They cut the boat adrift.

Wakakata kamha ya mashua ikachiikuliwa na maji.

167. They like giving and receiving presents.

Hupendelea kupana vitu.

168. They shut themselves up in the fort.

Wakajizuia gerezani.

169. They told me what he had done.

Walinamhia alivyofanya.

170. They were fighting, and I passed by and separated them.

WalUiuwa wakipigana, Jiapita mimi nikawaamua.

171. This chest must-be taken care of.

Kasha liili la kutunzica.

172. This has been worn.

Nguo hii imevaliwa.

173. This tree is not so tall as that.

Mti huu si mrefu kama ule.

452 APPENDIX IV.

174. Upon your oath !

Utaapa !

175. Wash me these clothes.

Nloshee nguo Mzi.

176. The clothes have been washed.

Nguo zimeosheJca.
111. I have washed myself.
Nimenawika.

178. Wash me ! Noshe !

179. We attacked them and they fell into confusion.

Twaliwashambulia, wdkafazaika.

180. We like his company.

Kikao choke chema (his sitting is good).

181. What do you earn by the month ?

Upataje killa mwezi f

182. What is become of him ?

Amekuwaje ?

183. What is this news about Ali ?

Hahari gani tuzisikiazo za Ali f

184. What are you talking about ?

Maneno gani mnenayo ?
Muktatha gani ?
Mnenani ?

185. What will you ferry me over for ?

Utanivusha kwa kiasi gani ?

186. When I have seen Mohammed, I mil give you an answer.

Nikiisha mwona Mohamadi, nitakupa jawabu.

187. Where is the knife I saw you with yesterday ?

Kiko wapi kisu nalichokuona nachojanaf
188 Where is the pain ?

Mahali gani panapouma f

189. Where is your pain?

Wauma wapi ?

190. Who is in there ?

Mna nani ?

191. "Sou cannot teach him anyhow.

Kadri n'mfunzavyo hajui.

192. We do not know whether he will not learn, or whether he canntt.

Hatujui ya hwamha hataki kujif'jAiza ao liana akili za
kujifunza.

193. You have made this thread too tfght

Uzi liuu mneutia kassi mno.

APPENDIX IV. 153

194. You ought to love him very much.

Wastnhili humpenda sana.

195. Knarnba na kusengenya. To talk of a person behind his back, and

secretly to make contemptuous signs about liim when
present. This phrase is often used as a test of a stranger's
knowledge of Swahili ; what it describes is counted as a
special sin.

196. To ask a man his name.

Oh ! Rafild yangu namhie jina laho (Oh ! my friend, tell
me your name). Wajua, hicana icee, tumeonana mimi
naice, jina laho nimelisahau, tafdthal namhie jina laho
(You know, sir, you and I have met [before], but I have
forgotten your name, please to tell me your name).

When you have heard it, say — Inshallah, sitalisahau tena
(Please God, I shall not forget it again).

197. A polite question and answer at leave-taking.

Unayo Jiaja tena ? (Have you any further desire ?)
Eaja yangu ya huii^lii icewe sana nafuraha (My desire is
that you may live long and happily).

( 455 )

Appendix V.

ON MONEY, WEIGHTS, AND MEASURES IN ZANZIBAR.

The following account is based on scattered notices in the late Bishop
Steere's collections, and on some tables furnished to the Kev. P. L.
Jones -Bateman by a well-informed servant of the Mission in
Zanzibar.

1. Money.
The only copper coin in common use in Zanzibar is the Anglo-
Indian quarter-anna, or pice, in Swahili pesa, plur. pesa or mapesa ;
but the robopesa, or quarter-pice (of which, however, three are equal to
one pice), is also current.

The silver coins current are the Anglo-Indian rupee and, less com-
monly, the Austrian dollar. The eight-anna (half-rupee), four-anna
(quarter-rupee), and two-anna pieces are also met with.

The relative values of these coins and their equivalent in English
money fluctuate considerably. For practical purposes, it is suflScient
to remember that an English sovereign may be generally exchanged
for 12 rupees, English bank-notes, cheques, drafts, &c., being subject
to a small discount ; that an Austrian dollar is reckoned as equal to 2
rupees and 8 pice, and that a rupee is worth usually from 60 to 64
pice. It follows that, though accounts are usually kept in dollars
and cents, and 5 dollars reckoned as equal to one pound English, it is
more exact to consider —

8. d.
1 dollar = 37
1 rupee =18
1 pice = i

In larger sums, the scale of legal tender is to reckon—
47 dollars = 100 rupees
94 „ = 200 „

141 „ = 300 „

and so on.

456 APPENDIX V.

On the mainland, dollars and pice are taken freely on the coast and
main lines of traffic, and rupees are met with ; but elsewhere, silver
dollars only, and such objects of barter as calico, brass-wire^ beads, &c.

2. Measures of Length.

There is no exact standard or relationship of measures of length.
Those in common use are merely taken from parts of the human body,
viz. : —

Wanda, plur. nyanda, a finger's breadth.

Shihiri, a span, the distance between the tips of the outstretched

thumb and little finger.
Mdrita, a slightly shorter span, from the tip of the thumb to that

of the fore-finger.
Tliiraa or Mkono, a cubit, the distance from the finger-tips to the
elbow joint. Of this again, there are two varieties : —
TMraa Tiamili, or full cubit, as just described, and —
Thiraa honde^ or fist cubit, from the elbow-joint to tho
knuckles.
Wari, or yard, is one half of the —

Pima, a man's height, or the distance he can stretch with his
arms, a fathom. A doti is a measure of similar length.
The uayo, or length of the foot, Arab Jchatua, is also used occa-
sionally, and the English foot, futi, regularly by Indian carpenters and
in other trades. Approximately, the relations of these measures may
be tabulated thus : —

1 wanda = 1 inch.

8 or 10 nyanda = 1 shibiri kamili = 1 quarter-yard.

2 shibiri = 1 thiraa or mhono = 1 cubit or half-yard.
2 thiraa = 1 icari = 1 yard

2 tcari = 1 pima = 1 fathom.

Distance is loosely estimated by the average length of an hour's walk-
ing. Dunga, which lies almost exactly halfway across the island of
Zanzibar, at a distance of perhaps twelve miles, is described as a walk
of four hours, saa 'nne ; and Kokotoni, at the north end of the island,
distant perhaps twenty miles from Zanzibar, as a walk of at least
six hours, saa sita. On the mainland, a day's march is a common but
vague measure of perhaps twenty miles.

3. Measures of Weight.

For gold, silver, silk, scent, and other costly articles, the unit is the
wahia, or weight of an Austrian silver dollar, almost exactly an ounce.
For the names of fractional parts of any unit, see " Handbook," p. 93 ;

APPENDIX V. 457

but the ^veight of a pice is often used as a convenient though inexact
measure of small quantities.

For heavy articles, the usual unit is a rdtel, or rattli, equal to 10
ivaJcia, and corresponding to one pound.
16 icaJcia = 1 rdtel.
3 i'dtel = 1 mani.
6 rdtel = 1 pishi.

6 pishi = 1 frasila, about 35 lbs. avoirdupois.
10 frasila = 1 mzo.
Hence, 64 frasila or 6| mizo may be regarded as = 1 ton.

4. Pleasures of Capacity.

No fixed liquid measure is used by the poorer classes. Shopkeepers
sell their oil, treacle, &c., by tin-ladlefuls (hikombe), or by the bottle
(chupa), or by the tin, i.e. the tins in which American oil is imported
to Zanzibar (tanahi, tini, also dehe).

Corn (nafaka) or dry measure is, of course, of great importance in a
country where grain is the staple of food and chief article of commerce.

The smallest unit is the —

Kihaha, a measure of perhaps a pint.

Kihaba cha tele, if the measure is heaped up — the usual pro-
ceeding.
Kihaha cha mfuto, if cut off flat.
2 vihaba (yya tele) = 1 Msaga.
2 visaga = 1 pishi, about half a gallon.

The pishi connects the measures of capacity and weight, and for
some of the common dry commodities, such as chiroho and Tcundi, the
pishi may be regarded as equivalent either in capacity to 4 vihaba, or
in weight to 6 rattli.

Grain is sold wholesale by the handa, or sack of grass-matting, or (if
from India) by the gunia, a wide sack. The gunia often weighs about
168 lbs. The handa varies, both with the kind of grain and the place
from which it is imported. For instance, while at Kwale, Mgao, and
Mvita, towns on the Swahili coast, the Mnda of rice at times contains
10, 11, or 12 pishi, and the handa of Indian corn 10 pishi, at Pangani,
Tanga, and Mtang'ata the handa of rice will contain 15, 16, or 17
pishi, and the handa of Indian corn 13 or 132 P'^^hi.

Various other terms are in use for different commodities, e.g. poles
are sold by the Iwrja, or score ; stone for building by the homa, a heap
which may weigh 4 cwt. to 5 cwt. ; lime by the tanuu (clamp) or hihapo ;
calico by the jura, 35 yards ; and various other things by the " nizigo "
or load.

458

APPENDIX V.

5. Points of the Compass.

North

Jaa.

N. by E.

Faragadi Matlai

N.N.E.

Nash Matlai.

N.E. by N.

Nagr Matlai.

N.E.

Luagr Matlai.

N.E. by E.

Dayabu Matlai.

E.N.E.

Semak Matlai.

E. by N.

Seria Matlai.

East

Matlai.

E. by S.

Sosa aiatlai.

ii.S.E.

Tiri Matlai.

S.E. by E.

Lakadiri Matlai.

S.E.

Lakarabu Matlai.

S.E. by S.

Hamareni Matlai.

S.S.E.

Seheli Matlai.

S. by E.

Sonoobari Matlai.

South

Kutubu.

S. by W.

Sonoobari MagaribL

S.S.W.

Seheli Magaribi.

S.W. by S.

Hamareni Magaribi.

s.w.

Lakarabu Magaribi.

S.W. by W.

Lakadiri MagaribL

W.S.W.

Tiri Magaribi.

W. by S.

Sosa Magaribi.

West

Magaribi.

W. by N.

Seria Magaribi.

W.N.W.

Semak Magaribi.

N.W. by W.

Dayabu MagaribL

N.W.

Luagr MagaribL

N.W. by N.

Nagr Magaribi.

N.N.W.

Nash MagaribL

N. by W.

Faragadi MagaribL

FKINTED BY WILLIAM CLOWES AND SONS, LIMITED, LONDON AND BECCLES,

405

University of California
SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FA^^^^^
e Hiiaard Avenue, Los Angeles, t,A auui-* lo'^
^ " ^Return this material to the library

from which it was borrowed.

11993

^B: OCT 18

5EP08l3^

m 1 0 Ml I

"ZC'DYRL

If '^ ^

2003

J

UC SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY

A 000 565 411 6

:^.fmm

m:is^M.iMy::'^''KC%:^^.^M-W

yiiiiiiwiiiiiiiniiii